ChipFind - документация

Электронный компонент: PIC18F8680

Скачать:  PDF   ZIP

Document Outline

2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Data Sheet
64/68/80-Pin High-Performance,
64-Kbyte Enhanced Flash
Microcontrollers with ECAN Module
DS30491C-page ii
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is intended through suggestion only
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
No representation or warranty is given and no liability is
assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect
to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of
patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such
use or otherwise. Use of Microchip's products as critical
components in life support systems is not authorized except
with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are
conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual
property rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accuron,
dsPIC, K
EE
L
OQ
, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PRO MATE, PowerSmart and rfPIC are registered
trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the
U.S.A. and other countries.
AmpLab, FilterLab, micro
ID
, MXDEV, MXLAB, PICMASTER,
SEEVAL, SmartShunt and The Embedded Control Solutions
Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Application Maestro, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net,
dsPICworks, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense,
FlexROM, fuzzyLAB, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP,
ICEPIC, Migratable Memory, MPASM, MPLIB, MPLINK,
MPSIM, PICkit, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICtail, PowerCal,
PowerInfo, PowerMate, PowerTool, rfLAB, Select Mode,
SmartSensor, SmartTel and Total Endurance are trademarks
of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other
countries.
Serialized Quick Turn Programming (SQTP) is a service mark
of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
2004, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip's Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as "unbreakable."
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip's code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 quality system certification for
its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in
Chandler and Tempe, Arizona and Mountain View, California in October
2003. The Company's quality system processes and procedures are for
its PICmicro
8-bit MCUs, K
EE
L
OQ
code hopping devices, Serial
EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog
products. In addition, Microchip's quality system for the design and
manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
High-Performance RISC CPU:
Source code compatible with the PIC16 and
PIC17 instruction sets
Linear program memory addressing to 2 Mbytes
Linear data memory addressing to 4096 bytes
1 Kbyte of data EEPROM
Up to 10 MIPs operation:
- DC 40 MHz osc./clock input
- 4 MHz-10 MHz osc./clock input with PLL active
16-bit wide instructions, 8-bit wide data path
Priority levels for interrupts
31-level, software accessible hardware stack
8 x 8 Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
External Memory Interface
(PIC18F8X8X Devices Only):
Address capability of up to 2 Mbytes
16-bit interface
Peripheral Features:
High current sink/source 25 mA/25 mA
Four external interrupt pins
Timer0 module: 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter
Timer1 module: 16-bit timer/counter
Timer2 module: 8-bit timer/counter
Timer3 module: 16-bit timer/counter
Secondary oscillator clock option Timer1/Timer3
One Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) module:
- Capture is 16-bit, max. resolution 6.25 ns
(T
CY
/16)
- Compare is 16-bit, max. resolution 100 ns (T
CY
)
- PWM output: PWM resolution is 1 to 10-bit
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) module:
- Same Capture/Compare features as CCP
- One, two or four PWM outputs
- Selectable polarity
- Programmable dead time
- Auto-shutdown on external event
- Auto-restart
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module
with two modes of operation:
- 3-wire SPITM (supports all 4 SPI modes)
- I
2
CTM Master and Slave mode
Enhanced Addressable USART module:
- Supports RS-232, RS-485 and LIN 1.2
- Programmable wake-up on Start bit
- Auto-baud detect
Parallel Slave Port (PSP) module
Analog Features:
Up to 16-channel, 10-bit Analog-to-Digital
Converter module (A/D) with:
- Fast sampling rate
- Programmable acquisition time
- Conversion available during Sleep
Programmable 16-level Low-Voltage Detection
(LVD) module:
- Supports interrupt on Low-Voltage Detection
Programmable Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Dual analog comparators:
- Programmable input/output configuration
ECAN Module Features:
Message bit rates up to 1 Mbps
Conforms to CAN 2.0B ACTIVE Specification
Fully backward compatible with PIC18XXX8 CAN
modules
Three modes of operation:
- Legacy, Enhanced Legacy, FIFO
Three dedicated transmit buffers with prioritization
Two dedicated receive buffers
Six programmable receive/transmit buffers
Three full 29-bit acceptance masks
16 full 29-bit acceptance filters with dynamic association
DeviceNetTM data byte filter support
Automatic remote frame handling
Advanced Error Management features
Special Microcontroller Features:
100,000 erase/write cycle Enhanced Flash
program memory typical
1,000,000 erase/write cycle Data EEPROM
memory typical
1-second programming time
Flash/Data EEPROM Retention: > 40 years
Self-reprogrammable under software control
Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT)
and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own On-Chip
RC Oscillator
Programmable code protection
Power saving Sleep mode
Selectable oscillator options including:
- Software enabled 4x Phase Lock Loop (of
primary oscillator)
- Secondary Oscillator (32 kHz) clock input
In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM (ICSPTM) via two pins
MPLAB
In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via two pins
64/68/80-Pin High-Performance, 64-Kbyte Enhanced Flash
Microcontrollers with ECAN Module
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
CMOS Technology:
Low-power, high-speed Flash technology
Fully static design
Wide operating voltage range (2.0V to 5.5V)
Industrial and Extended temperature ranges
Device
Program Memory
Data Memory
I/O
10-bit
A/D (ch)
CCP/
ECCP
(PWM)
MSSP
ECAN/
AUSART
Timers
8-bit/16-bit
EMA
Bytes
# Single-Word
Instructions
SRAM
(bytes)
EEPROM
(bytes)
SPI
Master
I
2
C
PIC18F6585
48K
24576
3328
1024
53
12
1/1
Y
Y
Y/Y
2/3
N
PIC18F6680
64K
32768
3328
1024
53
12
1/1
Y
Y
Y/Y
2/3
N
PIC18F8585
48K
24576
3328
1024
69
16
1/1
Y
Y
Y/Y
2/3
Y
PIC18F8680
64K
32768
3328
1024
69
16
1/1
Y
Y
Y/Y
2/3
Y
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 3
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Pin Diagrams
PIC18F6X8X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
38
37
36
35
34
33
50 49
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
RE2
/
CS
RE3
RE4
RE5
/
P1
C
RE6
/
P1
B
RE7
/
CC
P
2
(1
)
RD0
/
P
SP0
V
DD
V
SS
RD1
/
P
SP1
RD2
/
P
SP2
RD3
/
P
SP3
RD4
/
P
SP4
RD5
/
P
SP5
RD6
/
P
SP6
RD7
/
P
SP7
RE1/WR
RE0/RD
RG0/CANTX1
RG1/CANTX2
RG2/CANRX
RG3
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
RG4/P1D
V
SS
V
DD
RF7/SS
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RB0/INT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/INT2
RB3/INT3
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
RB6/KBI2/PGC
V
SS
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI
V
DD
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RF
0
/
A
N
5
RF
1
/
AN6
/
C2
OUT
AV
DD
AV
SS
R
A
3/
A
N
3/V
RE
F
+
RA2
/
AN2
/
V
RE
F
-
RA
1
/
A
N
1
RA
0
/
A
N
0
V
SS
V
DD
RA4
/
T
0
CKI
RA5
/
AN4
/
L
V
DIN
RC1
/T
1
O
S
I
/CCP2
(1
)
RC0
/T
1
O
SO/
T
1
3
CKI
RC7
/RX/DT
RC6
/T
X/CK
RC5/SDO
15
16
31
40
39
27 28 29 30
32
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
54 53 52 51
58 57 56 55
60 59
64 63 62 61
64-Pin TQFP
Note 1:
CCP2 pin placement depends on CCP2MX setting.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 4
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
Top View
RB0/INT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/INT2
RB3/INT3
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
RB6/KBI2/PGC
V
SS
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI
V
DD
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RE1/WR
RE0/RD
RG0/CANTX1
RG1/CANTX2
RG2/CANRX
RG3
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
RG4/P1D
V
SS
V
DD
RF7/SS
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RE
2/CS
RE
3
RE
4
RE
5/P
1
C
RE
6/P
1
B
RE
7/CCP
2
(1
)
RD0/P
S
P
0
V
DD
V
SS
RD1/P
S
P
1
RD2/P
S
P
2
RD3/P
S
P
3
RD4/P
S
P
4
RD5/P
S
P
5
RD6/P
S
P
6
RD7/P
S
P
7
R
F
1/
AN6/
C2O
U
T
RF0/
A
N
5
AV
DD
AV
SS
RA
3/
A
N
3/
V
REF
+
RA2/
AN2/
V
RE
F
-
RA
1/
A
N
1
RA
0/
A
N
0
V
DD
RA
4/T0CK
I
RA
5/
A
N
4/
LVDI
N
RC1/T1O
S
I
/CCP
2
(1
)
RC0/
T
1O
S
O
/
T
13CKI
RC7/RX
/
DT
RC6/T
X
/
CK
RC5/SDO
N/C
N/
C
N/C
N/
C
V
SS
PIC18F6X8X
68-Pin PLCC
Note 1:
CCP2 pin placement depends on CCP2MX setting.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 5
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
PIC18F8X8X
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
64 63 62 61
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
RE2
/
CS
/A
D10
RE3
/
AD1
1
R
E
4/A
D
12
R
E
5/A
D
13
/P
1C
(3
)
R
E
6/A
D
14
/P
1B
(3
)
RE7
/
CCP2
(2
)
/A
D1
5
RD0
/
PSP0
(1
)
/A
D0
V
DD
V
SS
RD1
/
PSP1
(1
)
/A
D1
RD2
/
PSP2
(1
)
/A
D2
RD3
/
PSP3
(1
)
/A
D3
RD4
/
PSP4
(1
)
/A
D4
RD5
/
PSP5
(1
)
/A
D5
RD6
/
PSP6
(1
)
/A
D6
RD7
/
PSP7
(1
)
/A
D7
RE1/WR/AD9
RE0/RD/AD8
RG0/CANTX1
RG1/CANTX2
RG2/CANRX
RG3
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
RG4/P1D
V
SS
V
DD
RF7/SS
RB0/INT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/INT2
RB3/INT3/CCP2
(2)
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
RB6/KBI2/PGC
V
SS
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC1/CLKI
V
DD
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RF
0
/
AN5
R
F
1/
A
N
6/C
2
OU
T
AV
DD
AV
SS
RA3
/
AN3
/
V
RE
F
+
RA
2
/
A
N
2
/
V
RE
F
-
RA1
/
A
N
1
RA0
/
A
N
0
V
SS
V
DD
RA4
/
T
0
CKI
RA
5
/
AN4
/
L
V
DI
N
RC1
/T
1OS
I/C
CP
2
(2
)
RC0
/
T
1
O
SO/T
1
3
CK
I
RC7
/RX/DT
RC
6
/
T
X
/
C
K
RC5/SDO
RJ0
/
AL
E
RJ1
/
O
E
RH1
/A1
7
RH0
/
A
1
6
1
2
RH2/A18
RH3/A19
17
18
RH7/AN15/P1B
(3)
RH6/AN14/P1C
(3)
RH5
/
A
N1
3
RH4
/
A
N1
2
RJ5
/
CE
RJ
4
/
BA0
37
RJ7/UB
RJ6/LB
50
49
RJ2/WRL
RJ3/WRH
19
20
33 34 35 36
38
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
60
59
68 67 66 65
72 71 70 69
74 73
78 77 76 75
79
80
80-Pin TQFP
Note 1:
PSP is available only in Microcontroller mode.
2:
CCP2 pin placement depends on CCP2MX and Processor mode settings.
3:
P1B and P1C pin placement depends on ECCPMX setting.
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 6
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Table of Contents
1.0
Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.0
Oscillator Configurations ............................................................................................................................................................ 23
3.0
Reset .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 33
4.0
Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 51
5.0
Flash Program Memory .............................................................................................................................................................. 83
6.0
External Memory Interface ......................................................................................................................................................... 93
7.0
Data EEPROM Memory ........................................................................................................................................................... 101
8.0
8 x 8 Hardware Multiplier.......................................................................................................................................................... 107
9.0
Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................. 109
10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 125
11.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 155
12.0 Timer1 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 159
13.0 Timer2 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 162
14.0 Timer3 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 164
15.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules ................................................................................................................................. 167
16.0 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module................................................................................................................ 175
17.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 189
18.0 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART).................................................................. 229
19.0 10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module ...................................................................................................................... 249
20.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 259
21.0 Comparator Voltage Reference Module ................................................................................................................................... 265
22.0 Low-Voltage Detect .................................................................................................................................................................. 269
23.0 ECAN Module........................................................................................................................................................................... 275
24.0 Special Features of the CPU .................................................................................................................................................... 345
25.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 365
26.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 407
27.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 413
28.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ....................................................................................................................... 449
29.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 465
Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 469
Appendix B: Device Differences......................................................................................................................................................... 469
Appendix C: Conversion Considerations ........................................................................................................................................... 470
Appendix D: Migration from Mid-Range to Enhanced Devices .......................................................................................................... 470
Appendix E: Migration from High-End to Enhanced Devices............................................................................................................. 471
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 473
On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 487
Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line ...................................................................................................................................... 487
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 488
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 Product Identification System ............................................................................................................ 489
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 7
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@mail.microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150.
We welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
Microchip's Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (480) 792-7277
When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include liter-
ature number) you are using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our Web site at www.microchip.com/cn to receive the most current information on all of our products.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 8
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 9
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
1.0
DEVICE OVERVIEW
This document contains device specific information for
the following devices:
PIC18F6X8X devices are available in 64-pin TQFP and
68-pin PLCC packages. PIC18F8X8X devices are
available in the 80-pin TQFP package. They are
differentiated from each other in four ways:
1.
Flash program memory (48 Kbytes for
PIC18FX585 devices, 64 Kbytes for
PIC18FX680)
2.
A/D channels (12 for PIC18F6X8X devices,
16 for PIC18F8X8X)
3.
I/O ports (7 on PIC18F6X8X devices, 9 on
PIC18F8X8X)
4.
External program memory interface (present
only on PIC18F8X8X devices)
All other features for devices in the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 family are identical.
These are summarized in Table 1-1.
Block diagrams of the PIC18F6X8X and PIC18F8X8X
devices are provided in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2,
respectively. The pinouts for these device families are
listed in Table 1-2.
TABLE 1-1:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 DEVICE FEATURES
PIC18F6585
PIC18F8585
PIC18F6680
PIC18F8680
Features
PIC18F6585
PIC18F6680
PIC18F8585
PIC18F8680
Operating Frequency
DC 40 MHz
DC 40 MHz
DC 40 MHz
DC 25 MHz w/EMA
DC 40 MHz
DC 25 MHz w/EMA
Program Memory (Bytes)
48K
64K
48K (2 MB EMA)
64K (2 MB EMA)
Program Memory (Instructions)
24576
32768
24576
32768
Data Memory (Bytes)
3328
3328
3328
3328
Data EEPROM Memory (Bytes)
1024
1024
1024
1024
External Memory Interface
No
No
Yes
Yes
Interrupt Sources
29
29
29
29
I/O Ports
Ports A
-
G
Ports A
-
G
Ports A
-
H, J
Ports A
-
H, J
Timers
4
4
4
4
Capture/Compare/PWM Module
1
1
1
1
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Module
1
1
1
1
Serial Communications
MSSP,
Enhanced AUSART,
ECAN
MSSP,
Enhanced AUSART,
ECAN
MSSP,
Enhanced AUSART,
ECAN
MSSP,
Enhanced AUSART,
ECAN
Parallel Communications
PSP
PSP
PSP
(1)
PSP
(1)
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Module
12 input channels
12 input channels
16 input channels
16 input channels
Resets (and Delays)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
Programmable Low-Voltage Detect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Programmable Brown-out Reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Instruction Set
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
Package
64-pin TQFP,
68-pin PLCC
64-pin TQFP,
68-pin PLCC
80-pin TQFP
80-pin TQFP
Note 1:
PSP is only available in Microcontroller mode.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 10
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 1-1:
PIC18F6X8X BLOCK DIAGRAM
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RG5/
V
DD
, V
SS
PORTA
PORTB
PORTC
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/LVDIN
RB2/INT2:RB0/INT0
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2
(1)
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC5/SDO
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
Brown-out
Reset
AUSART
Comparator
Synchronous
BOR
Timer1
Timer2
Serial Port
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA1/AN1
RA0/AN0
ECAN Module
Timing
Generation
10-bit
ADC
RB3/INT3
Data Latch
Data RAM
(3328 bytes)
Address Latch
Address<12>
12
Bank0, F
BSR
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
inc/dec
logic
Decode
4
12
4
PCH PCL
PCLATH
8
31 Level Stack
Program Counter
PRODL
PRODH
8 x 8 Multiply
W
8
BITOP
8
8
ALU<8>
8
Test Mode
Select
Address Latch
Program Memory
(48 Kbytes)
Data Latch
21
21
16
8
8
8
Table Pointer<21>
inc/dec logic
21
8
Data Bus<8>
Table Latch
8
IR
12
3
ROM Latch
Timer3
PORTD
RD7/PSP7
CCP2
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
PCLATU
PCU
Precision
Reference
Band Gap
PORTE
PORTG
RG0/CANTX1
RG1/CANTX2
RG2/CANRX
RG3
RG4/P1D
Timer0
RE6/P1B
RE7/CCP2
(1)
RE5/P1C
RE4
RE3
RE2/CS
RE0/RD
RE1/WR
LVD
ECCP1
RB7/KBI3/PGD
:RD0/PSP0
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
RF7/SS
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF0/AN5
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
PORTF
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
MCLR
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
Data EEPROM
Note
1:
The CCP2 pin placement depends on the CCP2MX and Processor mode settings.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 11
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 1-2:
PIC18F8X8X BLOCK DIAGRAM
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RG5/
V
DD
, V
SS
PORTA
PORTB
PORTC
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/LVDIN
RB2/INT2:RB0/INT0
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2
(1)
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC5/SDO
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
Brown-out
Reset
AUSART
Comparator
Synchronous
BOR
Timer1
Timer2
Serial Port
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA1/AN1
RA0/AN0
ECAN Module
Timing
Generation
10-bit
ADC
RB3/INT3/CCP2
(1)
Data Latch
Data RAM
(3328 bytes)
Address Latch
Address<12>
12
Bank0, F
BSR
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
inc/dec
logic
Decode
4
12
4
PCH PCL
PCLATH
8
31 Level Stack
Program Counter
PRODL
PRODH
8 x 8 Multiply
W
8
BITOP
8
8
ALU<8>
8
Test Mode
Select
Address Latch
Program Memory
(64 Kbytes)
Data Latch
21
21
16
8
8
8
Table Pointer<21>
inc/dec logic
21
8
Data Bus<8>
Table Latch
8
IR
12
3
ROM Latch
Timer3
PORTD
RD7/PSP7
CCP2
RB4/KBI0
RB5/KBI1/PGM
PCLATU
PCU
Precision
Reference
Band Gap
PORTE
PORTG
RG0/CANTX1
RG1/CANTX2
RG2/CANRX
RG3
RG4/P1D
Timer0
RE6/AD14/P1B
(2)
RE7/CCP2
(1)
/AD15
RE5/AD13/P1C
(2)
RE4/AD12
RE3/AD11
RE2/CS/AD10
RE0/RD/AD8
RE1/WR/AD9
LVD
ECCP1
RB7/KBI3/PGD
/AD7:
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
RF7/SS
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF0/AN5
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
PORTF
PORTJ
RJ6/LB
RJ7/UB
RJ5/CE
RJ4/BA0
RJ3/WRH
RJ2/WRL
RJ0/ALE
RJ1/OE
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
MCLR
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RD0/PSP0/AD0
AD7:AD0
A16, AD15:AD8
S
y
stem
B
u
s I
n
te
r
f
a
c
e
Note
1:
The CCP2 pin placement depends on the CCP2MX and Processor mode settings.
2:
P1B and P1C pin placement depends on the ECCPMX setting.
PORTH
RH3/A19:RH0/A16
RH7/AN15/P1B
(2)
RH6/AN14/P1C
(2)
RH5/AN13
RH4/AN12
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 12
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
RG5
MCLR
V
PP
7
16
9
I
I
P
ST
ST
Master Clear (input) or programming
voltage (input).
General purpose input pin.
Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is
an active-low Reset to the device.
Programming voltage input.
OSC1/CLKI
OSC1
CLKI
39
50
49
I
I
CMOS/ST
CMOS
Oscillator crystal or external clock input.
Oscillator crystal input or external clock
source input. ST buffer when configured
in RC mode; otherwise CMOS.
External clock source input. Always
associated with pin function OSC1
(see OSC1/CLKI, OSC2/CLKO pins).
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
CLKO
RA6
40
51
50
O
O
I/O
--
--
TTL
Oscillator crystal or clock output.
Oscillator crystal output.
Connects to crystal or resonator in
Crystal Oscillator mode.
In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKO
which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1
and denotes the instruction cycle rate.
General purpose I/O pin.
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 13
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0
RA0
AN0
24
34
30
I/O
I
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 0.
RA1/AN1
RA1
AN1
23
33
29
I/O
I
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 1.
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA2
AN2
V
REF
-
22
32
28
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 2.
A/D reference voltage (Low) input.
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA3
AN3
V
REF
+
21
31
27
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 3.
A/D reference voltage (High) input.
RA4/T0CKI
RA4
T0CKI
28
39
34
I/O
I
ST/OD
ST
Digital I/O Open-drain when
configured as output.
Timer0 external clock input.
RA5/AN4/LVDIN
RA5
AN4
LVDIN
27
38
33
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 4.
Low-voltage detect input.
RA6
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 14
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port. PORTB
can be software programmed for internal
weak pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/INT0
RB0
INT0
48
60
58
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 0.
RB1/INT1
RB1
INT1
47
59
57
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 1.
RB2/INT2
RB2
INT2
46
58
56
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 2.
RB3/INT3/CCP2
RB3
INT3
CCP2
(1)
45
57
55
I/O
I/O
I/O
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 3.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/
PWM 2 output.
RB4/KBI0
RB4
KBI0
44
56
54
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
RB5/KBI1/PGM
RB5
KBI1
PGM
43
55
53
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Low-Voltage ICSP Programming
enable pin.
RB6/KBI2/PGC
RB6
KBI2
PGC
42
54
52
I/O
I
I/O
TTL
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-circuit debugger and ICSP
programming clock.
RB7/KBI3/PGD
RB7
KBI3
PGD
37
48
47
I/O
I/O
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
In-circuit debugger and ICSP
programming data.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 15
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI
RC0
T1OSO
T13CKI
30
41
36
I/O
O
I
ST
--
ST
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator output.
Timer1/Timer3 external clock input.
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2
RC1
T1OSI
CCP2
(1, 4)
29
40
35
I/O
I
I/O
ST
CMOS
ST
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator input.
CCP2 Capture input/Compare output/
PWM 2 output.
RC2/CCP1/P1A
RC2
CCP1
P1A
33
44
43
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
CCP1 Capture input/Compare output.
CCP1 PWM output A.
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC3
SCK
SCL
34
45
44
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock input/output
for SPI mode.
Synchronous serial clock input/output
for I
2
C mode.
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC4
SDI
SDA
35
46
45
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
SPI data in.
I
2
C data I/O.
RC5/SDO
RC5
SDO
36
47
46
I/O
O
ST
--
Digital I/O.
SPI data out.
RC6/TX/CK
RC6
TX
CK
31
42
37
I/O
O
I/O
ST
--
ST
Digital I/O.
USART asynchronous transmit.
USART synchronous clock
(see RX/DT).
RC7/RX/DT
RC7
RX
DT
32
43
38
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
USART 1 asynchronous receive.
USART 1 synchronous data
(see TX/CK).
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 16
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port. These
pins have TTL input buffers when external
memory is enabled.
RD0/PSP0/AD0
RD0
PSP0
(6)
AD0
(3)
58
3
72
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 0.
RD1/PSP1/AD1
RD1
PSP1
(6)
AD1
(3)
55
67
69
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 1.
RD2/PSP2/AD2
RD2
PSP2
(6)
AD2
(3)
54
66
68
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 2.
RD3/PSP3/AD3
RD3
PSP3
(6)
AD3
(3)
53
65
67
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 3.
RD4/PSP4/AD4
RD4
PSP4
(6)
AD4
(3)
52
64
66
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 4.
RD5/PSP5/AD5
RD5
PSP5
(6)
AD5
(3)
51
63
65
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 5.
RD6/PSP6/AD6
RD6
PSP6
(6)
AD6
(3)
50
62
64
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 6.
RD7/PSP7/AD7
RD7
PSP7
(6)
AD7
(3)
49
61
63
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
External memory address/data 7.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 17
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.
RE0/RD/AD8
RE0
RD
(6)
AD8
(3)
2
11
4
I/O
I
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Read control for Parallel Slave Port
(see WR and CS pins).
External memory address/data 8.
RE1/WR/AD9
RE1
WR
(6)
AD9
(3)
1
10
3
I/O
I
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Write control for Parallel Slave Port
(see CS and RD pins).
External memory address/data 9.
RE2/CS/AD10
RE2
CS
(6)
AD10
(3)
64
9
78
I/O
I
I/O
ST
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Chip select control for Parallel Slave
Port (see RD and WR).
External memory address/data 10.
RE3/AD11
RE3
AD11
(3)
63
8
77
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address/data 11.
RE4/AD12
RE4
AD12
(3)
62
7
76
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address/data 12.
RE5/AD13/P1C
RE5
AD13
(3)
P1C
(7)
61
6
75
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External memory address/data 13.
ECCP1 PWM output C.
RE6/AD14/P1B
RE6
AD14
(3)
P1B
(7)
60
5
74
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External memory address/data 14.
ECCP1 PWM output B.
RE7/CCP2/AD15
RE7
CCP2
(1,4)
AD15
(3)
59
4
73
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/
PWM 2 output.
External memory address/data 15.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 18
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTF is a bidirectional I/O port.
RF0/AN5
RF0
AN5
18
28
24
I/O
I
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 5.
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
RF1
AN6
C2OUT
17
27
23
I/O
I
O
ST
Analog
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog input 6.
Comparator 2 output.
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF2
AN7
C1OUT
16
26
18
I/O
I
O
ST
Analog
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog input 7.
Comparator 1 output.
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
RF1
AN8
C2IN+
15
25
17
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 8.
Comparator 2 input (+).
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
RF1
AN9
C2IN-
14
24
16
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 9.
Comparator 2 input (-).
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
RF1
AN10
C1IN+
CV
REF
13
23
15
I/O
I
I
O
ST
Analog
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 10.
Comparator 1 input (+).
Comparator V
REF
output.
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
RF6
AN11
C1IN-
12
22
14
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 11.
Comparator 1 input (-)
RF7/SS
RF7
SS
11
21
13
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
SPI slave select input.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 19
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PORTG is a bidirectional I/O port.
RG0/CANTX1
RG0
CANTX1
3
12
5
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
CAN bus transmit 1.
RG1/CANTX2
RG1
CANTX2
4
13
6
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
CAN bus transmit 2.
RG2/CANRX
RG2
CANRX
5
14
7
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
CAN bus receive.
RG3
RG3
6
15
8
I/O
ST
Digital I/O.
RG4/P1D
RG4
P1D
8
17
10
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
ECCP1 PWM output D.
RG5
7
16
9
I
ST
General purpose input pin.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 20
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTH is a bidirectional I/O port
(5)
.
RH0/A16
RH0
A16
--
--
79
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address 16.
RH1/A17
RH1
A17
--
--
80
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address 17.
RH2/A18
RH2
A18
--
--
1
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address 18.
RH3/A19
RH3
A19
--
--
2
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address 19.
RH4/AN12
RH4
AN12
--
--
22
I/O
I
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 12.
RH5/AN13
RH5
AN13
--
--
21
I/O
I
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 13.
RH6/AN14/P1C
RH6
AN14
P1C
(7)
--
--
20
I/O
I
I/O
ST
Analog
ST
Digital I/O.
Analog input 14.
Alternate CCP1 PWM output C.
RH7/AN15/P1B
RH7
AN15
P1B
(7)
--
--
19
I/O
I
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 15.
Alternate CCP1 PWM output B.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 21
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PORTJ is a bidirectional I/O port
(5)
.
RJ0/ALE
RJ0
ALE
--
--
62
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory address latch
enable.
RJ1/OE
RJ1
OE
--
--
61
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory output enable.
RJ2/WRL
RJ2
WRL
--
--
60
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory write low control.
RJ3/WRH
RJ3
WRH
--
--
59
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory write high control.
RJ4/BA0
RJ4
BA0
--
--
39
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
System bus byte address 0 control.
RJ5/CE
CE
--
--
40
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O
External memory chip enable.
RJ6/LB
RJ6
LB
--
--
42
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory low byte select.
RJ7/UB
RJ7
UB
--
--
41
I/O
O
ST
TTL
Digital I/O.
External memory high byte select.
V
SS
9, 25,
41, 56
19, 36,
53, 68
11, 31,
51, 70
P
--
Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
V
DD
10, 26,
38, 57
2, 20,
37, 49
12, 32,
48, 71
P
--
Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
AV
SS
20
30
26
P
--
Ground reference for analog modules.
AV
DD
19
29
25
P
--
Positive supply for analog modules.
NC
--
1, 18,
35, 52
--
--
--
No connect.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
TQFP PLCC
TQFP
Legend: TTL
= TTL compatible input
CMOS
= CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input
O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
Note 1:
Alternate assignment for CCP2 in all operating modes except Microcontroller applies to PIC18F8X8X only.
2:
Default assignment when CCP2MX is set.
3:
External memory interface functions are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
4:
CCP2 is multiplexed with this pin by default when configured in Microcontroller mode; otherwise, it is
multiplexed with either RB3 or RC1.
5:
PORTH and PORTJ are only available on PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices.
6:
PSP is available in Microcontroller mode only.
7:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be multiplexed with RH7/RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 22
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 23
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
2.0
OSCILLATOR
CONFIGURATIONS
2.1
Oscillator Types
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices can be
operated in eleven different oscillator modes. The user
can program four configuration bits (FOSC3, FOSC2,
FOSC1 and FOSC0) to select one of these eleven
modes:
1.
LP
Low-Power Crystal
2.
XT
Crystal/Resonator
3.
HS
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator
4.
RC
External Resistor/Capacitor
5.
EC
External Clock
6.
ECIO
External Clock with I/O
pin enabled
7.
HS+PLL
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator
with PLL enabled
8.
RCIO
External Resistor/Capacitor with
I/O pin enabled
9.
ECIO+SPLL External Clock with software
controlled PLL
10. ECIO+PLL
External Clock with PLL and I/O
pin enabled
11. HS+SPLL
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator
with software control
2.2
Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic
Resonators
In XT, LP, HS, HS+PLL or HS+SPLL Oscillator modes,
a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1
and OSC2 pins to establish oscillation. Figure 2-1
shows the pin connections.
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 oscillator design
requires the use of a parallel cut crystal.
FIGURE 2-1:
CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
RESONATOR OPERATION
(HS, XT OR LP
CONFIGURATION)
TABLE 2-1:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CERAMIC RESONATORS
Note:
Use of a series cut crystal may give a fre-
quency out of the crystal manufacturers
specifications.
Ranges Tested:
Mode
Freq
C1
C2
XT
455 kHz
2.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
68-100 pF
15-68 pF
15-68 pF
68-100 pF
15-68 pF
15-68 pF
HS
8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz
10-68 pF
10-22 pF
10-68 pF
10-22 pF
These values are for design guidance only.
See notes following this table.
Resonators Used:
2.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA2.00MG
0.5%
4.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA4.00MG
0.5%
8.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA8.00MT
0.5%
16.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA16.00MX
0.5%
All resonators used did not have built-in capacitors.
Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator, but also increases the
start-up time.
2: When operating below 3V V
DD
, or when
using certain ceramic resonators at any
voltage, it may be necessary to use high
gain HS mode, try a lower frequency
resonator, or switch to a crystal oscillator.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult the
resonator/crystal manufacturer for appro-
priate values of external components, or
verify oscillator performance.
Note 1:
See Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 for recommended
values of C1 and C2.
2:
A series resistor (R
S
) may be required for AT
strip cut crystals.
3:
R
F
varies with the oscillator mode chosen.
C1
(1)
C2
(1)
XTAL
OSC2
OSC1
R
F
(3)
Sleep
To
Logic
PIC18FXX80/XX85
R
S
(2)
Internal
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 24
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2-2:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
An external clock source may also be connected to the
OSC1 pin in the HS, XT and LP modes, as shown in
Figure 2-2.
FIGURE 2-2:
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (HS, XT OR
LP OSC CONFIGURATION)
2.3
RC Oscillator
For timing insensitive applications, the "RC" and
"RCIO" device options offer additional cost savings.
The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply
voltage, the resistor (R
EXT
) and capacitor (C
EXT
) val-
ues and the operating temperature. In addition to this,
the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit, due
to normal process parameter variation. Furthermore,
the difference in lead frame capacitance between pack-
age types will also affect the oscillation frequency,
especially for low C
EXT
values. The user also needs to
take into account variation due to tolerance of external
R and C components used. Figure 2-3 shows how the
R/C combination is connected.
In the RC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic.
FIGURE 2-3:
RC OSCILLATOR MODE
The RCIO Oscillator mode functions like the RC mode
except that the OSC2 pin becomes an additional gen-
eral purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin becomes bit 6 of
PORTA (RA6).
Ranges Tested:
Mode
Freq
C1
C2
LP
32.0 kHz
33 pF
33 pF
200 kHz
15 pF
15 pF
XT
200 kHz
47-68 pF
47-68 pF
1.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
4.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
HS
4.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
8.0 MHz
15-33 pF
15-33 pF
20.0 MHz
15-33 pF
15-33 pF
25.0 MHz
TBD
TBD
These values are for design guidance only.
See notes following this table.
Crystals Used
32.0 kHz
Epson C-001R32.768K-A
20 PPM
200 kHz
STD XTL 200.000KHz
20 PPM
1.0 MHz
ECS ECS-10-13-1
50 PPM
4.0 MHz
ECS ECS-40-20-1
50 PPM
8.0 MHz
Epson CA-301 8.000M-C
30 PPM
20.0 MHz
Epson CA-301 20.000M-C
30 PPM
Note 1: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator, but also increases the
start-up time.
2: Rs (see Figure 2-1) may be required in
HS mode, as well as XT mode, to avoid
overdriving crystals with low drive level
specifications.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult the
resonator/crystal manufacturer for appro-
priate values of external components, or
verify oscillator performance.
OSC1
OSC2
Open
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18FXX80/XX85
OSC2/CLKO
C
EXT
R
EXT
PIC18FXX80/XX85
OSC1
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
V
DD
V
SS
Recommended values:
3 k
R
EXT
100 k
C
EXT
> 20pF
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 25
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
2.4
External Clock Input
The EC, ECIO, EC+PLL and EC+SPLL Oscillator
modes require an external clock source to be con-
nected to the OSC1 pin. The feedback device between
OSC1 and OSC2 is turned off in these modes to save
current. There is a maximum 1.5
s start-up required
after a Power-on Reset, or wake-up from Sleep mode.
In the EC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic. Figure 2-4 shows the pin connections for the EC
Oscillator mode.
FIGURE 2-4:
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION
(EC CONFIGURATION)
The ECIO Oscillator mode functions like the EC mode,
except that the OSC2 pin becomes an additional gen-
eral purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin becomes bit 6 of
PORTA (RA6). Figure 2-5 shows the pin connections
for the ECIO Oscillator mode.
FIGURE 2-5:
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION
(ECIO CONFIGURATION)
2.5
Phase Locked Loop (PLL)
A Phase Locked Loop circuit is provided as a
programmable option for users that want to multiply the
frequency of the incoming oscillator signal by 4. For an
input clock frequency of 10 MHz, the internal clock
frequency will be multiplied to 40 MHz. This is useful for
customers who are concerned with EMI due to
high-frequency crystals.
The PLL can only be enabled when the oscillator config-
uration bits are programmed for High-Speed Oscillator
or External Clock mode. If they are programmed for any
other mode, the PLL is not enabled and the system clock
will come directly from OSC1. There are two types of
PLL modes: Software Controlled PLL and Configuration
bits Controlled PLL. In Software Controlled PLL mode,
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 executes at regular clock
frequency after all Reset conditions. During execution,
application can enable PLL and switch to 4x clock
frequency operation by setting the PLLEN bit in the
OSCCON register. In Configuration bits Controlled PLL
mode, PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 always executes
with 4x clock frequency.
The type of PLL is selected by programming the
FOSC<3:0> configuration bits in the CONFIG1H
Configuration register. The oscillator mode is specified
during device programming.
A PLL lock timer is used to ensure that the PLL has
locked before device execution starts. The PLL lock
timer has a time-out that is called T
PLL
.
FIGURE 2-6:
PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM
OSC1
OSC2
F
OSC
/4
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18FXX80/XX85
OSC1
I/O (OSC2)
RA6
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18FXX80/XX85
MUX
VCO
Loop
Filter
Divide by 4
PLL Enable
F
IN
F
OUT
SYSCLK
Phase
Comparator
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 26
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.6
Oscillator Switching Feature
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices include a
feature that allows the system clock source to be
switched from the main oscillator to an alternate
low-frequency clock source. For the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices, this alternate
clock source is the Timer1 oscillator. If a low-frequency
crystal (32 kHz, for example) has been attached to the
Timer1 oscillator pins and the Timer1 oscillator has
been enabled, the device can switch to a low-power
execution mode. Figure 2-7 shows a block diagram of
the system clock sources. The clock switching feature
is enabled by programming the Oscillator Switching
Enable (OSCSEN) bit in configuration register,
CONFIG1H, to a `
0
'. Clock switching is disabled in an
erased device. See Section 12.0 "Timer1 Module" for
further details of the Timer1 oscillator. See Section 24.0
"Special Features of the CPU"
for configuration
register details.
FIGURE 2-7:
DEVICE CLOCK SOURCES
PIC18FXX80/XX85
T
OSC
4 x PLL
T
T
1
P
T
SCLK
Clock
Source
MU
X
Tosc/4
Timer1 Oscillator
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
T1OSO
T1OSI
Clock Source Option
for other Modules
OSC1
OSC2
Sleep
Main Oscillator
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 27
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
2.6.1
SYSTEM CLOCK SWITCH BIT
The system clock source switching is performed under
software control. The System Clock Switch bits,
SCS1:SCS0 (OSCCON<1:0>), control the clock switch-
ing. When the SCS0 bit is `
0
', the system clock source
comes from the main oscillator that is selected by the
FOSC configuration bits in configuration register,
CONFIG1H. When the SCS0 bit is set, the system clock
source will come from the Timer1 oscillator. The SCS0
bit is cleared on all forms of Reset.
When FOSC bits are programmed for software PLL
mode, the SCS1 bit can be used to select between pri-
mary oscillator/clock and PLL output. The SCS1 bit will
only have an effect on the system clock if the PLL is
enabled (PLLEN =
1
) and locked (LOCK =
1
), else it will
be forced clear. When programmed with Configuration
Controlled PLL mode, the SCS1 bit will be forced clear.
REGISTER 2-1:
OSCCON REGISTER
Note:
The Timer1 oscillator must be enabled
and operating to switch the system clock
source. The Timer1 oscillator is enabled
by setting the T1OSCEN bit in the Timer1
Control register (T1CON). If the Timer1
oscillator is not enabled, then any write to
the SCS0 bit will be ignored (SCS0 bit
forced cleared) and the main oscillator will
continue to be the system clock source.
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
--
--
LOCK
PLLEN
SCS1
SCS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
LOCK: Phase Lock Loop Lock Status bit
1
= Phase Lock Loop output is stable as system clock
0
= Phase Lock Loop output is not stable and output cannot be used as system clock
bit 2
PLLEN
(1)
: Phase Lock Loop Enable bit
1
= Enable Phase Lock Loop output as system clock
0
= Disable Phase Lock Loop
bit 1
SCS1: System Clock Switch bit 1
When PLLEN and LOCK bits are set:
1
= Use PLL output
0
= Use primary oscillator/clock input pin
When PLLEN or LOCK bit is cleared:
Bit is forced clear.
bit 0
SCS0
(2)
: System Clock Switch bit 0
When OSCSEN configuration bit =
0
and T1OSCEN bit =
1
:
1
= Switch to Timer1 oscillator/clock pin
0
= Use primary oscillator/clock input pin
When OSCSEN and T1OSCEN are in other states:
Bit is forced clear.
Note 1: PLLEN bit is ignored when configured for ECIO+PLL and HS+PLL. This bit is used
in ECIO+SPLL and HS+SPLL modes only.
2: The setting of SCS0 =
1
supersedes SCS1 =
1
.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 28
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.6.2
OSCILLATOR TRANSITIONS
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices contain circuitry
to prevent "glitches" when switching between oscillator
sources. Essentially, the circuitry waits for eight rising
edges of the clock source that the processor is switch-
ing to. This ensures that the new clock source is stable
and that its pulse width will not be less than the shortest
pulse width of the two clock sources.
A timing diagram, indicating the transition from the
main oscillator to the Timer1 oscillator, is shown in
Figure 2-8. The Timer1 oscillator is assumed to be run-
ning all the time. After the SCS0 bit is set, the processor
is frozen at the next occurring Q1 cycle. After eight
synchronization cycles are counted from the Timer1
oscillator, operation resumes. No additional delays are
required after the synchronization cycles.
The sequence of events that takes place when switch-
ing from the Timer1 oscillator to the main oscillator will
depend on the mode of the main oscillator. In addition
to eight clock cycles of the main oscillator, additional
delays may take place.
If the main oscillator is configured for an external
crystal (HS, XT, LP), then the transition will take place
after an oscillator start-up time (T
OST
) has occurred. A
timing diagram, indicating the transition from the
Timer1 oscillator to the main oscillator for HS, XT and
LP modes, is shown in Figure 2-9.
FIGURE 2-8:
TIMING DIAGRAM FOR TRANSITION FROM OSC1 TO TIMER1 OSCILLATOR
FIGURE 2-9:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1 (HS, XT, LP)
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q4
Q3
Q2
OSC1
Internal
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC + 2
PC
Note:
T
DLY
is the delay from SCS high to first count of transition circuit.
Q1
T1OSI
Q4
Q1
PC + 4
Q1
T
SCS
Clock
Counter
System
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
T
DLY
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
Q3
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
OSC1
Internal
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC
PC + 2
Note:
T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale).
T1OSI
System Clock
T
OST
Q1
PC + 6
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
T
SCS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 29
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
If the main oscillator is configured for HS mode with
PLL active, an oscillator start-up time (T
OST
) plus an
additional PLL time-out (T
PLL
) will occur. The PLL time-
out is typically 2 ms and allows the PLL to lock to the
main oscillator frequency. A timing diagram, indicating
the transition from the Timer1 oscillator to the main
oscillator for HS-PLL mode, is shown in Figure 2-10.
If the main oscillator is configured for EC mode with PLL
active, only the PLL time-out (T
PLL
) will occur. The PLL
time-out is typically 2 ms and allows the PLL to lock to
the main oscillator frequency. A timing diagram, indicat-
ing the transition from the Timer1 oscillator to the main
oscillator for EC with PLL active, is shown in Figure 2-11.
FIGURE 2-10:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1
(HS WITH PLL ACTIVE, SCS1 =
1
)
FIGURE 2-11:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1
(EC WITH PLL ACTIVE, SCS1 =
1
)
Q4
Q1
Q1
Q2 Q3
Q4
Q1 Q2
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program Counter
PC
PC + 2
Note:
T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale).
T1OSI
Clock
T
OST
Q3
PC + 4
T
PLL
T
OSC
T
T
1
P
T
SCS
Q4
PLL Clock
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Q4
Q1
Q1
Q2 Q3
Q4
Q1 Q2
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program Counter
PC
PC + 2
T1OSI
Clock
Q3
PC + 4
T
PLL
T
OSC
T
T
1
P
T
SCS
Q4
PLL Clock
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 30
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
If the main oscillator is configured in the RC, RCIO, EC
or ECIO modes, there is no oscillator start-up time-out.
Operation will resume after eight cycles of the main
oscillator have been counted. A timing diagram, indi-
cating the transition from the Timer1 oscillator to the
main oscillator for RC, RCIO, EC and ECIO modes, is
shown in Figure 2-12.
FIGURE 2-12:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1 (RC, EC)
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC
PC + 2
Note:
RC Oscillator mode assumed.
PC + 4
T1OSI
Clock
Q4
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
T
SCS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 31
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
2.7
Effects of Sleep Mode on the
On-Chip Oscillator
When the device executes a
SLEEP
instruction, the on-
chip clocks and oscillator are turned off and the device
is held at the beginning of an instruction cycle (Q1
state). With the oscillator off, the OSC1 and OSC2
signals will stop oscillating. Since all the transistor
switching currents have been removed, Sleep mode
achieves the lowest current consumption of the device
(only leakage currents). Enabling any on-chip feature
that will operate during Sleep will increase the current
consumed during Sleep. The user can wake from
Sleep through external Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset,
or through an interrupt.
TABLE 2-3:
OSC1 AND OSC2 PIN STATES IN SLEEP MODE
2.8
Power-up Delays
Power-up delays are controlled by two timers so that no
external Reset circuitry is required for most applica-
tions. The delays ensure that the device is kept in
Reset until the device power supply and clock are sta-
ble. For additional information on Reset operation, see
Section 3.0 "Reset".
The first timer is the Power-up Timer (PWRT) which
optionally provides a fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on
power-up only (POR and BOR). The second timer is
the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep
the chip in Reset until the crystal oscillator is stable.
With the PLL enabled (HS+PLL and EC+PLL Oscillator
mode), the time-out sequence following a Power-on
Reset is different from other oscillator modes. The
time-out sequence is as follows: First, the PWRT time-
out is invoked after a POR time delay has expired.
Then, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is invoked.
However, this is still not a sufficient amount of time to
allow the PLL to lock at high frequencies. The PWRT
timer is used to provide an additional fixed 2 ms
(nominal) time-out to allow the PLL ample time to lock
to the incoming clock frequency.
OSC Mode
OSC1 Pin
OSC2 Pin
RC
Floating, external resistor should pull high
At logic low
RCIO
Floating, external resistor should pull high
Configured as PORTA, bit 6
ECIO
Floating
Configured as PORTA, bit 6
EC
Floating
At logic low
LP, XT, and HS
Feedback inverter disabled at
quiescent voltage level
Feedback inverter disabled at
quiescent voltage level
Note:
See Table 3-1 in Section 3.0 "Reset", for time-outs due to Sleep and MCLR Reset.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 32
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 33
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
3.0
RESET
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices differentiate
between various kinds of Reset:
a)
Power-on Reset (POR)
b)
MCLR Reset during normal operation
c)
MCLR Reset during Sleep
d)
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset (during normal
operation)
e)
Programmable Brown-out Reset (BOR)
f)
RESET
Instruction
g)
Stack Full Reset
h)
Stack Underflow Reset
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset. Their status
is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other
Resets. The other registers are forced to a "Reset
state" on Power-on Reset, MCLR, WDT Reset, Brown-
out Reset, MCLR Reset during Sleep and by the
RESET
instruction.
Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up
since this is viewed as the resumption of normal oper-
ation. Status bits from the RCON register, RI, TO, PD,
POR and BOR, are set or cleared differently in different
Reset situations, as indicated in Table 3-2. These bits
are used in software to determine the nature of the
Reset. See Table 3-3 for a full description of the Reset
states of all registers.
A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit
is shown in Figure 3-1.
The Enhanced MCU devices have a MCLR noise filter
in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and
ignore small pulses. The MCLR pin is not driven low by
any internal Resets, including the WDT.
FIGURE 3-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
S
R
Q
External Reset
MCLR
V
DD
OSC1
WDT
Module
V
DD
Rise
Detect
OST/PWRT
On-chip
RC OSC
(1)
WDT
Time-out
Power-on Reset
OST
10-bit Ripple Counter
PWRT
Chip_Reset
10-bit Ripple Counter
Reset
Enable OST
(2)
Enable PWRT
SLEEP
Note
1: This is a separate oscillator from the RC oscillator of the CLKI pin.
2: See Table 3-1 for time-out situations.
Brown-out
Reset
BOREN
RESET
Instruction
Stack
Pointer
Stack Full/Underflow Reset
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 34
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.1
Power-on Reset (POR)
A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when
V
DD
rise is detected. To take advantage of the POR cir-
cuitry, tie the MCLR pin through a 1 k
to 10 k
resis-
tor to V
DD
. This will eliminate external RC components
usually needed to create a Power-on Reset delay. A
minimum rise rate for V
DD
is specified (parameter
D004). For a slow rise time, see Figure 3-2.
When the device starts normal operation (i.e., exits the
Reset condition), device operating parameters (volt-
age, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to
ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the
device must be held in Reset until the operating
conditions are met.
FIGURE 3-2:
EXTERNAL POWER-ON
RESET CIRCUIT (FOR
SLOW V
DD
POWER-UP)
3.2
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer provides a fixed nominal time-out
(parameter #33) only on power-up from the POR. The
Power-up Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator.
The chip is kept in Reset as long as the PWRT is active.
The PWRT's time delay allows V
DD
to rise to an
acceptable level. A configuration bit is provided to
enable/disable the PWRT.
The power-up time delay will vary from chip-to-chip due
to V
DD
, temperature and process variation. See DC
parameter #33 for details.
3.3
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides 1024
oscillator cycles (from OSC1 input) delay after the
PWRT delay is over (parameter #32). This ensures that
the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and
stabilized.
The OST time-out is invoked only for XT, LP and HS
modes and only on Power-on Reset, or wake-up from
Sleep.
3.4
PLL Lock Time-out
With the PLL enabled, the time-out sequence following
a Power-on Reset is different from other oscillator
modes. A portion of the Power-up Timer is used to pro-
vide a fixed time-out that is sufficient for the PLL to lock
to the main oscillator frequency. This PLL lock time-out
(T
PLL
) is typically 2 ms and follows the oscillator
start-up time-out (OST).
3.5
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
A configuration bit, BOREN, can disable (if clear/
programmed), or enable (if set) the Brown-out Reset
circuitry. If V
DD
falls below parameter D005 for greater
than parameter #35, the brown-out situation will reset
the chip. A Reset may not occur if V
DD
falls below
parameter D005 for less than parameter #35. The chip
will remain in Brown-out Reset until V
DD
rises above
BV
DD
. If the Power-up Timer is enabled, it will be
invoked after V
DD
rises above BV
DD
; it then will keep
the chip in Reset for an additional time delay (parame-
ter #33). If V
DD
drops below BV
DD
while the Power-up
Timer is running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out
Reset and the Power-up Timer will be initialized. Once
V
DD
rises above BV
DD
, the Power-up Timer will
execute the additional time delay.
3.6
Time-out Sequence
On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows:
First, PWRT time-out is invoked after the POR time
delay has expired. Then, OST is activated. The total
time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and
the status of the PWRT. For example, in RC mode with
the PWRT disabled, there will be no time-out at all.
Figure 3-3, Figure 3-4, Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6 and
Figure 3-7 depict time-out sequences on power-up.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, the
time-outs will expire if MCLR is kept low long enough.
Bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
(Figure 3-5). This is useful for testing purposes or to
synchronize more than one PIC18FXX8X device
operating in parallel.
Table 3-2 shows the Reset conditions for some Special
Function Registers while Table 3-3 shows the Reset
conditions for all of the registers.
Note 1:
External Power-on Reset circuit is required
only if the V
DD
power-up slope is too slow.
The diode D helps discharge the capacitor
quickly when V
DD
powers down.
2:
R < 40 k
is recommended to make sure that
the voltage drop across R does not violate
the device's electrical specification.
3:
R1 = 1 k
to 10 k
will limit any current flow-
ing into MCLR from external capacitor C, in
the event of MCLR/V
PP
pin breakdown due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS).
C
R1
R
D
V
DD
MCLR
PIC18FXX8X
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 35
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 3-1:
TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
REGISTER 3-1:
RCON REGISTER BITS AND POSITIONS
TABLE 3-2:
STATUS BITS, THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND THE INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR
RCON REGISTER
Oscillator
Configuration
Power-up
(2)
Brown-out
Wake-up from
Sleep or
Oscillator Switch
PWRTE =
0
PWRTE =
1
HS with PLL enabled
(1)
72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
+ 2ms
1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms 1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms
1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms
EC with PLL enabled
(1)
72 ms + 2ms
1.5
s + 2 ms
2 ms
1.5
s + 2 ms
HS, XT, LP
72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
1024 T
OSC
1024 T
OSC
1024 T
OSC
EC
72 ms
1.5
s
1.5
s
1.5
s
(3)
External RC
72 ms
1.5
s
1.5
s
1.5
s
Note 1:
2 ms is the nominal time required for the 4x PLL to lock.
2:
72 ms is the nominal power-up timer delay if implemented.
3:
1.5
s is the recovery time from Sleep. There is no recovery time from oscillator switch.
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Note:
Refer to Section 4.14 "RCON Register" for bit definitions.
Condition
Program
Counter
RCON
Register
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
STKFUL
STKUNF
Power-on Reset
0000h
0--1 1100
1
1
1
0
0
u
u
MCLR Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--u uuuu
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Software Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--0 uuuu
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
Stack Full Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--u uu11
u
u
u
u
u
u
1
Stack Underflow Reset during
normal operation
0000h
0--u uu11
u
u
u
u
u
1
u
MCLR Reset during Sleep
0000h
0--u 10uu
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
WDT Reset
0000h
0--u 01uu
1
0
1
u
u
u
u
WDT Wake-up
PC + 2
u--u 00uu
u
0
0
u
u
u
u
Brown-out Reset
0000h
0--1 11u0
1
1
1
1
0
u
u
Interrupt wake-up from Sleep
PC + 2
(1)
u--u 00uu
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
'
Note 1:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEH or GIEL bits are set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (000008h or 000018h).
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 36
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
TOSU
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---0 0000
---0 0000
---0 uuuu
(3)
TOSH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(3)
TOSL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(3)
STKPTR
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
00-0 0000
uu-0 0000
uu-u uuuu
(3)
PCLATU
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
PCLATH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PCL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
PC + 2
(2)
TBLPTRU
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TBLPTRH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TBLPTRL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLAT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PRODH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PRODL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INTCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 000x
0000 000x
uuuu uuuu
(1)
INTCON2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
(1)
INTCON3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1100 0000
1100 0000
uuuu uuuu
(1)
INDF0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR0H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR0L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
WREG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INDF1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 37
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FSR1H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR1L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
BSR
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
INDF2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR2H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR2L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
STATUS
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
TMR0H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR0L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T0CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
OSCCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
LVDCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--00 0101
--00 0101
--uu uuuu
WDTCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- ---0
---- ---0
---- ---u
RCON
(4)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0--q 11qq
0--q qquu
u--u qquu
TMR1H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR1L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T1CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
u-uu uuuu
TMR2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
1111 1111
T2CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
SSPBUF
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSPADD
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPSTAT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPCON1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPCON2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 38
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
ADRESH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
ADCON1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
ADCON2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0-00 0000
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
CCPR1H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR2L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP2CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
CCPAS1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CVRCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CMCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR3L
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T3CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PSPCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 ----
0000 ----
uuuu ----
SPBRG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0010
0000 0010
uuuu uuuu
RCSTA
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 000x
0000 000x
uuuu uuuu
EEADRH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- --00
---- --00
---- --uu
EEADR
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
EEDATA
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
EECON2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
uu-0 u000
EECON1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
00-0 x000
00-0 u000
uu-u uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 39
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
IPR3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIE3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
IPR2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
-u-u uuuu
PIR2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
-u-u uuuu
(1)
PIE2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
-u-u uuuu
IPR1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(1)
PIE1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
MEMCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0-00 --00
0-00 --00
u-uu --uu
TRISJ
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---1 1111
---1 1111
---u uuuu
TRISF
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISE
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 -111
0000 -111
uuuu -uuu
TRISD
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISA
(5,6)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-111 1111
(5)
-111 1111
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
LATJ
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
LATF
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATE
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATD
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATB
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATA
(5,6)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 40
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTJ
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 xxxx
0000 uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTG
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
--xx xxxx
--uu uuuu
--uu uuuu
PORTF
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
x000 0000
u000 0000
u000 0000
PORTE
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---- -000
---- -000
---- -uuu
PORTD
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTB
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTA
(5,6)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-x0x 0000
(5)
-u0u 0000
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
SPBRGH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BAUDCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-1-0 0-00
-1-0 0-00
-u-u u-uu
ECCP1DEL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ECANCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0001 0000
0001 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXERRCNT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXERRCNT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
COMSTAT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CIOCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 ----
0000 ----
uuuu ----
BRGCON3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
00-- -000
00-- -000
uu-- -uuu
BRGCON2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BRGCON1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CANCON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
1000 000-
1000 000-
uuuu uuu-
CANSTAT
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
100- 000-
100- 000-
uuu- uuu-
RXB0D7
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D6
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D5
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D4
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0DLC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 41
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXB0EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
RXB0SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
RXB1D7
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D6
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D5
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D4
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1DLC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXB1EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
RXB1SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
TXB0D7
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D6
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D5
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D4
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0DLC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB0EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
TXB0SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 42
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TXB0SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0-00
0000 0-00
uuuu u-uu
TXB1D7
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D6
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D5
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D4
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1DLC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB1EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- uu-u
TXB1SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
TXB1CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0-00
0000 0-00
uuuu u-uu
TXB2D7
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D6
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D5
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D4
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D3
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D2
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D1
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2D0
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
0uuu uuuu
TXB2DLC
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB2EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TXB2SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TXB2CON
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0-00
0000 0-00
uuuu u-uu
RXM1EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 43
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXM1EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM1SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXM1SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXM0SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF5SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF4SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF3SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF2SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF1SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0EIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0EIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0SIDL
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF0SIDH
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 44
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
B5D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B5EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B5SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B5SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B5CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
B4D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B4EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B4SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B4CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
B3D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 45
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
B3D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B3EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B3SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B3CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
B2D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B2EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B2SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B2CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
B1D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 46
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
B1D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B1EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B1SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B1CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
B0D7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0D0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0DLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
B0EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
B0SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
B0CON
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXBIE
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---0 00--
---u uu--
---u uu--
BIE0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BSEL0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 00--
0000 00--
uuuu uu--
MSEL3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
MSEL2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
MSEL1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0101
0000 0101
uuuu uuuu
MSEL0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0101 0000
0101 0000
uuuu uuuu
SDFLC
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
---0 0000
---0 0000
-u-- uuuu
RXFCON1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 47
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXFCON0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON7
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON6
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON5
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON4
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON3
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON2
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0001 0001
0001 0001
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON1
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0001 0001
0001 0001
uuuu uuuu
RXFBCON0
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXF15EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF15EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF15SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF15SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF14EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF14EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF14SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF14SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF13EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF13EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF13SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF13SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF12EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF12EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF12SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF12SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF11EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF11EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF11SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF11SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF10EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF10EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 48
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RXF10SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
-uuu uuuu
RXF10SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF9EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF9EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF9SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
-uuu uuuu
RXF9SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF8EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF8EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF8SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
-uuu uuuu
RXF8SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF7EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF7EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF7SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
-uuu uuuu
RXF7SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF6EIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF6EIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXF6SIDL
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
-uuu uuuu
RXF6SIDH
(7)
PIC18F6X8X PIC18F8X8X
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Resets
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA, and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are not available on all devices. When unimplemented, they read `
0
'.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until ECAN is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 49
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 3-3:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO V
DD
VIA 1 k
RESISTOR)
FIGURE 3-4:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO V
DD
): CASE 1
FIGURE 3-5:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO V
DD
): CASE 2
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
T
PWRT
T
OST
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 50
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-6:
SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO V
DD
VIA 1 k
RESISTOR)
FIGURE 3-7:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POR W/ PLL ENABLED
(MCLR TIED TO V
DD
VIA 1 k
RESISTOR)
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
0V
1V
5V
T
PWRT
T
OST
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
IINTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
PLL TIME-OUT
T
PLL
Note:
T
OST
= 1024 clock cycles.
T
PLL
2 ms max. First three stages of the PWRT timer.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 51
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
4.0
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
There are three memory blocks in
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices. They are:
Program Memory
Data RAM
Data EEPROM
Data and program memory use separate busses which
allows for concurrent access of these blocks. Additional
detailed information for Flash program memory and data
EEPROM is provided in Section 5.0 "Flash Program
Memory"
and Section 7.0 "Data EEPROM Memory",
respectively.
In addition to on-chip Flash, the PIC18F8X8X devices
are also capable of accessing external program mem-
ory through an external memory bus. Depending on the
selected operating mode (discussed in Section 4.1.1
"PIC18F8X8X Program Memory Modes"
), the
controllers may access either internal or external pro-
gram memory exclusively, or both internal and external
memory in selected blocks. Additional information on
the external memory interface is provided in
Section 6.0 "External Memory Interface".
4.1
Program Memory Organization
A 21-bit program counter is capable of addressing the
2-Mbyte program memory space. Accessing a location
between the physically implemented memory and the
2-Mbyte address will cause a read of all `
0
's (a
NOP
instruction).
The PIC18F6585 and PIC18F8585 each have
48 Kbytes of on-chip Flash memory, while the
PIC18F6680 and PIC18F8680 have 64 Kbytes of Flash.
This means that PIC18FX585 devices can store inter-
nally up to 24,576 single-word instructions and
PIC18FX680 devices can store up to 32,768 single-word
instructions.
The Reset vector address is at 0000h and the interrupt
vector addresses are at 0008h and 0018h.
Figure 4-1 shows the program memory map for
PIC18F6585/8585 devices while Figure 4-2 shows the
program memory map for PIC18F6680/8680 devices.
4.1.1
PIC18F8X8X PROGRAM MEMORY
MODES
PIC18F8X8X devices differ significantly from their
PIC18 predecessors in their utilization of program
memory. In addition to available on-chip Flash program
memory, these controllers can also address up to
2 Mbytes of external program memory through the
external memory interface. There are four distinct
operating modes available to the controllers:
Microprocessor (MP)
Microprocessor with Boot Block (MPBB)
Extended Microcontroller (EMC)
Microcontroller (MC)
The Program Memory mode is determined by setting
the two Least Significant bits of the CONFIG3L config-
uration byte, as shown in Register 4-1. (See also
Section 24.1 "Configuration Bits" for additional
details on the device configuration bits.)
The Program Memory modes operate as follows:
The Microprocessor Mode permits access only
to external program memory; the contents of the
on-chip Flash memory are ignored. The 21-bit
program counter permits access to a 2-MByte
linear program memory space.
The Microprocessor with Boot Block Mode
accesses on-chip Flash memory from addresses
000000h to 0007FFh. Above this, external
program memory is accessed all the way up to
the 2-MByte limit. Program execution auto-
matically switches between the two memories as
required.
The Microcontroller Mode accesses only
on-chip Flash memory. Attempts to read above
the physical limit of the on-chip Flash (0BFFFh for
the PIC18F8585, 0FFFFh for the PIC18F8680)
causes a read of all `
0
's (a
NOP
instruction).
The Microcontroller mode is the only operating
mode available to PIC18F6X8X devices.
The Extended Microcontroller Mode allows
access to both internal and external program
memories as a single block. The device can
access its entire on-chip Flash memory; above
this, the device accesses external program mem-
ory up to the 2-MByte program space limit. As
with Boot Block mode, execution automatically
switches between the two memories as required.
In all modes, the microcontroller has complete access
to data RAM and EEPROM.
Figure 4-3 compares the memory maps of the different
Program Memory modes. The differences between on-
chip and external memory access limitations are more
fully explained in Table 4-1.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 52
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 4-1:
INTERNAL PROGRAM
MEMORY MAP AND
STACK FOR
PIC18F6585/8585
FIGURE 4-2:
INTERNAL PROGRAM
MEMORY MAP AND
STACK FOR
PIC18F6680/8680
TABLE 4-1:
MEMORY ACCESS FOR PIC18F8X8X PROGRAM MEMORY MODES
PC<20:0>
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 31
Reset Vector
Low Priority Interrupt Vector
CALL,RCALL,RETURN
RETFIE,RETLW
21
000000h
000018h
On-Chip Flash
Program Memory
High Priority Interrupt Vector 000008h
U
s
er Mem
o
ry Sp
ac
e
1FFFFFh
00C000h
00BFFFh
Read `
0
'
200000h
PC<20:0>
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 31
Reset Vector
Low Priority Interrupt Vector
CALL,RCALL,RETURN
RETFIE,RETLW
21
000000h
000018h
010000h
00FFFFh
On-Chip Flash
Program Memory
High Priority Interrupt Vector 000008h
U
s
er Mem
o
ry Sp
ac
e
Read `
0
'
1FFFFFh
200000h
Operating Mode
Internal Program Memory
External Program Memory
Execution
From
Table Read
From
Table Write To
Execution
From
Table Read
From
Table Write To
Microprocessor
No Access
No Access
No Access
Yes
Yes
Yes
Microprocessor w/
Boot Block
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Microcontroller
Yes
Yes
Yes
No Access
No Access
No Access
Extended
Microcontroller
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 53
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 4-1:
CONFIG3L CONFIGURATION BYTE
FIGURE 4-3:
MEMORY MAPS FOR PIC18F8X8X PROGRAM MEMORY MODES
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
WAIT
--
--
--
--
--
PM1
PM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WAIT: External Bus Data Wait Enable bit
1
= Wait selections unavailable, device will not wait
0
= Wait programmed by WAIT1 and WAIT0 bits of MEMCOM register (MEMCOM<5:4>)
bit 6-2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
PM1:PM0: Processor Data Memory Mode Select bits
11
= Microcontroller mode
10
= Microprocessor mode
01
= Microcontroller with Boot Block mode
00
= Extended Microcontroller mode
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value after erase
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Microprocessor
Mode
000000h
1FFFFFh
External
Program
Memory
External
Program
Memory
1FFFFFh
000000h
On-Chip
Program
Memory
Extended
Microcontroller
Mode
Microcontroller
Mode
000000h
External
On-Chip
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
S
p
ac
e E
x
ecu
ti
on
On-Chip
Program
Memory
1FFFFFh
Reads
000800h
1FFFFFh
0007FFh
Microprocessor
with Boot Block
Mode
000000h
On-Chip
Program
Memory
External
Program
Memory
Memory
Flash
On-Chip
Program
Memory
(No
access)
`
0
's
010000h
(2)
00FFFFh
(2)
External
On-Chip
Memory
Flash
On-Chip
Flash
External
On-Chip
Memory
Flash
00BFFFh
(1)
00C000h
(1)
00FFFFh
(2)
00BFFFh
(1)
010000h
(2)
00C000h
(1)
Note
1:
PIC18F6585 and PIC18F8585.
2:
PIC18F6680 and PIC18F8680.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 54
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2
Return Address Stack
The return address stack allows any combination of up
to 31 program calls and interrupts to occur. The PC
(Program Counter) is pushed onto the stack when a
CALL
or
RCALL
instruction is executed or an interrupt is
Acknowledged. The PC value is pulled off the stack on
a
RETURN
,
RETLW
, or a
RETFIE
instruction. PCLATU
and PCLATH are not affected by any of the
RETURN
or
CALL
instructions.
The stack operates as a 31-word by 21-bit RAM and a
5-bit stack pointer, with the stack pointer initialized to
00000b after all Resets. There is no RAM associated
with stack pointer 00000b. This is only a Reset value.
During a
CALL
type instruction causing a push onto the
stack, the stack pointer is first incremented and the
RAM location pointed to by the stack pointer is written
with the contents of the PC. During a
RETURN
type
instruction causing a pop from the stack, the contents
of the RAM location pointed to by the STKPTR are
transferred to the PC and then the stack pointer is
decremented.
The stack space is not part of either program or data
space. The stack pointer is readable and writable and
the address on the top of the stack is readable and writ-
able through SFR registers. Data can also be pushed
to or popped from the stack, using the top-of-stack
SFRs. Status bits indicate if the stack pointer is at or
beyond the 31 levels provided.
4.2.1
TOP-OF-STACK ACCESS
The top of the stack is readable and writable. Three
register locations, TOSU, TOSH and TOSL, hold the
contents of the stack location pointed to by the
STKPTR register. This allows users to implement a
software stack if necessary. After a
CALL, RCALL
or
interrupt, the software can read the pushed value by
reading the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL registers. These
values can be placed on a user defined software stack.
At return time, the software can replace the TOSU,
TOSH and TOSL and do a return.
The user must disable the global interrupt enable bits
during this time to prevent inadvertent stack
operations.
4.2.2
RETURN STACK POINTER
(STKPTR)
The STKPTR register contains the stack pointer value,
the STKFUL (Stack Full) status bit, and the STKUNF
(Stack Underflow) status bits. Register 4-2 shows the
STKPTR register. The value of the stack pointer can be
0 through 31. The stack pointer increments when values
are pushed onto the stack and decrements when values
are popped off the stack. At Reset, the stack pointer
value will be `
0
'. The user may read and write the stack
pointer value. This feature can be used by a Real-Time
Operating System for return stack maintenance.
After the PC is pushed onto the stack 31 times (without
popping any values off the stack), the STKFUL bit is
set. The STKFUL bit can only be cleared in software or
by a POR.
The action that takes place when the stack becomes
full depends on the state of the STVREN (Stack
Overflow Reset Enable) configuration bit. Refer to
Section 25.0 "Instruction Set Summary" for a
description of the device configuration bits. If STVREN
is set (default), the 31st push will push the (PC + 2)
value onto the stack, set the STKFUL bit and reset the
device. The STKFUL bit will remain set and the stack
pointer will be set to `
0
'.
If STVREN is cleared, the STKFUL bit will be set on the
31st push and the stack pointer will increment to 31.
Any additional pushes will not overwrite the 31st push
and STKPTR will remain at 31.
When the stack has been popped enough times to
unload the stack, the next pop will return a value of zero
to the PC and sets the STKUNF bit while the stack
pointer remains at `
0
'. The STKUNF bit will remain set
until cleared in software or a POR occurs.
Note:
Returning a value of zero to the PC on an
underflow has the effect of vectoring the
program to the Reset vector, where the
stack conditions can be verified and
appropriate actions can be taken.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 55
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 4-2:
STKPTR REGISTER
FIGURE 4-4:
RETURN ADDRESS STACK AND ASSOCIATED REGISTERS
4.2.3
PUSH
AND
POP
INSTRUCTIONS
Since the Top-of-Stack (TOS) is readable and writable,
the ability to push values onto the stack and pull values
off the stack, without disturbing normal program execu-
tion, is a desirable option. To push the current PC value
onto the stack, a
PUSH
instruction can be executed.
This will increment the stack pointer and load the cur-
rent PC value onto the stack. TOSU, TOSH and TOSL
can then be modified to place a return address on the
stack.
The ability to pull the TOS value off of the stack and
replace it with the value that was previously pushed
onto the stack, without disturbing normal execution, is
achieved by using the
POP
instruction. The
POP
instruc-
tion discards the current TOS by decrementing the
stack pointer. The previous value pushed onto the
stack then becomes the TOS value.
4.2.4
STACK FULL/UNDERFLOW RESETS
These Resets are enabled by programming the
STVREN configuration bit. When the STVREN bit is
disabled, a full or underflow condition will set the
appropriate STKFUL or STKUNF bit, but not cause a
device Reset. When the STVREN bit is enabled, a full
or underflow condition will set the appropriate STKFUL
or STKUNF bit and then cause a device Reset. The
STKFUL or STKUNF bits are only cleared by the user
software or a POR Reset.
R/C-0
R/C-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
STKFUL
(1)
STKUNF
(1)
--
SP4
SP3
SP2
SP1
SP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
STKFUL: Stack Full Flag bit
1
= Stack became full or overflowed
0
= Stack has not become full or overflowed
bit 6
STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1
= Stack underflow occurred
0
= Stack underflow did not occur
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4-0
SP4:SP0: Stack Pointer Location bits
Note 1: Bit 7 and bit 6 can only be cleared in user software or by a POR.
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0' W = Writable bit
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
00011
001A34h
11111
11110
11101
00010
00001
00000
00010
Return Address Stack
Top-of-Stack
000D58h
TOSL
TOSH
TOSU
34h
1Ah
00h
STKPTR<4:0>
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 56
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3
Fast Register Stack
A "fast interrupt return" option is available for interrupts.
A fast register stack is provided for the Status, WREG
and BSR registers and is only one in depth. The stack
is not readable or writable and is loaded with the
current value of the corresponding register when the
processor vectors for an interrupt. The values in the
registers are then loaded back into the working regis-
ters if the
FAST RETURN
instruction is used to return
from the interrupt.
A low or high priority interrupt source will push values
into the stack registers. If both low and high priority
interrupts are enabled, the stack registers cannot be
used reliably for low priority interrupts. If a high priority
interrupt occurs while servicing a low priority interrupt,
the stack register values stored by the low priority
interrupt will be overwritten.
If high priority interrupts are not disabled during low
priority interrupts, users must save the key registers in
software during a low priority interrupt.
If no interrupts are used, the fast register stack can be
used to restore the Status, WREG and BSR registers at
the end of a subroutine call. To use the fast register
stack for a subroutine call, a
FAST CALL
instruction
must be executed.
Example 4-1 shows a source code example that uses
the fast register stack.
EXAMPLE 4-1:
FAST REGISTER STACK
CODE EXAMPLE
4.4
PCL, PCLATH and PCLATU
The program counter (PC) specifies the address of the
instruction to fetch for execution. The PC is 21 bits
wide. The low byte is called the PCL register; this reg-
ister is readable and writable. The high byte is called
the PCH register. This register contains the PC<15:8>
bits and is not directly readable or writable; updates to
the PCH register may be performed through the
PCLATH register. The upper byte is called PCU. This
register contains the PC<20:16> bits and is not directly
readable or writable; updates to the PCU register may
be performed through the PCLATU register.
The PC addresses bytes in the program memory. To
prevent the PC from becoming misaligned with word
instructions, the LSB of the PCL is fixed to a value of
`
0
'. The PC increments by 2 to address sequential
instructions in the program memory.
The
CALL, RCALL, GOTO
and program branch
instructions write to the program counter directly. For
these instructions, the contents of PCLATH and
PCLATU are not transferred to the program counter.
The contents of PCLATH and PCLATU will be trans-
ferred to the program counter by an operation that
writes PCL. Similarly, the upper two bytes of the pro-
gram counter will be transferred to PCLATH and
PCLATU by an operation that reads PCL. This is useful
for computed offsets to the PC (see Section 4.8.1
"Computed GOTO"
).
4.5
Clocking Scheme/Instruction
Cycle
The clock input (from OSC1) is internally divided by
four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature
clocks, namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the
program counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the
instruction is fetched from the program memory and
latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruc-
tion is decoded and executed during the following Q1
through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow
are shown in Figure 4-5.
FIGURE 4-5:
CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
CALL
SUB1, FAST
;STATUS, WREG, BSR
;SAVED IN FAST REGISTER
;STACK
SUB1
RETURN FAST
;RESTORE VALUES SAVED
;IN FAST REGISTER STACK
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
PC
OSC2/CLKO
(RC Mode)
PC
PC+2
PC+4
Fetch INST (PC)
Execute INST (PC-2)
Fetch INST (PC+2)
Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC+4)
Execute INST (PC+2)
Internal
Phase
Clock
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 57
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
4.6
Instruction Flow/Pipelining
An "Instruction Cycle" consists of four Q cycles (Q1,
Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are
pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle,
while decode and execute takes another instruction
cycle. However, due to the pipelining each instruction
effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction
causes the program counter to change (e.g.,
GOTO
),
then two cycles are required to complete the instruction
(Example 4-2).
A fetch cycle begins with the program counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the "Instruction Register" (IR) in cycle Q1. This
instruction is then decoded and executed during the
Q2, Q3, and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2
(operand read) and written during Q4 (destination
write).
EXAMPLE 4-2:
INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
4.7
Instructions in Program Memory
The program memory is addressed in bytes. Instruc-
tions are stored as two bytes or four bytes in program
memory. The Least Significant Byte (LSB) of an
instruction word is always stored in a program memory
location with an even address (LSB =
0
). Figure 4-6
shows an example of how instruction words are stored
in the program memory. To maintain alignment with
instruction boundaries, the PC increments in steps of 2
and the LSB will always read `
0
' (see Section 4.4
"PCL, PCLATH and PCLATU").
The
CALL
and
GOTO
instructions have an absolute pro-
gram memory address embedded into the instruction.
Since instructions are always stored on word bound-
aries, the data contained in the instruction is a word
address. The word address is written to PC<20:1>
which accesses the desired byte address in program
memory. Instruction #2 in Figure 4-6 shows how the
instruction "
GOTO 000006h
" is encoded in the program
memory. Program branch instructions which encode a
relative address offset operate in the same manner.
The offset value stored in a branch instruction repre-
sents the number of single-word instructions that the
PC will be offset by. Section 25.0 "Instruction Set
Summary"
provides further details of the instruction
set.
FIGURE 4-6:
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM MEMORY
All instructions are single cycle except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch instruction
is "flushed" from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
T
CY
0
T
CY
1
T
CY
2
T
CY
3
T
CY
4
T
CY
5
1. MOVLW 55h
Fetch 1
Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB
Fetch 2
Execute 2
3. BRA SUB_1
Fetch 3
Execute 3
4. BSF PORTA, 3 (Forced NOP)
Fetch 4
Flush (
NOP
)
5. Instruction @ address SUB_1
Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
Word Address
LSB =
1
LSB =
0
Program Memory
Byte Locations
000000h
000002h
000004h
000006h
Instruction 1:
MOVLW
055h
0Fh
55h
000008h
Instruction 2:
GOTO
000006h
0EFh
03h
00000Ah
0F0h
00h
00000Ch
Instruction 3:
MOVFF
123h, 456h
0C1h
23h
00000Eh
0F4h
56h
000010h
000012h
000014h
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 58
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.7.1
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices have four
two-word instructions:
MOVFF, CALL, GOTO
and
LFSR
. The second word of these instructions has the 4
MSBs set to `
1
's and is a special kind of
NOP
instruction.
The lower 12 bits of the second word contain data to be
used by the instruction. If the first word of the instruc-
tion is executed, the data in the second word is
accessed. If the second word of the instruction is exe-
cuted by itself (first word was skipped), it will execute as
a
NOP
. This action is necessary when the two-word
instruction is preceded by a conditional instruction that
changes the PC. A program example that demon-
strates this concept is shown in Example 4-3. Refer to
Section 25.0 "Instruction Set Summary" for further
details of the instruction set.
EXAMPLE 4-3:
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
4.8
Look-up Tables
Look-up tables are implemented two ways. These are:
Computed
GOTO
Table Reads
4.8.1
COMPUTED GOTO
A computed
GOTO
is accomplished by adding an offset
to the program counter (
ADDWF PCL
).
A look-up table can be formed with an
ADDWF PCL
instruction and a group of
RETLW
0xnn
instructions.
WREG is loaded with an offset into the table before
executing a call to that table. The first instruction of the
called routine is the
ADDWF
PCL
instruction. The next
instruction executed will be one of the
RETLW
0xnn
instructions that returns the value
0xnn
to the calling
function.
The offset value (value in WREG) specifies the number
of bytes that the program counter should advance.
In this method, only one data byte may be stored in
each instruction location and room on the return
address stack is required.
4.8.2
TABLE READS/TABLE WRITES
A better method of storing data in program memory
allows 2 bytes of data to be stored in each instruction
location.
Look-up table data may be stored 2 bytes per program
word by using table reads and writes. The Table Pointer
(TBLPTR) specifies the byte address and the Table
Latch (TABLAT) contains the data that is read from, or
written to program memory. Data is transferred to/from
program memory, one byte at a time.
A description of the table read/table write operation is
shown in Section 5.0 "Flash Program Memory".
CASE 1:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2
; No, execute 2-word instruction
1111 0100 0101 0110
; 2nd operand holds address of REG2
0010 0100 0000 0000
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
CASE 2:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2
; Yes
1111 0100 0101 0110
; 2nd operand becomes NOP
0010 0100 0000 0000
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 59
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
4.9
Data Memory Organization
The data memory is implemented as static RAM. Each
register in the data memory has a 12-bit address,
allowing up to 4096 bytes of data memory. Figure 4-7
shows the data memory organization for the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices.
The data memory map is divided into 16 banks that
contain 256 bytes each. The lower 4 bits of the Bank
Select Register (BSR<3:0>) select which bank will be
accessed. The upper 4 bits for the BSR are not
implemented.
The data memory contains Special Function Registers
(SFR) and General Purpose Registers (GPR). The
SFRs are used for control and status of the controller
and peripheral functions, while GPRs are used for data
storage and scratch pad operations in the user's appli-
cation. The SFRs start at the last location of Bank 15
(0FFFh) and extend downwards. Any remaining space
beyond the SFRs in the Bank may be implemented as
GPRs. GPRs start at the first location of Bank 0 and
grow upwards. Any read of an unimplemented location
will read as `
0
's.
The entire data memory may be accessed directly or
indirectly. Direct addressing may require the use of the
BSR register. Indirect addressing requires the use of a
File Select Register (FSRn) and a corresponding Indi-
rect File Operand (INDFn). Each FSR holds a 12-bit
address value that can be used to access any location
in the data memory map without banking.
The instruction set and architecture allow operations
across all banks. This may be accomplished by indirect
addressing or by the use of the
MOVFF
instruction. The
MOVFF
instruction is a two-word/two-cycle instruction
that moves a value from one register to another.
To ensure that commonly used registers (SFRs and
select GPRs) can be accessed in a single cycle regard-
less of the current BSR values, an Access Bank is
implemented. A segment of Bank 0 and a segment of
Bank 15 comprise the Access RAM. Section 4.10
"Access Bank"
provides a detailed description of the
Access RAM.
4.9.1
GENERAL PURPOSE
REGISTER FILE
The register file can be accessed either directly or indi-
rectly. Indirect addressing operates using a File Select
Register and corresponding Indirect File Operand. The
operation of indirect addressing is shown in
Section 4.12 "Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR
Registers"
.
Enhanced MCU devices may have banked memory in
the GPR area. GPRs are not initialized by a Power-on
Reset and are unchanged on all other Resets.
Data RAM is available for use as general purpose regis-
ters by all instructions. The top section of Bank 15
(0F60h to 0FFFh) contains SFRs. All other banks of data
memory contain GPR registers, starting with Bank 0.
4.9.2
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers
used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling
the desired operation of the device. These registers are
implemented as static RAM. A list of these registers is
given in Table 4-2 and Table 4-3.
The SFRs can be classified into two sets: those asso-
ciated with the "core" function and those related to the
peripheral functions. Those registers related to the
"core" are described in this section, while those related
to the operation of the peripheral features are
described in the section of that peripheral feature. The
SFRs are typically distributed among the peripherals
whose functions they control.
The unused SFR locations are unimplemented and
read as `
0
's. The addresses for the SFRs are listed in
Table 4-2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 60
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 4-7:
DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18FXX80/XX85 DEVICES
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 12
Bank 15
Data Memory Map
BSR<3:0>
=
0000
=
0001
=
1110
=
1111
060h
05Fh
F60h
FFFh
00h
5Fh
60h
FFh
Access Bank
When a =
0
,
the BSR is ignored and the
Access Bank is used.
The first 96 bytes are General
Purpose RAM (from Bank 0).
The second 160 bytes are
Special Function Registers
(from Bank 15).
When a =
1
,
the BSR is used to specify the
RAM location that the instruction
uses.
Bank 4
Bank 3
Bank 2
F5Fh
F00h
EFFh
3FFh
300h
2FFh
200h
1FFh
100h
0FFh
000h
=
0011
=
0010
Access RAM
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
GPRs
GPRs
GPRs
GPRs
SFRs
CAN SFRs
Access RAM high
Access RAM low
Bank 14
GPRs
CAN SFRs
Bank 5
to
4FFh
400h
DFFh
500h
E00h
=
0100
(SFRs)
GPRs
CAN SFRs
D00h
CFFh
Bank 13
=
1101
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 61
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
FFFh
TOSU
FDFh
INDF2
(3)
FBFh
CCPR1H
F9Fh
IPR1
FFEh
TOSH
FDEh
POSTINC2
(3)
FBEh
CCPR1L
F9Eh
PIR1
FFDh
TOSL
FDDh
POSTDEC2
(3)
FBDh
CCP1CON
F9Dh
PIE1
FFCh
STKPTR
FDCh
PREINC2
(3)
FBCh
CCPR2H
F9Ch
MEMCON
(2)
FFBh
PCLATU
FDBh
PLUSW2
(3)
FBBh
CCPR2L
F9Bh
--
(1)
FFAh
PCLATH
FDAh
FSR2H
FBAh
CCP2CON
F9Ah
TRISJ
(2)
FF9h
PCL
FD9h
FSR2L
FB9h
--
(1)
F99h
TRISH
(2)
FF8h
TBLPTRU
FD8h
STATUS
FB8h
--
(1)
F98h
TRISG
FF7h
TBLPTRH
FD7h
TMR0H
FB7h
--
(1)
F97h
TRISF
FF6h
TBLPTRL
FD6h
TMR0L
FB6h
ECCP1AS
F96h
TRISE
FF5h
TABLAT
FD5h
T0CON
FB5h
CVRCON
F95h
TRISD
FF4h
PRODH
FD4h
--
(1)
FB4h
CMCON
F94h
TRISC
FF3h
PRODL
FD3h
OSCCON
FB3h
TMR3H
F93h
TRISB
FF2h
INTCON
FD2h
LVDCON
FB2h
TMR3L
F92h
TRISA
FF1h
INTCON2
FD1h
WDTCON
FB1h
T3CON
F91h
LATJ
(2)
FF0h
INTCON3
FD0h
RCON
FB0h
PSPCON
F90h
LATH
(2)
FEFh
INDF0
(3)
FCFh
TMR1H
FAFh
SPBRG
F8Fh
LATG
FEEh
POSTINC0
(3)
FCEh
TMR1L
FAEh
RCREG
F8Eh
LATF
FEDh
POSTDEC0
(3)
FCDh
T1CON
FADh
TXREG
F8Dh
LATE
FECh
PREINC0
(3)
FCCh
TMR2
FACh
TXSTA
F8Ch
LATD
FEBh
PLUSW0
(3)
FCBh
PR2
FABh
RCSTA
F8Bh
LATC
FEAh
FSR0H
FCAh
T2CON
FAAh
EEADRH
F8Ah
LATB
FE9h
FSR0L
FC9h
SSPBUF
FA9h
EEADR
F89h
LATA
FE8h
WREG
FC8h
SSPADD
FA8h
EEDATA
F88h
PORTJ
(2)
FE7h
INDF1
(3)
FC7h
SSPSTAT
FA7h
EECON2
F87h
PORTH
(2)
FE6h
POSTINC1
(3)
FC6h
SSPCON1
FA6h
EECON1
F86h
PORTG
FE5h
POSTDEC1
(3)
FC5h
SSPCON2
FA5h
IPR3
F85h
PORTF
FE4h
PREINC1
(3)
FC4h
ADRESH
FA4h
PIR3
F84h
PORTE
FE3h
PLUSW1
(3)
FC3h
ADRESL
FA3h
PIE3
F83h
PORTD
FE2h
FSR1H
FC2h
ADCON0
FA2h
IPR2
F82h
PORTC
FE1h
FSR1L
FC1h
ADCON1
FA1h
PIR2
F81h
PORTB
FE0h
BSR
FC0h
ADCON2
FA0h
PIE2
F80h
PORTA
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 62
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
F7Fh
SPBRGH
F5Fh
CANCON_RO0
F3Fh
CANCON_RO2
F1Fh
RXM1EIDL
F7Eh
BAUDCON
F5Eh
CANSTAT_RO0
F3Eh
CANSTAT_RO2
F1Eh
RXM1EIDH
F7Dh
--
(1)
F5Dh
RXB1D7
F3Dh
TXB1D7
F1Dh
RXM1SIDL
F7Ch
--
(1)
F5Ch
RXB1D6
F3Ch
TXB1D6
F1Ch
RXM1SIDH
F7Bh
--
(1)
F5Bh
RXB1D5
F3Bh
TXB1D5
F1Bh
RXM0EIDL
F7Ah
--
(1)
F5Ah
RXB1D4
F3Ah
TXB1D4
F1Ah
RXM0EIDH
F79h
ECCP1DEL
F59h
RXB1D3
F39h
TXB1D3
F19h
RXM0SIDL
F78h
--
(1)
F58h
RXB1D2
F38h
TXB1D2
F18h
RXM0SIDH
F77h
ECANCON
F57h
RXB1D1
F37h
TXB1D1
F17h
RXF5EIDL
F76h
TXERRCNT
F56h
RXB1D0
F36h
TXB1D0
F16h
RXF5EIDH
F75h
RXERRCNT
F55h
RXB1DLC
F35h
TXB1DLC
F15h
RXF5SIDL
F74h
COMSTAT
F54h
RXB1EIDL
F34h
TXB1EIDL
F14h
RXF5SIDH
F73h
CIOCON
F53h
RXB1EIDH
F33h
TXB1EIDH
F13h
RXF4EIDL
F72h
BRGCON3
F52h
RXB1SIDL
F32h
TXB1SIDL
F12h
RXF4EIDH
F71h
BRGCON2
F51h
RXB1SIDH
F31h
TXB1SIDH
F11h
RXF4SIDL
F70h
BRGCON1
F50h
RXB1CON
F30h
TXB1CON
F10h
RXF4SIDH
F6Fh
CANCON
F4Fh
CANCON_RO1
F2Fh
CANCON_RO3
F0Fh
RXF3EIDL
F6Eh
CANSTAT
F4Eh
CANSTAT_RO1
F2Eh
CANSTAT_RO3
F0Eh
RXF3EIDH
F6Dh
RXB0D7
F4Dh
TXB0D7
F2Dh
TXB2D7
F0Dh
RXF3SIDL
F6Ch
RXB0D6
F4Ch
TXB0D6
F2Ch
TXB2D6
F0Ch
RXF3SIDH
F6Bh
RXB0D5
F4Bh
TXB0D5
F2Bh
TXB2D5
F0Bh
RXF2EIDL
F6Ah
RXB0D4
F4Ah
TXB0D4
F2Ah
TXB2D4
F0Ah
RXF2EIDH
F69h
RXB0D3
F49h
TXB0D3
F29h
TXB2D3
F09h
RXF2SIDL
F68h
RXB0D2
F48h
TXB0D2
F28h
TXB2D2
F08h
RXF2SIDH
F67h
RXB0D1
F47h
TXB0D1
F27h
TXB2D1
F07h
RXF1EIDL
F66h
RXB0D0
F46h
TXB0D0
F26h
TXB2D0
F06h
RXF1EIDH
F65h
RXB0DLC
F45h
TXB0DLC
F25h
TXB2DLC
F05h
RXF1SIDL
F64h
RXB0EIDL
F44h
TXB0EIDL
F24h
TXB2EIDL
F04h
RXF1SIDH
F63h
RXB0EIDH
F43h
TXB0EIDH
F23h
TXB2EIDH
F03h
RXF0EIDL
F62h
RXB0SIDL
F42h
TXB0SIDL
F22h
TXB2SIDL
F02h
RXF0EIDH
F61h
RXB0SIDH
F41h
TXB0SIDH
F21h
TXB2SIDH
F01h
RXF0SIDL
F60h
RXB0CON
F40h
TXB0CON
F20h
TXB2CON
F00h
RXF0SIDH
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 63
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
EFFh
--
(1)
EDFh
--
(1)
EBFh
--
(1)
E9Fh
--
(1)
EFEh
--
(1)
EDEh
--
(1)
EBEh
--
(1)
E9Eh
--
(1)
EFDh
--
(1)
EDDh
--
(1)
EBDh
--
(1)
E9Dh
--
(1)
EFCh
--
(1)
EDCh
--
(1)
EBCh
--
(1)
E9Ch
--
(1)
EFBh
--
(1)
EDBh
--
(1)
EBBh
--
(1)
E9Bh
--
(1)
EFAh
--
(1)
EDAh
--
(1)
EBAh
--
(1)
E9Ah
--
(1)
EF9h
--
(1)
ED9h
--
(1)
EB9h
--
(1)
E99h
--
(1)
EF8h
--
(1)
ED8h
--
(1)
EB8h
--
(1)
E98h
--
(1)
EF7h
--
(1)
ED7h
--
(1)
EB7h
--
(1)
E97h
--
(1)
EF6h
--
(1)
ED6h
--
(1)
EB6h
--
(1)
E96h
--
(1)
EF5h
--
(1)
ED5h
--
(1)
EB5h
--
(1)
E95h
--
(1)
EF4h
--
(1)
ED4h
--
(1)
EB4h
--
(1)
E94h
--
(1)
EF3h
--
(1)
ED3h
--
(1)
EB3h
--
(1)
E93h
--
(1)
EF2h
--
(1)
ED2h
--
(1)
EB2h
--
(1)
E92h
--
(1)
EF1h
--
(1)
ED1h
--
(1)
EB1h
--
(1)
E91h
--
(1)
EF0h
--
(1)
ED0h
--
(1)
EB0h
--
(1)
E90h
--
(1)
EEFh
--
(1)
ECFh
--
(1)
EAFh
--
(1)
E8Fh
--
(1)
EEEh
--
(1)
ECEh
--
(1)
EAEh
--
(1)
E8Eh
--
(1)
EEDh
--
(1)
ECDh
--
(1)
EADh
--
(1)
E8Dh
--
(1)
EECh
--
(1)
ECCh
--
(1)
EACh
--
(1)
E8Ch
--
(1)
EEBh
--
(1)
ECBh
--
(1)
EABh
--
(1)
E8Bh
--
(1)
EEAh
--
(1)
ECAh
--
(1)
EAAh
--
(1)
E8Ah
--
(1)
EE9h
--
(1)
EC9h
--
(1)
EA9h
--
(1)
E89h
--
(1)
EE8h
--
(1)
EC8h
--
(1)
EA8h
--
(1)
E88h
--
(1)
EE7h
--
(1)
EC7h
--
(1)
EA7h
--
(1)
E87h
--
(1)
EE6h
--
(1)
EC6h
--
(1)
EA6h
--
(1)
E86h
--
(1)
EE5h
--
(1)
EC5h
--
(1)
EA5h
--
(1)
E85h
--
(1)
EE4h
--
(1)
EC4h
--
(1)
EA4h
--
(1)
E84h
--
(1)
EE3h
--
(1)
EC3h
--
(1)
EA3h
--
(1)
E83h
--
(1)
EE2h
--
(1)
EC2h
--
(1)
EA2h
--
(1)
E82h
--
(1)
EE1h
--
(1)
EC1h
--
(1)
EA1h
--
(1)
E81h
--
(1)
EE0h
--
(1)
EC0h
--
(1)
EA0h
--
(1)
E80h
--
(1)
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 64
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
E7Fh CANCON_RO4
E5Fh
CANCON_RO6
E3Fh
CANCON_RO8
E1Fh
--
(1)
E7Eh CANSTAT_RO4
E5Eh
CANSTAT_RO6
E3Eh
CANSTAT_RO8
E1Eh
--
(1)
E7Dh
B5D7
E5Dh
B3D7
E3Dh
B1D7
E1Dh
--
(1)
E7Ch
B5D6
E5Ch
B3D6
E3Ch
B1D6
E1Ch
--
(1)
E7Bh
B5D5
E5Bh
B3D5
E3Bh
B1D5
E1Bh
--
(1)
E7Ah
B5D4
E5Ah
B3D4
E3Ah
B1D4
E1Ah
--
(1)
E79h
B5D3
E59h
B3D3
E39h
B1D3
E19h
--
(1)
E78h
B5D2
E58h
B3D2
E38h
B1D2
E18h
--
(1)
E77h
B5D1
E57h
B3D1
E37h
B1D1
E17h
--
(1)
E76h
B5D0
E56h
B3D0
E36h
B1D0
E16h
--
(1)
E75h
B5DLC
E55h
B3DLC
E35h
B1DLC
E15h
--
(1)
E74h
B5EIDL
E54h
B3EIDL
E34h
B1EIDL
E14h
--
(1)
E73h
B5EIDH
E53h
B3EIDH
E33h
B1EIDH
E13h
--
(1)
E72h
B5SIDL
E52h
B3SIDL
E32h
B1SIDL
E12h
--
(1)
E71h
B5SIDH
E51h
B3SIDH
E31h
B1SIDH
E11h
--
(1)
E70h
B5CON
E50h
B3CON
E30h
B1CON
E10h
--
(1)
E6Fh CANCON_RO5
E4Fh
CANCON_RO7
E2Fh
CANCON_RO9
E0Fh
--
(1)
E6Eh CANSTAT_RO5
E4Eh
CANSTAT_RO7
E2Eh
CANSTAT_RO9
E0Eh
--
(1)
E6Dh
B4D7
E4Dh
B2D7
E2Dh
B0D7
E0Dh
--
(1)
E6Ch
B4D6
E4Ch
B2D6
E2Ch
B0D6
E0Ch
--
(1)
E6Bh
B4D5
E4Bh
B2D5
E2Bh
B0D5
E0Bh
--
(1)
E6Ah
B4D4
E4Ah
B2D4
E2Ah
B0D4
E0Ah
--
(1)
E69h
B4D3
E49h
B2D3
E29h
B0D3
E09h
--
(1)
E68h
B4D2
E48h
B2D2
E28h
B0D2
E08h
--
(1)
E67h
B4D1
E47h
B2D1
E27h
B0D1
E07h
--
(1)
E66h
B4D0
E46h
B2D0
E26h
B0D0
E06h
--
(1)
E65h
B4DLC
E45h
B2DLC
E25h
B0DLC
E05h
--
(1)
E64h
B4EIDL
E44h
B2EIDL
E24h
B0EIDL
E04h
--
(1)
E63h
B4EIDH
E43h
B2EIDH
E23h
B0EIDH
E03h
--
(1)
E62h
B4SIDL
E42h
B2SIDL
E22h
B0SIDL
E02h
--
(1)
E61h
B4SIDH
E41h
B2SIDH
E21h
B0SIDH
E01h
--
(1)
E60h
B4CON
E40h
B2CON
E20h
B0CON
E00h
--
(1)
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 65
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
DFFh
--
(1)
DDFh
--
(1)
DBFh
--
(1)
D9Fh
--
(1)
DFEh
--
(1)
DDEh
--
(1)
DBEh
--
(1)
D9Eh
--
(1)
DFDh
--
(1)
DDDh
--
(1)
DBDh
--
(1)
D9Dh
--
(1)
DFCh
TXBIE
DDCh
--
(1)
DBCh
--
(1)
D9Ch
--
(1)
DFBh
--
(1)
DDBh
--
(1)
DBBh
--
(1)
D9Bh
--
(1)
DFAh
BIE0
DDAh
--
(1)
DBAh
--
(1)
D9Ah
--
(1)
DF9h
--
(1)
DD9h
--
(1)
DB9h
--
(1)
D99h
--
(1)
DF8h
BSEL0
DD8h
SDFLC
DB8h
--
(1)
D98h
--
(1)
DF7h
--
(1)
DD7h
--
(1)
DB7h
--
(1)
D97h
--
(1)
DF6h
--
(1)
DD6h
--
(1)
DB6h
--
(1)
D96h
--
(1)
DF5h
--
(1)
DD5h
RXFCON1
DB5h
--
(1)
D95h
--
(1)
DF4h
--
(1)
DD4h
RXFCON0
DB4h
--
(1)
D94h
--
(1)
DF3h
MSEL3
DD3h
--
(1)
DB3h
--
(1)
D93h
RXF15EIDL
DF2h
MSEL2
DD2h
--
(1)
DB2h
--
(1)
D92h
RXF15EIDH
DF1h
MSEL1
DD1h
--
(1)
DB1h
--
(1)
D91h
RXF15SIDL
DF0h
MSEL0
DD0h
--
(1)
DB0h
--
(1)
D90h
RXF15SIDH
DEFh
--
(1)
DCFh
--
(1)
DAFh
--
(1)
D8Fh
--
(1)
DEEh
--
(1)
DCEh
--
(1)
DAEh
--
(1)
D8Eh
--
(1)
DEDh
--
(1)
DCDh
--
(1)
DADh
--
(1)
D8Dh
--
(1)
DECh
--
(1)
DCCh
--
(1)
DACh
--
(1)
D8Ch
--
(1)
DEBh
--
(1)
DCBh
--
(1)
DABh
--
(1)
D8Bh
RXF14EIDL
DEAh
--
(1)
DCAh
--
(1)
DAAh
--
(1)
D8Ah
RXF14EIDH
DE9h
--
(1)
DC9h
--
(1)
DA9h
--
(1)
D89h
RXF14SIDL
DE8h
--
(1)
DC8h
--
(1)
DA8h
--
(1)
D88h
RXF14SIDH
DE7h
RXFBCON7
DC7h
--
(1)
DA7h
--
(1)
D87h
RXF13EIDL
DE6h
RXFBCON6
DC6h
--
(1)
DA6h
--
(1)
D86h
RXF13EIDH
DE5h
RXFBCON5
DC5h
--
(1)
DA5h
--
(1)
D85h
RXF13SIDL
DE4h
RXFBCON4
DC4h
--
(1)
DA4h
--
(1)
D84h
RXF13SIDH
DE3h
RXFBCON3
DC3h
--
(1)
DA3h
--
(1)
D83h
RXF12EIDL
DE2h
RXFBCON2
DC2h
--
(1)
DA2h
--
(1)
D82h
RXF12EIDH
DE1h
RXFBCON1
DC1h
--
(1)
DA1h
--
(1)
D81h
RXF12SIDL
DE0h
RXFBCON0
DC0h
--
(1)
DA0h
--
(1)
D80h
RXF12SIDH
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 66
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
D7Fh
--
(1)
D7Eh
--
(1)
D7Dh
--
(1)
D7Ch
--
(1)
D7Bh
RXF11EIDL
D7Ah
RXF11EIDH
D79h
RXF11SIDL
D78h
RXF11SIDH
D77h
RXF10EIDL
D76h
RXF10EIDH
D75h
RXF10SIDL
D74h
RXF10SIDH
D73h
RXF9EIDL
D72h
RXF9EIDH
D71h
RXF9SIDL
D70h
RXF9SIDH
D6Fh
--
(1)
D6Eh
--
(1)
D6Dh
--
(1)
D6Ch
--
(1)
D6Bh
RXF8EIDL
D6Ah
RXF8EIDH
D69h
RXF8SIDL
D68h
RXF8SIDH
D67h
RXF7EIDL
D66h
RXF7EIDH
D65h
RXF7SIDL
D64h
RXF7SIDH
D63h
RXF6EIDL
D62h
RXF6EIDH
D61h
RXF6SIDL
D60h
RXF6SIDH
TABLE 4-2:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Note 1: Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2: This register is not available on PIC18F6X8X devices.
3: This is not a physical register.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 67
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
TOSU
--
--
--
Top-of-Stack Upper Byte (TOS<20:16>)
---0 0000
36, 54
TOSH
Top-of-Stack High Byte (TOS<15:8>)
0000 0000
36, 54
TOSL
Top-of-Stack Low Byte (TOS<7:0>)
0000 0000
36, 54
STKPTR
STKFUL
STKUNF
--
Return Stack Pointer
00-0 0000
36, 55
PCLATU
--
--
bit 21
Holding Register for PC<20:16>
--00 0000
36, 56
PCLATH
Holding Register for PC<15:8>
0000 0000
36, 56
PCL
PC Low Byte (PC<7:0>)
0000 0000
36, 56
TBLPTRU
--
--
bit 21
(2)
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR<20:16>)
--00 0000
36, 86
TBLPTRH
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
0000 0000
36, 86
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
0000 0000
36, 86
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
36, 86
PRODH
Product Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
36, 107
PRODL
Product Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
36, 107
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
36, 111
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
1111 1111
36, 112
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
1100 0000
36, 113
INDF0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 not changed (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTDEC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 post-decremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PREINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PLUSW0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 pre-incremented
(not a physical register) value of FSR0 offset by value in WREG
n/a
79
FSR0H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 High Byte
---- 0000
36, 79
FSR0L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
36, 79
WREG
Working Register
xxxx xxxx
36
INDF1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 not changed (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 post-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTDEC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 post-decremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PREINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PLUSW1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 pre-incremented
(not a physical register) value of FSR1 offset by value in WREG
n/a
79
FSR1H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 High Byte
---- 0000
37, 79
FSR1L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
37, 79
BSR
--
--
--
--
Bank Select Register
---- 0000
37, 78
INDF2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 not changed (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 post-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
POSTDEC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 post-decremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PREINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
n/a
79
PLUSW2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 pre-incremented
(not a physical register) value of FSR2 offset by value in WREG
n/a
79
FSR2H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 High Byte
---- 0000
37, 79
FSR2L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
37, 79
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 68
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
STATUS
--
--
--
N
OV
Z
DC
C
---x xxxx
37, 81
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
0000 0000
37, 157
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
37, 157
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
1111 1111
37, 155
OSCCON
--
--
--
--
LOCK
PLLEN
SCS1
SCS
---- 0000
27, 37
LVDCON
--
--
IRVST
LVDEN
LVDL3
LVDL2
LVDL1
LVDL0
--00 0101
37, 271
WDTCON
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTE
---- ---0
37, 355
RCON
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
0--1 11qq
37, 82,
123
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
37, 159
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
37, 159
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000
37, 159
TMR2
Timer2 Register
0000 0000
37, 162
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
1111 1111
37, 163
T2CON
--
T2OUTPS3
T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
-000 0000
37, 162
SSPBUF
SSP Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx
37, 189
SSPADD
SSP Address Register in I
2
C Slave mode. SSP Baud Rate Reload Register in I
2
C Master mode.
0000 0000
37, 198
SSPSTAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
37, 199
SSPCON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
37, 191
SSPCON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0000 0000
37, 201
ADRESH
A/D Result Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 257
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 257
ADCON0
--
--
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
--00 0000
38, 249
ADCON1
--
--
VCFG1
VCFG0
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
--00 0000
38, 257
ADCON2
ADFM
--
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
0-00 0000
38, 251
CCPR1H
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 173
CCPR1L
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 172
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000
38, 172
CCPR2H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 172
CCPR2L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 172
CCP2CON
--
--
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
--00 0000
38, 172
ECCP1AS
ECCPASE
ECCPAS2
ECCPAS1
ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
0000 0000
38, 172
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000
38, 265
CMCON
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000
38, 259
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 164
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
38, 164
T3CON
RD16
T3CCP2
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000
38, 164
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
--
--
--
0000 ----
38, 153
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 69
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
SPBRG
USART Baud Rate Generator
0000 0000
38, 239
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
38, 241
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
38, 239
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
38, 230
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
38, 231
EEADRH
--
--
--
--
--
--
EE Adr Register High
---- --00
38, 105
EEADR
Data EEPROM Address Register
0000 0000
38, 105
EEDATA
Data EEPROM Data Register
0000 0000
38, 105
EECON2
Data EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
---- ----
38, 105
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
00-0 x000
38, 102
IPR3
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP/
TXBnIP
TXB1IP
TXB0IP
RXB1IP/
RXBnIP
RXB0IP/
FIFOWMIP
1111 1111
39, 122
PIR3
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF/
TXBnIF
TXB1IF
TXB0IF
RXB1IF/
RXBnIF
RXB0IF/
FIFOWMIF
0000 0000
39, 116
PIE3
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE/
TXBnIE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
RXB1IE/
RXBnIE
RXB0IE/
FIFOWMIE
0000 0000
39, 119
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111
39, 121
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000
39, 115
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000
39, 118
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
0111 1111
39, 120
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
39, 114
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
39, 117
MEMCON
(3)
EBDIS
--
WAIT1
WAIT0
--
--
WM1
WM0
0-00 --00
39, 94
TRISJ
(3)
Data Direction Control Register for PORTJ
1111 1111
39, 151
TRISH
(3)
Data Direction Control Register for PORTH
1111 1111
39, 148
TRISG
--
--
--
Data Direction Control Register for PORTG
---1 1111
39, 145
TRISF
Data Direction Control Register for PORTF
1111 1111
39, 141
TRISE
Data Direction Control Register for PORTE
1111 1111
39, 138
TRISD
Data Direction Control Register for PORTD
1111 1111
39, 135
TRISC
Data Direction Control Register for PORTC
1111 1111
39, 131
TRISB
Data Direction Control Register for PORTB
1111 1111
39, 128
TRISA
--
TRISA6
(1)
Data Direction Control Register for PORTA
-111 1111
39, 125
LATJ
(3)
Read PORTJ Data Latch, Write PORTJ Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 151
LATH
(3)
Read PORTH Data Latch, Write PORTH Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 148
LATG
--
--
--
Read PORTG Data Latch, Write PORTG Data Latch
---x xxxx
39, 145
LATF
Read PORTF Data Latch, Write PORTF Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 141
LATE
Read PORTE Data Latch, Write PORTE Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 138
LATD
Read PORTD Data Latch, Write PORTD Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 133
LATC
Read PORTC Data Latch, Write PORTC Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 131
LATB
Read PORTB Data Latch, Write PORTB Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
39, 128
LATA
--
LATA6
(1)
Read PORTA Data Latch, Write PORTA Data Latch
(1)
-xxx xxxx
39, 125
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 70
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTJ
(3)
Read PORTJ pins, Write PORTJ Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 151
PORTH
(3)
Read PORTH pins, Write PORTH Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 148
PORTG
--
--
RG5
(6)
Read PORTG pins, Write PORTG Data Latch
--0x xxxx
40, 145
PORTF
Read PORTF pins, Write PORTF Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 141
PORTE
Read PORTE pins, Write PORTE Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 136
PORTD
Read PORTD pins, Write PORTD Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 133
PORTC
Read PORTC pins, Write PORTC Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 131
PORTB
Read PORTB pins, Write PORTB Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
40, 128
PORTA
--
RA6
(1)
Read PORTA pins, Write PORTA Data Latch
(1)
-x0x 0000
40, 125
SPBRGH
Enhanced USART Baud Rate Generator High Byte
0000 0000
40, 233
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-0 0-00
40, 233
ECCP1DEL
PRSEN
PDC6
PDC5
PDC4
PDC3
PDC2
PDC1
PDC0
0000 0000
40, 187
TXERRCNT
TEC7
TEC6
TEC5
TEC4
TEC3
TEC2
TEC1
TEC0
0000 0000
40, 288
RXERRCNT
REC7
REC6
REC5
REC4
REC3
REC2
REC1
REC0
0000 0000
40, 296
COMSTAT
Mode 0
RXB0OVFL
RXB1OVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN
RXWARN
EWARN
0000 0000
40, 284
COMSTAT
Mode 1
--
RXBnOVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN
RXWARN
EWARN
-000 0000
40, 284
COMSTAT
Mode 2
FIFOEMPTY RXBnOVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN
RXWARN
EWARN
0000 0000
40, 284
CIOCON
TX2SRC
TX2EN
ENDRHI
CANCAP
--
--
--
--
0000 ----
40, 318
BRGCON3
WAKDIS
WAKFIL
--
--
--
SEG2PH2
SEG2PH1 SEG2PH0
00-- -000
40, 317
BRGCON2
SEG2PHT
SAM
SEG1PH2
SEG1PH1
SEG1PH0
PRSEG2
PRSEG1
PRSEG0
0000 0000
40, 317
BRGCON1
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
0000 0000
40, 317
CANCON
Mode 0
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
WIN2
WIN1
WIN0
--
1000 000-
40, 239
CANCON
Mode 1
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
--
--
--
--
1000 ----
40, 239
CANCON
Mode 2
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
FP3
FP2
FP1
FP0
1000 0000
40, 239
CANSTAT
Mode 0
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
000- 0000
40, 239
CANSTAT
Modes 0, 1
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
EICODE4
EICODE3
EICODE2
EICODE1
EICODE0
0000 0000
40, 239
ECANCON
MDSEL1
MDSEL0
FIFOWM
EWIN4
EWIN3
EWIN2
EWIN1
EWIN0
0001 0000
40, 323
RXB0D7
RXB0D77
RXB0D76
RXB0D75
RXB0D74
RXB0D73
RXB0D72
RXB0D71
RXB0D70
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D6
RXB0D67
RXB0D66
RXB0D65
RXB0D64
RXB0D63
RXB0D62
RXB0D61
RXB0D60
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D5
RXB0D57
RXB0D56
RXB0D55
RXB0D54
RXB0D53
RXB0D52
RXB0D51
RXB0D50
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D4
RXB0D47
RXB0D46
RXB0D45
RXB0D44
RXB0D43
RXB0D42
RXB0D41
RXB0D40
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D3
RXB0D37
RXB0D36
RXB0D35
RXB0D34
RXB0D33
RXB0D32
RXB0D31
RXB0D30
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D2
RXB0D27
RXB0D26
RXB0D25
RXB0D24
RXB0D23
RXB0D22
RXB0D21
RXB0D20
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D1
RXB0D17
RXB0D16
RXB0D15
RXB0D14
RXB0D13
RXB0D12
RXB0D11
RXB0D10
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0D0
RXB0D07
RXB0D06
RXB0D05
RXB0D04
RXB0D03
RXB0D02
RXB0D01
RXB0D00
xxxx xxxx
40, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 71
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXB0DLC
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
40, 230
RXB0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
41, 230
RXB0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB0CON
Mode 0
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
(4)
--
(4)
RXRTRR0
(4)
RXB0DBEN
(4)
JTOFF
(4)
FILHIT0
(4)
000- 0000
41, 230
RXB0CON
Mode 1, 2
RXFUL
RXM1
RTRR0
(4)
FILHIT4
(4)
FILHIT3
(4)
FILHIT2
(4)
FILHIT1
(4)
FILHIT0
(4)
0000 0000
41, 230
RXB1D7
RXB1D77
RXB1D76
RXB1D75
RXB1D74
RXB1D73
RXB1D72
RXB1D71
RXB1D70
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D6
RXB1D67
RXB1D66
RXB1D65
RXB1D64
RXB1D63
RXB1D62
RXB1D61
RXB1D60
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D5
RXB1D57
RXB1D56
RXB1D55
RXB1D54
RXB1D53
RXB1D52
RXB1D51
RXB1D50
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D4
RXB1D47
RXB1D46
RXB1D45
RXB1D44
RXB1D43
RXB1D42
RXB1D41
RXB1D40
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D3
RXB1D37
RXB1D36
RXB1D35
RXB1D34
RXB1D33
RXB1D32
RXB1D31
RXB1D30
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D2
RXB1D27
RXB1D26
RXB1D25
RXB1D24
RXB1D23
RXB1D22
RXB1D21
RXB1D20
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D1
RXB1D17
RXB1D16
RXB1D15
RXB1D14
RXB1D13
RXB1D12
RXB1D11
RXB1D10
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1D0
RXB1D07
RXB1D06
RXB1D05
RXB1D04
RXB1D03
RXB1D02
RXB1D01
RXB1D00
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1DLC
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
41, 230
RXB1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
RXB1CON
Mode 0
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
(4)
--
(4)
RXRTRR0
(4)
FILHIT2
(4)
FILHIT1
(4)
FILHIT0
(4)
000- 0000
41, 230
RXB1CON
Mode 1, 2
RXFUL
RXM1
RTRRO
(4)
FILHIT4
(4)
FILHIT3
(4)
FILHIT2
(4)
FILHIT1
(4)
FILHIT0
(4)
0000 0000
41, 230
TXB0D7
TXB0D77
TXB0D76
TXB0D75
TXB0D74
TXB0D73
TXB0D72
TXB0D71
TXB0D70
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D6
TXB0D67
TXB0D66
TXB0D65
TXB0D64
TXB0D63
TXB0D62
TXB0D61
TXB0D60
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D5
TXB0D57
TXB0D56
TXB0D55
TXB0D54
TXB0D53
TXB0D52
TXB0D51
TXB0D50
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D4
TXB0D47
TXB0D46
TXB0D45
TXB0D44
TXB0D43
TXB0D42
TXB0D41
TXB0D40
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D3
TXB0D37
TXB0D36
TXB0D35
TXB0D34
TXB0D33
TXB0D32
TXB0D31
TXB0D30
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D2
TXB0D27
TXB0D26
TXB0D25
TXB0D24
TXB0D23
TXB0D22
TXB0D21
TXB0D20
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D1
TXB0D17
TXB0D16
TXB0D15
TXB0D14
TXB0D13
TXB0D12
TXB0D11
TXB0D10
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0D0
TXB0D07
TXB0D06
TXB0D05
TXB0D04
TXB0D03
TXB0D02
TXB0D01
TXB0D00
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
41, 230
TXB0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
41, 230
TXB0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
41, 230
TXB0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB0CON
Mode 0
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
-000 0-00
42, 230
TXB0CON
Mode 1, 2
TXBIF
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
0000 0-00
42, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 72
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TXB1D7
TXB1D77
TXB1D76
TXB1D75
TXB1D74
TXB1D73
TXB1D72
TXB1D71
TXB1D70
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D6
TXB1D67
TXB1D66
TXB1D65
TXB1D64
TXB1D63
TXB1D62
TXB1D61
TXB1D60
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D5
TXB1D57
TXB1D56
TXB1D55
TXB1D54
TXB1D53
TXB1D52
TXB1D51
TXB1D50
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D4
TXB1D47
TXB1D46
TXB1D45
TXB1D44
TXB1D43
TXB1D42
TXB1D41
TXB1D40
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D3
TXB1D37
TXB1D36
TXB1D35
TXB1D34
TXB1D33
TXB1D32
TXB1D31
TXB1D30
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D2
TXB1D27
TXB1D26
TXB1D25
TXB1D24
TXB1D23
TXB1D22
TXB1D21
TXB1D20
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D1
TXB1D17
TXB1D16
TXB1D15
TXB1D14
TXB1D13
TXB1D12
TXB1D11
TXB1D10
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1D0
TXB1D07
TXB1D06
TXB1D05
TXB1D04
TXB1D03
TXB1D02
TXB1D01
TXB1D00
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
42, 230
TXB1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
42, 230
TXB1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB1CON
Mode 0
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
-000 0-00
42, 230
TXB1CON
Mode 1, 2
TXBIF
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
0000 0-00
42, 230
TXB2D7
TXB2D77
TXB2D76
TXB2D75
TXB2D74
TXB2D73
TXB2D72
TXB2D71
TXB2D70
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D6
TXB2D67
TXB2D66
TXB2D65
TXB2D64
TXB2D63
TXB2D62
TXB2D61
TXB2D60
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D5
TXB2D57
TXB2D56
TXB2D55
TXB2D54
TXB2D53
TXB2D52
TXB2D51
TXB2D50
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D4
TXB2D47
TXB2D46
TXB2D45
TXB2D44
TXB2D43
TXB2D42
TXB2D41
TXB2D40
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D3
TXB2D37
TXB2D36
TXB2D35
TXB2D34
TXB2D33
TXB2D32
TXB2D31
TXB2D30
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D2
TXB2D27
TXB2D26
TXB2D25
TXB2D24
TXB2D23
TXB2D22
TXB2D21
TXB2D20
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D1
TXB2D17
TXB2D16
TXB2D15
TXB2D14
TXB2D13
TXB2D12
TXB2D11
TXB2D10
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2D0
TXB2D07
TXB2D06
TXB2D05
TXB2D04
TXB2D03
TXB2D02
TXB2D01
TXB2D00
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
42, 230
TXB2EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
42, 230
TXB2SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
TXB2CON
Mode 0
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
-000 0-00
42, 230
TXB2CON
Mode 1, 2
TXBIF
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
0000 0-00
42, 230
RXM1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
42, 230
RXM1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXM1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x 0-xx
43, 230
RXM1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXM0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXM0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXM0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDM
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x 0-xx
43, 230
RXM0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF15EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 73
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXF15EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF15SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
47, 230
RXF15SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF14EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF14EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF14SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
47, 230
RXF14SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF13EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF13EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF13SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
47, 230
RXF13SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF12EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF12EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF12SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
47, 230
RXF12SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF11EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF11EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF11SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
47, 230
RXF11SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF10EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF10EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF10SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
48, 230
RXF10SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF9EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
47, 230
RXF9EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF9SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
48, 230
RXF9SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF8EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF8EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF8SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
48, 230
RXF8SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF7EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF7EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF7SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
48, 230
RXF7SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF6EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF6EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF6SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
48, 230
RXF6SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
48, 230
RXF5EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF5EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 74
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RXF5SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF5SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF4EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF4EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF4SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF4SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF3EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF3EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF3SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF3SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF2EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF2EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF2SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF2SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
RXF0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xx-x x-xx
43, 230
RXF0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
43, 230
B5D7
(7)
B5D77
B5D76
B5D75
B5D74
B5D73
B5D72
B5D71
B5D70
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D6
(7)
B5D67
B5D66
B5D65
B5D64
B5D63
B5D62
B5D61
B5D60
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D5
(7)
B5D57
B5D56
B5D55
B5D54
B5D53
B5D52
B5D51
B5D50
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D4
(7)
B5D47
B5D46
B5D45
B5D44
B5D43
B5D42
B5D41
B5D40
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D3
(7)
B5D37
B5D36
B5D35
B5D34
B5D33
B5D32
B5D31
B5D30
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D2
(7)
B5D27
B5D26
B5D25
B5D24
B5D23
B5D22
B5D21
B5D20
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D1
(7)
B5D17
B5D16
B5D15
B5D14
B5D13
B5D12
B5D11
B5D10
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5D0
(7)
B5D07
B5D06
B5D05
B5D04
B5D03
B5D02
B5D01
B5D00
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5DLC
(7)
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
44, 230
B5EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID/
EXIDE
(5)
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
44, 230
B5SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B5CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXBIF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
44, 230
B4D7
(7)
B4D77
B4D76
B4D75
B4D74
B4D73
B4D72
B4D71
B4D70
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D6
(7)
B4D67
B4D66
B4D65
B4D64
B4D63
B4D62
B4D61
B4D60
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D5
(7)
B4D57
B4D56
B4D55
B4D54
B4D53
B4D52
B4D51
B4D50
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D4
(7)
B4D47
B4D46
B4D45
B4D44
B4D43
B4D42
B4D41
B4D40
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 75
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
B4D3
(7)
B4D37
B4D36
B4D35
B4D34
B4D33
B4D32
B4D31
B4D30
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D2
(7)
B4D27
B4D26
B4D25
B4D24
B4D23
B4D22
B4D21
B4D20
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D1
(7)
B4D17
B4D16
B4D15
B4D14
B4D13
B4D12
B4D11
B4D10
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4D0
(7)
B4D07
B4D06
B4D05
B4D04
B4D03
B4D02
B4D01
B4D00
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4DLC
(7)
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
44, 230
B4EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID/
EXIDE
(5)
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
44, 230
B4SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B4CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXB3IF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
44, 230
B3D7
(7)
B3D77
B3D76
B3D75
B3D74
B3D73
B3D72
B3D71
B3D70
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B3D6
(7)
B3D67
B3D66
B3D65
B3D64
B3D63
B3D62
B3D61
B3D60
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B3D5
(7)
B3D57
B3D56
B3D55
B3D54
B3D53
B3D52
B3D51
B3D50
xxxx xxxx
44, 230
B3D4
(7)
B3D47
B3D46
B3D45
B3D44
B3D43
B3D42
B3D41
B3D40
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3D3
(7)
B3D37
B3D36
B3D35
B3D34
B3D33
B3D32
B3D31
B3D30
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3D2
(7)
B3D27
B3D26
B3D25
B3D24
B3D23
B3D22
B3D21
B3D20
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3D1
(7)
B3D17
B3D16
B3D15
B3D14
B3D13
B3D12
B3D11
B3D10
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3D0
(7)
B3D07
B3D06
B3D05
B3D04
B3D03
B3D02
B3D01
B3D00
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3DLC
(7)
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
45, 230
B3EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID/
EXIDE
(5)
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
45, 230
B3SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B3CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXBIF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
45, 230
B2D7
(7)
B2D77
B2D76
B2D75
B2D74
B2D73
B2D72
B2D71
B2D70
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D6
(7)
B2D67
B2D66
B2D65
B2D64
B2D63
B2D62
B2D61
B2D60
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D5
(7)
B2D57
B2D56
B2D55
B2D54
B2D53
B2D52
B2D51
B2D50
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D4
(7)
B2D47
B2D46
B2D45
B2D44
B2D43
B2D42
B2D41
B2D40
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D3
(7)
B2D37
B2D36
B2D35
B2D34
B2D33
B2D32
B2D31
B2D30
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D2
(7)
B2D27
B2D26
B2D25
B2D24
B2D23
B2D22
B2D21
B2D20
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D1
(7)
B2D17
B2D16
B2D15
B2D14
B2D13
B2D12
B2D11
B2D10
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2D0
(7)
B2D07
B2D06
B2D05
B2D04
B2D03
B2D02
B2D01
B2D00
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2DLC
(7)
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
45, 230
B2EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B2SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID/
EXIDE
(5)
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
45, 230
B2SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 76
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
B2CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXBIF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
45, 230
B1D7
(7)
B1D77
B1D76
B1D75
B1D74
B1D73
B1D72
B1D71
B1D70
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D6
(7)
B1D67
B1D66
B1D65
B1D64
B1D63
B1D62
B1D61
B1D60
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D5
(7)
B1D57
B1D56
B1D55
B1D54
B1D53
B1D52
B1D51
B1D50
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D4
(7)
B1D47
B1D46
B1D45
B1D44
B1D43
B1D42
B1D41
B1D40
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D3
(7)
B1D37
B1D36
B1D35
B1D34
B1D33
B1D32
B1D31
B1D30
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D2
(7)
B1D27
B1D26
B1D25
B1D24
B1D23
B1D22
B1D21
B1D20
xxxx xxxx
45, 230
B1D1
(7)
B1D17
B1D16
B1D15
B1D14
B1D13
B1D12
B1D11
B1D10
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B1D0
(7)
B1D07
B1D06
B1D05
B1D04
B1D03
B1D02
B1D01
B1D00
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B1DLC
(7)
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
46, 230
B1EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B1EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B1SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
46, 230
B1SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B1CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXBIF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
46, 230
B0D7
(7)
B0D77
B0D76
B0D75
B0D74
B0D73
B0D72
B0D71
B0D70
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D6
(7)
B0D67
B0D66
B0D65
B0D64
B0D63
B0D62
B0D61
B0D60
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D5
(7)
B0D57
B0D56
B0D55
B0D54
B0D53
B0D52
B0D51
B0D50
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D4
(7)
B0D47
B0D46
B0D45
B0D44
B0D43
B0D42
B0D41
B0D40
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D3
(7)
B0D37
B0D36
B0D35
B0D34
B0D33
B0D32
B0D31
B0D30
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D2
(7)
B0D27
B0D26
B0D25
B0D24
B0D23
B0D22
B0D21
B0D20
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D1
(7)
B0D17
B0D16
B0D15
B0D14
B0D13
B0D12
B0D11
B0D10
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0D0
(7)
B0D07
B0D06
B0D05
B0D04
B0D03
B0D02
B0D01
B0D00
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0DLC
(7)
--
RTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
46, 230
B0EIDL
(7)
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0EIDH
(7)
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0SIDL
(7)
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
46, 230
B0SIDH
(7)
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
46, 230
B0CON
(5, 7)
RXFUL/
TXBIF
RXM1/
TXABT
RTRRO/
TXLARB
FILHIT4/
TXERR
FILHIT3/
TXREQ
FILHIT2/
RTREN
FILHIT1/
TXPRI1
FILHIT0/
TXPRI0
0000 0000
46, 230
TXBIE
(7)
--
--
--
TXB2IE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
--
--
---0 00--
46, 230
BIE0
(7)
B5IE
B4IE
B3IE
B2IE
B1IE
B0IE
RXB1IE
RXB0IE
0000 0000
46, 230
BSEL0
(7)
B5TXEN
B4TXEN
B3TXEN
B2TXEN
B1TXEN
B0TXEN
--
--
0000 00--
46, 230
MSEL3
(7)
FIL15_1
FIL15_0
FIL14_1
FIL14_0
FIL13_1
FIL13_0
FIL12_1
FIL12_0
0000 0000
46, 230
MSEL2
(7)
FIL11_1
FIL11_0
FIL10_1
FIL10_0
FIL9_1
FIL9_0
FIL8_1
FIL8_0
0000 0000
46, 230
MSEL1
(7)
FIL7_1
FIL7_0
FIL6_1
FIL6_0
FIL5_1
FIL5_0
FIL4_1
FIL4_0
0000 0101
46, 230
MSEL0
(7)
FIL3_1
FIL3_0
FIL2_1
FIL2_0
FIL1_1
FIL1_0
FIL0_1
FIL0_0
0101 0000
46, 230
SDFLC
(7)
--
--
--
DFLC4
DFLC3
DFLC2
DFLC1
DFLC0
---0 0000
46, 230
RXFCON1
(7)
RXF15EN
RXF14EN
RXF13EN
RXF12EN
RXF11EN
RXF10EN
RXF9EN
RXF8EN
0000 0000
46, 230
RXFCON0
(7)
RXF7EN
RXF6EN
RXF5EN
RXF4EN
RXF3EN
RXF2EN
RXF1EN
RXF0EN
0011 1111
47, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 77
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RXFBCON7
(7)
F15BP_3
F15BP_2
F15BP_1
F15BP_0
F14BP_3
F14BP_2
F14BP_1
F14BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON6
(7)
F13BP_3
F13BP_2
F13BP_1
F13BP_0
F12BP_3
F12BP_2
F12BP_1
F12BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON5
(7)
F11BP_3
F11BP_2
F11BP_1
F11BP_0
F10BP_3
F10BP_2
F10BP_1
F10BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON4
(7)
F9BP_3
F9BP_2
F9BP_1
F9BP_0
F8BP_3
F8BP_2
F8BP_1
F8BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON3
(7)
F7BP_3
F7BP_2
F7BP_1
F7BP_0
F6BP_3
F6BP_2
F6BP_1
F6BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON2
(7)
F5BP_3
F5BP_2
F5BP_1
F5BP_0
F4BP_3
F4BP_2
F4BP_1
F4BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON1
(7)
F3BP_3
F3BP_2
F3BP_1
F3BP_0
F2BP_3
F2BP_2
F2BP_1
F2BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
RXFBCON0
(7)
F1BP_3
F1BP_2
F1BP_1
F1BP_0
F0BP_3
F0BP_2
F0BP_1
F0BP_01
0000 0000
47, 230
TABLE 4-3:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details
on page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator
modes.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
These registers are unused on PIC18F6X80 devices; always maintain these clear.
4:
These bits have multiple functions depending on the CAN module mode selection.
5:
Meaning of this register depends on whether this buffer is configured as transmit or receive.
6:
RG5 is available as an input when MCLR is disabled.
7:
This register reads all `
0
's until the ECAN module is set up in Mode 1 or Mode 2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 78
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.10
Access Bank
The Access Bank is an architectural enhancement
which is very useful for C compiler code optimization.
The techniques used by the C compiler may also be
useful for programs written in assembly.
This data memory region can be used for:
Intermediate computational values
Local variables of subroutines
Faster context saving/switching of variables
Common variables
Faster evaluation/control of SFRs (no banking)
The Access Bank is comprised of the upper 160 bytes
in Bank 15 (SFRs) and the lower 96 bytes in Bank 0.
These two sections will be referred to as Access RAM
High and Access RAM Low, respectively. Figure 4-7
indicates the Access RAM areas.
A bit in the instruction word specifies if the operation is
to occur in the bank specified by the BSR register or in
the Access Bank. This bit is denoted by the `a' bit (for
access bit).
When forced in the Access Bank (a =
0
), the last
address in Access RAM Low is followed by the first
address in Access RAM High. Access RAM High maps
the Special Function Registers so that these registers
can be accessed without any software overhead. This is
useful for testing status flags and modifying control bits.
4.11
Bank Select Register (BSR)
The need for a large general purpose memory space
dictates a RAM banking scheme. The data memory is
partitioned into sixteen banks. When using direct
addressing, the BSR should be configured for the
desired bank.
BSR<3:0> holds the upper 4 bits of the 12-bit RAM
address. The BSR<7:4> bits will always read `
0
's and
writes will have no effect.
A
MOVLB
instruction has been provided in the
instruction set to assist in selecting banks.
If the currently selected bank is not implemented, any
read will return all `
0
's and all writes are ignored. The
Status register bits will be set/cleared as appropriate for
the instruction performed.
Each Bank extends up to 0FFh (256 bytes). All data
memory is implemented as static RAM.
A
MOVFF
instruction ignores the BSR since the 12-bit
addresses are embedded into the instruction word.
Section 4.12 "Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR
Registers"
provides a description of indirect address-
ing which allows linear addressing of the entire RAM
space.
FIGURE 4-8:
DIRECT ADDRESSING
Note 1:
For register file map detail, see Table 4-2.
2:
The access bit of the instruction can be used to force an override of the selected bank (BSR<3:0>) to the
registers of the Access Bank.
3:
The
MOVFF
instruction embeds the entire 12-bit address in the instruction.
Data
Memory
(1)
Direct Addressing
Bank Select
(2)
Location Select
(3)
BSR<3:0>
7
0
From Opcode
(3)
00h
01h
0Eh
0Fh
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 14
Bank 15
1FFh
100h
0FFh
000h
EFFh
E00h
FFFh
F00h
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 79
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
4.12
Indirect Addressing, INDF and
FSR Registers
Indirect addressing is a mode of addressing data mem-
ory where the data memory address in the instruction
is not fixed. An FSR register is used as a pointer to the
data memory location that is to be read or written. Since
this pointer is in RAM, the contents can be modified by
the program. This can be useful for data tables in the
data memory and for software stacks. Figure 4-9
shows the operation of indirect addressing. This shows
the moving of the value to the data memory address
specified by the value of the FSR register.
Indirect addressing is possible by using one of the
INDF registers. Any instruction using the INDF register
actually accesses the register pointed to by the File
Select Register, FSR. Reading the INDF register itself,
indirectly (FSR =
0
), will read 00h. Writing to the INDF
register indirectly, results in a no operation. The FSR
register contains a 12-bit address which is shown in
Figure 4-10.
The INDFn register is not a physical register. Address-
ing INDFn actually addresses the register whose
address is contained in the FSRn register (FSRn is a
pointer). This is indirect addressing.
Example 4-4 shows a simple use of indirect addressing
to clear the RAM in Bank 1 (locations 100h-1FFh) in a
minimum number of instructions.
EXAMPLE 4-4:
HOW TO CLEAR RAM
(BANK 1) USING
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
There are three Indirect Addressing registers. To
address the entire data memory space (4096 bytes),
these registers are 12-bits wide. To store the 12 bits of
addressing information, two 8-bit registers are
required. These Indirect Addressing registers are:
1.
FSR0: composed of FSR0H:FSR0L
2.
FSR1: composed of FSR1H:FSR1L
3.
FSR2: composed of FSR2H:FSR2L
In addition, there are registers INDF0, INDF1 and
INDF2 which are not physically implemented. Reading
or writing to these registers activates indirect address-
ing with the value in the corresponding FSR register
being the address of the data. If an instruction writes a
value to INDF0, the value will be written to the address
pointed to by FSR0H:FSR0L. A read from INDF1 reads
the data from the address pointed to by
FSR1H:FSR1L. INDFn can be used in code anywhere
an operand can be used.
If INDF0, INDF1, or INDF2 are read indirectly via an
FSR, all `
0
's are read (zero bit is set). Similarly, if
INDF0, INDF1, or INDF2 are written to indirectly, the
operation will be equivalent to a
NOP
instruction and the
Status bits are not affected.
4.12.1
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
OPERATION
Each FSR register has an INDF register associated
with it plus four additional register addresses.
Performing an operation on one of these five registers
determines how the FSR will be modified during
indirect addressing.
When data access is done to one of the five INDFn
locations, the address selected will configure the FSRn
register to:
Do nothing to FSRn after an indirect access (no
change) INDFn.
Auto-decrement FSRn after an indirect access
(post-decrement) POSTDECn.
Auto-increment FSRn after an indirect access
(post-increment) POSTINCn.
Auto-increment FSRn before an indirect access
(pre-increment) PREINCn.
Use the value in the WREG register as an offset
to FSRn. Do not modify the value of the WREG or
the FSRn register after an indirect access (no
change) PLUSWn.
When using the auto-increment or auto-decrement fea-
tures, the effect on the FSR is not reflected in the Status
register. For example, if the indirect address causes the
FSR to equal `
0
', the Z bit will not be set.
Incrementing or decrementing an FSR affects all
12 bits. That is, when FSRnL overflows from an
increment, FSRnH will be incremented automatically.
Adding these features allows the FSRn to be used as a
stack pointer in addition to its uses for table operations
in data memory.
Each FSR has an address associated with it that
performs an indexed indirect access. When a data
access to this INDFn location (PLUSWn) occurs, the
FSRn is configured to add the signed value in the
WREG register and the value in FSR to form the
address before an indirect access. The FSR value is
not changed.
If an FSR register contains a value that points to one of
the INDFn, an indirect read will read 00h (zero bit is
set), while an indirect write will be equivalent to a
NOP
(Status bits are not affected).
LFSR
FSR0, 100h
;
NEXT
CLRF
POSTINC0
; Clear INDF
; register and
; inc pointer
BTFSS
FSR0H, 1
; All done with
; Bank1?
BRA
NEXT
; NO, clear next
CONTINUE
; YES, continue
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 80
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
If an indirect addressing operation is done where the
target address is an FSRnH or FSRnL register, the
write operation will dominate over the pre- or
post-increment/decrement functions.
FIGURE 4-9:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING OPERATION
FIGURE 4-10:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Opcode
Address
File Address = Access of an Indirect Addressing Register
FSR
Instruction
Executed
Instruction
Fetched
RAM
Opcode
File
12
12
12
BSR<3:0>
8
4
0h
0FFFh
Note 1:
For register file map detail, see Table 4-2.
Data
Memory
(1)
Indirect Addressing
FSR Register
11
0
0FFFh
0000h
Location Select
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 81
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
4.13
Status Register
The Status register, shown in Register 4-3, contains the
arithmetic status of the ALU. The Status register can be
the destination for any instruction as with any other reg-
ister. If the Status register is the destination for an
instruction that affects the Z, DC, C, OV or N bits, then
the write to these five bits is disabled. These bits are set
or cleared according to the device logic. Therefore, the
result of an instruction with the Status register as
destination may be different than intended.
For example,
CLRF STATUS
will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the Status register
as
000u u1uu
(where
u
= unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only
BCF, BSF,
SWAPF, MOVFF
and
MOVWF
instructions are used to
alter the Status register because these instructions do
not affect the Z, C, DC, OV or N bits from the Status
register. For other instructions not affecting any status
bits, see Table 25-2.
REGISTER 4-3:
STATUS REGISTER
Note:
The C and DC bits operate as a borrow and
digit borrow bit respectively, in subtraction.
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
--
--
N
OV
Z
DC
C
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
N: Negative bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2's complement). It indicates whether the result was
negative (ALU MSB =
1
).
1
= Result was negative
0
= Result was positive
bit 3
OV: Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2's complement). It indicates an overflow of the
7-bit magnitude which causes the sign bit (bit 7) to change state.
1
= Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0
= No overflow occurred
bit 2
Z: Zero bit
1
= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0
= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1
DC: Digit carry/borrow bit
For
ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW
,
and
SUBWF
instructions:
1
= A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred
0
= No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result
Note:
For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the
2's complement of the second operand. For rotate (
RRF, RLF
) instructions, this bit
is loaded with either the bit 4 or bit 3 of the source register.
bit 0
C: Carry/borrow bit
For
ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW
,
and SUBWF
instructions:
1
= A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0
= No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note:
For borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the
2's complement of the second operand. For rotate (
RRF, RLF
) instructions, this bit
is loaded with either the high or low-order bit of the source register.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 82
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.14
RCON Register
The Reset Control (RCON) register contains flag bits
that allow differentiation between the sources of a
device Reset. These flags include the TO, PD, POR,
BOR and RI bits. This register is readable and writable.
REGISTER 4-4:
RCON REGISTER
Note 1: It is recommended that the POR bit be set
after a Power-on Reset has been
detected so that subsequent Power-on
Resets may be detected.
2: Brown-out Reset is said to have occurred
when BOR is `
0
' and POR is `
1
' (assum-
ing that POR was set to `
1
' by software
immediately after POR).
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1
= Enable priority levels on interrupts
0
= Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
RI:
RESET
Instruction Flag bit
1
= The
RESET
instruction was not executed
0
= The
RESET
instruction was executed causing a device Reset
(must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1
= After power-up,
CLRWDT
instruction, or
SLEEP
instruction
0
= A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2
PD: Power-down Detection Flag bit
1
= After power-up or by the
CLRWDT
instruction
0
= By execution of the
SLEEP
instruction
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1
= A Power-on Reset has not occurred
0
= A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1
= A Brown-out Reset has not occurred
0
= A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 83
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
5.0
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
The Flash program memory is readable, writable and
erasable during normal operation over the entire V
DD
range.
A read from program memory is executed on one byte
at a time. A write to program memory is executed on
blocks of 8 bytes at a time. Program memory is erased
in blocks of 64 bytes at a time. A bulk erase operation
cannot be issued from user code.
Writing or erasing program memory will cease
instruction fetches until the operation is complete. The
program memory cannot be accessed during the write
or erase, therefore, code cannot execute. An internal
programming timer terminates program memory writes
and erases.
A value written to program memory does not need to be
a valid instruction. Executing a program memory
location that forms an invalid instruction results in a
NOP
.
5.1
Table Reads and Table Writes
In order to read and write program memory, there are
two operations that allow the processor to move bytes
between the program memory space and the data RAM:
Table Read (
TBLRD
)
Table Write (
TBLWT
)
The program memory space is 16 bits wide, while the
data RAM space is 8-bits wide. Table reads and table
writes move data between these two memory spaces
through an 8-bit register (TABLAT).
Table read operations retrieve data from program
memory and places it into the data RAM space.
Figure 5-1 shows the operation of a table read with
program memory and data RAM.
Table write operations store data from the data memory
space into holding registers in program memory. The
procedure to write the contents of the holding
registers into program memory is detailed in
Section 5.5 "Writing to Flash Program Memory".
Figure 5-2 shows the operation of a table write with
program memory and data RAM.
Table operations work with byte entities. A table block
containing data, rather than program instructions, is not
required to be word aligned. Therefore, a table block can
start and end at any byte address. If a table write is being
used to write executable code into program memory,
program instructions will need to be word aligned.
FIGURE 5-1:
TABLE READ OPERATION
Table Pointer
(1)
Table Latch (8-bit)
Program Memory
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
TBLPTRU
Instruction:
TBLRD
*
Note 1:
Table Pointer points to a byte in program memory.
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 84
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 5-2:
TABLE WRITE OPERATION
5.2
Control Registers
Several control registers are used in conjunction with
the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions. These include the:
EECON1 register
EECON2 register
TABLAT register
TBLPTR registers
5.2.1
EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS
EECON1 is the control register for memory accesses.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all `
0
's. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the memory write and erase sequences.
Control bit EEPGD determines if the access will be a
program or data EEPROM memory access. When
clear, any subsequent operations will operate on the
data EEPROM memory. When set, any subsequent
operations will operate on the program memory.
Control bit CFGS determines if the access will be to the
configuration/calibration registers or to program
memory/data EEPROM memory. When set, subse-
quent operations will operate on configuration registers
regardless of EEPGD (see Section 24.0 "Special
Features of the CPU"
). When clear, memory selection
access is determined by EEPGD.
The FREE bit, when set, will allow a program memory
erase operation. When the FREE bit is set, the erase
operation is initiated on the next WR command. When
FREE is clear, only writes are enabled.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR
Reset or a WDT Time-out Reset during normal opera-
tion. In these situations, the user can check the
WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It is necessary to
reload the data and address registers (EEDATA and
EEADR) due to Reset values of zero.
The WR control bit initiates write operations. The bit
cannot be cleared, only set in software; it is cleared in
hardware at the completion of the write operation. The
inability to clear the WR bit in software prevents the
accidental or premature termination of a write
operation.
Table Pointer
(1)
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
TBLPTRU
Instruction:
TBLWT
*
Note 1:
Table Pointer actually points to one of eight holding registers, the address of which is determined by
TBLPTRL<2:0>. The process for physically writing data to the program memory array is discussed in
Section 5.5 "Writing to Flash Program Memory".
Holding Registers
Program Memory
Note:
Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
is set when the write is complete. It must
be cleared in software.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 85
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 5-1:
EECON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS FA6h)
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1
= Access Flash program memory
0
= Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EEPROM or Configuration Select bit
1
= Access configuration registers
0
= Access Flash program or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1
= Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(cleared by completion of erase operation)
0
= Perform write only
bit 3
WRERR: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Error Flag bit
1
= A write operation is prematurely terminated
(any Reset during self-timed programming in normal operation)
0
= The write operation completed
Note:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD and CFGS bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2
WREN: Flash Program/Data EEPROM Write Enable bit
1
= Allows write cycles
0
= Inhibits write to the EEPROM
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1
= Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write
cycle. (The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is
complete. The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0
= Write cycle to the EEPROM is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1
= Initiates an EEPROM read. (Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit
can only be set (not cleared) in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD =
1
.)
0
= Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Legend:
R = Readable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
W = Writable bit
S = Settable bit
- n = Value after erase
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 86
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.2.2
TABLAT TABLE LATCH REGISTER
The Table Latch (TABLAT) is an 8-bit register mapped
into the SFR space. The Table Latch is used to hold 8-
bit data during data transfers between program
memory and data RAM.
5.2.3
TBLPTR TABLE POINTER
REGISTER
The Table Pointer (TBLPTR) addresses a byte within
the program memory. The TBLPTR is comprised of
three SFR registers: Table Pointer Upper Byte, Table
Pointer High Byte and Table Pointer Low Byte
(TBLPTRU:TBLPTRH:TBLPTRL). These three regis-
ters join to form a 22-bit wide pointer. The low-order
21 bits allow the device to address up to 2 Mbytes of
program memory space. The 22nd bit allows access to
the device ID, the user ID and the configuration bits.
The Table Pointer, TBLPTR, is used by the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions. These instructions can update the
TBLPTR in one of four ways based on the table opera-
tion. These operations are shown in Table 5-1. These
operations on the TBLPTR only affect the low-order
21 bits.
5.2.4
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES
TBLPTR is used in reads, writes and erases of the
Flash program memory.
When a
TBLRD
is executed, all 22 bits of the table
pointer determine which byte is read from program
memory into TABLAT.
When a
TBLWT
is executed, the three LSbs of the Table
Pointer (TBLPTR<2:0>) determine which of the eight
program memory holding registers is written to. When
the timed write to program memory (long write) begins,
the 19 MSbs of the Table Pointer (TBLPTR<21:3>) will
determine which program memory block of 8 bytes is
written to. For more detail, see Section 5.5 "Writing to
Flash Program Memory"
.
When an erase of program memory is executed, the
16 MSbs of the Table Pointer (TBLPTR<21:6>) point to
the 64-byte block that will be erased. The Least
Significant bits (TBLPTR<5:0>) are ignored.
Figure 5-3 describes the relevant boundaries of
TBLPTR based on Flash program memory operations.
TABLE 5-1:
TABLE POINTER OPERATIONS WITH
TBLRD
AND
TBLWT
INSTRUCTIONS
FIGURE 5-3:
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES BASED ON OPERATION
Example
Operation on Table Pointer
TBLRD*
TBLWT*
TBLPTR is not modified
TBLRD*+
TBLWT*+
TBLPTR is incremented after the read/write
TBLRD*-
TBLWT*-
TBLPTR is decremented after the read/write
TBLRD+*
TBLWT+*
TBLPTR is incremented before the read/write
21
16
15
8
7
0
ERASE TBLPTR<20:6>
WRITE TBLPTR<21:3>
READ TBLPTR<21:0>
TBLPTRL
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRU
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 87
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
5.3
Reading the Flash Program
Memory
The
TBLRD
instruction is used to retrieve data from
program memory and places it into data RAM. Table
reads from program memory are performed one byte at
a time.
TBLPTR points to a byte address in program space.
Executing
TBLRD
places the byte pointed to into
TABLAT. In addition, TBLPTR can be modified
automatically for the next table read operation.
The internal program memory is typically organized by
words. The Least Significant bit of the address selects
between the high and low bytes of the word. Figure 5-4
shows the interface between the internal program
memory and the TABLAT.
FIGURE 5-4:
READS FROM FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
EXAMPLE 5-1:
READING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WORD
(Even Byte Address)
Program Memory
(Odd Byte Address)
TBLRD
TABLAT
TBLPTR =
xxxxx1
FETCH
Instruction Register
(IR)
Read Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx0
MOVLW
upper(CODE_ADDR)
; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the word
MOVLW
high(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low(CODE_ADDR_LOW)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
READ_WORD
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT and increment
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
LSB
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT and increment
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
MSB
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 88
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.4
Erasing Flash Program Memory
The minimum erase block is 32 words or 64 bytes. Only
through the use of an external programmer or through
ICSP control can larger blocks of program memory be
bulk erased. Word erase in the Flash array is not
supported.
When initiating an erase sequence from the micro-
controller itself, a block of 64 bytes of program memory
is erased. The Most Significant 16 bits of the
TBLPTR<21:6> point to the block being erased.
TBLPTR<5:0> are ignored.
The EECON1 register commands the erase operation.
The EEPGD bit must be set to point to the Flash
program memory. The WREN bit must be set to enable
write operations. The FREE bit is set to select an erase
operation.
For protection, the write initiate sequence for EECON2
must be used.
A long write is necessary for erasing the internal Flash.
Instruction execution is halted while in a long write
cycle. The long write will be terminated by the internal
programming timer.
5.4.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
ERASE SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for erasing a block of internal
program memory location is:
1.
Load table pointer with address of row being
erased.
2.
Set the EECON1 register for the erase
operation:
set EEPGD bit to point to program memory;
clear the CFGS bit to access program memory;
set WREN bit to enable writes;
set FREE bit to enable the erase.
3.
Disable interrupts.
4.
Write 55h to EECON2.
5.
Write 0AAh to EECON2.
6.
Set the WR bit. This will begin the row erase
cycle.
7.
The CPU will stall for duration of the erase
(about 2 ms using internal timer).
8.
Execute a
NOP
.
9.
Re-enable interrupts.
EXAMPLE 5-2:
ERASING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ROW
MOVLW
upper(CODE_ADDR)
; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
ERASE_ROW
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to Flash program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access Flash program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BSF
EECON1, FREE
; enable Row Erase operation
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 55h
Required
MOVLW
0AAh
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 0AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 89
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
5.5
Writing to Flash Program Memory
The minimum programming block is 4 words or 8 bytes.
Word or byte programming is not supported.
Table writes are used internally to load the holding
registers needed to program the Flash memory. There
are eight holding registers used by the table writes for
programming.
Since the Table Latch (TABLAT) is only a single byte,
the
TBLWT
instruction has to be executed 8 times for
each programming operation. All of the table write
operations will essentially be short writes because only
the holding registers are written. At the end of updating
eight registers, the EECON1 register must be written
to, to start the programming operation with a long write.
The long write is necessary for programming the inter-
nal Flash. Instruction execution is halted while in a long
write cycle. The long write will be terminated by the
internal programming timer.
The EEPROM on-chip timer controls the write time.
The write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip
charge pump, rated to operate over the voltage range
of the device for byte or word operations.
FIGURE 5-5:
TABLE WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Holding Register
TABLAT
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx7
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx1
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx0
8
8
8
8
Write Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx2
Program Memory
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 90
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.5.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE
SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for programming an internal
program memory location should be:
1.
Read 64 bytes into RAM.
2.
Update data values in RAM as necessary.
3.
Load table pointer with address being erased.
4.
Do the row erase procedure.
5.
Load table pointer with address of first byte
being written.
6.
Write the first 8 bytes into the holding registers
with auto-increment.
7.
Set the EECON1 register for the write operation:
set EEPGD bit to point to program memory;
clear the CFGS bit to access program memory;
set WREN to enable byte writes.
8.
Disable interrupts.
9.
Write 55h to EECON2.
10. Write 0AAh to EECON2.
11. Set the WR bit. This will begin the write cycle.
12. The CPU will stall for duration of the write (about
5 ms using internal timer).
13. Execute a
NOP
.
14. Re-enable interrupts.
15. Repeat steps 6-14 seven times to write 64 bytes.
16. Verify the memory (table read).
This procedure will require about 40 ms to update one
row of 64 bytes of memory. An example of the required
code is given in Example 5-3.
EXAMPLE 5-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Note:
Before setting the WR bit, the Table
Pointer address needs to be within the
intended address range of the eight bytes
in the holding register.
MOVLW
D'64
; number of bytes in erase block
MOVWF
COUNTER
MOVLW
high(BUFFER_ADDR)
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
low(BUFFER_ADDR)
MOVWF
FSR0L
MOVLW
upper(CODE_ADDR)
; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
READ_BLOCK
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT, and inc
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
POSTINC0
; store data
DECFSZ
COUNTER ;
done?
BRA
READ_BLOCK
; repeat
MODIFY_WORD
MOVLW
high(DATA_ADDR)
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
low(DATA_ADDR)
MOVWF
FSR0L
MOVLW
low(NEW_DATA)
; update buffer word
MOVWF
POSTINC0
MOVLW
high(NEW_DATA)
MOVWF
INDF0
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 91
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
EXAMPLE 5-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (CONTINUED)
ERASE_BLOCK
MOVLW
upper(CODE_ADDR)
; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low(CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to Flash program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access Flash program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BSF
EECON1, FREE
; enable Row Erase operation
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 55H
Required
MOVLW
0AAh
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; write AAH
BSF
EECON1, WR
; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
TBLRD*-
; dummy read decrement
WRITE_BUFFER_BACK
MOVLW
8
; number of write buffer groups of 8 bytes
MOVWF
COUNTER_HI
MOVLW
high(BUFFER_ADDR)
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
low(BUFFER_ADDR)
MOVWF
FSR0L
PROGRAM_LOOP
MOVLW
8
; number of bytes in holding register
MOVWF
COUNTER
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
MOVFW
POSTINC0, W
; get low byte of buffer data
MOVWF
TABLAT
; present data to table latch
TBLWT+*
; write data, perform a short write
; to internal TBLWT holding register.
DECFSZ
COUNTER
; loop until buffers are full
BRA
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
PROGRAM_MEMORY
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to Flash program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access Flash program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 55h
Required
MOVLW
0AAh
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 0AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; start program (CPU stall)
NOP
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
DECFSZ
COUNTER_HI
; loop until done
BRA PROGRAM_LOOP
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; disable write to memory
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 92
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.5.2
WRITE VERIFY
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the mem-
ory should be verified against the original value. This
should be used in applications where excessive writes
can stress bits near the specification limit.
5.5.3
UNEXPECTED TERMINATION OF
WRITE OPERATION
If a write is terminated by an unplanned event, such as
loss of power or an unexpected Reset, the memory
location just programmed should be verified and repro-
grammed if needed. The WRERR bit is set when a
write operation is interrupted by a MCLR Reset or a
WDT Time-out Reset during normal operation. In these
situations, users can check the WRERR bit and rewrite
the location.
5.5.4
PROTECTION AGAINST SPURIOUS
WRITES
To protect against spurious writes to Flash program
memory, the write initiate sequence must also be
followed. See Section 24.0 "Special Features of the
CPU"
for more detail.
5.6
Flash Program Operation During
Code Protection
See Section 24.0 "Special Features of the CPU" for
details on code protection of Flash program memory.
TABLE 5-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TBLPTRU
--
--
bit 21
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte
(TBLPTR<20:16>)
--00 0000
--00 0000
TBPLTRH
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
0000 0000
0000 0000
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
0000 0000
0000 0000
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INTE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INTF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
--
--
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
r
= reserved, = unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 93
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
6.0
EXTERNAL MEMORY
INTERFACE
The external memory interface is a feature of the
PIC18F8X8X devices that allows the controller to
access external memory devices (such as Flash,
EPROM, SRAM, etc.) as program memory.
The physical implementation of the interface uses
27 pins. These pins are reserved for external address/
data bus functions; they are multiplexed with I/O port
pins on four ports. Three I/O ports are multiplexed with
the address/data bus, while the fourth port is multi-
plexed with the bus control signals. The I/O port func-
tions are enabled when the EBDIS bit in the MEMCON
register is set (see Register 6-1). A list of the
multiplexed pins and their functions is provided in
Table 6-1.
As implemented in the PIC18F8X8X devices, the
interface operates in a similar manner to the external
memory interface introduced on PIC18C601/801
microcontrollers. The most notable difference is that
the interface on PIC18F8X8X devices only operates in
16-bit modes. The 8-bit mode is not supported.
For a more complete discussion of the operating modes
that use the external memory interface, refer to
Section 4.1.1 "PIC18F8X8X Program Memory
Modes"
.
6.1
Program Memory Modes and the
External Memory Interface
As previously noted, PIC18F8X8X controllers are
capable of operating in any one of four program mem-
ory modes using combinations of on-chip and external
program memory. The functions of the multiplexed port
pins depend on the program memory mode selected as
well as the setting of the EBDIS bit.
In Microprocessor Mode, the external bus is always
active and the port pins have only the external bus
function.
In Microcontroller Mode, the bus is not active and the
pins have their port functions only. Writes to the
MEMCOM register are not permitted.
In Microprocessor with Boot Block or Extended
Microcontroller Mode,
the external program memory
bus shares I/O port functions on the pins. When the
device is fetching or doing table read/table write
operations on the external program memory space, the
pins will have the external bus function. If the device is
fetching and accessing internal program memory
locations only, the EBDIS control bit will change the
pins from external memory to I/O port functions. When
EBDIS =
0
, the pins function as the external bus. When
EBDIS =
1
, the pins function as I/O ports.
Note:
The external memory interface is not
implemented on PIC18F6X8X (64/68-pin)
devices.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 94
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 6-1:
MEMCON REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EBDIS
(1)
--
WAIT1
WAIT0
--
--
WM1
WM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
EBDIS: External Bus Disable bit
(1)
1
= External system bus disabled, all external bus drivers are mapped as I/O ports
0
= External system bus enabled and I/O ports are disabled
Note 1: This bit is ignored when device is accessing external memory either to fetch an
instruction or perform
TBLRD/TBLWT
.
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4
WAIT<1:0>: Table Reads and Writes Bus Cycle Wait Count bits
11
= Table reads and writes will wait 0 T
CY
10
= Table reads and writes will wait 1 T
CY
01
= Table reads and writes will wait 2 T
CY
00
= Table reads and writes will wait 3 T
CY
bit 3-2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
WM<1:0>:
TBLWT
Operation with 16-bit Bus bits
1x
= Word Write mode: LSB and MSB word output, WRH active when MSB written
01
= Byte Select mode: TABLAT data copied on both MS and LS Byte, WRH and (UB or LB)
will activate
00
= Byte Write mode: TABLAT data copied on both MS and LS Byte, WRH or WRL will activate
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
The MEMCON register is held in Reset in Microcontroller mode.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 95
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
If the device fetches or accesses external memory
while EBDIS =
1
, the pins will switch to external bus. If
the EBDIS bit is set by a program executing from exter-
nal memory, the action of setting the bit will be delayed
until the program branches into the internal memory. At
that time, the pins will change from external bus to I/O
ports.
When the device is executing out of internal memory
(with EBDIS =
0
) in Microprocessor with Boot Block
mode or Extended Microcontroller mode, the control sig-
nals will be in inactive. They will go to a state where the
AD<15:0>, A<19:16> are tri-state; the OE, WRH, WRL,
UB and LB signals are `
1
'; and ALE and BA0 are `
0
'.
TABLE 6-1:
PIC18F8X8X EXTERNAL BUS I/O PORT FUNCTIONS
Name
Port
Bit
Function
RD0/AD0
PORTD
bit 0 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 0 or Data bit 0
RD1/AD1
PORTD
bit 1 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 1 or Data bit 1
RD2/AD2
PORTD
bit 2 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 2 or Data bit 2
RD3/AD3
PORTD
bit 3 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 3 or Data bit 3
RD4/AD4
PORTD
bit 4 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 4 or Data bit 4
RD5/AD5
PORTD
bit 5 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 5 or Data bit 5
RD6/AD6
PORTD
bit 6 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 6 or Data bit 6
RD7/AD7
PORTD
bit 7 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 7 or Data bit 7
RE0/AD8
PORTE
bit 0 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 8 or Data bit 8
RE1/AD9
PORTE
bit 1 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 9 or Data bit 9
RE2/AD10
PORTE
bit 2 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 10 or Data bit 10
RE3/AD11
PORTE
bit 3 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 11 or Data bit 11
RE4/AD12
PORTE
bit 4 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 12 or Data bit 12
RE5/AD13
PORTE
bit 5 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 13 or Data bit 13
RE6/AD14
PORTE
bit 6 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 14 or Data bit 14
RE7/AD15
PORTE
bit 7 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 15 or Data bit 15
RH0/A16
PORTH
bit 0 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 16
RH1/A17
PORTH
bit 1 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 17
RH2/A18
PORTH
bit 2 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 18
RH3/A19
PORTH
bit 3 Input/Output or System Bus Address bit 19
RJ0/ALE
PORTJ
bit 0 Input/Output or System Bus Address Latch Enable (ALE) Control pin
RJ1/OE
PORTJ
bit 1 Input/Output or System Bus Output Enable (OE) Control pin
RJ2/WRL
PORTJ
bit 2 Input/Output or System Bus Write Low (WRL) Control pin
RJ3/WRH
PORTJ
bit 3 Input/Output or System Bus Write High (WRH) Control pin
RJ4/BA0
PORTJ
bit 4 Input/Output or System Bus Byte Address bit 0
RJ5/CE
PORTJ
bit 5 Input/Output or Chip Enable
RJ6/LB
PORTJ
bit 6 Input/Output or System Bus Lower Byte Enable (LB) Control pin
RJ7/UB
PORTJ
bit 7 Input/Output or System Bus Upper Byte Enable (UB) Control pin
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 96
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2
16-bit Mode
The external memory interface implemented in
PIC18F8X8X devices operates only in 16-bit mode.
The mode selection is not software configurable but is
programmed via the configuration bits.
The WM<1:0> bits in the MEMCON register determine
three types of connections in 16-bit mode. They are
referred to as:
16-bit Byte Write
16-bit Word Write
16-bit Byte Select
These three different configurations allow the designer
maximum flexibility in using 8-bit and 16-bit memory
devices.
For all 16-bit modes, the Address Latch Enable (ALE)
pin indicates that the Address bits (A<15:0>) are avail-
able on the external memory interface bus. Following
the address latch, the Output Enable signal (OE ) will
enable both bytes of program memory at once to form
a 16-bit instruction word.
In Byte Select mode, JEDEC standard Flash memories
will require BA0 for the byte address line, and one I/O
line to select between Byte and Word mode. The other
16-bit modes do not need BA0. JEDEC standard static
RAM memories will use the UB or LB signals for byte
selection.
6.2.1
16-BIT BYTE WRITE MODE
Figure 6-1 shows an example of 16-bit Byte Write
mode for PIC18F8X8X devices.
FIGURE 6-1:
16-BIT BYTE WRITE MODE EXAMPLE
AD<7:0>
A<19:16>
ALE
D<15:8>
373
A<x:0>
D<7:0>
A<19:0>
A<x:0>
D<7:0>
373
OE
WRH
OE
OE
WR
(1)
WR
(1)
CE
CE
Note
1:
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 5.1 "Table Reads and Table Writes".
WRL
D<7:0>
(LSB)
(MSB)
PIC18F8X8X
D<7:0>
AD<15:8>
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
CE
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 97
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
6.2.2
16-BIT WORD WRITE MODE
Figure 6-2 shows an example of 16-bit Word Write
mode for PIC18F8X8X devices.
FIGURE 6-2:
16-BIT WORD WRITE MODE EXAMPLE
AD<7:0>
PIC18F8X8X
AD<15:8>
ALE
373
A<20:1>
373
OE
WRH
A<19:16>
A<x:0>
D<15:0>
OE
WR
(1)
CE
D<15:0>
JEDEC Word
EPROM Memory
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note
1:
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 5.1 "Table Reads and Table Writes".
CE
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 98
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2.3
16-BIT BYTE SELECT MODE
Figure 6-3 shows an example of 16-bit Byte Select
mode for PIC18F8X8X devices.
FIGURE 6-3:
16-BIT BYTE SELECT MODE EXAMPLE
AD<7:0>
PIC18F8X8X
AD<15:8>
ALE
373
A<20:1>
373
OE
WRH
A<19:16>
WRL
BA0
A<20:1>
CE
A0
JEDEC Word
A<x:1>
D<15:0>
CE
D<15:0>
OE
WR
(1)
LB
UB
SRAM Memory
LB
UB
Address Bus
Data Bus
Control Lines
Note
1:
This signal only applies to table writes. See Section 5.1 "Table Reads and Table Writes".
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 99
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
6.2.4
16-BIT MODE TIMING
Figure 6-4 shows the 16-bit mode external bus timing
for PIC18F8X8X devices.
FIGURE 6-4:
EXTERNAL PROGRAM MEMORY BUS TIMING (16-BIT MODE)
Q2
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q2
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q4
Q4
Q4
Q4
ALE
OE
3AABh
WRH
WRL
AD<15:0>
BA0
CF33h
Opcode Fetch
MOVLW
55h
from 007556h
9256h
0E55h
`
1
'
`
1
'
`
1
'
`
1
'
Table Read
of 92h
from 199E67h
1 T
CY
Wait
Q2
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q2
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q2
Q1
Q3
Q4
Apparent Q
Actual Q
A<19:16>
Ch
0h
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 100
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 101
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
7.0
DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The data EEPROM is readable and writable during nor-
mal operation over the entire V
DD
range. The data
memory is not directly mapped in the register file
space. Instead, it is indirectly addressed through the
Special Function Registers (SFR).
There are five SFRs used to read and write the
program and data EEPROM memory. These registers
are:
EECON1
EECON2
EEDATA
EEADR
EEADRH
The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write.
When interfacing to the data memory block, EEDATA
holds the 8-bit data for read/write and EEADR holds the
address of the EEPROM location being accessed.
These devices have 1024 bytes of data EEPROM with
an address range from 0h to 3FFh.
The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/
write cycles. A byte write automatically erases the loca-
tion and writes the new data (erase-before-write). The
write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write
time will vary with voltage and temperature as well as
from chip to chip. Please refer to parameter D122
(Electrical Characteristics, Section 27.0 "Electrical
Characteristics"
) for exact limits.
7.1
EEADRH:EEADR
The address register pair, EEADRH:EEADR, can
address up to a maximum of 1024 bytes of data
EEPROM.
7.2
EECON1 and EECON2 Registers
EECON1 is the control register for EEPROM memory
accesses.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all `
0
's. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the EEPROM write sequence.
Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write opera-
tions, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only
set in software. They are cleared in hardware at the
completion of the read or write operation. The inability
to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental
or premature termination of a write operation.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR
Reset or a WDT Time-out Reset during normal opera-
tion. In these situations, the user can check the
WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It is necessary to
reload the data and address registers (EEDATA and
EEADR) due to the Reset condition forcing the
contents of the registers to zero.
Note:
Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
is set when write is complete. It must be
cleared in software.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 102
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 7-1:
EECON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS FA6h)
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1
= Access Flash program memory
0
= Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EE or Configuration Select bit
1
= Access configuration or calibration registers
0
= Access Flash program or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1
= Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(cleared by completion of erase operation)
0
= Perform write only
bit 3
WRERR: Flash Program/Data EE Error Flag bit
1
= A write operation is prematurely terminated (any MCLR or any WDT Reset during self-timed
programming in normal operation)
0
= The write operation completed
Note:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD or FREE bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2
WREN: Flash Program/Data EE Write Enable bit
1
= Allows write cycles
0
= Inhibits write to the EEPROM
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1
= Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle.
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The
WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0
= Write cycle to the EEPROM is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1
= Initiates an EEPROM read. (Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit
can only be set (not cleared) in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD =
1
.)
0
= Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Legend:
R = Readable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
W = Writable bit
S = Settable bit
- n = Value after erase
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 103
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
7.3
Reading the Data EEPROM
Memory
To read a data memory location, the user must write the
address to the EEADR register, clear the EEPGD con-
trol bit (EECON1<7>), clear the CFGS control bit
(EECON1<6>) and then set control bit, RD
(EECON1<0>). The data is available for the very next
instruction cycle; therefore, the EEDATA register can
be read by the next instruction. EEDATA will hold this
value until another read operation or until it is written to
by the user (during a write operation).
EXAMPLE 7-1:
DATA EEPROM READ
7.4
Writing to the Data EEPROM
Memory
To write an EEPROM data location, the address must
first be written to the EEADRH:EEADR register pair
and the data written to the EEDATA register. Then the
sequence in Example 7-2 must be followed to initiate
the write cycle.
The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not
exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write 0AAh to
EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. It is strongly
recommended that interrupts be disabled during this
code segment.
Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to
enable writes. This mechanism prevents accidental
writes to data EEPROM due to unexpected code exe-
cution (i.e., runaway programs). The WREN bit should
be kept clear at all times except when updating the
EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware.
After a write sequence has been initiated, EECON1,
EEADRH:EEADR and EDATA cannot be modified. The
WR bit will be inhibited from being set unless the
WREN bit is set. The WREN bit must be set on a pre-
vious instruction. Both WR and WREN cannot be set
with the same instruction.
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is
cleared in hardware and the EEPROM Write Complete
Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user may either
enable this interrupt or poll this bit. EEIF must be
cleared by software.
EXAMPLE 7-2:
DATA EEPROM WRITE
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADR_HI
;
MOVWF
EEADRH
;
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADDR_LOW
;
MOVWF
EEADR
; Data Memory Address to read
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
; Point to DATA memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; Access program Flash or Data EEPROM memory
BSF
EECON1, RD
; EEPROM Read
MOVF
EEDATA, W
; W = EEDATA
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADDR_HI
;
MOVWF
EEADRH
;
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADDR_LOW
;
MOVWF
EEADR
; Data Memory Address to read
MOVLW
DATA_EE_DATA
;
MOVWF
EEDATA
; Data Memory Value to write
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
; Point to DATA memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; Access program Flash or Data EEPROM memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; Enable writes
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; Disable interrupts
Required
MOVLW
55h
;
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 55h
MOVLW
0AAh
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 0AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; Set WR bit to begin write
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; Enable interrupts
.
; user code execution
.
.
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; Disable writes on write complete (EEIF set)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 104
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.5
Write Verify
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the mem-
ory should be verified against the original value. This
should be used in applications where excessive writes
can stress bits near the specification limit.
7.6
Protection Against Spurious Write
There are conditions when the device may not want to
write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against
spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have
been built-in. On power-up, the WREN bit is cleared.
Also, the Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents
EEPROM write.
The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together
help prevent an accidental write during brown-out,
power glitch, or software malfunction.
7.7
Operation During Code-Protect
Data EEPROM memory has its own code-protect
mechanism. External read and write operations are
disabled if either of these mechanisms are enabled.
The microcontroller itself can both read and write to the
internal data EEPROM regardless of the state of the
code-protect configuration bit. Refer to Section 24.0
"Special Features of the CPU"
for additional
information.
7.8
Using the Data EEPROM
The data EEPROM is a high endurance, byte address-
able array that has been optimized for the storage of
frequently changing information (e.g., program vari-
ables or other data that are updated often). Frequently
changing values will typically be updated more often
than specification D124. If this is not the case, an array
refresh must be performed. For this reason, variables
that change infrequently (such as constants, IDs,
calibration, etc.) should be stored in Flash program
memory.
A simple data EEPROM refresh routine is shown in
Example 7-3.
EXAMPLE 7-3:
DATA EEPROM REFRESH ROUTINE
Note:
If data EEPROM is only used to store con-
stants and/or data that changes rarely, an
array refresh is likely not required. See
specification D124.
CLRF
EEADRH
;
CLRF
EEADR
; Start at address 0
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; Set for memory
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
; Set for Data EEPROM
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; Disable interrupts
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; Enable writes
Loop
; Loop to refresh array
BSF
EECON1, RD
; Read current address
MOVLW
55h
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 55h
MOVLW
0AAh
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 0AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; Set WR bit to begin write
BTFSC
EECON1, WR
; Wait for write to complete
BRA
$-2
INCFSZ
EEADR, F
; Increment address
BRA
Loop
; Not zero, do it again
INCFS2
EEADRH, F
;
BRA
Loop
;
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; Disable writes
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; Enable interrupts
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 105
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 7-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM MEMORY
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
T0IE
INTE
RBIE
T0IF
INTF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
EEADRH
--
--
--
--
--
--
EE Addr High
---- --00
---- --00
EEADR
EEPROM Address Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
EEDATA
EEPROM Data Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
EECON2 EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
--
--
EECON1 EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP CCP2IP
-1-1 1111
---1 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF CCP2IF
-0-0 0000
---0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE CCP2IE
-0-0 0000
---0 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
r
= reserved,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 106
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 107
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
8.0
8 x 8 HARDWARE MULTIPLIER
8.1
Introduction
An 8 x 8 hardware multiplier is included in the ALU of
the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices. By making
the multiply a hardware operation, it completes in a sin-
gle instruction cycle. This is an unsigned multiply that
gives a 16-bit result. The result is stored in the 16-bit
product register pair (PRODH:PRODL). The multiplier
does not affect any flags in the ALUSTA register.
Making the 8 x 8 multiplier execute in a single cycle
gives the following advantages:
Higher computational throughput
Reduces code size requirements for multiply
algorithms
The performance increase allows the device to be used
in applications previously reserved for Digital Signal
Processors.
Table 8-1 shows a performance comparison between
enhanced devices using the single-cycle hardware
multiply and performing the same function without the
hardware multiply.
8.2
Operation
Example 8-1 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8
unsigned multiply. Only one instruction is required
when one argument of the multiply is already loaded in
the WREG register.
Example 8-2 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8 signed
multiply. To account for the sign bits of the arguments,
each argument's Most Significant bit (MSb) is tested
and the appropriate subtractions are done.
EXAMPLE 8-1:
8 x 8 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
EXAMPLE 8-2:
8 x 8 SIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
TABLE 8-1:
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
MOVF
ARG1, W
;
MULWF
ARG2
; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
ARG1, W
;
MULWF
ARG2
; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
BTFSC
ARG2, SB
; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF
PRODH
; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG1
MOVF
ARG2, W
;
BTFSC
ARG1, SB
; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF
PRODH
; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG2
Routine
Multiply Method
Program
Memory
(Words)
Cycles
(Max)
Time
@ 40 MHz
@ 10 MHz
@ 4 MHz
8 x 8 unsigned
Without hardware multiply
13
69
6.9
s
27.6
s
69
s
Hardware multiply
1
1
100 ns
400 ns
1
s
8 x 8 signed
Without hardware multiply
33
91
9.1
s
36.4
s
91
s
Hardware multiply
6
6
600 ns
2.4
s
6
s
16 x 16 unsigned
Without hardware multiply
21
242
24.2
s
96.8
s
242
s
Hardware multiply
24
24
2.4
s
9.6
s
24
s
16 x 16 signed
Without hardware multiply
52
254
25.4
s
102.6
s
254
s
Hardware multiply
36
36
3.6
s
14.4
s
36
s
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 108
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Example 8-3 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
unsigned multiply. Equation 8-1 shows the algorithm
that is used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers,
RES3:RES0.
EQUATION 8-1:
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
EXAMPLE 8-3:
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
Example 8-4 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
signed multiply. Equation 8-2 shows the algorithm
used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers,
RES3:RES0. To account for the sign bits of the argu-
ments, each argument pairs' Most Significant bit (MSb)
is tested and the appropriate subtractions are done.
EQUATION 8-2:
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
EXAMPLE 8-4:
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES0
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES2
;
;
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1L * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1H * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
RES3:RES0
=
ARG1H:ARG1L
ARG2H:ARG2L
=
(ARG1H
ARG2H 216) +
(ARG1H
ARG2L 28) +
(ARG1L
ARG2H 28) +
(ARG1L
ARG2L)
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES0
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES2
;
;
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1L * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1H * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
BTFSS
ARG2H, 7
; ARG2H:ARG2L neg?
BRA
SIGN_ARG1
; no, check ARG1
MOVF
ARG1L, W
;
SUBWF
RES2
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
SUBWFB
RES3
;
SIGN_ARG1
BTFSS
ARG1H, 7
; ARG1H:ARG1L neg?
BRA
CONT_CODE
; no, done
MOVF
ARG2L, W
;
SUBWF
RES2
;
MOVF
ARG2H, W
;
SUBWFB
RES3
;
CONT_CODE
:
RES3:RES0
=
ARG1H:ARG1L
ARG2H:ARG2L
=
(ARG1H
ARG2H 216) +
(ARG1H
ARG2L 28) +
(ARG1L
ARG2H 28) +
(ARG1L
ARG2L) +
(-1
ARG2H<7> ARG1H:ARG1L 216) +
(-1
ARG1H<7> ARG2H:ARG2L 216)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 109
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
9.0
INTERRUPTS
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices have multi-
ple interrupt sources and an interrupt priority feature
that allows each interrupt source to be assigned a high
or a low priority level. The high priority interrupt vector
is at 000008h while the low priority interrupt vector is at
000018h. High priority interrupt events will override any
low priority interrupts that may be in progress.
There are thirteen registers which are used to control
interrupt operation. They are:
RCON
INTCON
INTCON2
INTCON3
PIR1, PIR2, PIR3
PIE1, PIE2, PIE3
IPR1, IPR2, IPR3
It is recommended that the Microchip header files
supplied with MPLAB
IDE be used for the symbolic bit
names in these registers. This allows the assembler/
compiler to automatically take care of the placement of
these bits within the specified register.
Each interrupt source (except INT0) has three bits to
control its operation. The functions of these bits are:
Flag bit to indicate that an interrupt event
occurred
Enable bit that allows program execution to
branch to the interrupt vector address when the
flag bit is set
Priority bit to select high priority or low priority
The interrupt priority feature is enabled by setting the
IPEN bit (RCON<7>). When interrupt priority is
enabled, there are two bits which enable interrupts
globally. Setting the GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) enables all
interrupts that have the priority bit set. Setting the GIEL
bit (INTCON<6>) enables all interrupts that have the
priority bit cleared. When the interrupt flag, enable bit
and appropriate global interrupt enable bit are set, the
interrupt will vector immediately to address 000008h or
000018h depending on the priority level. Individual
interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding
enable bits.
When the IPEN bit is cleared (default state), the
interrupt priority feature is disabled and interrupts are
compatible with PICmicro
mid-range devices. In Com-
patibility mode, the interrupt priority bits for each source
have no effect. INTCON<6> is the PEIE bit which
enables/disables all peripheral interrupt sources.
INTCON<7> is the GIE bit which enables/disables all
interrupt sources. All interrupts branch to address
000008h in Compatibility mode.
When an interrupt is responded to, the global interrupt
enable bit is cleared to disable further interrupts. If the
IPEN bit is cleared, this is the GIE bit. If interrupt priority
levels are used, this will be either the GIEH or GIEL bit.
High priority interrupt sources can interrupt a low
priority interrupt.
The return address is pushed onto the stack and the
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector address
(000008h or 000018h). Once in the Interrupt Service
Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be deter-
mined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt
flag bits must be cleared in software before re-enabling
interrupts to avoid recursive interrupts.
The "return from interrupt" instruction,
RETFIE
, exits
the interrupt routine and sets the GIE bit (GIEH or GIEL
if priority levels are used) which re-enables interrupts.
For external interrupt events, such as the INT pins or
the PORTB input change interrupt, the interrupt latency
will be three to four instruction cycles. The exact
latency is the same for one- or two-cycle instructions.
Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the
status of their corresponding enable bit or the GIE bit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 110
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-1:
INTERRUPT LOGIC
TMR0IE
GIEH/GIE
GIEL/PEIE
Wake-up if in Sleep Mode
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0008h
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
IPEN
TMR0IF
TMR0IP
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT0IF
INT0IE
GIEL/PEIE
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
IPEN
IPE
0018h
Peripheral Interrupt Flag bit
Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
Peripheral Interrupt Priority bit
Peripheral Interrupt Flag bit
Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
Peripheral Interrupt Priority bit
TMR1IF
TMR1IE
TMR1IP
XXXXIF
XXXXIE
XXXXIP
Additional Peripheral Interrupts
TMR1IF
TMR1IE
TMR1IP
High Priority Interrupt Generation
Low Priority Interrupt Generation
XXXXIF
XXXXIE
XXXXIP
Additional Peripheral Interrupts
GIE/GEIH
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 111
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
9.1
INTCON Registers
The INTCON registers are readable and writable
registers which contain various enable, priority and flag
bits.
REGISTER 9-1:
INTCON REGISTER
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear
prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature
allows for software polling.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
GIE/GIEH: Global Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
0
:
1
= Enables all unmasked interrupts
0
= Disables all interrupts
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
1
:
1
= Enables all high priority interrupts
0
= Disables all interrupts
bit 6
PEIE/GIEL: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
0
:
1
= Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0
= Disables all peripheral interrupts
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
1
:
1
= Enables all low priority peripheral interrupts
0
= Disables all low priority peripheral interrupts
bit 5
TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
bit 4
INT0IE: INT0 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT0 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT0 external interrupt
bit 3
RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the RB port change interrupt
0
= Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2
TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1
INT0IF: INT0 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT0 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT0 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit
1
= At least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0
= None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
Note:
A mismatch condition will continue to set this bit. Reading PORTB will end the
mismatch condition and allow the bit to be cleared.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 112
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-2:
INTCON2 REGISTER
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit
1
= All PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0
= PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values
bit 6
INTEDG0: External Interrupt 0 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 5
INTEDG1: External Interrupt 1 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 4
INTEDG2: External Interrupt 2 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 3
INTEDG3: External Interrupt 3 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 2
TMR0IP: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
INT3IP: INT3 External Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
RBIP: RB Port Change Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature
allows for software polling.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 113
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 9-3:
INTCON3 REGISTER
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
INT2IP: INT2 External Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
INT1IP: INT1 External Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
INT3IE: INT3 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT3 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT3 external interrupt
bit 4
INT2IE: INT2 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT2 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT2 external interrupt
bit 3
INT1IE: INT1 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT1 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT1 external interrupt
bit 2
INT3IF: INT3 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT3 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT3 external interrupt did not occur
bit 1
INT2IF: INT2 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT2 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT2 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
INT1IF: INT1 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT1 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT1 external interrupt did not occur
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit. User software should ensure
the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. This feature
allows for software polling.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 114
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.2
PIR Registers
The PIR registers contain the individual flag bits for the
peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of peripheral
interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral Interrupt
Flag registers (PIR1, PIR2 and PIR3).
REGISTER 9-4:
PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 1
Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>).
2: User software should ensure the appropri-
ate interrupt flag bits are cleared prior to
enabling an interrupt, and after servicing
that interrupt.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
bit
7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIF: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software)
0
= No read or write has occurred
bit 6
ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software)
0
= The A/D conversion is not complete
bit 5
RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The USART receive buffer, RCREG, is full (cleared when RCREG is read)
0
= The USART receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The USART transmit buffer, TXREG, is empty (cleared when TXREG is written)
0
= The USART transmit buffer is full
bit 3
SSPIF: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0
= Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 2
CCP1IF: Enhanced CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1
= A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1
= A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred
bit 0
TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR1 register did not overflow
Note 1: Available in Microcontroller mode only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 115
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 9-5:
PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
bit
7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The comparator input has changed (must be cleared in software)
0
= The comparator input has not changed
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIF: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The write operation is complete (must be cleared in software)
0
= The write operation is not complete, or has not been started
bit 3
BCLIF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1
= A bus collision occurred while the SSP module (configured in I
2
C Master mode)
was transmitting (must be cleared in software)
0
= No bus collision occurred
bit 2
LVDIF: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag bit
1
= A low-voltage condition occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The device voltage is above the Low-Voltage Detect trip point
bit 1
TMR3IF: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR3 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR3 register did not overflow
bit 0
CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1
= A TMR1 or TMR3 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 or TMR3 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1
= A TMR1 or TMR3 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 or TMR3 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 116
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-6:
PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF/
TXBnIF
TXB1IF
(1)
TXB0IF
(1)
RXB1IF/
RXBnIF
RXB0IF/
FIFOWMIF
bit
7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIF: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An invalid message has occurred on the CAN bus
0
= No invalid message on CAN bus
bit 6
WAKIF: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Activity on CAN bus has occurred
0
= No activity on CAN bus
bit 5
ERRIF: CAN bus Error Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An error has occurred in the CAN module (multiple sources)
0
= No CAN module errors
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 2 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 2 has not completed transmission of a message
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIF: Any Transmit Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
1
= One or more transmit buffers has completed transmission of a message and may be
reloaded (TXBIE or BIE0<7:2> must be non-zero)
0
= No message was transmitted
bit 3
TXB1IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Transmit Buffer 1 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 1 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 2
TXB0IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Transmit Buffer 0 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 0 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IF: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not received a new message
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIF: CAN Receive Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
1
= One or more receive buffers has received a new message
0
= No receive buffer has received a new message
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IF: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Receive Buffer 0 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not received a new message
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIF: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Flag bit
1
= FIFO high watermark is reached
0
= FIFO high watermark is not reached
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 117
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
9.3
PIE Registers
The PIE registers contain the individual enable bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral
Interrupt Enable registers (PIE1, PIE2 and PIE3).
When the IPEN bit (RCON<7>) is `
0
', the PEIE bit must
be set to enable any of these peripheral interrupts.
REGISTER 9-7:
PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIE: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enables the PSP read/write interrupt
0
= Disables the PSP read/write interrupt
Note 1: Available in Microcontroller mode only.
bit 6
ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the A/D interrupt
0
= Disables the A/D interrupt
bit 5
RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the USART receive interrupt
0
= Disables the USART receive interrupt
bit 4
TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the USART transmit interrupt
0
= Disables the USART transmit interrupt
bit 3
SSPIE: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the MSSP interrupt
0
= Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 2
CCP1IE: Enhanced CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the CCP1 interrupt
0
= Disables the CCP1 interrupt
bit 1
TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0
TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 118
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-8:
PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the comparator interrupt
0
= Disables the comparator interrupt
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIE: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the write operation interrupt
0
= Disables the write operation interrupt
bit 3
BCLIE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the bus collision interrupt
0
= Disables the bus collision interrupt
bit 2
LVDIE: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Low-Voltage Detect interrupt
0
= Disables the Low-Voltage Detect interrupt
bit 1
TMR3IE: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR3 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR3 overflow interrupt
bit 0
CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the CCP2 interrupt
0
= Disables the CCP2 interrupt
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 119
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 9-9:
PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE/
TXBnIE
TXB1IE
(1)
TXB0IE
(1)
RXB1IE/
RXBnIE
RXB0IE/
FIFOWMIE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIE: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable invalid message received interrupt
0
= Disable invalid message received interrupt
bit 6
WAKIE: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable bus activity wake-up interrupt
0
= Disable bus activity wake-up interrupt
bit 5
ERRIE: CAN bus Error Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable CAN bus error interrupt
0
= Disable CAN bus error interrupt
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIE: CAN Transmit Buffer Interrupts Enable bit
1
= Enable transmit buffer interrupt; individual interrupt is enabled by TXBIE and BIE0
0
= Disable all transmit buffer interrupts
bit 3
TXB1IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 2
TXB0IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IE: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIE: CAN Receive Buffer Interrupts Enable bit
1
= Enable receive buffer interrupt; individual interrupt is enabled by BIE0
0
= Disable all receive buffer interrupts
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IE: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIE: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable FIFO watermark interrupt
0
= Disable FIFO watermark interrupt
Note 1: In CAN Mode 1 and 2, this bit is forced to `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 120
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.4
IPR Registers
The IPR registers contain the individual priority bits for
the peripheral interrupts. Due to the number of
peripheral interrupt sources, there are three Peripheral
Interrupt Priority registers (IPR1, IPR2 and IPR3). The
operation of the priority bits requires that the Interrupt
Priority Enable (IPEN) bit be set.
REGISTER 9-10:
IPR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIP: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Note 1: Available in Microcontroller mode only.
bit 6
ADIP: A/D Converter Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
RCIP: USART Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
TXIP: USART Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
SSPIP: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
CCP1IP: CCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
TMR2IP: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
TMR1IP: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 121
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 9-11:
IPR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIP: Comparator Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIP: Data EEPROM/Flash Write Operation Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
BCLIP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
LVDIP: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
TMR3IP: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
CCP2IP: CCP2 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 122
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 9-12:
IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP/
TXBnIP
TXB1IP
(1)
TXB0IP
(1)
RXB1IP/
RXBnIP
RXB0IP/
FIFOWMIP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIP: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
WAKIP: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
ERRIP: CAN bus Error Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIP: CAN Transmit Buffer Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
TXB1IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
TXB0IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IP: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIP: CAN Receive Buffer Interrupts Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IP: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIP: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Note 1: In CAN Mode 1 and 2, this bit is forced to `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 123
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
9.5
RCON Register
The RCON register contains the IPEN bit which is used
to enable prioritized interrupts. The functions of the
other bits in this register are discussed in more detail in
Section 4.14 "RCON Register".
REGISTER 9-13:
RCON REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1
= Enable priority levels on interrupts
0
= Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16 Compatibility mode)
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
RI:
RESET
Instruction Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-4.
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-4.
bit 2
PD: Power-down Detection Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-4.
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-4.
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-4.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 124
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.6
INT0 Interrupt
External interrupts on the RB0/INT0, RB1/INT1, RB2/
INT2 and RB3/INT3 pins are edge-triggered: either ris-
ing if the corresponding INTEDGx bit is set in the
INTCON2 register, or falling if the INTEDGx bit is clear.
When a valid edge appears on the RBx/INTx pin, the
corresponding flag bit, INTxF, is set. This interrupt can
be disabled by clearing the corresponding enable bit,
INTxE. Flag bit, INTxF, must be cleared in software in
the Interrupt Service Routine before re-enabling the
interrupt. All external interrupts (INT0, INT1, INT2 and
INT3) can wake-up the processor from Sleep if bit
INTxIE was set prior to going into Sleep. If the global
interrupt enable bit GIE is set, the processor will branch
to the interrupt vector following wake-up.
The interrupt priority for INT, INT2 and INT3 is deter-
mined by the value contained in the interrupt priority
bits: INT1IP (INTCON3<6>), INT2IP (INTCON3<7>)
and INT3IP (INTCON2<1>). There is no priority bit
associated with INT0; it is always a high priority
interrupt source.
9.7
TMR0 Interrupt
In 8-bit mode (which is the default), an overflow in the
TMR0 register (0FFh
00h) will set flag bit TMR0IF. In
16-bit mode, an overflow in the TMR0H:TMR0L regis-
ters (0FFFFh
0000h) will set flag bit, TMR0IF. The
interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing
enable bit, TMR0IE (INTCON<5>). Interrupt priority for
Timer0 is determined by the value contained in the
interrupt priority bit, TMR0IP (INTCON2<2>). See
Section 11.0 "Timer0 Module" for further details on
the Timer0 module.
9.8
PORTB Interrupt-on-Change
An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF
(INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
by setting/clearing enable bit, RBIE (INTCON<3>).
Interrupt priority for PORTB interrupt-on-change is
determined by the value contained in the interrupt
priority bit, RBIP (INTCON2<0>).
9.9
Context Saving During Interrupts
During an interrupt, the return PC value is saved on the
stack. Additionally, the WREG, Status and BSR registers
are saved on the fast return stack. If a fast return from
interrupt is not used (See Section 4.3 "Fast Register
Stack"
), the user may need to save the WREG, Status
and BSR registers in software. Depending on the user's
application, other registers may also need to be saved.
Example 9-1 saves and restores the WREG, Status and
BSR registers during an Interrupt Service Routine.
EXAMPLE 9-1:
SAVING STATUS, WREG AND BSR REGISTERS IN RAM
MOVWF
W_TEMP
; W_TEMP is in virtual bank
MOVFF
STATUS, STATUS_TEMP
; STATUS_TEMP located anywhere
MOVFF
BSR, BSR_TEMP
; BSR located anywhere
;
; USER ISR CODE
;
MOVFF
BSR_TEMP, BSR
; Restore BSR
MOVF
W_TEMP, W
; Restore WREG
MOVFF
STATUS_TEMP, STATUS
; Restore STATUS
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 125
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
10.0
I/O PORTS
Depending on the device selected, there are either seven
or nine I/O ports available on PIC18F6X8X/8X8X
devices. Some of their pins are multiplexed with one or
more alternate functions from the other peripheral fea-
tures on the device. In general, when a peripheral is
enabled, that pin may not be used as a general purpose
I/O pin.
Each port has three registers for its operation. These
registers are:
TRIS register (data direction register)
PORT register (reads the levels on the pins of the
device)
LAT register (output latch)
The Data Latch register (LAT) is useful for read-modify-
write operations on the value that the I/O pins are
driving.
A simplified version of a generic I/O port and its
operation is shown in Figure 10-1.
FIGURE 10-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK
DIAGRAM OF
PORT/LAT/TRIS
OPERATION
10.1
PORTA, TRISA and LATA
Registers
PORTA is a 7-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISA. Setting a
TRISA bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTA pin
an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISA bit (=
0
) will
make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., put
the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the
pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch.
The Data Latch register (LATA) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATA
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTA.
The RA4 pin is multiplexed with the Timer0 module
clock input to become the RA4/T0CKI pin. The
RA4/T0CKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open-
drain output. All other RA port pins have TTL input
levels and full CMOS output drivers.
The RA6 pin is only enabled as a general I/O pin in
ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes.
The other PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog
inputs and the analog V
REF
+ and V
REF
- inputs. The
operation of each pin is selected by clearing/setting the
control bits in the ADCON1 register (A/D Control
Register 1).
The TRISA register controls the direction of the RA pins
even when they are being used as analog inputs. The
user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are
maintained set when using them as analog inputs.
EXAMPLE 10-1:
INITIALIZING PORTA
Q
D
CK
WR LAT +
Data Latch
I/O pin
RD Port
WR Port
TRIS
RD LAT
Data Bus
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, RA5 and RA3:RA0
are configured as analog inputs and read
as `
0
'. RA6 and RA4 are configured as
digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTA
; Initialize PORTA by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATA
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0Fh
; Configure A/D
MOVWF
ADCON1
; for digital inputs
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISA
; Set RA<3:0> as inputs
; RA<5:4> as outputs
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 126
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-2:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
RA3:RA0 AND RA5 PINS
FIGURE 10-3:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
RA4/T0CKI PIN
FIGURE 10-4:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA6 PIN (WHEN ENABLED AS I/O)
Data
Bus
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
P
N
WR LATA
WR TRISA
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA
RD PORTA
V
SS
V
DD
I/O pin
(1)
Note 1:
I/O pins have protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Analog
Input
Mode
TTL
Input
Buffer
To A/D Converter and LVD Modules
RD LATA
or
PORTA
Data
Bus
WR TRISA
RD PORTA
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
N
V
SS
I/O pin
(1)
TMR0 Clock Input
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATA
WR LATA
or
PORTA
RD TRISA
Note 1:
I/O pins have protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Data Bus
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
P
N
WR LATA
WR
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD
RD PORTA
V
SS
V
DD
I/O pin
(1)
Note 1:
I/O pins have protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
or PORTA
RD LATA
ECRA6 or
TTL
Input
Buffer
ECRA6 or RCRA6 Enable
RCRA6 Enable
TRISA
Q
D
Q
CK
TRISA
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 127
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 10-1:
PORTA FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-2:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Name
Bit#
Buffer Function
RA0/AN0
bit 0
TTL
Input/output or analog input.
RA1/AN1
bit 1
TTL
Input/output or analog input.
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
bit 2
TTL
Input/output or analog input or V
REF
-.
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
bit 3
TTL
Input/output or analog input or V
REF
+.
RA4/T0CKI
bit 4
ST/OD Input/output or external clock input for Timer0. Output is open-drain type.
RA5/AN4/LVDIN
bit 5
TTL
Input/output or slave select input for synchronous serial port or analog
input, or Low-Voltage Detect input.
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
bit 6
TTL
OSC2 or clock output, or I/O pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTA
--
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
-x0x 0000 -u0u 0000
LATA
--
LATA Data Output Register
-xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
-111 1111 -111 1111
ADCON1
--
--
VCFG1 VCFG0
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
--00 0000 --00 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 128
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2
PORTB, TRISB and LATB
Registers
PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISB. Setting a
TRISB bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTB
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATB) is also memory mapped.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATB register read
and write the latched output value for PORTB.
EXAMPLE 10-2:
INITIALIZING PORTB
Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is
performed by clearing bit RBPU (INTCON2<7>). The
weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port
pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a Power-on Reset.
Four of the PORTB pins (RB3:RB0) are the external
interrupt pins, INT3 through INT0. In order to use these
pins as external interrupts, the corresponding TRISB
bit must be set to `
1
'.
The other four PORTB pins (RB7:RB4) have an
interrupt-on-change feature. Only pins configured as
inputs can cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any
RB7:RB4 pin configured as an output is excluded from
the interrupt-on-change comparison). The input pins (of
RB7:RB4) are compared with the old value latched on
the last read of PORTB. The "mismatch" outputs of
RB7:RB4 are OR'ed together to generate the RB port
change interrupt with flag bit, RBIF (INTCON<0>).
This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The
user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
a)
Any read or write of PORTB (except with the
MOVFF
instruction). This will end the mismatch
condition.
b)
Clear flag bit RBIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit, RBIF.
Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared.
The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for
wake-up on key depression operation and operations
where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
using the interrupt-on-change feature.
For PIC18FXX85 devices, RB3 can be configured by the
configuration bit, CCP2MX, as the alternate peripheral
pin for the CCP2 module. This is only available when the
device is configured in Microprocessor, Microprocessor
with Boot Block, or Extended Microcontroller Operating
modes.
The RB5 pin is used as the LVP programming pin.
When the LVP configuration bit is programmed, this pin
loses the I/O function and becomes a programming test
function.
FIGURE 10-5:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF
RB7:RB4 PINS
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTB
; Initialize PORTB by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATB
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISB
; Set RB<3:0> as inputs
; RB<5:4> as outputs
; RB<7:6> as inputs
Note:
When LVP is enabled, the weak pull-up on
RB5 is disabled.
Data Latch
From other
RBPU
(2)
P
V
DD
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR LATB
WR TRISB
Set RBIF
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB
RD PORTB
RB7:RB4 pins
Weak
Pull-up
RD PORTB
Latch
TTL
Input
Buffer
ST
Buffer
RB7:RB5 in Serial Programming Mode
Q3
Q1
RD LATB
or PORTB
Note 1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2:
To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s)
and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 129
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 10-6:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB2:RB0 PINS
FIGURE 10-7:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB3 PIN
Data Latch
RBPU
(2)
P
V
DD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR Port
WR TRIS
RD TRIS
RD Port
Weak
Pull-up
RD Port
INTx
I/O pin
(1)
TTL
Input
Buffer
Schmitt Trigger
Buffer
TRIS Latch
Note 1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2:
To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (OPTION_REG<7>).
Data Latch
P
V
DD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR LATB or
WR TRISB
RD TRISB
RD PORTB
Weak
Pull-up
CCP2 or INT3
TTL
Input
Buffer
Schmitt Trigger
Buffer
TRIS Latch
RD LATB
WR PORTB
RBPU
(2)
CK
D
Enable
(3)
CCP Output
RD PORTB
CCP Output
(3)
1
0
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
I/O pin
(1)
Q
CCP2MX
CCP2MX =
0
Note 1:
I/O pin has diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2:
To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>).
3:
For PIC18FXX85 parts, the CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RB3 if the CCP2MX bit is enabled (=
0
) in the Configuration
register and the device is operating in Microprocessor, Microprocessor with Boot Block or Extended Microcontroller mode.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 130
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-3:
PORTB FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-4:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Name
Bit#
Buffer Function
RB0/INT0
bit 0
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin or external interrupt input 0. Internal software
programmable weak pull-up.
RB1/INT1
bit 1
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin or external interrupt input 1. Internal software
programmable weak pull-up.
RB2/INT2
bit 2
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin or external interrupt input 2. Internal software
programmable weak pull-up.
RB3/INT3/CCP2
(3)
bit 3
TTL/ST
(4)
Input/output pin or external interrupt input 3. Capture 2 input/
Compare 2 output/PWM output (when CCP2MX configuration bit is
enabled, all PIC18FXX85 operating modes except Microcontroller
mode). Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB4/KBI0
bit 4
TTL
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up.
RB5/KBI1/PGM
bit 5
TTL/ST
(2)
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Low-voltage ICSP enable pin.
RB6/KBI2/PGC
bit 6
TTL/ST
(2)
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming clock.
RB7/KBI3/PGD
bit 7
TTL/ST
(2)
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software
programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming data.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1:
This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt.
2:
This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode.
3:
RC1 is the alternate assignment for CCP2 when CCP2MX is not set (all operating modes except
Microcontroller mode).
4:
This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the CCP2 input.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTB
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATB
LATB Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PORTB Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0 INTEDG1
INTEDG2
INTEDG3
TMR0IP
INT3IP
RBIP
1111 1111
1111 1111
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
INT3IE
INT2IE
INT1IE
INT3IF
INT2IF
INT1IF
1100 0000
1100 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 131
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
10.3
PORTC, TRISC and LATC
Registers
PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISC. Setting a
TRISC bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTC
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATC) is also memory mapped.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATC register read
and write the latched output value for PORTC.
PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions
(Table 10-5). PORTC pins have Schmitt Trigger input
buffers.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an
output, while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to
make a pin an input. The user should refer to the corre-
sponding peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit
settings.
The pin override value is not loaded into the TRIS reg-
ister. This allows read-modify-write of the TRIS register
without concern due to peripheral overrides.
RC1 is normally configured by configuration bit,
CCP2MX, as the default peripheral pin of the CCP2
module (default/erased state, CCP2MX =
1
).
EXAMPLE 10-3:
INITIALIZING PORTC
FIGURE 10-8:
PORTC BLOCK DIAGRAM (PERIPHERAL OUTPUT OVERRIDE)
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTC
; Initialize PORTC by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATC
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISC
; Set RC<3:0> as inputs
; RC<5:4> as outputs
; RC<7:6> as inputs
PORTC/Peripheral Out Select
Data Bus
WR LATC
WR TRISC
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISC
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Peripheral Data Out
0
1
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
RD PORTC
Peripheral Data In
I/O pin
(1)
or
WR PORTC
RD LATC
Schmitt
Trigger
Note
1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2: Peripheral output enable is only active if peripheral select is active.
TRIS
Override
Peripheral Output
Logic
TRIS OVERRIDE
Pin
Override
Peripheral
RC0
Yes
Timer1 Osc for
Timer1/Timer3
RC1
Yes
Timer1 Osc for
Timer1/Timer3,
CCP2 I/O
RC2
Yes
CCP1 I/O
RC3
Yes
SPI/I
2
C
Master Clock
RC4
Yes
I
2
C Data Out
RC5
Yes
SPI Data Out
RC6
Yes
USART Async
Xmit, Sync Clock
RC7
Yes
USART Sync
Data Out
Enable
(2)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 132
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-5:
PORTC FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-6:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI
bit 0
ST
Input/output port pin, Timer1 oscillator output or Timer1/Timer3
clock input.
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2
(1)
bit 1
ST
Input/output port pin, Timer1 oscillator input or Capture 2 input/
Compare 2 output/PWM output (when CCP2MX configuration bit is
disabled).
RC2/CCP1/P1A
bit 2
ST
Input/output port pin or Capture 1 input/Compare 1 output/
PWM1 output.
RC3/SCK/SCL
bit 3
ST
RC3 can also be the synchronous serial clock for both SPI and I
2
C
modes.
RC4/SDI/SDA
bit 4
ST
RC4 can also be the SPI data in (SPI mode) or data I/O (I
2
C mode).
RC5/SDO
bit 5
ST
Input/output port pin or synchronous serial port data output.
RC6/TX/CK
bit 6
ST
Input/output port pin, addressable USART asynchronous transmit or
addressable USART synchronous clock.
RC7/RX/DT
bit 7
ST
Input/output port pin, addressable USART asynchronous receive or
addressable USART synchronous data.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1:
RB3 is the alternate assignment for CCP2 when CCP2MX is set.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTC
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATC
LATC Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 133
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
10.4
PORTD, TRISD and LATD
Registers
PORTD is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISD. Setting a
TRISD bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTD
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTD pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATD) is also memory mapped.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATD register read
and write the latched output value for PORTD.
PORTD is an 8-bit port with Schmitt Trigger input
buffers. Each pin is individually configurable as an input
or output.
On PIC18F8X8X devices, PORTD is multiplexed with
the system bus as the external memory interface; I/O
port functions are only available when the system bus
is disabled by setting the EBDIS bit in the MEMCOM
register (MEMCON<7>). When operating as the exter-
nal memory interface, PORTD is the low-order byte of
the multiplexed address/data bus (AD7:AD0).
PORTD can also be configured as an 8-bit wide micro-
processor port (Parallel Slave Port) by setting control
bit, PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode, the input
buffers are TTL. See Section 10.10 "Parallel Slave
Port (PSP)"
for additional information.
EXAMPLE 10-4:
INITIALIZING PORTD
FIGURE 10-9:
PORTD BLOCK DIAGRAM
IN I/O PORT MODE
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTD
; Initialize PORTD by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATD
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISD
; Set RD<3:0> as inputs
; RD<5:4> as outputs
; RD<7:6> as inputs
Data
Bus
WR LATD
WR TRISD
RD PORTD
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISD
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATD
or
PORTD
Note 1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 134
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-10:
PORTD BLOCK DIAGRAM IN SYSTEM BUS MODE (PIC18F8X8X ONLY)
Instruction Register
Bus Enable
Data/TRIS Out
Drive Bus
System Bus
Control
Data Bus
WR LATD
WR TRISD
RD PORTD
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISD
TTL
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATD
or PORTD
0
1
Port
Data
Instruction Read
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 135
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 10-7:
PORTD FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-8:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RD0/PSP0/AD0
(2)
bit 0
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 0 or address/data bus bit 0.
RD1/PSP1/AD1
(2)
bit 1
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 1 or address/data bus bit 1.
RD2/PSP2/AD2
(2)
bit 2
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 2 or address/data bus bit 2.
RD3/PSP3/AD3
(2)
bit 3
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 3 or address/data bus bit 3.
RD4/PSP4/AD4
(2)
bit 4
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 4 or address/data bus bit 4.
RD5/PSP5/AD5
(2)
bit 5
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 5 or address/data bus bit 5.
RD6/PSP6/AD6
(2)
bit 6
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 6 or address/data bus bit 6.
RD7/PSP7/AD7
(2)
bit 7
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 7 or address/data bus bit 7.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1:
Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in System Bus or Parallel Slave
Port mode.
2:
Available in PIC18F8X8X devices only.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTD
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATD
LATD Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
--
--
--
0000 ----
0000 ----
MEMCON
EBDIS
--
WAIT1
WAIT0
--
--
WM1
WM0
0-00 --00
0-00 --00
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 136
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.5
PORTE, TRISE and LATE
Registers
PORTE is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISE. Setting a
TRISE bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTE
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISE bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTE pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATE register
read and write the latched output value for PORTE.
PORTE is an 8-bit port with Schmitt Trigger input
buffers. Each pin is individually configurable as an input
or output. PORTE is multiplexed with the Enhanced
CCP module (Table 10-9).
On PIC18F8X8X devices, PORTE is also multiplexed
with the system bus as the external memory interface;
the I/O bus is available only when the system bus is
disabled by setting the EBDIS bit in the MEMCON
register (MEMCON<7>). If the device is configured in
Microprocessor or Extended Microcontroller mode, then
the PORTE<7:0> becomes the high byte of the address/
data bus for the external program memory interface. In
Microcontroller mode, the PORTE<2:0> pins become the
control inputs for the Parallel Slave Port when bit
PSPMODE (PSPCON<4>) is set. (Refer to
Section 4.1.1 "PIC18F8X8X Program Memory
Modes"
for more information on program memory
modes.)
When the Parallel Slave Port is active, three PORTE
pins (RE0/RD/AD8, RE1/WR/AD9 and RE2/CS/AD10)
function as its control inputs. This automatically occurs
when the PSPMODE bit (PSPCON<4>) is set. Users
must also make certain that bits TRISE<2:0> are set to
configure the pins as digital inputs and the ADCON1
register is configured for digital I/O. The PORTE PSP
control functions are summarized in Table 10-9.
Pin RE7 can be configured as the alternate peripheral
pin for the CCP2 module when the device is operating
in Microcontroller mode. This is done by clearing the
configuration bit, CCP2MX, in configuration register,
CONFIG3H (CONFIG3H<0>).
EXAMPLE 10-5:
INITIALIZING PORTE
Note:
For PIC18F8X8X (80-pin) devices operat-
ing in other than Microcontroller mode,
PORTE defaults to the system bus on
Power-on Reset.
CLRF
PORTE
; Initialize PORTE by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATE
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
03h
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISE
; Set RE1:RE0 as inputs
; RE7:RE2 as outputs
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 137
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 10-11:
PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM IN I/O MODE
FIGURE 10-12:
PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM IN SYSTEM BUS MODE (PIC18F8X8X ONLY)
Peripheral Out Select
Data Bus
WR LATE
WR TRISE
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISE
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Peripheral Data Out
0
1
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
RD PORTE
Peripheral Data In
I/O pin
(1)
or WR PORTE
RD LATE
Schmitt
Trigger
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TRIS
Override
Peripheral Enable
TRIS OVERRIDE
Pin
Override
Peripheral
RE0
Yes
External Bus
RE1
Yes
External Bus
RE2
Yes
External Bus
RE3
Yes
External Bus
RE4
Yes
External Bus
RE5
Yes
External Bus
RE6
Yes
External Bus
RE7
Yes
External Bus
Instruction Register
Bus Enable
Data/TRIS Out
Drive Bus
System Bus
Control
Data Bus
WR LATE
WR TRISE
RD PORTE
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISE
TTL
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATE
or PORTE
0
1
Port
Data
Instruction Read
Note 1: I/O pins have protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 138
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-9:
PORTE FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RE0/RD/AD8
(2)
bit 0
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, read control for Parallel Slave Port or
address/data bit 8.
For RD (PSP Control mode):
1
= Not a read operation
0
= Read operation, reads PORTD register (if chip selected)
RE1/WR/AD9
(2)
bit 1
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, write control for Parallel Slave Port or
address/data bit 9.
For WR (PSP Control mode):
1
= Not a write operation
0
= Write operation, writes PORTD register (if chip selected)
RE2/CS/AD10
(2)
bit 2
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, chip select control for Parallel Slave Port or
address/data bit 10.
For CS (PSP Control mode):
1
= Device is not selected
0
= Device is selected
RE3/AD11
(2)
bit 3
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address/data bit 11.
RE4/AD12
(2)
bit 4
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address/data bit 12.
RE5/AD13/
(2)
P1C
(3)
bit 5
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, address/data bit 13 or ECCP1 PWM output C.
RE6/AD14/
(2)
P1B
(3)
bit 6
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, address/data bit 13 or ECCP1 PWM output B.
RE7/CCP2/AD15
(2)
bit 7
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Capture 2 input/Compare 2 output/PWM output
(PIC18F8X20 devices in Microcontroller mode only) or
address/data bit 15.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1:
Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O or CCP mode, and TTL buffers when in System Bus or PSP
Control mode.
2:
Available in PIC18F8X8X devices only.
3:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins may be moved to RHY or RH6 by changing the ECCPMX
configuration bit.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TRISE
PORTE Data Direction Control Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
PORTE
Read PORTE pin/Write PORTE Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATE
Read PORTE Data Latch/Write PORTE Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
MEMCON
EBDIS
--
WAIT1
WAIT0
--
--
WM1
WM0
0-00 --00
0000 --00
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
--
--
--
0000 ----
0000 ----
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 139
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
10.6
PORTF, LATF and TRISF Registers
PORTF is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISF. Setting a
TRISF bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTF pin
an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISF bit (=
0
) will
make the corresponding PORTF pin an output (i.e., put
the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATF register
read and write the latched output value for PORTF.
PORTF is multiplexed with several analog peripheral
functions, including the A/D converter inputs and
comparator inputs, outputs, and voltage reference.
EXAMPLE 10-6:
INITIALIZING PORTF
FIGURE 10-13:
PORTF RF1/AN6/C2OUT AND RF2/AN7/C1OUT PINS BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: On a Power-on Reset, the RF6:RF0 pins
are configured as inputs and read as `
0
'.
2: To configure PORTF as digital I/O, turn off
comparators and set ADCON1 value.
CLRF
PORTF
; Initialize PORTF by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATF
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
07h
;
MOVWF
CMCON
; Turn off comparators
MOVLW
0Fh
;
MOVWF
ADCON1
; Set PORTF as digital I/O
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISF
; Set RF3:RF0 as inputs
; RF5:RF4 as outputs
; RF7:RF6 as inputs
Port/Comparator Select
Data Bus
WR LATF or
WR TRISF
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISF
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Comparator Data Out
0
1
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
RD PORTF
I/O pin
WR PORTF
RD LATF
Schmitt
Trigger
Note
1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Analog
Input
Mode
To A/D Converter
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 140
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-14:
RF6:RF3 AND RF0 PINS
BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 10-15:
RF7 PIN BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Data
Bus
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
P
N
WR LATF
WR TRISF
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISF
RD PORTF
V
SS
V
DD
I/O pin
Analog
Input
Mode
ST
Input
Buffer
To A/D Converter or Comparator Input
RD LATF
or
WR PORTF
Note
1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Data
Bus
WR LATF
WR TRISF
RD PORTF
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISF
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATF
or
WR PORTF
Note:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TTL
Input
Buffer
SS Input
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 141
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 10-11: PORTF FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-12: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTF
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RF0/AN5
bit 0
ST
Input/output port pin or analog input.
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
bit 1
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input or comparator 2 output.
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
bit 2
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input or comparator 1 output.
RF3/AN8/C2IN+
bit 3
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input or comparator 2 input (+).
RF4/AN9/C2IN-
bit 4
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input or comparator 2 input (-).
RF5/AN10/
C1IN+/CV
REF
bit 5
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input, comparator 1 input (+) or
comparator reference output.
RF6/AN11/C1IN-
bit 6
ST
Input/output port pin, analog input or comparator 1 input (-).
RF7/SS
bit 7
ST/TTL
Input/output port pin or slave select pin for synchronous serial port.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TRISF
PORTF Data Direction Control Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
PORTF
Read PORTF pin/Write PORTF Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATF
Read PORTF Data Latch/Write PORTF Data Latch
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADCON1
--
--
VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0
--00 0000
--00 0000
CMCON
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000
0000 0000
CVRCON CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTF.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 142
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.7
PORTG, TRISG and LATG
Registers
PORTG is a 6-bit wide port with 5 bidirectional pins and
1 unidirectional pin. The corresponding data direction
register is TRISG. Setting a TRISG bit (=
1
) will make
the corresponding PORTG pin an input (i.e., put the
corresponding output driver in a high-impedance
mode). Clearing a TRISG bit (=
0
) will make the corre-
sponding PORTG pin an output (i.e., put the contents
of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATG) is also memory mapped.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATG register read
and write the latched output value for PORTG.
Pins RG0-RG2 on PORTG are multiplexed with the CAN
peripheral. Refer to Section 23.0 "ECAN Module" for
proper settings of TRISG when CAN is enabled. RG5 is
multiplexed with MCLR/V
PP
. Refer to Register 24-5 for
more information.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTG pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output,
while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a
pin an input. The user should refer to the corresponding
peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit settings.
The pin override value is not loaded into the TRIS reg-
ister. This allows read-modify-write of the TRIS register
without concern due to peripheral overrides.
EXAMPLE 10-7:
INITIALIZING PORT
FIGURE 10-16:
RG0/CANTX1 PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
Note 1: On a Power-on Reset, RG5 is enabled as
a digital input only if Master Clear
functionality is disabled (MCLRE =
0
).
2: If the device Master Clear is disabled,
verify that either of the following is done to
ensure proper entry into ICSP mode:
a) disable Low-Voltage Programming
(CONFIG4L<2> =
0
); or
b) make certain that RB5/KBI1/PGM is
held low during entry into ICSP.
CLRF
PORTG
; Initialize PORTG by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATG
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW 04h
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF TRISG
; Set RG1:RG0 as outputs
; RG2 as input
; RG4:RG3 as inputs
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISG
P
V
SS
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
N
V
DD
0
1
RD PORTG
WR TRISG
Data Bus
I/O pin
TXD
ENDRHI
OPMODE2:OPMODE0 =
000
Schmitt
Trigger
RD LATG
WR PORTG or
WR LATG
OPMODE2:OPMODE0 =
000
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 143
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 10-17:
RG1/CANTX2 PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 10-18:
RG2/CANRX PIN BLOCK
DIAGRAM
FIGURE 10-19:
RG3 PIN BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISG
P
V
SS
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
N
V
DD
0
1
WR PORTG or
WR TRISG
Data Bus
RD PORTG
I/O pin
0
1
TXD
CANCLK
TX1SRC
ENDRHI
OPMODE2:OPMODE0 =
000
TX2EN
Schmitt
Trigger
RD LATG
WR LATG
OPMODE2:OPMODE0 =
000
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Data Bus
WR LATG
WR TRISG
RD PORTG
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISG
I/O pin
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATG
or
WR PORTG
CANRX
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Data Bus
WR LATG
WR TRISG
RD PORTG
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISG
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATG
or
WR PORTG
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 144
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-20:
RG4/P1D PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 10-21:
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
WR LATG
WR TRISG
RD PORTG
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISG
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATG
or
WR PORTG
1
0
CCP1 P1D Enable
P1D Out
Auto-Shutdown
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
Data Bus
RD PORTA
RD LATA
Schmitt
Trigger
MCLRE
RD TRISA
Q
D
EN
Latch
Filter
Low-Level
MCLR Detect
High-Voltage Detect
Internal MCLR
HV
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 145
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 10-13: PORTG FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-14: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTG
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RG0/CANTX1
bit 0
ST
Input/output port pin or CAN bus transmit output.
RG1/CANTX2
bit 1
ST
Input/output port pin, CAN bus complimentary transmit output or CAN
bus bit time clock.
RG2/CANRX
bit 2
ST
Input/output port pin or CAN bus receive.
RG3
bit 3
ST
Input/output port pin.
RG4/P1D
bit 4
ST
Input/output port pin or ECCP1 PWM output D.
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
bit 5
ST
Master Clear input or programming voltage input (if MCLR is enabled).
Input only port pin or programming voltage input (if MCLR is
disabled).
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTG
--
--
RG5
(1)
Read PORTF pin/Write PORTF Data Latch
--0x xxxx
--0u uuuu
LATG
--
--
--
LATG Data Output Register
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
TRISG
--
--
--
Data Direction Control Register for PORTG
---1 1111
---1 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged
Note 1:
RG5 is available as an input only when MCLR is disabled.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 146
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.8
PORTH, LATH and TRISH
Registers
PORTH is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional I/O port. The cor-
responding data direction register is TRISH. Setting a
TRISH bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTH
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISH bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTH pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATH register
read and write the latched output value for PORTH.
Pins RH7:RH4 are multiplexed with analog inputs
AN15:AN12. Pins RH3:RH0 are multiplexed with the
system bus as the external memory interface; they are
the high-order address bits, A19:A16. By default, pins
RH7:RH4 are enabled as A/D inputs and pins
RH3:RH0 are enabled as the system address bus.
Register ADCON1 configures RH7:RH4 as I/O or A/D
inputs. Register MEMCON configures RH3:RH0 as I/O
or system bus pins.
Pins RH7 and RH6 can be configured as the alternate
peripheral pins for CCP1 PWM output P1B and P1C,
respectively. This is done by clearing the configuration
bit ECCPMX, in configuration register CONFIG3H
(CONFIG3H<1>).
EXAMPLE 10-8:
INITIALIZING PORTH
FIGURE 10-22:
RH3:RH0 PINS BLOCK
DIAGRAM IN I/O MODE
FIGURE 10-23:
RH7:RH4 PINS BLOCK
DIAGRAM IN I/O MODE
Note:
PORTH is available only on PIC18F8X8X
devices.
Note 1: On Power-on Reset, PORTH pins
RH7:RH4 default to A/D inputs and read
as `
0
'.
2: On Power-on Reset, PORTH pins
RH3:RH0 default to system bus signals.
CLRF
PORTH
; Initialize PORTH by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATH
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0Fh
;
MOVWF
ADCON1
;
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISH
; Set RH3:RH0 as inputs
; RH5:RH4 as outputs
; RH7:RH6 as inputs
Data
Bus
WR LATH
WR TRISH
RD PORTH
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISH
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATH
or
PORTH
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Data
Bus
WR LATH
WR TRISH
RD PORTH
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISH
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATH
or
PORTH
To A/D Converter
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 147
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 10-24:
RH3:RH0 PINS BLOCK DIAGRAM IN SYSTEM BUS MODE
To Instruction Register
External Enable
Address Out
Drive System
System Bus
Control
Data Bus
WR LATH
WR TRISH
RD PORTH
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISH
TTL
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATD
or
PORTH
0
1
Port
Data
Instruction Read
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 148
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-15: PORTH FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-16: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTH
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RH0/A16
bit 0
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address bit 16 for external memory interface.
RH1/A17
bit 1
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address bit 17 for external memory interface.
RH2/A18
bit 2
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address bit 18 for external memory interface.
RH3/A19
bit 3
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin or address bit 19 for external memory interface.
RH4/AN12
bit 4
ST
Input/output port pin or analog input channel 12.
RH5/AN13
bit 5
ST
Input/output port pin or analog input channel 13.
RH6/AN14/P1C
(2)
bit 6
ST
Input/output port pin or analog input channel 14.
RH7/AN15/P1B
(2)
bit 7
ST
Input/output port pin or analog input channel 15.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1:
Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in System Bus or Parallel Slave
Port mode.
2:
Alternate pin assignment when ECCPMX configuration bit is cleared.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TRISH
PORTH Data Direction Control Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
PORTH
Read PORTH pin/Write PORTH Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATH
Read PORTH Data Latch/Write PORTH Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
ADCON1
--
--
VCFG1 VCFG0 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0
--00 0000
--00 0000
MEMCON
(1)
EBDIS
--
WAIT1
WAIT0
--
--
WM1
WM0
0-00 --00
0-00 --00
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented. Shaded cells are not used by PORTH.
Note 1:
This register is held in Reset in Microcontroller mode.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 149
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
10.9
PORTJ, TRISJ and LATJ
Registers
PORTJ is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding data direction register is TRISJ. Setting a
TRISJ bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTJ pin
an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISJ bit (=
0
) will
make the corresponding PORTJ pin an output (i.e., put
the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
The Data Latch register (LATJ) is also memory
mapped. Read-modify-write operations on the LATJ
register read and write the latched output value for
PORTJ.
PORTJ is multiplexed with the system bus as the
external memory interface; I/O port functions are only
available when the system bus is disabled. When
operating as the external memory interface, PORTJ
provides the control signal to external memory devices.
The RJ5 pin is not multiplexed with any system bus
functions.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTJ pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an
output, while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to
make a pin an input. The user should refer to the
corresponding peripheral section for the correct TRIS
bit settings.
The pin override value is not loaded into the TRIS reg-
ister. This allows read-modify-write of the TRIS register
without concern due to peripheral overrides.
EXAMPLE 10-9:
INITIALIZING PORTJ
FIGURE 10-25:
PORTJ BLOCK DIAGRAM
IN I/O MODE
Note:
PORTJ is available only on PIC18F8X8X
devices.
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTJ
; Initialize PORTG by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATJ
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISJ
; Set RJ3:RJ0 as inputs
; RJ5:RJ4 as output
; RJ7:RJ6 as inputs
Data
Bus
WR LATJ
WR TRISJ
RD PORTJ
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISJ
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATJ
or
PORTJ
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 150
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-26:
RJ5:RJ0 PINS BLOCK DIAGRAM IN SYSTEM BUS MODE
FIGURE 10-27:
RJ7:RJ6 PINS BLOCK DIAGRAM IN SYSTEM BUS MODE
External Enable
Control Out
Drive System
System Bus
Control
Data Bus
WR LATJ
WR TRISJ
RD PORTJ
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISJ
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATJ
or
PORTJ
0
1
Port
Data
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Q
D
CK
WM =
01
UB/LB Out
Drive System
System Bus
Control
Data Bus
WR LATJ
WR TRISJ
RD PORTJ
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISJ
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD LATJ
or
PORTJ
0
1
Port
Data
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Q
D
CK
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 151
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 10-17: PORTJ FUNCTIONS
TABLE 10-18: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTJ
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RJ0/ALE
bit 0
ST
Input/output port pin or address latch enable control for external
memory interface.
RJ1/OE
bit 1
ST
Input/output port pin or output enable control for external memory
interface.
RJ2/WRL
bit 2
ST
Input/output port pin or write low byte control for external memory
interface.
RJ3/WRH
bit 3
ST
Input/output port pin or write high byte control for external memory
interface.
RJ4/BA0
bit 4
ST
Input/output port pin or byte address 0 control for external memory
interface.
RJ5/CE
bit 5
ST
Input/output port pin or external memory chip enable.
RJ6/LB
bit 6
ST
Input/output port pin or lower byte select control for external
memory interface.
RJ7/UB
bit 7
ST
Input/output port pin or upper byte select control for external
memory interface.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTJ
Read PORTJ pin/Write PORTJ Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATJ
LATJ Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISJ
Data Direction Control Register for PORTJ
1111 1111
1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 152
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.10 Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
PORTD also operates as an 8-bit wide Parallel Slave
Port, or microprocessor port, when control bit
PSPMODE (TRISE<4>) is set. It is asynchronously
readable and writable by the external world through RD
control input pin, RE0/RD/AD8 and WR control input
pin, RE1/WR/AD9.
The PSP can directly interface to an 8-bit micro-
processor data bus. The external microprocessor can
read or write the PORTD latch as an 8-bit latch. Setting
bit PSPMODE enables port pin RE0/RD/AD8 to be the
RD input, RE1/WR/AD9 to be the WR input and
RE2/CS/AD10 to be the CS (chip select) input. For this
functionality, the corresponding data direction bits of
the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must be configured
as inputs (set). The A/D port configuration bits
PCFG2:PCFG0 (ADCON1<2:0>) must be set, which
will configure pins RE2:RE0 as digital I/O.
A write to the PSP occurs when both the CS and WR
lines are first detected low. A read from the PSP occurs
when both the CS and RD lines are first detected low.
The PORTE I/O pins become control inputs for
the microprocessor port when bit PSPMODE
(PSPCON<4>) is set. In this mode, the user must make
sure that the TRISE<2:0> bits are set (pins are config-
ured as digital inputs) and the ADCON1 is configured
for digital I/O. In this mode, the input buffers are TTL.
FIGURE 10-28:
PORTD AND PORTE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(PARALLEL SLAVE PORT)
Note:
For PIC18F8X8X devices, the Parallel
Slave Port is available only in
Microcontroller mode.
Data Bus
WR LATD
RDx
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD PORTD
pin
One bit of PORTD
Set Interrupt Flag
PSPIF (PIR1<7>)
Read
Chip Select
Write
RD
CS
WR
Note: I/O pin has protection diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
or
PORTD
RD LATD
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 153
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 10-1:
PSPCON REGISTER
FIGURE 10-29:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit
1
= A data byte has been received and is waiting to be read by the CPU
0
= No data byte has been received
bit 6
OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit
1
= The output buffer still holds a previously written data byte
0
= The output buffer has been read
bit 5
IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit
1
= A write occurred when a previously input data byte has not been read
(must be cleared in software)
0
= No overflow occurred
bit 4
PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit
1
= Parallel Slave Port mode
0
= General Purpose I/O mode
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
WR
RD
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
PORTD<7:0>
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 154
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-30:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
TABLE 10-19: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
WR
IBF
PSPIF
RD
OBF
PORTD<7:0>
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTD
Port Data Latch when Written; Port pins when Read
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATD
LATD Data Output bits
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction bits
1111 1111 1111 1111
PORTE
RE7/CCP2/
AD15
RE6/AD14/
P1B
RE5/AD13/
P1C
RE4/
AD12
RE3/
AD11
RE2/CS
(1)
/
AD10
RE1/WR
(1)
/
AD9
RE0/RD
(1)
/
AD8
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATE
LATE Data Output bits
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISE
PORTE Data Direction bits
1111 1111 1111 1111
PSPCON
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
--
--
--
0000 ---- 0000 ----
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IF
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port.
Note
1:
Enabled only in Microcontroller mode.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 155
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
11.0
TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module has the following features:
Software selectable as an 8-bit or 16-bit timer/
counter
Readable and writable
Dedicated 8-bit software programmable prescaler
Clock source selectable to be external or internal
Interrupt-on-overflow from 0FFh to 00h in 8-bit
mode and 0FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode
Edge select for external clock
Figure 11-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
Timer0 module in 8-bit mode and Figure 11-2 shows a
simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module in 16-bit
mode.
The T0CON register (Register 11-1) is a readable and
writable register that controls all the aspects of Timer0,
including the prescale selection.
REGISTER 11-1:
T0CON: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Timer0 is enabled on POR.
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
TMR0ON: Timer0 On/Off Control bit
1
= Enables Timer0
0
= Stops Timer0
bit 6
T08BIT: Timer0 8-bit/16-bit Control bit
1
= Timer0 is configured as an 8-bit timer/counter
0
= Timer0 is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter
bit 5
T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1
= Transition on T0CKI pin
0
= Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKO)
bit 4
T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1
= Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0
= Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3
PSA: Timer0 Prescaler Assignment bit
1
= TImer0 prescaler is not assigned. Timer0 clock input bypasses prescaler.
0
= Timer0 prescaler is assigned. Timer0 clock input comes from prescaler output.
bit 2-0
T0PS2:T0PS0: Timer0 Prescaler Select bits
111
= 1:256 prescale value
110
= 1:128 prescale value
101
= 1:64 prescale value
100
= 1:32 prescale value
011
= 1:16 prescale value
010
= 1:8 prescale value
001
= 1:4 prescale value
000
= 1:2 prescale value
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 156
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 11-1:
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 8-BIT MODE
FIGURE 11-2:
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 16-BIT MODE
Note:
Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
RA4/T0CKI pin
T0SE
0
1
0
1
T0CS
F
OSC
/4
Programmable
Prescaler
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0
(2 T
CY
delay)
Data Bus
8
PSA
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0
Set Interrupt
Flag bit TMR0IF
on Overflow
3
Note:
Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
T0CKI pin
T0SE
0
1
0
1
T0CS
F
OSC
/4
Programmable
Prescaler
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0L
(2 T
CY
delay)
Data Bus<7:0>
8
PSA
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0
Set Interrupt
Flag bit TMR0IF
on Overflow
3
TMR0
TMR0H
High Byte
8
8
8
Read TMR0L
Write TMR0L
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 157
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
11.1
Timer0 Operation
Timer0 can operate as a timer or as a counter.
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit. In
Timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every
instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0 regis-
ter is written, the increment is inhibited for the following
two instruction cycles. The user can work around this
by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register.
Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit. In
Counter mode, Timer0 will increment either on every
rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The increment-
ing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source Edge
Select bit (T0SE). Clearing the T0SE bit selects the
rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are
discussed below.
When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it must
meet certain requirements. The requirements ensure
the external clock can be synchronized with the internal
phase clock (T
OSC
). Also, there is a delay in the actual
incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization.
11.2
Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the
Timer0 module. The prescaler is not readable or
writable.
The PSA and T0PS2:T0PS0 bits determine the
prescaler assignment and prescale ratio.
Clearing bit PSA will assign the prescaler to the Timer0
module. When the prescaler is assigned to the Timer0
module, prescale values of 1:2, 1:4, ..., 1:256 are
selectable.
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions
writing to the TMR0 register (e.g.,
CLRF TMR0, MOVWF
TMR0, BSF TMR0, x
, ..., etc.) will clear the prescaler
count.
11.2.1
SWITCHING PRESCALER
ASSIGNMENT
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control (i.e., it can be changed "on-the-fly" during
program execution).
11.3
Timer0 Interrupt
The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0 reg-
ister overflows from 0FFh to 00h in 8-bit mode, or
0FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode. This overflow sets the
TMR0IF bit. The interrupt can be masked by clearing
the TMR0IE bit. The TMR0IE bit must be cleared in
software by the Timer0 module Interrupt Service
Routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The TMR0
interrupt cannot awaken the processor from Sleep
since the timer is shut-off during Sleep.
11.4
16-Bit Mode Timer Reads
and Writes
TMR0H is not the high byte of the timer/counter in
16-bit mode, but is actually a buffered version of the
high byte of Timer0 (refer to Figure 11-2). The high byte
of the Timer0 counter/timer is not directly readable nor
writable. TMR0H is updated with the contents of the
high byte of Timer0 during a read of TMR0L. This pro-
vides the ability to read all 16 bits of Timer0 without
having to verify that the read of the high and low byte
were valid due to a rollover between successive reads
of the high and low byte.
A write to the high byte of Timer0 must also take place
through the TMR0H buffer register. Timer0 high byte is
updated with the contents of TMR0H when a write
occurs to TMR0L. This allows all 16 bits of Timer0 to be
updated at once.
TABLE 11-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Note:
Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is
assigned to Timer0 will clear the prescaler
count but will not change the prescaler
assignment.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TMR0L
Timer0 Module Low Byte Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR0H
Timer0 Module High Byte Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
-111 1111 -111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented locations, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by
Timer0.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 158
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 159
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
12.0
TIMER1 MODULE
The Timer1 module timer/counter has the following
features:
16-bit timer/counter
(two 8-bit registers; TMR1H and TMR1L)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Internal or external clock select
Interrupt on overflow from 0FFFFh to 0000h
Reset from CCP module special event trigger
Figure 12-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer1
module.
Register 12-1 details the Timer1 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
module and contains the Timer1 Oscillator Enable bit
(T1OSCEN). Timer1 can be enabled or disabled by
setting or clearing control bit, TMR1ON (T1CON<0>).
REGISTER 12-1:
T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RD16
--
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1
= Enables register read/write of Timer1 in one 16-bit operation
0
= Enables register read/write of Timer1 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11
= 1:8 prescale value
10
= 1:4 prescale value
01
= 1:2 prescale value
00
= 1:1 prescale value
bit 3
T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable bit
1
= Timer1 oscillator is enabled
0
= Timer1 oscillator is shut-off
The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain.
bit 2
T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
When TMR1CS =
1
:
1
= Do not synchronize external clock input
0
= Synchronize external clock input
When TMR1CS =
0
:
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS =
0
.
bit 1
TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit
1
= External clock from pin RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI (on the rising edge)
0
= Internal clock (F
OSC
/4)
bit 0
TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1
= Enables Timer1
0
= Stops Timer1
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 160
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.1
Timer1 Operation
Timer1 can operate in one of these modes:
As a timer
As a synchronous counter
As an asynchronous counter
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bit, TMR1CS (T1CON<1>).
When TMR1CS =
0
, Timer1 increments every instruc-
tion cycle. When TMR1CS =
1
, Timer1 increments on
every rising edge of the external clock input or the
Timer1 oscillator if enabled.
When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is
set), the RC1/T1OSI and RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI pins
become inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is
ignored and the pins are read as `
0
'.
Timer1 also has an internal "Reset input". This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (Section 15.0
"Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules"
).
FIGURE 12-1:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 12-2:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM: 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE
TMR1H
TMR1L
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0
Sleep Input
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR1ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
TMR1IF
Overflow
TMR1
CLR
CCP Special Event Trigger
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
T1OSC
Interrupt
Flag Bit
Note 1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
T1OSI
T13CKI/T1OSO
T1OSC
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
TMR1IF
Overflow
Interrupt
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR1ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T13CKI/T1OSO
T1OSI
TMR1
Flag bit
Note 1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR1H
8
8
8
Read TMR1L
Write TMR1L
CCP Special Event Trigger
Timer 1
TMR1L
High Byte
CLR
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 161
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
12.2
Timer1 Oscillator
A crystal oscillator circuit is built-in between pins T1OSI
(input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is enabled by
setting control bit, T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>). The oscil-
lator is a low-power oscillator rated up to 200 kHz. It will
continue to run during Sleep. It is primarily intended for
a 32 kHz crystal. Table 12-1 shows the capacitor
selection for the Timer1 oscillator.
The user must provide a software time delay to ensure
proper start-up of the Timer1 oscillator.
12.3
Timer1 Interrupt
The TMR1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
from 0000h to 0FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The
TMR1 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR1IF
(PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by
setting/clearing TMR1 interrupt enable bit, TMR1IE
(PIE1<0>).
12.4
Resetting Timer1 Using a CCP
Trigger Output
If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode
to generate a "special event trigger"
(CCP1M3:CCP1M0 =
1011
), this signal will reset
Timer1 and start an A/D conversion (if the A/D module
is enabled).
Timer1 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature.
If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
this Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a
special event trigger from CCP1, the write will take
precedence.
In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register
pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1.
12.5
Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes
(see Figure 12-2). When the RD16 control bit
(T1CON<7>) is set, the address for TMR1H is mapped
to a buffer register for the high byte of Timer1. A read
from TMR1L will load the contents of the high byte of
Timer1 into the Timer1 high byte buffer. This provides
the user with the ability to accurately read all 16 bits of
Timer1 without having to determine whether a read of
the high byte, followed by a read of the low byte, is valid
due to a rollover between reads.
A write to the high byte of Timer1 must also take place
through the TMR1H Buffer register. Timer1 high byte is
updated with the contents of TMR1H when a write
occurs to TMR1L. This allows a user to write all 16 bits
to both the high and low bytes of Timer1 at once.
The high byte of Timer1 is not directly readable or writ-
able in this mode. All reads and writes must take place
through the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register. Writes to
TMR1H do not clear the Timer1 prescaler. The
prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR1L.
TABLE 12-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
TABLE 12-1:
CAPACITOR SELECTION
FOR THE ALTERNATE
OSCILLATOR
Osc Type
Freq
C1
C2
LP
32 kHz
TBD
(1)
TBD
(1)
Crystal to be Tested:
32.768 kHz
Epson C-001R32.768K-A
20 PPM
Note 1: Microchip suggests 33 pF as a starting
point in validating the oscillator circuit.
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate values of external
components.
4: Capacitor values are for design guidance
only.
Note:
The special event triggers from the CCP1
module will not set interrupt flag bit
TMR1IF (PIR1<0>).
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
0111 1111 0111 1111
TMR1L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 162
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
13.0
TIMER2 MODULE
The Timer2 module timer has the following features:
8-bit timer (TMR2 register)
8-bit period register (PR2)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
Interrupt on TMR2 match of PR2
SSP module optional use of TMR2 output to
generate clock shift
Timer2 has a control register shown in Register 13-1.
Timer2 can be shut-off by clearing control bit, TMR2ON
(T2CON<2>), to minimize power consumption.
Figure 13-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer2
module. Register 13-1 shows the Timer2 Control regis-
ter. The prescaler and postscaler selection of Timer2
are controlled by this register.
13.1
Timer2 Operation
Timer2 can be used as the PWM time base for the
PWM mode of the CCP module. The TMR2 register is
readable and writable and is cleared on any device
Reset. The input clock (F
OSC
/4) has a prescale option
of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits,
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0 (T2CON<1:0>). The match out-
put of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which
gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a
TMR2 interrupt latched in flag bit, TMR2IF (PIR1<1>).
The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when any of the following occurs:
a write to the TMR2 register
a write to the T2CON register
any device Reset (Power-on Reset, MCLR Reset,
Watchdog Timer Reset, or Brown-out Reset)
TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
REGISTER 13-1:
T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6-3
T2OUTPS3:T2OUTPS0: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits
0000
= 1:1 postscale
0001
= 1:2 postscale


1111
= 1:16 postscale
bit 2
TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1
= Timer2 is on
0
= Timer2 is off
bit 1-0
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00
= Prescaler is 1
01
= Prescaler is 4
1x
= Prescaler is 16
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 163
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
13.2
Timer2 Interrupt
The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register, PR2.
Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and
then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is
a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is
initialized to 0FFh upon Reset.
13.3
Output of TMR2
The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is fed to the
synchronous serial port module which optionally uses it
to generate the shift clock.
FIGURE 13-1:
TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 13-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Comparator
TMR2
Sets Flag
TMR2
Output
(1)
Reset
Postscaler
Prescaler
PR2
2
F
OSC
/4
1:1 to 1:16
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
EQ
4
bit TMR2IF
Note
1: TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP module as a baud clock.
T2OUTPS3:T2OUTPS0
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
T2CON
--
T2OUTPS3 T2OUTPS2 T2OUTPS1 T2OUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 164
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.0
TIMER3 MODULE
The Timer3 module timer/counter has the following
features:
16-bit timer/counter
(two 8-bit registers; TMR3H and TMR3L)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Internal or external clock select
Interrupt on overflow from FFFFh to 0000h
Reset from CCP module trigger
Figure 14-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer3
module.
Register 14-1 shows the Timer3 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer3
module and sets the Enhanced CCP1 and CCP2 clock
source.
Register 12-1 shows the Timer1 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
module, as well as containing the Timer1 oscillator
enable bit (T1OSCEN) which can be a clock source for
Timer3.
REGISTER 14-1:
T3CON: TIMER3 CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RD16
T3CCP2
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1
= Enables register read/write of Timer3 in one 16-bit operation
0
= Enables register read/write of Timer3 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6, 3
T3CCP2:T3CCP1: Timer3 and Timer1 to CCPx Enable bits
1x
= Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP1 and CCP2 modules
01
= Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP2 module,
Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP1 module
00
= Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP1 and CCP2 modules
bit 5-4
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11
= 1:8 prescale value
10
= 1:4 prescale value
01
= 1:2 prescale value
00
= 1:1 prescale value
bit 2
T3SYNC: Timer3 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
(Not usable if the system clock comes from Timer1/Timer3.)
When TMR3CS =
1
:
1
= Do not synchronize external clock input
0
= Synchronize external clock input
When TMR3CS =
0
:
This bit is ignored. Timer3 uses the internal clock when TMR3CS =
0
.
bit 1
TMR3CS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bit
1
= External clock input from Timer1 oscillator or T13CKI
(on the rising edge after the first falling edge)
0
= Internal clock (F
OSC
/4)
bit 0
TMR3ON: Timer3 On bit
1
= Enables Timer3
0
= Stops Timer3
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 165
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
14.1
Timer3 Operation
Timer3 can operate in one of these modes:
As a timer
As a synchronous counter
As an asynchronous counter
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bit, TMR3CS (T3CON<1>).
When TMR3CS =
0
, Timer3 increments every instruc-
tion cycle. When TMR3CS =
1
, Timer3 increments on
every rising edge of the Timer1 external clock input or
the Timer1 oscillator if enabled.
When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is
set), the RC1/T1OSI and RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI pins
become inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is
ignored and the pins are read as `
0
'.
Timer3 also has an internal "Reset input". This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (Section 14.0
"Timer3 Module"
).
FIGURE 14-1:
TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 14-2:
TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM CONFIGURED IN 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE
TMR3H
TMR3L
T1OSC
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
TMR3IF
Overflow
Interrupt
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR3ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T1OSO/
T1OSI
Flag bit
(3)
Note 1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
T13CKI
CLR
CCP Special Trigger
T3CCPx
Timer3
TMR3L
T1OSC
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR3ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T1OSO/
T1OSI
TMR3
T13CKI
CLR
CCP Special Trigger
T3CCPx
To Timer1 Clock Input
Note 1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
High Byte
Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR3H
8
8
8
Read TMR3L
Write TMR3L
Set TMR3IF Flag bit
on Overflow
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 166
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.2
Timer1 Oscillator
The Timer1 oscillator may be used as the clock source
for Timer3. The Timer1 oscillator is enabled by setting
the T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>) bit. The oscillator is a low-
power oscillator rated up to 200 kHz. See Section 12.0
"Timer1 Module"
for further details.
14.3
Timer3 Interrupt
The TMR3 register pair (TMR3H:TMR3L) increments
from 0000h to 0FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The
TMR3 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
which is latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR3IF
(PIR2<1>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by
setting/clearing TMR3 interrupt enable bit, TMR3IE
(PIE2<1>).
14.4
Resetting Timer3 Using a CCP
Trigger Output
If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode
to generate a "special event trigger"
(CCP1M3:CCP1M0 =
1011
), this signal will reset
Timer3.
Timer3 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature.
If Timer3 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
this Reset operation may not work. In the event that a
write to Timer3 coincides with a special event trigger
from CCP1, the write will take precedence. In this mode
of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair
effectively becomes the period register for Timer3.
TABLE 14-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER3 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Note:
The special event triggers from the CCP
module will not set interrupt flag bit,
TMR3IF (PIR1<0>).
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
TMR3L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
T3CON
RD16
T3CCP2
T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer3 module.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 167
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
15.0
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
(CCP) MODULES
PIC18FXX80/XX85 devices contain a total of two CCP
modules: CCP1 and CCP2. CCP1 is an enhanced
version of the CCP2 module. CCP1 is fully backward
compatible with the CCP2 module.
The CCP1 module differs from CCP2 in the following
respect:
CCP1 contains a special trigger event that may
reset Timer1 or the Timer3 register pair
CCP1 contains "CAN Message Time-Stamp Trigger"
CCP1 contains enhanced PWM output with
programmable dead band and auto-shutdown
functionality
Additionally, the CCP2 special event trigger may be
used to start an A/D conversion if the A/D module is
enabled.
To avoid duplicate information, this section describes
basic CCP module operation that applies to both CCP1
and CCP2. Enhanced CCP functionality of the
CCP1 module is described in Section 16.0 "Enhanced
Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module"
.
The control registers for the CCP1 and CCP2 modules
are shown in Register 15-1 and Register 15-2,
respectively. Table 15-2 details the interactions of the
CCP and ECCP modules.
REGISTER 15-1:
CCP1CON REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
P1M1:P1M0: Enhanced PWM Output Configuration bits
If CCP1M<3:2> =
00
,
01
,
10
:
xx
=P1A assigned as capture/compare input; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
If CCP1M<3:2> =
11
:
00
= Single output; P1A modulated; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
01
= Full-bridge output forward; P1D modulated; P1A active; P1B, P1C inactive
10
= Half-bridge output; P1A, P1B modulated with dead-band control; P1C, P1D assigned as
port pins
11
= Full-bridge output reverse; P1B modulated; P1C active; P1A, P1D inactive
bit 5-4
DC1B1:DC1B0: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs of the duty cycle are
found in CCPR1L.
bit 3-0
CCP1M3:CCP1M0: Enhanced CCP Mode Select bits
0000
= Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP1 module)
0001
= Reserved
0010
= Compare mode, toggle output on match
0011
= Reserved
0100
= Capture mode, every falling edge
0101
= Capture mode, every rising edge
0110
= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111
= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin low, on compare match force CCP pin high
1001
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin high, on compare match force CCP pin low
1010
= Compare mode, generate software interrupt only, CCP pin is unaffected
1011
= Compare mode, trigger special event, resets TMR1 or TMR3
1100
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-high
1101
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-low
1110
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-high
1111
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-low
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 168
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 15-2:
CCP2CON REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4
DC2B1:DC2B0: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs of the duty cycle are
found in CCPR2L.
bit 3-0
CCP2M3:CCP2M0: CCP2 Mode Select bits
0000
= Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP2 module)
0001
= Reserved
0010
= Compare mode, toggle output on match
0011
= Reserved
0100
= Capture mode, every falling edge
0101
= Capture mode, every rising edge
0110
= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111
= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin low, on compare match force CCP pin high
1001
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin high, on compare match force CCP pin low
1010
= Compare mode, generate software interrupt only, CCP pin is unaffected
1011
= Compare mode, trigger special event, resets TMR1 or TMR3 and starts A/D conversion
if A/D module is enabled
11xx
= PWM mode
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 169
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
15.1
CCP Module
Both CCP1 and CCP2 are comprised of two 8-bit
registers: CCPRxL (low byte) and CCPRxH (high byte),
1
x
2. The CCPxCON register controls the
operation of CCPx. All are readable and writable.
Table 15-1 shows the timer resources of the CCP
module modes.
TABLE 15-1:
CCP MODE TIMER
RESOURCE
15.2
Capture Mode
In Capture mode, CCPRxH:CCPRxL captures the
16-bit value of the TMR1 or TMR3 register when an
event occurs on pin CCPn. An event is defined as:
every falling edge
every rising edge
every 4th rising edge
every 16th rising edge
An event is selected by control bits CCPxM3:CCPxM0
(CCPxCON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the inter-
rupt request flag bit, CCPxIF (PIR registers), is set. It
must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs
before the value in register CCPRx is read, the old
captured value will be lost.
15.2.1
CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the CCPx pin should be configured
as an input by setting the appropriate TRIS bit.
15.2.2
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
The timer used with each CCP module is selected in
the T3CCP2:T3CCP1 bits of the T3CON register. The
timers used with the capture feature (either Timer1 or
Timer3) must be running in Timer mode or Synchro-
nized Counter mode. In Asynchronous Counter mode,
the capture operation may not work.
TABLE 15-2:
INTERACTION OF CCP MODULES
CCP Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Compare
PWM
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer2
Note:
If the CCPx is configured as an output, a
write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
CCP1
Mode
CCP2
Mode
Interaction
Capture
Capture
TMR1 or TMR3 time base. Time base can be different for each CCP.
Capture
Compare
The compare could be configured for the special event trigger which clears either TMR1
or TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
Compare
Compare
The compare(s) could be configured for the special event trigger which clears TMR1 or
TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
PWM
PWM
The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt).
PWM
Capture
None.
PWM
Compare
None.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 170
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.2.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit
CCPxIE (PIE registers) clear to avoid false interrupts
and should clear the flag bit, CCPxIF, following any
such change in operating mode.
15.2.4
CCP PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by bits
CCPxM3:CCPxM0. Whenever the CCPx module is
turned off, or the CCPx module is not in Capture mode,
the prescaler counter is cleared. This means that any
Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
generate an interrupt. The prescaler counter will not be
cleared; therefore, the first capture may be from a
non-zero prescaler. Example 15-1 shows the
recommended method for switching between capture
prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler
counter and will not generate the "false" interrupt.
15.2.5
CAN MESSAGE TIME-STAMP
The CAN capture event occurs when a message is
received in any of the receive buffers. When config-
ured, the CAN module provides the trigger to the CCP1
module to cause a capture event. This feature is
provided to time-stamp the received CAN messages.
This feature is enabled by setting the CANCAP bit of
the CAN I/O Control register (CIOCON<4>). The
message receive signal from the CAN module then
takes the place of the events on RC2/CCP1.
EXAMPLE 15-1:
CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
FIGURE 15-1:
CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
CLRF
CCP1CON
; Turn CCP module off
MOVLW
NEW_CAPT_PS
; Load WREG with the
; new prescaler mode
; value and CCP ON
MOVWF
CCP1CON
; Load CCP1CON with
; this value
CCPR1H
CCPR1L
TMR1H
TMR1L
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
TMR3
Enable
Q's
CCP1CON<3:0>
CCP1 pin
Prescaler
1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
TMR3H
TMR3L
TMR1
Enable
T3CCP2
T3CCP2
CCPR2H
CCPR2L
TMR1H
TMR1L
Set Flag bit CCP2IF
TMR3
Enable
Q's
CCP2CON<3:0>
CCP2 pin
Prescaler
1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
TMR3H
TMR3L
TMR1
Enable
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 171
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
15.3
Compare Mode
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPRx register value is
constantly compared against either the TMR1 register
pair value or the TMR3 register pair value. When a
match occurs, the CCPx pin can have one of the
following actions:
Driven high
Driven low
Toggle output (high-to-low or low-to-high)
Remains unchanged
The action on the pin is based on the value of control
bits, CCPxM3:CCPxM0. At the same time, interrupt
flag bit, CCPxIF, is set.
When configured to drive the CCP pin, the CCP1 pin
cannot be changed; CCP1 module controls the pin.
15.3.1
CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by
clearing the appropriate TRIS bit.
By default, the CCP2 pin is multiplexed with RC1.
Alternately, it can also be multiplexed with either RB3
or RE7. This is done by changing the CCP2MX
configuration bit.
15.3.2
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
The timer used with each CCP module is selected in
the T3CCP2:T3CCP1 bits of the T3CON register.
Timer1 and/or Timer3 must be running in Timer mode,
or Synchronized Counter mode, if the CCP module is
using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter
mode, the compare operation may not work.
15.3.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When generate software interrupt is chosen, the CCPx
pin is not affected. Only a CCP interrupt is generated (if
enabled).
15.3.4
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated
which may be used to initiate an action.
The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets either
the TMR1 or TMR3 register pair. This allows the CCPR1
register to effectively be a 16-bit programmable period
register for TMR1 or TMR3.
Additionally, the CCP2 special event trigger will start an
A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled.
FIGURE 15-2:
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note:
Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the CCPx compare output latch to the
default low level. This is not the data latch.
Note:
The special event trigger from the CCPx
module will not set the Timer1 or Timer3
interrupt flag bits.
CCPR1H CCPR1L
TMR1H
TMR1L
Comparator
Q
S
R
Output
Logic
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
Match
RC2/CCP1 pin
TRISC<2>
CCP1CON<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
Special Event Trigger will:
Reset Timer1 or Timer3, but not set Timer1 or Timer3 interrupt flag bit
and set bit GO/DONE (ADCON0<2>)
which starts an A/D conversion (CCP2 only)
TMR3H
TMR3L
T3CCP2
CCPR2H CCPR2L
Comparator
1
0
T3CCP2
T3CCP1
Q
S
R
Output
Logic
Special Event Trigger
Set Flag bit CCP2IF
Match
RC1/CCP2 pin
TRISC<1>
CCP2CON<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
0
1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 172
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 15-3:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, TIMER1 AND TIMER3
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR1L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
TMR3L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T3CON
RD16
T3CCP2
T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by capture and Timer1.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 173
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
15.4
PWM Mode
In Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCPx pin
produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. For
PWM mode to function properly, the TRIS bit for the
CCPx pin must be cleared to make it an output.
Figure 15-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the
CCP module in PWM mode.
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP
module for PWM operation, see Section 15.4.3
"Setup for PWM Operation"
.
FIGURE 15-3:
SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
A PWM output (Figure 15-4) has a time base (period)
and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The
frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period
(1/period).
FIGURE 15-4:
PWM OUTPUT
15.4.1
PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
following formula.
EQUATION 15-1:
PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period].
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
TMR2 is cleared
The CCP1 pin is set (exception: if PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the CCP1 pin will not be set)
The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR1L into
CCPR1H
15.4.2
PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
CCPRxL register and to the CCPxCON<5:4> bits. Up
to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPRxL contains
the eight MSbs and the CCPxCON<5:4> contain the
two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by
CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4>. The following equation is
used to calculate the PWM duty cycle in time.
EQUATION 15-2:
CCPRxL and CCPxCON<5:4> can be written to at any
time but the duty cycle value is not latched into
CCPRxH until after a match between PR2 and TMR2
occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode,
CCPRxH is a read-only register.
The CCPRxH register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM
operation.
When the CCPRxH and 2-bit latch match TMR2,
concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or 2 bits of
the TMR2 prescaler, the CCPx pin is cleared.
Note:
Clearing the CCPxCON register will force
the CCPx PWM output latch to the default
low level. This is not the port data latch.
CCPRxL (Master)
CCPRxH (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
PR2
(Note 1)
R
Q
S
Duty Cycle Registers
CCPxCON<5:4>
Clear Timer,
set CCPx pin and
latch D.C.
TRIS bit
CCPx
Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with 2-bit internal Q clock or
2 bits of the prescaler to create 10-bit time base.
Comparator
Period
Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
TMR2 = Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
Note:
The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 13.0
"Timer2 Module"
) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency. The
postscaler could be used to have a servo
update rate at a different frequency than
the PWM output.
PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] 4 T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4>)
T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 174
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
The maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM
frequency is given by the following equation.
EQUATION 15-3:
15.4.3
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for PWM operation:
1.
Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2
register.
2.
Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the
CCPRxL register and CCPxCON<5:4> bits.
3.
Make the CCPx pin an output by clearing
corresponding TRIS bit.
4.
Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2
by writing to T2CON.
5.
Configure the CCPx module for PWM operation.
TABLE 15-4:
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz
TABLE 15-5:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2
Note:
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than
the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be
cleared.
F
OSC
F
PWM
---------------
log
2
( )
log
-----------------------------bits
=
PWM Resolution (max)
PWM Frequency
2.44 kHz
9.76 kHz
39.06 kHz
156.3 kHz
312.5 kHz
416.6 kHz
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16)
16
4
1
1
1
1
PR2 Value
0FFh
0FFh
0FFh
3Fh
1Fh
17h
Maximum Resolution (bits)
10
10
10
8
7
5.5
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Module Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000 0000 0000
CCPR2L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR2H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP2CON
--
--
DC2B1
DC2B0
CCP2M3
CCP2M2
CCP2M1
CCP2M0
--00 0000 --00 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 175
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
16.0
ENHANCED CAPTURE/
COMPARE/PWM (ECCP)
MODULE
The CCP1 module is implemented as a standard CCP
module with enhanced PWM capabilities. These capa-
bilities allow for 2 or 4 output channels, user selectable
polarity, dead-band control, and automatic shutdown
and restart and are discussed in detail in Section 16.2
"Enhanced PWM Mode"
.
The control register for CCP1 is shown in Register 16-1.
In addition to the expanded functions of the
CCP1CON register, the CCP1 module has two
additional registers associated with enhanced PWM
operation and auto-shutdown features:
ECCP1DEL
ECCP1AS
REGISTER 16-1:
CCP1CON REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
P1M1:P1M0: Enhanced PWM Output Configuration bits
If CCP1M<3:2> =
00
,
01
,
10
:
xx
= P1A assigned as capture/compare input; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
If CCP1M<3:2> =
11
:
00
= Single output; P1A modulated, P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
01
= Full-bridge output forward; P1D modulated; P1A active; P1B, P1C inactive
10
= Half-bridge output; P1A, P1B modulated with dead-band control; P1C, P1D assigned as
port pins
11
= Full-bridge output reverse; P1B modulated; P1C active; P1A, P1D inactive
bit 5-4
DC1B1:DC1B0: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs of the duty cycle are
found in CCPR1L.
bit 3-0
CCP1M3:CCP1M0: Enhanced CCP Mode Select bits
0000
= Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP1 module)
0001
= Reserved
0010
= Compare mode, toggle output on match
0011
= Capture mode, CAN message time-stamp
0100
= Capture mode, every falling edge
0101
= Capture mode, every rising edge
0110
= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111
= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin low, on compare match, force CCP pin high
1001
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin high, on compare match, force CCP pin low
1010
= Compare mode, generate software interrupt only, CCP pin is unaffected
1011
= Compare mode, trigger special event, resets TMR1 or TMR3
1100
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-high
1101
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-low
1110
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-high
1111
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-low
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 176
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.1
ECCP Outputs
The enhanced CCP module may have up to four
outputs depending on the selected operating mode.
These outputs, designated P1A through P1D, are
multiplexed with I/O pins RC2, RE6, RE5 and RG4.
The pin assignments are summarized in Table 16-1.
To configure I/O pins as PWM outputs, the proper PWM
mode must be selected by setting the P1Mx and
CCP1Mx bits (CCP1CON<7:6> and <3:0>, respec-
tively). The appropriate TRIS direction bits for the port
pins must also be set as outputs.
TABLE 16-1:
PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS ECCP MODES
FIGURE 16-1:
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
ECCP Mode
CCP1CON
Configuration
RC2
RE6
RE5
RG4
Compatible CCP
00xx11xx
CCP1
RE6
RE5
RG4
Dual PWM
10xx11xx
P1A
P1B
(2)
RE5
RG4
Quad PWM
x1xx11xx
P1A
P1B
(2)
P1C
(2)
P1D
Legend:
x
= Don't care. Shaded cells indicate pin assignments not used by ECCP in a given mode.
Note 1:
TRIS register values must be configured appropriately.
2:
On PIC18F8X8X devices, these pins can be alternately multiplexed with RH7 or RH6 by changing the
ECCPMX configuration bit.
CCPR1H CCPR1L
TMR1H
TMR1L
Comparator
Q
S
R
Output
Logic
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
Match
RB3/CCP1/P1A pin
TRISB<3>
CCP1CON<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
Special Event Trigger will:
Reset Timer1 or Timer3, but will not set Timer1 or Timer3 interrupt flag bit
and set bit GO/DONE (ADCON0<2>) which starts an A/D conversion.
TMR3H
TMR3L
T3CCP2
1
0
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 177
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
16.2
Enhanced PWM Mode
The Enhanced PWM mode provides additional PWM
output options for a broader range of control applica-
tions. The module is a backward compatible version of
the standard CCP module and offers up to four outputs,
designated P1A through P1D. Users are also able to
select the polarity of the signal (either active-high or
active-low). The module's output mode and polarity are
configured by setting the P1M1:P1M0 and
CCP1M3:CCP1M0 bits of the CCP1CON register
(CCP1CON<7:6> and CCP1CON<3:0>, respectively).
Figure 16-2 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation. All control registers are double-buffered and
are loaded at the beginning of a new PWM cycle (the
period boundary when Timer2 resets) in order to pre-
vent glitches on any of the outputs. The exception is the
PWM Delay register, ECCP1DEL, which is loaded at
either the duty cycle boundary or the boundary period
(whichever comes first). Because of the buffering, the
module waits until the assigned timer resets instead of
starting immediately. This means that enhanced PWM
waveforms do not exactly match the standard PWM
waveforms, but are instead offset by one full instruction
cycle (4 T
OSC
).
As before, the user must manually configure the
appropriate TRIS bits for output.
16.2.1
PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
following equation.
EQUATION 16-1:
PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period]. When
TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur
on the next increment cycle:
TMR2 is cleared
The CCP1 pin is set (if PWM duty cycle = 0%, the
CCP1 pin will not be set)
The PWM duty cycle is copied from CCPR1L into
CCPR1H
16.2.2
PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up
to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR1L contains
the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the
two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by
CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The PWM duty cycle is
calculated by the following equation.
EQUATION 16-2:
CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any
time, but the duty cycle value is not copied into
CCPR1H until a match between PR2 and TMR2 occurs
(i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode, CCPR1H
is a read-only register.
The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM opera-
tion. When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2,
concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or two bits
of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared. The
maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM
frequency is given by the following equation:
EQUATION 16-3:
16.2.3
PWM OUTPUT CONFIGURATIONS
The P1M1:P1M0 bits in the CCP1CON register allow
one of four configurations:
Single Output
Half-Bridge Output
Full-Bridge Output, Forward mode
Full-Bridge Output, Reverse mode
The Single Output mode is the standard PWM mode
discussed in Section 16.2 "Enhanced PWM Mode".
The Half-Bridge and Full-Bridge Output modes are
covered in detail in the sections that follow.
The general relationship of the outputs in all
configurations is summarized in Figure 16-3.
Note:
The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 13.0
"Timer2 Module"
) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency. The
postscaler could be used to have a servo
update rate at a different frequency than
the PWM output.
PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] 4 T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
Note:
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than
the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be
cleared.
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>)
T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PWM Resolution (max) =
F
OSC
F
PWM
log
log(2)
bits
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 178
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 16-2:
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz
FIGURE 16-2:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODULE
FIGURE 16-3:
PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-HIGH STATE)
PWM Frequency
2.44 kHz
9.77 kHz
39.06 kHz
156.25 kHz
312.50 kHz
416.67 kHz
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16)
16
4
1
1
1
1
PR2 Value
FFh
FFh
FFh
3Fh
1Fh
17h
Maximum Resolution (bits)
10
10
10
8
7
6.58
CCPR1L
CCPR1H (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
(Note 1)
R
Q
S
Duty Cycle Registers
CCP1CON<5:4>
Clear Timer,
set CCP1 pin and
latch D.C.
Note
1:
The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock or 2 bits of the prescaler to create the 10-bit time base.
2:
Alternate setting controlled by the ECCPMX bit (PIC18F8X8X devices only).
TRISC<2>
RC2/CCP1/P1A
TRISE<6>
RE6/AD14/P1B or RH7
(2)
TRISE<5>
TRISG<4>
RG4/P1D
Output
Controller
P1M1<1:0>
2
CCP1M<3:0>
4
CCP1DEL
CCP1/P1A
P1B
P1C
P1D
RE5/AD13/P1C or RH6
(2)
0
Period
00
10
01
11
SIGNAL
PR2 + 1
CCP1CON
<7:6>
P1A Modulated
P1A Modulated
P1B Modulated
P1A Active
P1B Inactive
P1C Inactive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
P1B Modulated
P1C Active
P1D Inactive
Duty
Cycle
(Single Output)
(Half-Bridge)
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
Delay
(1)
Delay
(1)
Note 1:
Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCP1DEL register (Section 16.2.6 "Programmable Dead-Band Delay").
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 179
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 16-4:
PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS (ACTIVE-LOW STATE)
0
Period
00
10
01
11
SIGNAL
PR2 + 1
CCP1CON
<7:6>
P1A Modulated
P1A Modulated
P1B Modulated
P1A Active
P1B Inactive
P1C Inactive
P1D Modulated
P1A Inactive
P1B Modulated
P1C Active
P1D Inactive
Duty
Cycle
(Single Output)
(Half-Bridge)
(Full-Bridge,
Forward)
(Full-Bridge,
Reverse)
Delay
(1)
Delay
(1)
Note 1:
Dead-band delay is programmed using the ECCP1DEL register (Section 16.2.6 "Programmable Dead-Band Delay").
Relationships:
Period = 4 * T
OSC
* (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 prescale value)
Duty Cycle = T
OSC
* (CCPR1L<7:0>:CCP1CON<5:4>) * (TMR2 prescale value)
Delay = 4 * T
OSC
* (PWM1CON<6:0>)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 180
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.2.4
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, two pins are used as
outputs to drive push-pull loads. The PWM output signal
is output on the P1A pin while the complementary PWM
output signal is output on the P1B pin (Figure 16-5).
This mode can be used for half-bridge applications, as
shown in Figure 16-6, or for full-bridge applications
where four power switches are being modulated with
two PWM signals.
In Half-Bridge Output mode, the programmable dead-
band delay can be used to prevent shoot-through
current in half-bridge power devices. The value of bits
PDC6:PDC0 sets the number of instruction cycles
before the output is driven active. If the value is greater
than the duty cycle, the corresponding output remains
inactive during the entire cycle. See Section 16.2.6
"Programmable Dead-Band Delay"
for more details
of the dead-band delay operations.
Since the P1A and P1B outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTC<2> and PORTE<6> data latches, the
TRISC<2> and TRISE<6> bits must be cleared to
configure P1A and P1B as outputs.
FIGURE 16-5:
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
FIGURE 16-6:
EXAMPLES OF HALF-BRIDGE OUTPUT MODE APPLICATIONS
Period
Duty Cycle
td
td
(1)
P1A
(2)
P1B
(2)
td = Dead-band Delay
Period
(1)
(1)
Note
1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
2: Output signals are shown as active-high.
PIC18FXX80/XX85
P1A
P1B
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
+
V
-
+
V
-
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
PIC18FXX80/XX85
P1A
P1B
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit ("Push-Pull")
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 181
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
16.2.5
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In Full-Bridge Output mode, four pins are used as
outputs; however, only two outputs are active at a time.
In the Forward mode, pin P1A is continuously active
and pin P1D is modulated. In the Reverse mode, pin
PGC is continuously active and pin P1B is modulated.
These are illustrated in Figure 16-7.
P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTC<2>, PORTE<6:5> and PORTG<4> data
latches. The TRISC<2>, TRISC<6:5> and TRISG<4>
bits must be cleared to make the P1A, P1B, P1C and
P1D pins outputs.
FIGURE 16-7:
FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
Period
Duty Cycle
P1A
(2)
P1B
(2)
P1C
(2)
P1D
(2)
Forward Mode
(1)
Period
Duty Cycle
P1A
(2)
P1C
(2)
P1D
(2)
P1B
(2)
Reverse Mode
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
Note
2: Output signal is shown as active-high.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 182
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 16-8:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
16.2.5.1
Direction Change in Full-Bridge Mode
In the Full-Bridge Output mode, the P1M1 bit in the
CCP1CON register allows the user to control the
forward/reverse direction. When the application
firmware changes this direction control bit, the module
will assume the new direction on the next PWM cycle.
Just before the end of the current PWM period, the mod-
ulated outputs (P1B and P1D) are placed in their inactive
state while the unmodulated outputs (P1A and P1C) are
switched to drive in the opposite direction. This occurs in
a time interval of (4 T
OSC
* (Timer2 Prescale value))
before the next PWM period begins. The Timer2
prescaler will be either 1, 4 or 16, depending on the
value of the T2CKPS bit (T2CON<1:0>). During the
interval from the switch of the unmodulated outputs to
the beginning of the next period, the modulated outputs
(P1B and P1D) remain inactive. This relationship is
shown in Figure 16-9.
Note that in the Full-Bridge Output mode, the CCP1
module does not provide any dead-band delay. In
general, since only one output is modulated at all times,
dead-band delay is not required. However, there is a
situation where a dead-band delay might be required.
This situation occurs when both of the following
conditions are true:
1.
The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
2.
The turn off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater
than the turn on time.
Figure 16-10 shows an example where the PWM direc-
tion changes from forward to reverse at a near 100%
duty cycle. At time t1, the output P1A and P1D become
inactive while output P1C becomes active. In this
example, since the turn off time of the power devices is
longer than the turn on time, a shoot-through current
may flow through power devices QC and QD (see
Figure 16-8) for the duration of `t'. The same phenom-
enon will occur to power devices QA and QB for PWM
direction change from reverse to forward.
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
for an application, one of the following requirements
must be met:
1.
Reduce PWM for a PWM period before
changing directions.
2.
Use switch drivers that can drive the switches off
faster than they can drive them on.
Other options to prevent shoot-through current may
exist.
PIC18FXX80/XX85
P1A
P1C
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
P1B
P1D
QA
QB
QD
QC
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 183
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 16-9:
PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
FIGURE 16-10:
PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE
DC
Period
(1)
SIGNAL
Note
1:
The direction bit in the CCP1 Control register (CCP1CON<7>) is written any time during the PWM cycle.
2:
When changing directions, the P1A and P1C signals switch before the end of the current PWM cycle at inter-
vals of 4 T
OSC
, 16 T
OSC
or 64 T
OSC
, depending on the Timer2 prescaler value. The modulated P1B and P1D
signals are inactive at this time.
Period
(Note 2)
P1A (Active-High)
P1B (Active-High)
P1C (Active-High)
P1D (Active-High)
DC
Forward Period
Reverse Period
P1A
t
ON
t
OFF
t = t
OFF
t
ON
P1B
P1C
P1D
External Switch D
Potential
Shoot-Through
Current
Note
1: All signals are shown as active-high.
2: t
ON
is the turn on delay of power switch QC and its driver.
3: t
OFF
is the turn off delay of power switch QD and its driver.
External Switch C
t1
DC
DC
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 184
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.2.6
PROGRAMMABLE
DEAD-BAND DELAY
In half-bridge applications where all power switches are
modulated at the PWM frequency at all times, the
power switches normally require more time to turn off
than to turn on. If both the upper and lower power
switches are switched at the same time (one turned on
and the other turned off), both switches may be on for
a short period of time until one switch completely turns
off. During this brief interval, a very high current (shoot-
through current) may flow through both power
switches, shorting the bridge supply. To avoid this
potentially destructive shoot-through current from flow-
ing during switching, turning on either of the power
switches is normally delayed to allow the other switch
to completely turn off.
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, a digitally pro-
grammable dead-band delay is available to avoid
shoot-through current from destroying the bridge
power switches. The delay occurs at the signal
transition from the non-active state to the active state.
See Figure 16-5 for an illustration. The lower seven bits
of the ECCP1DEL register (Register 16-2) set the
delay period in terms of microcontroller instruction
cycles (T
CY
or 4 T
OSC
).
16.2.7
ENHANCED PWM
AUTO-SHUTDOWN
When the CCP1 is programmed for any of the
enhanced PWM modes, the active output pins may be
configured for auto-shutdown. Auto-shutdown immedi-
ately places the enhanced PWM output pins into a
defined shutdown state when a shutdown event
occurs.
A shutdown event can be caused by either of the two
comparator modules or a low level on the RB0 pin (or
any combination of these three sources). The compar-
ators may be used to monitor a voltage input propor-
tional to a current being monitored in the bridge circuit.
If the voltage exceeds a threshold, the comparator
switches state and triggers a shutdown. Alternatively, a
low digital signal on the RB0 pin can also trigger a
shutdown. The auto-shutdown feature can be disabled
by not selecting any auto-shutdown sources. The
auto-shutdown sources to be used are selected using
the ECCPAS2:ECCPAS0 bits (bits <6:4> of the
ECCP1AS register).
When a shutdown occurs, the output pins are asyn-
chronously placed in their shutdown states, specified
by the PSSAC1:PSSAC0 and PSSBD1:PSSBD0 bits
(ECCP1AS<3:0>). Each pin pair (P1A/P1C and P1B/
P1D) may be set to drive high, drive low, or be tri-stated
(not driving). The ECCPASE bit (ECCP1AS<7>) is also
set to hold the enhanced PWM outputs in their
shutdown states.
The ECCPASE bit is set by hardware when a shutdown
event occurs. If automatic restarts are not enabled, the
ECCPASE bit is cleared by firmware when the cause of
the shutdown clears. If automatic restarts are enabled,
the ECCPASE bit is automatically cleared when the
cause of the auto-shutdown has cleared.
If the ECCPASE bit is set when a PWM period begins,
the PWM outputs remain in their shutdown state for that
entire PWM period. When the ECCPASE bit is cleared,
the PWM outputs will return to normal operation at the
beginning of the next PWM period.
REGISTER 16-2:
ECCP1DEL: ECCP1 DELAY REGISTER
Note:
Writing to the ECCPASE bit is disabled
while a shutdown condition is active.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PRSEN
PDC6
PDC5
PDC4
PDC3
PDC2
PDC1
PDC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PRSEN: PWM Restart Enable bit
1
= Upon auto-shutdown, the ECCPASE bit clears automatically once the shutdown event
goes away; the PWM restarts automatically
0
= Upon auto-shutdown, ECCPASE must be cleared in software to restart the PWM
bit 6-0
PDC<6:0>: PWM Delay Count bits
Number of F
OSC
/4 (4 * T
OSC
) cycles between the scheduled time when a PWM signal should
transition active and the actual time it transitions active.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 185
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 16-3:
ECCP1AS: ENHANCED CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN
CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
ECCPASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
0
= ECCP outputs are operating
1
= A shutdown event has occurred; ECCP outputs are in shutdown state
bit 6-4
ECCPAS<2:0>: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Source Select bits
000
= Auto-shutdown is disabled
001
= Comparator 1 output
010
= Comparator 2 output
011
= Either Comparator 1 or 2
100
= RB0
101
= RB0 or Comparator 1
110
= RB0 or Comparator 2
111
= RB0 or Comparator 1 or Comparator 2
bit 3-2
PSSACn: Pins A and C Shutdown State Control bits
00
= Drive pins A and C to `
0
'
01
= Drive pins A and C to `
1
'
1x
= Pins A and C tri-state
bit 1-0
PSSBDn: Pins B and D Shutdown State Control bits
00
= Drive pins B and D to `
0
'
01
= Drive pins B and D to `
1
'
1x
= Pins B and D tri-state
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 186
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.2.7.1
Auto-Shutdown and Automatic
Restart
The auto-shutdown feature can be configured to allow
automatic restarts of the module following a shutdown
event. This is enabled by setting the PRSEN bit of the
ECCP1DEL register (ECCP1DEL<7>).
In Shutdown mode with PRSEN =
1
(Figure 16-11), the
ECCPASE bit will remain set for as long as the cause
of the shutdown continues. When the shutdown condi-
tion clears, the ECCPASE bit is cleared. If PRSEN =
0
(Figure 16-12), once a shutdown condition occurs, the
ECCPASE bit will remain set until it is cleared by firm-
ware. Once ECCPASE is cleared, the enhanced PWM
will resume at the beginning of the next PWM period.
Independent of the PRSEN bit setting, if the auto-
shutdown source is one of the comparators, the shut-
down condition is a level. The ECCPASE bit cannot be
cleared as long as the cause of the shutdown persists.
The Auto-Shutdown mode can be forced by writing a `
1
'
to the ECCPASE bit.
16.2.8
START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
When the ECCP module is used in the PWM mode, the
application hardware must use the proper external pull-
up and/or pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
When the microcontroller is released from Reset, all of
the I/O pins are in the high-impedance state. The exter-
nal circuits must keep the power switch devices in the
off state until the microcontroller drives the I/O pins with
the proper signal levels or activates the PWM output(s).
The CCP1M1:CCP1M0 bits (CCP1CON<1:0>) allow
the user to choose whether the PWM output signals are
active-high or active-low for each pair of PWM output
pins (P1A/P1C and P1B/P1D). The PWM output
polarities must be selected before the PWM pins are
configured as outputs. Changing the polarity configura-
tion while the PWM pins are configured as outputs is
not recommended since it may result in damage to the
application circuits.
The P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D output latches may not be
in the proper states when the PWM module is initialized.
Enabling the PWM pins for output at the same time as
the ECCP module may cause damage to the applica-
tion circuit. The ECCP module must be enabled in the
proper Output mode and complete a full PWM cycle
before configuring the PWM pins as outputs. The com-
pletion of a full PWM cycle is indicated by the TMR2IF
bit being set as the second PWM period begins.
FIGURE 16-11:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN (PRSEN =
1
, AUTO-RESTART ENABLED)
FIGURE 16-12:
PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN (PRSEN =
0
, AUTO-RESTART DISABLED)
Note:
Writing to the ECCPASE bit is disabled
while a shutdown condition is active.
Shutdown
PWM
ECCPASE bit
Activity
Event
Shutdown
Event Occurs
Shutdown
Event Clears
PWM
Resumes
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
PWM Period
Shutdown
PWM
ECCPASE bit
Activity
Event
Shutdown
Event Occurs
Shutdown
Event Clears
PWM
Resumes
Normal PWM
Start of
PWM Period
ECCPASE
Cleared by
Firmware
PWM Period
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 187
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
16.2.9
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the ECCP1 module for PWM operation:
1.
Configure the PWM pins, P1A and P1B (and
P1C and P1D, if used), as inputs by setting the
corresponding TRISB bits.
2.
Set the PWM period by loading the PR2 register.
3.
Configure the ECCP1 module for the desired
PWM mode and configuration by loading the
CCP1CON register with the appropriate values:
Select one of the available output
configurations and direction with the
P1M1:P1M0 bits.
Select the polarities of the PWM output
signals with the CCP1M3:CCP1M0 bits.
4.
Set the PWM duty cycle by loading the CCPR1L
register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits.
5.
For Half-Bridge Output mode, set the dead-
band delay by loading ECCP1DEL<6:0> with
the appropriate value.
6.
If auto-shutdown operation is required, load the
ECCPAS register:
Select the auto-shutdown sources using the
ECCPAS<2:0> bits.
Select the shutdown states of the PWM
output pins using PSSAC1:PSSAC0 and
PSSBD1:PSSBD0 bits.
Set the ECCPASE bit (ECCPAS<7>).
Configure the comparators using the CMCON
register.
Configure the comparator inputs as analog
inputs.
7.
If auto-restart operation is required, set the
PRSEN bit (ECCP1DEL<7>).
8.
Configure and start TMR2:
Clear the TMR2 interrupt flag bit by clearing
the TMR2IF bit (PIR1<1>).
Set the TMR2 prescale value by loading the
T2CKPS bits (T2CON<1:0>).
Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit
(T2CON<2>).
9.
Enable PWM outputs after a new PWM cycle
has started:
Wait until TMR2 overflows (TMR2IF bit is set).
Enable the CCP1/P1A, P1B, P1C and/or P1D
pin outputs by clearing the respective TRISB
bits.
Clear the ECCPASE bit (ECCP1AS<7>).
16.2.10
EFFECTS OF A RESET
Both Power-on and subsequent Resets will force all
ports to Input mode and the CCP registers to their
Reset states.
This forces the Enhanced CCP module to reset to a
state compatible with the standard CCP module.
TABLE 16-3:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISE
PORTE Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISG
--
--
--
PORTG Data Direction Register
---1 1111 ---1 1111
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Module Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
P1M1
P1M0
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
0000 0000 0000 0000
ECCP1AS
ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
0000 0000 0000 0000
ECCP1DEL
PRSEN
PDC6
PDC5
PDC4
PDC3
PDC2
PDC1
PDC0
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 188
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 189
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.0
MASTER SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MSSP)
MODULE
17.1
Master SSP (MSSP) Module
Overview
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface, useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers, dis-
play drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module
can operate in one of two modes:
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I
2
C)
- Full Master mode
- Slave mode (with general address call)
The I
2
C interface supports the following modes in
hardware:
Master mode
Multi-Master mode
Slave mode
17.2
Control Registers
The MSSP module has three associated registers.
These include a status register (SSPSTAT) and two
control registers (SSPCON1 and SSPCON2). The use
of these registers and their individual configuration bits
differ significantly depending on whether the MSSP
module is operated in SPI or I
2
C mode.
Additional details are provided under the individual
sections.
17.3
SPI Mode
The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously
transmitted and received simultaneously. All four
modes of SPI are supported. To accomplish
communication, typically three pins are used:
Serial Data Out (SDO) RC5/SDO
Serial Data In (SDI) RC4/SDI/SDA
Serial Clock (SCK) RC3/SCK/SCL
Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave
mode of operation:
Slave Select (SS) RF7/SS
Figure 17-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
FIGURE 17-1:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(SPI MODE)
( )
Read
Write
Internal
Data Bus
SSPSR Reg
SSPM3:SSPM0
bit0
Shift
Clock
SS Control
Enable
Edge
Select
Clock Select
TMR2 Output
T
OSC
Prescaler
4, 16, 64
2
Edge
Select
2
4
Data to TX/RX in SSPSR
TRIS bit
2
SMP:CKE
RC5/SDO
SSPBUF Reg
RC4/SDI/SDA
RF7/SS
RC3/SCK/
SCL
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 190
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.1
REGISTERS
The MSSP module has four registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT)
Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer Register
(SSPBUF)
MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) Not directly
accessible
SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT are the control and status
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPCON1 regis-
ter is readable and writable. The lower 6 bits of the
SSPSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPSTAT are read/write.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
are written to or read from.
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
and SSPSR.
REGISTER 17-1:
SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SMP: Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1
= Input data sampled at end of data output time
0
= Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode.
bit 6
CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit
When CKP =
0
:
1
= Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK
0
= Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK
When CKP =
1
:
1
= Data transmitted on falling edge of SCK
0
= Data transmitted on rising edge of SCK
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 4
P: Stop bit
Used in I
2
C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is
cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write bit Information
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit (Receive mode only)
1
= Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0
= Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 191
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 17-2:
SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit (Transmit mode only)
1
= The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be
cleared in software)
0
= No collision
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
SPI Slave mode:
1
= A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case
of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode.The user
must read the SSPBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow (must be
cleared in software).
0
= No overflow
Note:
In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and
transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register.
bit 5
SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI, and SS as serial port pins
0
= Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note:
When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output.
bit 4
CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1
= Idle state for clock is a high level
0
= Idle state for clock is a low level
bit 3-0
SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
0101
= SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin
0100
= SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled
0011
= SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2
0010
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/64
0001
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/16
0000
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/4
Note:
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in
I
2
C mode only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 192
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.2
OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPCON1<5:0> and SSPSTAT<7:6>).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
Master mode (SCK is the clock output)
Slave mode (SCK is the clock input)
Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK)
Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCK)
Clock Rate (Master mode only)
Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
The MSSP consists of a Transmit/Receive Shift regis-
ter (SSPSR) and a Buffer register (SSPBUF). The
SSPSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb
first. The SSPBUF holds the data that was written to the
SSPSR, until the received data is ready. Once the 8 bits
of data have been received, that byte is moved to the
SSPBUF register. Then the Buffer Full detect bit, BF
(SSPSTAT<0>) and the interrupt flag bit, SSPIF, are
set. This double-buffering of the received data
(SSPBUF) allows the next byte to start reception before
reading the data that was just received. Any write to the
SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data
will be ignored and the Write Collision detect bit, WCOL
(SSPCON1<7>), will be set. User software must clear
the WCOL bit so that it can be determined if the follow-
ing write(s) to the SSPBUF register completed
successfully.
When the application software is expecting to receive
valid data, the SSPBUF should be read before the next
byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPBUF. Buffer
Full bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), indicates when SSPBUF
has been loaded with the received data (transmission
is complete). When the SSPBUF is read, the BF bit is
cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the SPI is only a
transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt is used to
determine when the transmission/reception has com-
pleted. The SSPBUF must be read and/or written. If the
interrupt method is not going to be used, then software
polling can be done to ensure that a write collision does
not occur. Example 17-1 shows the loading of the
SSPBUF (SSPSR) for data transmission.
The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can
only be accessed by addressing the SSPBUF register.
Additionally, the MSSP Status register (SSPSTAT)
indicates the various status conditions.
EXAMPLE 17-1:
LOADING THE SSPBUF (SSPSR) REGISTER
LOOP
BTFSS
SSPSTAT, BF
;Has data been received(transmit complete)?
BRA
LOOP
;No
MOVF
SSPBUF, W
;WREG reg = contents of SSPBUF
MOVWF
RXDATA
;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful
MOVF
TXDATA, W
;W reg = contents of TXDATA
MOVWF
SSPBUF
;New data to xmit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 193
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.3.3
ENABLING SPI I/O
To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN
(SSPCON1<5>), must be set. To reset or reconfigure
SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, reinitialize the
SSPCON registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This
configures the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as serial
port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port func-
tion, some must have their data direction bits (in the
TRIS register) appropriately programmed as follows:
SDI is automatically controlled by the SPI module
SDO must have TRISC<5> bit cleared
SCK (Master mode) must have TRISC<3> bit
cleared
SCK (Slave mode) must have TRISC<3> bit set
SS must have TRISF<7> bit set
Any serial port function that is not desired may be
overridden by programming the corresponding data
direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
17.3.4
TYPICAL CONNECTION
Figure 17-2 shows a typical connection between two
microcontrollers. The master controller (Processor 1)
initiates the data transfer by sending the SCK signal.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on their pro-
grammed clock edge and latched on the opposite edge
of the clock. Both processors should be programmed to
the same Clock Polarity (CKP), then both controllers
would send and receive data at the same time.
Whether the data is meaningful (or dummy data)
depends on the application software. This leads to
three scenarios for data transmission:
Master sends data
-
Slave sends dummy data
Master sends data
-
Slave sends data
Master sends dummy data
-
Slave sends data
FIGURE 17-2:
SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
MSb
LSb
SDO
SDI
PROCESSOR 1
SCK
SPI Master SSPM3:SSPM0 =
00xxb
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
LSb
MSb
SDI
SDO
PROCESSOR 2
SCK
SPI Slave SSPM3:SSPM0 =
010xb
Serial Clock
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 194
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.5
MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCK. The master determines
when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 17-2) is to
broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPBUF register is written to. If the SPI is
only going to receive, the SDO output could be dis-
abled (programmed as an input). The SSPSR register
will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDI pin
at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and status bits
appropriately set). This could be useful in receiver
applications as a "Line Activity Monitor" mode.
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately program-
ming the CKP bit (SSPCON1<4>). This then, would
give waveforms for SPI communication, as shown in
Figure 17-3, Figure 17-5 and Figure 17-6, where the
MSB is transmitted first. In Master mode, the SPI clock
rate (bit rate) is user programmable to be one of the
following:
F
OSC
/4 (or T
CY
)
F
OSC
/16 (or 4 T
CY
)
F
OSC
/64 (or 16 T
CY
)
Timer2 output/2
This allows a maximum data rate (at 40 MHz) of
10.00 Mbps.
Figure 17-3 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
FIGURE 17-3:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
SCK
(CKP =
0
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
SCK
(CKP =
1
4 Clock
Modes
Input
Sample
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit 7
bit 0
SDI
SSPIF
(SMP =
1
)
(SMP =
0
)
(SMP =
1
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
0
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
(CKE =
0
)
(CKE =
1
)
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 195
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.3.6
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
the external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the
last bit is latched, the SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external
clock must meet the minimum high and low times as
specified in the electrical specifications.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. When a byte is received, the device will wake-up
from Sleep.
17.3.7
SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The SS pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The SPI
must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled
(SSPCON1<3:0> = 04h). The pin must not be driven
low for the SS pin to function as an input. The data latch
must be high. When the SS pin is low, transmission and
reception are enabled and the SDO pin is driven. When
the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin is no longer driven
even if in the middle of a transmitted byte and becomes
a floating output. External pull-up/pull-down resistors
may be desirable depending on the application.
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to `
0
'. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
To emulate two-wire communication, the SDO pin can
be connected to the SDI pin. When the SPI needs to
operate as a receiver, the SDO pin can be configured
as an input. This disables transmissions from the SDO.
The SDI can always be left as an input (SDI function)
since it cannot create a bus conflict.
FIGURE 17-4:
SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM
Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin
control enabled (SSPCON<3:0> =
0100
),
the SPI module will reset if the SS pin is set
to V
DD
.
2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE
set, then the SS pin control must be
enabled.
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 7
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
Flag
bit 0
bit 7
bit 0
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
CKE =
0
)
SS
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 196
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-5:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE =
0
)
FIGURE 17-6:
SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE =
1
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SS
Flag
Optional
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
1
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SS
Flag
Not Optional
Next Q4 Cycle
after Q2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 197
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.3.8
SLEEP OPERATION
In Master mode, all module clocks are halted and the
transmission/reception will remain in that state until the
device wakes from Sleep. After the device returns to
normal mode, the module will continue to
transmit/receive data.
In Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register
operates asynchronously to the device. This allows the
device to be placed in Sleep mode and data to be
shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register.
When all 8 bits have been received, the MSSP interrupt
flag bit will be set and if enabled, will wake the device
from Sleep.
17.3.9
EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
17.3.10
BUS MODE COMPATIBILITY
Table 17-1 shows the compatibility between the
standard SPI modes and the states of the CKP and
CKE control bits.
TABLE 17-1:
SPI BUS MODES
There is also a SMP bit which controls when the data is
sampled.
TABLE 17-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION
Standard SPI Mode
Terminology
Control Bits State
CKP
CKE
0, 0
0
1
0, 1
0
0
1, 0
1
1
1, 1
1
0
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4
TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
TRISF0
1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
SSPBUF
Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
SSPCON
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
SSPSTAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP in SPI mode.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 198
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4
I
2
C Mode
The MSSP module in I
2
C mode fully implements all
master and slave functions (including general call sup-
port) and provides interrupts on Start and Stop bits in
hardware to determine a free bus (multi-master func-
tion). The MSSP module implements the standard
mode specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing.
Two pins are used for data transfer:
Serial clock (SCL) RC3/SCK/SCL
Serial data (SDA) RC4/SDI/SDA
The user must configure these pins as inputs or outputs
through the TRISC<4:3> bits.
FIGURE 17-7:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(I
2
C MODE)
17.4.1
REGISTERS
The MSSP module has six registers for I
2
C operation.
These are:
MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
MSSP Control Register 2 (SSPCON2)
MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT)
Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF)
MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) Not directly
accessible
MSSP Address Register (SSPADD)
SSPCON, SSPCON2 and SSPSTAT are the control
and status registers in I
2
C mode operation. The
SSPCON and SSPCON2 registers are readable and
writable. The lower six bits of the SSPSTAT are read-
only. The upper two bits of the SSPSTAT are
read/write.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
are written to or read from.
SSPADD register holds the slave device address when
the SSP is configured in I
2
C Slave mode. When the
SSP is configured in Master mode, the lower seven bits
of SSPADD act as the Baud Rate Generator reload
value.
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
and SSPSR.
Read
Write
SSPSR Reg
Match Detect
SSPADD Reg
Start and
Stop bit Detect
SSPBUF Reg
Internal
Data Bus
Addr Match
Set, Reset
S, P bits
(SSPSTAT Reg)
RC3/SCK/
RC4/
Shift
Clock
MSb
SDI/
LSb
SDA
SCL
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 199
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 17-3:
SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SMP: Slew Rate Control bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1
= Slew rate control disabled for Standard Speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
0
= Slew rate control enabled for High-Speed mode (400 kHz)
bit 6
CKE: SMBus Select bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1
= Enable SMBus specific inputs
0
= Disable SMBus specific inputs
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
In Master mode:
Reserved.
In Slave mode:
1
= Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0
= Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4
P: Stop bit
1
= Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0
= Stop bit was not detected last
Note:
This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
1
= Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last
0
= Start bit was not detected last
Note:
This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write bit Information (I
2
C mode only)
In Slave mode:
1
= Read
0
= Write
Note:
This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is
only valid from the address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit or not ACK bit.
In Master mode:
1
= Transmit is in progress
0
= Transmit is not in progress
Note:
ORing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSP is
in Idle mode.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit (10-bit Slave mode only)
1
= Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register
0
= Address does not need to be updated
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit
In Transmit mode:
1
= Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0
= Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
In Receive mode:
1
= Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is full
0
= Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is empty
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 200
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 17-4:
SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
In Master Transmit mode:
1
= A write to the SSPBUF register was attempted while the I
2
C conditions were not valid for
a transmission to be started (must be cleared in software)
0
= No collision
In Slave Transmit mode:
1
= The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be
cleared in software)
0
= No collision
In Receive mode (Master or Slave modes):
This is a "don't care" bit.
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
In Receive mode:
1
= A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte (must be
cleared in software)
0
= No overflow
In Transmit mode:
This is a "don't care" bit in Transmit mode.
bit 5
SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the serial port pins
0
= Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note:
When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be properly configured as input or
output.
bit 4
CKP: SCK Release Control bit
In Slave mode:
1
= Release clock
0
= Holds clock low (clock stretch), used to ensure data setup time
In Master mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 3-0
SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
1111
= I
2
C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110
= I
2
C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1011
= I
2
C Firmware Controlled Master mode (slave Idle)
1000
= I
2
C Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/(4 * (SSPADD + 1))
0111
= I
2
C Slave mode, 10-bit address
0110
= I
2
C Slave mode, 7-bit address
Note:
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in
SPI mode only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 201
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 17-5:
SSPCON2: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
GCEN: General Call Enable bit (Slave mode only)
1
= Enable interrupt when a general call address (0000h) is received in the SSPSR
0
= General call address disabled
bit 6
ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (Master Transmit mode only)
1
= Acknowledge was not received from slave
0
= Acknowledge was received from slave
bit 5
ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (Master Receive mode only)
1
= Not Acknowledge
0
= Acknowledge
Note:
Value that will be transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at
the end of a receive.
bit 4
ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (Master Receive mode only)
1
= Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Acknowledge sequence Idle
bit 3
RCEN: Receive Enable bit (Master Mode only)
1
= Enables Receive mode for I
2
C
0
= Receive Idle
bit 2
PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (Master mode only)
1
= Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Stop condition Idle
bit 1
RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enabled bit (Master mode only)
1
= Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Repeated Start condition Idle
bit 0
SEN: Start Condition Enabled/Stretch Enabled bit
In Master mode:
1
= Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Start condition Idle
In Slave mode:
1
= Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled)
0
= Clock stretching is disabled
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I
2
C module is not in the Idle mode,
this bit may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPBUF may not be written (or writes
to the SSPBUF are disabled).
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 202
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.2
OPERATION
The MSSP module functions are enabled by setting
MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN (SSPCON<5>).
The SSPCON1 register allows control of the I
2
C oper-
ation. Four mode selection bits (SSPCON<3:0>) allow
one of the following I
2
C modes to be selected:
I
2
C Master mode, clock = OSC/4 (SSPADD + 1)
I
2
C Slave mode (7-bit address)
I
2
C Slave mode (10-bit address)
I
2
C Slave mode (7-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
I
2
C Slave mode (10-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
I
2
C Firmware Controlled Master mode, slave is
Idle
Selection of any I
2
C mode with the SSPEN bit set,
forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain, pro-
vided these pins are programmed to inputs by setting
the appropriate TRISC bits. To ensure proper operation
of the module, pull-up resistors must be provided
externally to the SCL and SDA pins.
17.4.3
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the SCL and SDA pins must be config-
ured as inputs (TRISC<4:3> set). The MSSP module
will override the input state with the output data when
required (slave-transmitter).
The I
2
C Slave mode hardware will always generate an
interrupt on an address match. Through the mode
select bits, the user can also choose to interrupt on
Start and Stop bits
When an address is matched or the data transfer after
an address match is received, the hardware automati-
cally will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse and
load the SSPBUF register with the received value
currently in the SSPSR register.
Any combination of the following conditions will cause
the MSSP module not to give this ACK pulse:
The buffer full bit BF (SSPSTAT<0>) was set
before the transfer was received.
The overflow bit SSPOV (SSPCON<6>) was set
before the transfer was received.
In this case, the SSPSR register value is not loaded
into the SSPBUF but bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) is set. The
BF bit is cleared by reading the SSPBUF register while
bit SSPOV is cleared through software.
The SCL clock input must have a minimum high and
low for proper operation. The high and low times of the
I
2
C specification, as well as the requirement of the
MSSP module, are shown in timing parameter #100
and parameter #101.
17.4.3.1
Addressing
Once the MSSP module has been enabled, it waits for
a Start condition to occur. Following the Start condition,
the 8 bits are shifted into the SSPSR register. All incom-
ing bits are sampled with the rising edge of the clock
(SCL) line. The value of register SSPSR<7:1> is com-
pared to the value of the SSPADD register. The
address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth
clock (SCL) pulse. If the addresses match and the BF
and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur:
1.
The SSPSR register value is loaded into the
SSPBUF register.
2.
The buffer full bit BF is set.
3.
An ACK pulse is generated.
4.
MSSP interrupt flag bit, SSPIF (PIR1<3>), is set
(interrupt is generated, if enabled) on the falling
edge of the ninth SCL pulse.
In 10-bit Address mode, two address bytes need to be
received by the slave. The five Most Significant bits
(MSbs) of the first address byte specify if this is a 10-bit
address. Bit R/W (SSPSTAT<2>) must specify a write
so the slave device will receive the second address
byte. For a 10-bit address, the first byte would equal
`
11110 A9 A8 0
', where `
A9
' and `
A8
' are the two
MSbs of the address. The sequence of events for
10-bit address is as follows, with steps 7 through 9 for
the slave-transmitter:
1.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF,
BF and bit UA (SSPSTAT<1>) are set).
2.
Update the SSPADD register with second (low)
byte of address (clears bit UA and releases the
SCL line).
3.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
4.
Receive second (low) byte of address (bits
SSPIF, BF, and UA are set).
5.
Update the SSPADD register with the first (high)
byte of address. If match releases SCL line, this
will clear bit UA.
6.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
7.
Receive Repeated Start condition.
8.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF
and BF are set).
9.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 203
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.3.2
Reception
When the R/W bit of the address byte is clear and an
address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT
register is cleared. The received address is loaded into
the SSPBUF register and the SDA line is held low
(ACK).
When the address byte overflow condition exists, then
the no Acknowledge (ACK) pulse is given. An overflow
condition is defined as either bit BF (SSPSTAT<0>) is
set or bit SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>) is set.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. Flag bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) must be cleared in soft-
ware. The SSPSTAT register is used to determine the
status of the byte.
If SEN is enabled (SSPCON2<0> =
1
), RC3/SCK/SCL
will be held low (clock stretch) following each data
transfer. The clock must be released by setting bit
CKP (SSPCON<4>). See Section 17.4.4 "Clock
Stretching"
for more detail.
17.4.3.3
Transmission
When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
SSPSTAT register is set. The received address is
loaded into the SSPBUF register. The ACK pulse will
be sent on the ninth bit and pin RC3/SCK/SCL is held
low, regardless of SEN (see Section 17.4.4 "Clock
Stretching"
for more detail). By stretching the clock,
the master will be unable to assert another clock pulse
until the slave is done preparing the transmit data. The
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register
which also loads the SSPSR register. Then pin RC3/
SCK/SCL should be enabled by setting bit CKP
(SSPCON1<4>). The eight data bits are shifted out on
the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures that the
SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time
(Figure 17-9).
The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. If the SDA
line is high (not ACK), then the data transfer is com-
plete. In this case, when the ACK is latched by the
slave, the slave logic is reset (resets SSPSTAT regis-
ter) and the slave monitors for another occurrence of
the Start bit. If the SDA line was low (ACK), the next
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register.
Again, pin RC3/SCK/SCL must be enabled by setting
bit CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPIF bit must be cleared in software and
the SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 204
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-8:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
0
(RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSP
I
F
BF (
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
S
SPO
V (
S
S
P
CO
N<6
>
)
S
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
6
7
89
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
A
7
A6
A
5
A
4
A
3
A
2
A
1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
ta
R/W
=
0
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Ad
d
r
e
s
s
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

softw
ar
e
SSP
BUF
i
s
r
e
a
d
B
u
s m
a
ster
te
rmina
tes
tr
ansfer
S
S
P
OV
is set
be
cause S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
still fu
l
l
.
A
C
K
i
s
not
sent.
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3
>
)
CK
P
(C
K
P
does
not r
e
set to
`
0
' wh
e
n

S
E
N
=
0
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 205
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 17-9:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SD
A
SC
L
S
S
P
I
F
(P
I
R
1<
3>
)
B
F
(
SSP
ST
A
T
<
0
>)
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SSP
BU
F

i
s
w
r
it
t
e
n
in
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
C
l
eared i
n
sof
t
w
a
re
F
r
o
m
SSPI
F

I
S
R
Data i
n
sam
p
led
S
AC
K
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
i
ng D
a
t
a
R/
W
=
1
AC
K
R
e
cei
v
i
ng A
ddres
s
A7
D
7
9
1
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S
S
P
B
U
F
is

w
r
it
te
n
in
s
o
ft
w
a
r
e
C
l
eared i
n
sof
t
w
a
re
Fr
o
m
SS
PI
F

I
S
R
T
r
ansmi
t
t
i
ng D
a
ta
D7
1
CK
P
P
ACK
C
K
P

is
s
e
t in

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
C
K
P

is
s
e
t in

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
S
C
L hel
d l
o
w
wh
i
l
e
CP
U
responds to S
S
P
IF
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 206
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-10:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
0
(RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SS
PI
F
BF
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
0
>
)
S
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9
A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4A
3A
2
A
1
A
0
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
1
D
0
Re
ce
i
v
e
Da
t
a
Byte
ACK
R/W
=
0
ACK
Re
ceive F
i
r
s
t B
y
te of A
d
d
r
ess
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
R
e
ce
i
v
e
S
e
cond B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
C
l
e
a
red
by har
dw
are
w
h
en S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s

update
d
w
i
th
l
o
w
byte
of add
ress
UA (
S
S
PST
A
T
<1
>)
Cl
o
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
updat
e of S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
ken pl
a
c
e
UA
is
set indicat
i
n
g
tha
t
the S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
upda
ted
U
A
i
s
set
i
n
di
cati
ng
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
u
pdate
d
C
l
e
a
r
ed
by har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h
hi
gh
b
y
te of
addr
ess
S
SPB
UF
is wr
itte
n
wi
t
h
conten
ts o
f
S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mmy
read
of S
S
P
B
U
F
to clear
B
F
flag
AC
K
CKP
12
3
4
5
7
8
9
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
Re
ce
ive
Da
ta
B
y
te
B
u
s m
a
ste
r
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
D2
6
ACK
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ft
w
a
r
e
SSP
O
V
(
S
SPCO
N
<
6
>
)
S
SPO
V
is
s
e
t
because
S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
stil
l f
u
ll. AC
K
i
s
no
t sent.
(
C
K
P
do
es not
reset
to `
0
'
w
hen
S
E
N
=
0
)
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
upda
te of
S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
k
e
n
pl
ac
e
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 207
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 17-11:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSP
I
F
BF (
S
S
PST
A
T
<
0
>)
S
1
2
34
5
6
78
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9
A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4A
3A
2
A
1
A
0
1
1
1
1
0
A
8
R/W
=
1
AC
K
ACK
R/W
=
0
ACK
R
e
ceive F
i
r
s
t B
y
te of
A
d
d
r
ess
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
B
u
s m
a
ster
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
A9
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
R
e
ce
i
v
e
S
e
cond B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
C
l
ear
ed by
hard
w
are w
h
en
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
u
pdate
d
w
i
t
h l
o
w
byte
of ad
dress
UA (
S
S
PST
A
T
<1
>)
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
up
date o
f
S
S
P
A
D
D
ha
s
t
a
ken
pl
ace
UA
is se
t indicatin
g
that
the S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
upda
ted
U
A
i
s
set
i
ndi
cati
ng
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
u
pdate
d
C
l
e
a
r
ed b
y
har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h h
i
gh
b
y
te of a
ddre
ss.
SS
PBUF
is wr
i
t
te
n
with
cont
ent
s of S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mm
y re
ad of S
S
P
B
U
F
to cle
a
r B
F
f
l
a
g
R
e
cei
v
e F
i
rst B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
12
3
4
5
7
8
9
D
7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D
1
AC
K
D2
6
T
r
an
smitting D
a
ta

B
y
t
e
D0
D
u
mm
y re
ad of
S
S
P
B
U
F
to cle
a
r B
F
f
l
a
g
Sr
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ftwa
r
e
W
r
it
e
o
f
SS
PBUF
in
itia
t
e
s tr
a
n
sm
it
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Co
m
p
le
tio
n
o
f
cl
ear
s B
F
fl
ag
C
KP (
SSP
CO
N<4
>
)
CK
P
is set in
software
C
K
P
i
s
aut
omati
c
a
l
l
y

cl
e
a
red
i
n
har
dw
are
,
hol
di
n
g
S
C
L
l
o
w
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
upd
ate of
S
S
P
A
D
D
has
t
a
ken p
l
ace
da
ta
tran
smi
ssi
on
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
CK
P
is set to
`
1
'
B
F
f
l
a
g
is clear
th
i
r
d ad
dress s
equen
ce
at
the e
nd of t
h
e
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 208
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.4
CLOCK STRETCHING
Both 7- and 10-bit Slave modes implement automatic
clock stretching during a transmit sequence.
The SEN bit (SSPCON2<0>) allows clock stretching to
be enabled during receives. Setting SEN will cause the
SCL pin to be held low at the end of each data receive
sequence.
17.4.4.1
Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN =
1
)
In 7-bit Slave Receive mode, on the falling edge of the
ninth clock at the end of the ACK sequence if the BF bit
is set, the CKP bit in the SSPCON1 register is automat-
ically cleared, forcing the SCL output to be held low.
The CKP being cleared to `
0
' will assert the SCL line
low. The CKP bit must be set in the user's ISR before
reception is allowed to continue. By holding the SCL
line low, the user has time to service the ISR and read
the contents of the SSPBUF before the master device
can initiate another receive sequence. This will prevent
buffer overruns from occurring (see Figure 17-13).
17.4.4.2
Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN =
1
)
In 10-bit Slave Receive mode, during the address
sequence, clock stretching automatically takes place
but CKP is not cleared. During this time, if the UA bit is
set after the ninth clock, clock stretching is initiated.
The UA bit is set after receiving the upper byte of the
10-bit address and following the receive of the second
byte of the 10-bit address with the R/W bit cleared to
`
0
'. The release of the clock line occurs upon updating
SSPADD. Clock stretching will occur on each data
receive sequence as described in 7-bit mode.
17.4.4.3
Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave
Transmit Mode
7-bit Slave Transmit mode implements clock stretching
by clearing the CKP bit after the falling edge of the ninth
clock, if the BF bit is clear. This occurs regardless of the
state of the SEN bit.
The user's ISR must set the CKP bit before transmis-
sion is allowed to continue. By holding the SCL line low,
the user has time to service the ISR and load the con-
tents of the SSPBUF before the master device can
initiate another transmit sequence (see Figure 17-9).
17.4.4.4
Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave
Transmit Mode
In 10-bit Slave Transmit mode, clock stretching is
controlled during the first two address sequences by
the state of the UA bit, just as it is in 10-bit Slave
Receive mode. The first two addresses are followed by
a third address sequence which contains the high order
bits of the 10-bit address and the R/W bit set to `
1
'. After
the third address sequence is performed, the UA bit is
not set, the module is now configured in Transmit
mode, and clock stretching is controlled by the BF flag
as in 7-bit Slave Transmit mode (see Figure 17-11).
Note 1: If the user reads the contents of the
SSPBUF before the falling edge of the
ninth clock, thus clearing the BF bit, the
CKP bit will not be cleared and clock
stretching will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit. The
user should be careful to clear the BF bit
in the ISR before the next receive
sequence in order to prevent an overflow
condition.
Note:
If the user polls the UA bit and clears it by
updating the SSPADD register before the
falling edge of the ninth clock occurs and if
the user hasn't cleared the BF bit by read-
ing the SSPBUF register before that time,
then the CKP bit will still NOT be asserted
low. Clock stretching on the basis of the
state of the BF bit only occurs during a
data sequence, not an address sequence.
Note 1: If the user loads the contents of SSPBUF,
setting the BF bit before the falling edge of
the ninth clock, the CKP bit will not be
cleared and clock stretching will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 209
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.4.5
Clock Synchronization and
the CKP bit
When the CKP bit is cleared, the SCL output is forced
to `
0
'. However, setting the CKP bit will not assert the
SCL output low until the SCL output is already sampled
low. Therefore, the CKP bit will not assert the SCL line
until an external I
2
C master device has already
asserted the SCL line. The SCL output will remain low
until the CKP bit is set and all other devices on the I
2
C
bus have deasserted SCL. This ensures that a write to
the CKP bit will not violate the minimum high time
requirement for SCL (see Figure 17-12).
FIGURE 17-12:
CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
SDA
SCL
DX-1
DX
WR
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SSPCON
CKP
Master device
deasserts clock
Master device
asserts clock
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 210
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-13:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
1
(RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SS
PI
F
BF
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
0
>
)
SSP
O
V
(
S
SPCO
N
<
6
>
)
S
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
6
7
89
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
A
7
A6
A
5
A4
A
3
A2
A
1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D
2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
R/W
=
0
ACK
R
e
cei
v
i
ng A
ddr
ess
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
SSP
BUF
i
s

r
e
a
d
B
u
s m
a
st
er
ter
m
i
nate
s
tra
n
sfer
S
SPO
V
is

s
e
t
becau
se S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
still fu
ll. ACK
is n
o
t sent
.
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
CK
P
CK
P
wr
itte
n
to `
1
' in
If B
F

i
s
cleare
d
pr
ior to
the fa
l
lin
g
edg
e of t
he 9th
cl
ock,
CKP
will n
o
t b
e
r
e
se
t
to `
0
'
a
nd no
cl
ock
str
e
tch
i
n
g
will o
ccu
r
softwar
e
Clo
ck
i
s
h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
til
CK
P
is set to
`
1
'
Clo
ck is n
o
t h
e
l
d
lo
w
be
cause b
u
f
f
er
ful
l
bi
t i
s
cl
ear
pr
i
o
r to
fal
l
i
ng ed
ge
of 9th
cl
ock
C
l
o
ck i
s
not
hel
d l
o
w
becau
se A
C
K
=
1
BF
i
s
se
t
a
fte
r

fa
llin
g
e
dge o
f
the 9
t
h cl
ock,
CKP is r
e
se
t to
`0
' a
n
d
clock str
e
tch
i
ng
occu
r
s
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 211
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 17-14:
I
2
C SLAVE MODE TIMING SEN =
1
(RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SD
A
SC
L
S
SPI
F
B
F
(
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
S
1
2
34
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
67
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9
A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4A
3A
2
A
1
A
0
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
1
D
0
Re
ce
ive
Da
t
a
B
y
te
AC
K
R/W
=
0
ACK
Receive F
i
rst B
y
te o
f
A
ddre
s
s
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
R
e
cei
v
e S
e
co
nd B
y
te of
A
d
d
r
ess
C
l
e
a
r
ed
by har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h
l
o
w
b
y
te of
addr
ess afte
r
falling
edge
UA
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
1
>
)
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
up
date o
f
S
S
P
A
D
D
ha
s
t
a
ken
pl
ace
U
A
i
s
set
i
n
di
cati
ng
that
th
e S
S
P
A
D
D
n
eeds to
be
u
pdate
d
UA
is se
t indicatin
g
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
nee
ds to b
e
upda
ted
C
l
ear
ed by h
a
rdw
a
re w
h
e
n
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
u
pdate
d
w
i
t
h hi
gh
byte
of ad
dress a
fter
fal
l
i
ng ed
ge
SSP
BUF is
wr
it
t
e
n

w
i
t
h
co
ntent
s o
f
S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mm
y read
of S
S
P
B
U
F
to clear
B
F
flag
AC
K
CK
P
12
3
4
5
7
8
9
D
7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
Re
ce
ive
Da
t
a
Byte
B
u
s m
a
ster
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
D2
6
AC
K
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

softw
ar
e
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
SS
PO
V (
SSP
CO
N<6
>
)
CK
P
written
to `
1
'
No
t
e
:
A
n
up
date
of th
e S
S
P
A
D
D
r
e
g
i
ste
r
b
e
fo
r
e
t
h
e

fa
llin
g
ed
ge of
the n
i
nth cl
ock
w
i
l
l
ha
ve no
ef
fect o
n
U
A

and
UA will

r
e
m
a
in
se
t.
No
t
e
:
A
n
up
date of the

S
S
P
A
D
D
re
g
i
s
t
er
be
f
o
r
e
t
h
e f
a
l
l
i
n
g
e
dge
of the
ninth
clock will
h
a
ve n
o
ef
fect
on U
A
and
UA will r
e
m
a
in
se
t.
in softwar
e
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d

l
o
w u
n
t
il
upda
te of S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
k
e
n
pl
ac
e
of n
i
nth cl
ock.
o
f
ni
nth
cl
ock
SS
PO
V is
s
e
t
be
cause S
S
P
B
U
F i
s
still fu
ll. ACK
i
s
not se
nt.
D
u
m
m
y r
ead of
S
S
P
B
U
F
to
cl
e
a
r B
F
flag
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
t
i
l
CK
P
is se
t to `
1
'
Clo
ck is n
o
t
h
e
ld
lo
w
be
c
a
u
s
e A
C
K
=
1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 212
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.5
GENERAL CALL ADDRESS
SUPPORT
The addressing procedure for the I
2
C bus is such that
the first byte after the Start condition usually
determines which device will be the slave addressed by
the master. The exception is the general call address
which can address all devices. When this address is
used, all devices should, in theory, respond with an
Acknowledge.
The general call address is one of eight addresses
reserved for specific purposes by the I
2
C protocol. It
consists of all `
0
's with R/W =
0
.
The general call address is recognized when the Gen-
eral Call Enable bit (GCEN) is enabled (SSPCON2<7>
is set). Following a Start bit detect, 8 bits are shifted into
the SSPSR and the address is compared against the
SSPADD. It is also compared to the general call
address and fixed in hardware.
If the general call address matches, the SSPSR is
transferred to the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is set (eighth
bit) and on the falling edge of the ninth bit (ACK bit), the
SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
When the interrupt is serviced, the source for the inter-
rupt can be checked by reading the contents of the
SSPBUF. The value can be used to determine if the
address was device specific or a general call address.
In 10-bit mode, the SSPADD is required to be updated
for the second half of the address to match and the UA
bit is set (SSPSTAT<1>). If the general call address is
sampled when the GCEN bit is set while the slave is
configured in 10-bit Address mode, then the second
half of the address is not necessary, the UA bit will not
be set and the slave will begin receiving data after the
Acknowledge (Figure 17-15).
FIGURE 17-15:
SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE
(7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS MODE)
SDA
SCL
S
SSPIF
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
Cleared in software
SSPBUF is read
R/W =
0
ACK
General Call Address
Address is compared to General Call Address
GCEN (SSPCON2<7>)
Receiving Data
ACK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
after ACK, set interrupt
`
0
'
`
1
'
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 213
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.6
MASTER MODE
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the
appropriate SSPM bits in SSPCON1 and by setting the
SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines
are manipulated by the MSSP hardware.
Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop
conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared
from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled.
Control of the I
2
C bus may be taken when the P bit is
set or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear.
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code
conducts all I
2
C bus operations based on Start and
Stop bit conditions.
Once Master mode is enabled, the user has six
options.
1.
Assert a Start condition on SDA and SCL.
2.
Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDA and
SCL.
3.
Write to the SSPBUF register initiating
transmission of data/address.
4.
Configure the I
2
C port to receive data.
5.
Generate an Acknowledge condition at the end
of a received byte of data.
6.
Generate a Stop condition on SDA and SCL.
The following events will cause SSP interrupt flag bit,
SSPIF, to be set (SSP interrupt if enabled):
Start Condition
Stop Condition
Data Transfer Byte Transmitted/Received
Acknowledge Transmit
Repeated Start
FIGURE 17-16:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I
2
C MASTER MODE)
Note:
The MSSP module, when configured in
I
2
C Master mode, does not allow queueing
of events. For instance, the user is not
allowed to initiate a Start condition and
immediately write the SSPBUF register to
initiate transmission before the Start condi-
tion is complete. In this case, the SSPBUF
will not be written to and the WCOL bit will
be set, indicating that a write to the
SSPBUF did not occur.
Read
Write
SSPSR
Start bit, Stop bit,
Start bit Detect
SSPBUF
Internal
Data Bus
Set/Reset S, P, WCOL (SSPSTAT)
Shift
Clock
MSb
LSb
SDA
Acknowledge
Generate
Stop bit Detect
Write Collision Detect
Clock Arbitration
State Counter for
end of XMIT/RCV
SCL
SCL In
Bus Collision
SDA In
Rec
e
ive E
nable
Cloc
k
C
n
t
l
Clock Ar
bi
t
r
at
e/
W
C
O
L
Det
e
c
t
(ho
l
d of
f

c
l
oc
k sourc
e
)
SSPADD<6:0>
Baud
Set SSPIF, BCLIF
Reset ACKSTAT, PEN (SSPCON2)
Rate
Generator
SSPM3:SSPM0
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 214
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.6.1
I
2
C Master Mode Operation
The master device generates all of the serial clock
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is
ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I
2
C bus will
not be released.
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output
through SDA while SCL outputs the serial clock. The
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit.
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic `
0
'. Serial data is
transmitted 8 bits at a time. After each byte is transmit-
ted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and Stop
conditions are output to indicate the beginning and the
end of a serial transfer.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted con-
tains the slave address of the transmitting device
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
logic `
1
'. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
address followed by a `
1
' to indicate a receive bit. Serial
data is received via SDA while SCL outputs the serial
clock. Serial data is received 8 bits at a time. After each
byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is transmitted.
Start and Stop conditions indicate the beginning and
end of transmission.
The Baud Rate Generator used for the SPI mode
operation is used to set the SCL clock frequency for
either 100 kHz, 400 kHz or 1 MHz I
2
C operation. See
Section 17.4.7 "Baud Rate Generator" for more
detail.
A typical transmit sequence would go as follows:
1.
The user generates a Start condition by setting
the Start enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>).
2.
SSPIF is set. The MSSP module will wait the
required start time before any other operation
takes place.
3.
The user loads the SSPBUF with the slave
address to transmit.
4.
Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits
are transmitted.
5.
The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
6.
The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
7.
The user loads the SSPBUF with eight bits of
data.
8.
Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are
transmitted.
9.
The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
10. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
11. The user generates a Stop condition by setting
the Stop enable bit PEN (SSPCON2<2>).
12. Interrupt is generated once the Stop condition is
complete.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 215
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.7
BAUD RATE GENERATOR
In I
2
C Master mode, the Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
reload value is placed in the lower 7 bits of the
SSPADD register (Figure 17-17). When a write occurs
to SSPBUF, the Baud Rate Generator will automatically
begin counting. The BRG counts down to `
0
' and stops
until another reload has taken place. The BRG count is
decremented twice per instruction cycle (T
CY
) on the
Q2 and Q4 clocks. In I
2
C Master mode, the BRG is
reloaded automatically.
Once the given operation is complete (i.e., transmis-
sion of the last data bit is followed by ACK), the internal
clock will automatically stop counting and the SCL pin
will remain in its last state.
Table 17-3 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPADD.
FIGURE 17-17:
BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 17-3:
I
2
C CLOCK RATE w/BRG
SSPM3:SSPM0
BRG Down Counter
CLKO
F
OSC
/4
SSPADD<6:0>
SSPM3:SSPM0
SCL
Reload
Control
Reload
F
CY
F
CY
*2
BRG Value
F
SCL
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
10 MHz
20 MHz
19h
400 kHz
(1)
10 MHz
20 MHz
20h
312.5 kHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
64h
100 kHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
0Ah
400 kHz
(1)
4 MHz
8 MHz
0Dh
308 kHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
28h
100 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
03h
333 kHz
(1)
1 MHz
2 MHz
0Ah
100 kHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
00h
1 MHz
(1)
Note 1:
The I
2
C interface does not conform to the 400 kHz I
2
C specification (which applies to rates greater than
100 kHz) in all details but may be used with care where higher rates are required by the application.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 216
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.7.1
Clock Arbitration
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
deasserts the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high).
When the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud
Rate Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting
until the SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the
SCL pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0> and
begins counting. This ensures that the SCL high time
will always be at least one BRG rollover count in the
event that the clock is held low by an external device
(Figure 17-18).
FIGURE 17-18:
BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
SDA
SCL
SCL deasserted but slave holds
DX-1
DX
BRG
SCL is sampled high, reload takes
place and BRG starts its count
03h
02h
01h
00h (hold off)
03h
02h
Reload
BRG
Value
SCL low (clock arbitration)
SCL allowed to transition high
BRG decrements on
Q2 and Q4 cycles
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 217
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.8
I
2
C MASTER MODE START
CONDITION TIMING
To initiate a Start condition, the user sets the Start Con-
dition Enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>). If the SDA and
SCL pins are sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator
is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0> and
starts its count. If SCL and SDA are both sampled high
when the Baud Rate Generator times out (T
BRG
), the
SDA pin is driven low. The action of the SDA being
driven low while SCL is high is the Start condition and
causes the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) to be set. Following
this, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the
contents of SSPADD<6:0> and resumes its count.
When the Baud Rate Generator times out (T
BRG
), the
SEN bit (SSPCON2<0>) will be automatically cleared
by hardware, the Baud Rate Generator is suspended,
leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is
complete.
17.4.8.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Start sequence
is in progress, the WCOL is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
FIGURE 17-19:
FIRST START BIT TIMING
Note:
If at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDA and SCL pins are already sam-
pled low or if during the Start condition, the
SCL line is sampled low before the SDA
line is driven low, a bus collision occurs,
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF, is
set, the Start condition is aborted and the
I
2
C module is reset into its Idle state.
Note:
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing to the lower 5 bits of
SSPCON2 is disabled until the Start
condition is complete.
SDA
SCL
S
T
BRG
1st bit
2nd bit
T
BRG
SDA =
1
,
At completion of Start bit,
SCL =
1
Write to SSPBUF occurs here
T
BRG
hardware clears SEN bit
T
BRG
Write to SEN bit occurs here
Set S bit (SSPSTAT<3>)
and sets SSPIF bit
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 218
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.9
I
2
C MASTER MODE REPEATED
START CONDITION TIMING
A Repeated Start condition occurs when the RSEN bit
(SSPCON2<1>) is programmed high and the I
2
C logic
module is in the Idle state. When the RSEN bit is set,
the SCL pin is asserted low. When the SCL pin is
sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with
the contents of SSPADD<5:0> and begins counting.
The SDA pin is released (brought high) for one Baud
Rate Generator count (T
BRG
). When the Baud Rate
Generator times out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL
pin will be deasserted (brought high). When SCL is
sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded
with the contents of SSPADD<6:0> and begins count-
ing. SDA and SCL must be sampled high for one T
BRG
.
This action is then followed by assertion of the SDA pin
(SDA =
0
) for one T
BRG
while SCL is high. Following
this, the RSEN bit (SSPCON2<1>) will be automatically
cleared and the Baud Rate Generator will not be
reloaded, leaving the SDA pin held low. As soon as a
Start condition is detected on the SDA and SCL pins,
the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) will be set. The SSPIF bit will
not be set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out.
Immediately following the SSPIF bit getting set, the
user may write the SSPBUF with the 7-bit address in
7-bit mode, or the default first address in 10-bit mode.
After the first eight bits are transmitted and an ACK is
received, the user may then transmit an additional eight
bits of address (10-bit mode) or eight bits of data (7-bit
mode).
17.4.9.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Repeated Start
sequence is in progress, the WCOL is set and the con-
tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't
occur).
FIGURE 17-20:
REPEAT START CONDITION WAVEFORM
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
SDA is sampled low when SCL goes
from low-to-high.
SCL goes low before SDA is
asserted low. This may indicate that
another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
'.
Note:
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing of the lower 5 bits of
SSPCON2 is disabled until the Repeated
Start condition is complete.
SDA
SCL
Sr = Repeated Start
Write to SSPCON2
Write to SSPBUF occurs here
Falling edge of ninth clock,
end of Xmit
At completion of Start bit,
hardware clears RSEN bit
1st bit
Set S (SSPSTAT<3>)
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
1
,
SDA =
1
,
SCL (no change).
SCL =
1
occurs here.
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
and sets SSPIF
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 219
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.10
I
2
C MASTER MODE
TRANSMISSION
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address, or the
other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply
writing a value to the SSPBUF register. This action will
set the Buffer Full flag bit, BF and allow the Baud Rate
Generator to begin counting and start the next trans-
mission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted out
onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is
asserted (see data hold time specification parameter
#106). SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator
rollover count (T
BRG
). Data should be valid before SCL
is released high (see data setup time specification
parameter
#107). When the SCL pin is released high, it
is held that way for T
BRG
. The data on the SDA pin
must remain stable for that duration and some hold
time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth
bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock),
the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA.
This allows the slave device being addressed to
respond with an ACK bit during the ninth bit time if an
address match occurred, or if data was received
properly. The status of ACK is written into the ACKDT
bit on the falling edge of the ninth clock. If the master
receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge Status bit,
ACKSTAT, is cleared. If not, the bit is set. After the ninth
clock, the SSPIF bit is set and the master clock (Baud
Rate Generator) is suspended until the next data byte
is loaded into the SSPBUF, leaving SCL low and SDA
unchanged (Figure 17-21).
After the write to the SSPBUF, each bit of the address
will be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all
seven address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On
the falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will
deassert the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond
with an Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth
clock, the master will sample the SDA pin to see if the
address was recognized by a slave. The status of the
ACK bit is loaded into the ACKSTAT status bit
(SSPCON2<6>). Following the falling edge of the ninth
clock transmission of the address, the SSPIF is set, the
BF flag is cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is
turned off until another write to the SSPBUF takes
place, holding SCL low and allowing SDA to float.
17.4.10.1
BF Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the BF bit (SSPSTAT<0>) is set
when the CPU writes to SSPBUF and is cleared when
all 8 bits are shifted out.
17.4.10.2
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
WCOL must be cleared in software.
17.4.10.3
ACKSTAT Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit (SSPCON2<6>) is
cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowledge
(ACK =
0
) and is set when the slave does not Acknowl-
edge (ACK =
1
). A slave sends an Acknowledge when
it has recognized its address (including a general call)
or when the slave has properly received its data.
17.4.11
I
2
C MASTER MODE RECEPTION
Master mode reception is enabled by programming the
receive enable bit, RCEN (SSPCON2<3>).
The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each
rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes (high-to-low/
low-to-high) and data is shifted into the SSPSR. After the
falling edge of the eighth clock, the receive enable flag is
automatically cleared, the contents of the SSPSR are
loaded into the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is set, the SSPIF
flag bit is set and the Baud Rate Generator is suspended
from counting, holding SCL low. The MSSP is now in Idle
state awaiting the next command. When the buffer is
read by the CPU, the BF flag bit is automatically cleared.
The user can then send an Acknowledge bit at the end
of reception by setting the Acknowledge sequence
enable bit, ACKEN (SSPCON2<4>).
17.4.11.1
BF Status Flag
In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
or data byte is loaded into SSPBUF from SSPSR. It is
cleared when the SSPBUF register is read.
17.4.11.2
SSPOV Status Flag
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when 8 bits
are received into the SSPSR and the BF flag bit is
already set from a previous reception.
17.4.11.3
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a receive is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting in a data
byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer
are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
Note:
The MSSP module must be in an Idle state
before the RCEN bit is set or the RCEN bit
will be disregarded.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 220
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-21:
I
2
C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSPI
F
BF (
SSPST
A
T
<0
>)
SEN
A7
A
6
A5
A4
A
3
A
2
A1
A
C
K
=
0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
ACK
T
r
an
smi
t
ti
ng
D
a
t
a
or
S
e
co
nd
H
a
l
f
R/
W
=
0
T
r
an
smi
t

A
d
dr
ess t
o
S
l
ave
1
2
3
4
56
789
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P
Cle
a
r
e
d
in

so
ftwa
r
e
se
r
v
ice
r
o
u
t
in
e
SSPBUF
i
s

wr
it
t
e
n
i
n

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
fr
om S
S
P

in
ter
r
up
t
A
f
t
e
r S
t
ar
t co
ndi
ti
o
n
,
S
E
N
c
l
e
a
r
ed
by h
a
rd
w
a
r
e
S
SSPBUF
wr
it
t
e
n
wit
h
7
-
b
i
t
a
d
d
r
e
s
s
a
n
d
R/
W
star
t tra
n
sm
it
SCL
h
e
ld

l
o
w
wh
ile
CPU
r
e
s
p
o
n
d
s
t
o

SSPI
F
SEN =
0
o
f
10
-b
i
t
A
ddr
ess
W
r
it
e
SSPCO
N
2
<
0
>
SEN =
1
,
S
t
ar
t con
d
i
t
i
o
n b
egi
n
s
F
r
om
sl
a
v
e cl
e
a
r
A
C
K
S
T
A
T
bi
t
S
S
P
C
ON
2<
6>
ACKST
A
T
in
SSPCO
N
2
=
1
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

so
ftw
ar
e
SS
PBUF wr
it
t
e
n
PEN
Cle
a
r
e
d
in

so
ft
wa
r
e
R/
W
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 221
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 17-22:
I
2
C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
P
9
8
7
6
5
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
S
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
SDA
SCL
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
3
4
5
67
8
9
12
3
4
B
u
s m
a
ster
ter
m
i
nate
s
tra
n
sfer
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
ta
fr
o
m
Sl
a
v
e
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
fr
o
m
Sla
v
e
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
ACK
R/W
=
1
T
r
a
n
smi
t
A
ddr
ess to S
l
ave
SSPI
F
BF
AC
K
i
s
not
sent
W
r
it
e
t
o
SS
PCO
N
2
<
0
>
(
SEN =
1
),
W
r
i
t
e
to S
S
P
B
U
F occu
rs her
e,
A
C
K f
r
o
m

Sl
a
v
e
M
a
ster
confi
g
ured
as a r
e
cei
v
er
b
y
pro
g
ram
m
i
ng
S
S
P
C
ON
2<
3>
(R
C
E
N

=
1
)
PE
N b
i
t
=
1
w
r
i
tte
n her
e
D
a
t
a
sh
i
f
ted i
n
o
n
fal
l
i
ng
edge o
f
C
L
K
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
st
art X
M
IT
SEN =
0
SSPO
V
SDA =
0
, S
C
L
=
1
wh
i
l
e
CP
U
(
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
AC
K
La
st bit is shifte
d into
S
S
P
S
R an
d
con
t
ent
s ar
e unl
oa
ded i
n
to S
S
P
B
U
F
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ft
w
a
r
e
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
S
e
t S
S
P
I
F
in
terr
upt
at en
d of r
e
cei
v
e
Se
t
P b
i
t
(
SSP
ST
A
T
<4
>)
an
d S
S
P
I
F
C
l
ear
ed i
n
softwa
r
e
A
C
K
fro
m
Ma
ster
Se
t
SS
PI
F a
t
e
n
d
S
e
t S
S
P
IF
inter
r
up
t
at
end o
f
A
cknow
l
edge
se
quence
Se
t
SS
PI
F in
t
e
r
r
u
p
t
at e
nd of
A
ckno
w
-
l
edge
seque
nce
of r
e
ceive
S
e
t A
C
K
E
N
,
st
ar
t A
cknow
l
edg
e sequ
ence,
S
S
P
O
V
i
s
set
beca
u
se
S
SPB
UF
is still fu
ll
S
D
A = ACK
D
T =
1
RCEN cle
a
r
e
d
a
u
tom
a
tically
RCEN =
1
,
st
ar
t next r
e
cei
v
e
W
r
i
t
e to
S
S
P
C
ON
2<
4>
to st
ar
t A
cknow
l
edge
seque
nce,
SD
A = ACK
D
T (
SSP
CO
N2
<5
>)
=
0
RCEN cle
a
r
e
d
a
u
tom
a
tically
r
e
spon
ds to S
S
P
I
F
ACKEN
be
gi
n S
t
art
C
ondi
ti
on
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
SDA = A
C
KDT
=
0
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 222
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.12
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
TIMING
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting
the Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN
(SSPCON2<4>). When this bit is set, the SCL pin is
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit
are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to gen-
erate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should be
cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit before
starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud Rate
Generator then counts for one rollover period (T
BRG
)
and the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high). When the
SCL pin is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud
Rate Generator counts for T
BRG
. The SCL pin is then
pulled low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is automatically
cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is turned off and the
MSSP module then goes into Idle mode (Figure 17-23).
17.4.12.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when an Acknowledge
sequence is in progress, then WCOL is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't
occur).
17.4.13
STOP CONDITION TIMING
A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a
receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
bit, PEN (SSPCON2<2>). At the end of a receive/
transmit, the SCL line is held low after the falling edge
of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set, the master
will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA line is
sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and
counts down to `
0
'. When the Baud Rate Generator
times out, the SCL pin will be brought high and one
T
BRG
(Baud Rate Generator rollover count) later, the
SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA pin is sam-
pled high while SCL is high, the P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is
set. A T
BRG
later, the PEN bit is cleared and the SSPIF
bit is set (Figure 17-24).
17.4.13.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Stop sequence
is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the con-
tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't
occur).
FIGURE 17-23:
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM
FIGURE 17-24:
STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE
Note: T
BRG
= one Baud Rate Generator period.
SDA
SCL
Set SSPIF at the end
Acknowledge sequence starts here,
write to SSPCON2
ACKEN automatically cleared
Cleared in
T
BRG
T
BRG
of receive
ACK
8
ACKEN =
1
, ACKDT =
0
D0
9
SSPIF
software
Set SSPIF at the end
of Acknowledge sequence
Cleared in
software
SCL
SDA
SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock
Write to SSPCON2,
set PEN
Falling edge of
SCL =
1
for T
BRG
, followed by SDA =
1
for T
BRG
9th clock
SCL brought high after T
BRG
Note: T
BRG
= one Baud Rate Generator period.
T
BRG
T
BRG
after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set.
T
BRG
to setup Stop condition
ACK
P
T
BRG
PEN bit (SSPCON2<2>) is cleared by
hardware and the SSPIF bit is set
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 223
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.14
SLEEP OPERATION
While in Sleep mode, the I
2
C module can receive
addresses or data and when an address match or com-
plete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor from
Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled).
17.4.15
EFFECT OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
17.4.16
MULTI-MASTER MODE
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I
2
C bus may
be taken when the P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set or the
bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear. When the
bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will generate
the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs.
In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be moni-
tored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the
expected output level. This check is performed in
hardware with the result placed in the BCLIF bit.
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
Address Transfer
Data Transfer
A Start Condition
A Repeated Start Condition
An Acknowledge Condition
17.4.17
MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION,
BUS COLLISION AND
BUS ARBITRATION
Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitra-
tion. When the master outputs address/data bits onto
the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the master
outputs a `
1
' on SDA by letting SDA float high and
another master asserts a `
0
'. When the SCL pin floats
high, data should be stable. If the expected data on
SDA is a `
1
' and the data sampled on the SDA pin =
0
,
then a bus collision has taken place. The master will set
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF and reset the
I
2
C port to its Idle state (Figure 17-25).
If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the
SSPBUF can be written to. When the user services the
bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I
2
C
bus is free, the user can resume communication by
asserting a Start condition.
If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop, or Acknowledge condi-
tion was in progress when the bus collision occurred,
the condition is aborted, the SDA and SCL lines are
deasserted, and the respective control bits in the
SSPCON2 register are cleared. When the user ser-
vices the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if
the I
2
C bus is free, the user can resume communication
by asserting a Start condition.
The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL
pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPIF bit will be set.
A write to the SSPBUF will start the transmission of
data at the first data bit regardless of where the
transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the determi-
nation of when the bus is free. Control of the I
2
C bus can
be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPSTAT register or
the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are cleared.
FIGURE 17-25:
BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
SDA released
SDA line pulled low
by another source
Sample SDA. While SCL is high,
data doesn't match what is driven
Bus collision has occurred.
Set bus collision
interrupt (BCLIF)
by the master.
by master
Data changes
while SCL =
0
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 224
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.17.1
Bus Collision During a Start
Condition
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
a)
SDA or SCL are sampled low at the beginning of
the Start condition (Figure 17-26).
b)
SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low
(Figure 17-27).
During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL
pins are monitored.
If the SDA pin is already low or the SCL pin is already
low, then all of the following occur:
the Start condition is aborted,
the BCLIF flag is set, and
the MSSP module is reset to its Idle state
(Figure 17-26).
The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins
deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the
Baud Rate Generator is loaded from SSPADD<6:0>
and counts down to `
0
'. If the SCL pin is sampled low
while SDA is high, a bus collision occurs because it is
assumed that another master is attempting to drive a
data `
1
' during the Start condition.
If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the
BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early
(Figure 17-28). If, however, a `
1
' is sampled on the SDA
pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG
count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and
counts down to `
0
' and during this time, if the SCL pins
are sampled as `
0
', a bus collision does not occur. At
the end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low.
FIGURE 17-26:
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY)
Note:
The reason that bus collision is not a factor
during a Start condition is that no two bus
masters can assert a Start condition at the
exact same time. Therefore, one master
will always assert SDA before the other.
This condition does not cause a bus
collision because the two masters must be
allowed to arbitrate the first address follow-
ing the Start condition. If the address is the
same, arbitration must be allowed to
continue into the data portion, Repeated
Start or Stop conditions.
SDA
SCL
SEN
SDA sampled low before
SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set.
S bit and SSPIF set because
SSP module reset into Idle state.
SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision.
S bit and SSPIF set because
Set SEN, enable Start
condition if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
.
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
.
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared in software
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared in software
Set BCLIF;
Start condition. Set BCLIF;
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 225
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 17-27:
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL =
0
)
FIGURE 17-28:
BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDA
SCL
SEN
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL =
0
before SDA =
0
,
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
in software
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL =
0
before BRG time-out,
`
0
'
`
0
'
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
SEN
Set S
Set SEN, enable START
sequence if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
Less than T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
S
Interrupts cleared
in software
set SSPIF
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
,
SDA pulled low by other master.
Reset BRG and assert SDA.
SCL pulled low after BRG
Time-out
Set SSPIF
`
0
'
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 226
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.17.2
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
occurs if:
a)
A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes
from low level to high level.
b)
SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low,
indicating that another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
'.
When the user deasserts SDA and the pin is allowed to
float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPADD<6:0> and
counts down to `
0
'. The SCL pin is then deasserted and
when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled.
If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
master is attempting to transmit a data `
0
', see
Figure 17-29). If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. If SDA goes from high to
low before the BRG times out, no bus collision occurs
because no two masters can assert SDA at exactly the
same time.
If SCL goes from high to low before the BRG times out
and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision
occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
' during the Repeated Start condition
(see Figure 17-30).
If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA
are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count,
regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 17-29:
BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 17-30:
BUS COLLISION DURING REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
RSEN
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Sample SDA when SCL goes high.
If SDA =
0
, set BCLIF and release SDA and SCL.
Cleared in software
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
RSEN
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
in software
SCL goes low before SDA,
set BCLIF. Release SDA and SCL.
T
BRG
T
BRG
`
0
'
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 227
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
17.4.17.3
Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
a)
After the SDA pin has been deasserted and
allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after
the BRG has timed out.
b)
After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled
low before SDA goes high.
The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low.
When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPADD<6:0>
and counts down to `
0
'. After the BRG times out, SDA
is sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has
occurred. This is due to another master attempting to
drive a data `
0
' (Figure 17-31). If the SCL pin is
sampled low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus
collision occurs. This is another case of another master
attempting to drive a data `
0
' (Figure 17-32).
FIGURE 17-31:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 17-32:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA asserted low
SDA sampled
low after T
BRG
,
set BCLIF
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
Assert SDA
SCL goes low before SDA goes high,
set BCLIF
`
0
'
`
0
'
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 228
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 229
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
18.0
ENHANCED UNIVERSAL
SYNCHRONOUS
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER (USART)
The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter (USART) module is one of the two serial
I/O modules. (USART is also known as a Serial
Communications Interface or SCI.) The USART can be
configured as a full-duplex asynchronous system that
can communicate with peripheral devices, such as
CRT terminals and personal computers. It can also be
configured as a half-duplex synchronous system that
can communicate with peripheral devices, such as A/D
or D/A integrated circuits, serial EEPROMs, etc.
The Enhanced USART module implements additional
features, including automatic baud rate detection and
calibration, automatic wake-up on sync break reception
and 12-bit break character transmit. These make it
ideally suited for use in Local Interconnect Network bus
(LIN bus) systems.
The USART can be configured in the following modes:
Asynchronous (full-duplex) with:
- Auto-wake-up on character reception
- Auto-baud calibration
- 12-bit break character transmission
Synchronous Master (half-duplex) with
selectable clock polarity
Synchronous Slave (half-duplex) with selectable
clock polarity
In order to configure pins RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT
as the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter:
SPEN (RCSTA<7>) bit must be set (=
1
),
TRISC<6> bit must be set (=
1
), and
TRISC<7> bit must be set (=
1
)
.
The operation of the Enhanced USART module is
controlled through three registers:
Transmit Status and Control (TXSTA)
Receive Status and Control (RCSTA)
Baud Rate Control (BAUDCON)
These are detailed on the following pages in
Register 18-1, Register 18-2 and Register 18-3,
respectively.
Note:
The USART control will automatically
reconfigure the pin from input to output as
needed.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 230
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-1:
TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-1
R/W-0
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CSRC: Clock Source Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don't care.
Synchronous mode:
1
= Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0
= Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6
TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit
1
= Selects 9-bit transmission
0
= Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5
TXEN: Transmit Enable bit
1
= Transmit enabled
0
= Transmit disabled
Note:
SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
bit 4
SYNC: USART Mode Select bit
1
= Synchronous mode
0
= Asynchronous mode
bit 3
SENDB: Send Break Character bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= Send sync break on next transmission (cleared by hardware upon completion)
0
= Sync break transmission completed
Synchronous mode:
Don't care.
bit 2
BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= High speed
0
= Low speed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1
= TSR empty
0
= TSR full
bit 0
TX9D: 9th bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 231
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 18-2:
RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-x
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Serial port enabled (configures RX/DT and TX/CK pins as serial port pins)
0
= Serial port disabled (held in Reset)
bit 6
RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit
1
= Selects 9-bit reception
0
= Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5
SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don't care.
Synchronous mode Master:
1
= Enables single receive
0
= Disables single receive
This bit is cleared after reception is complete.
Synchronous mode Slave:
Don't care.
bit 4
CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= Enables receiver
0
= Disables receiver
Synchronous mode:
1
= Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0
= Disables continuous receive
bit 3
ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 =
1
):
1
= Enables address detection, enables interrupt and loads the receive buffer when RSR<8>
is set
0
= Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 =
0
):
Don't care.
bit 2
FERR: Framing Error bit
1
= Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receiving next valid byte)
0
= No framing error
bit 1
OERR: Overrun Error bit
1
= Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN)
0
= No overrun error
bit 0
RX9D: 9th bit of Received Data
This can be an address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 232
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-3:
BAUDCON: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
R-1
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
RCIDL: Receive Operation Idle Status bit
1
= Receive operation is Idle
0
= Receive operation is active
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
SCKP: Synchronous Clock Polarity Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
Synchronous mode:
1
= Idle state for clock (CK) is a high level
0
= Idle state for clock (CK) is a low level
bit 3
BRG16: 16-bit Baud Rate Register Enable bit
1
= 16-bit Baud Rate Generator SPBRGH and SPBRG
0
= 8-bit Baud Rate Generator SPBRG only (Compatible mode), SPBRGH value ignored
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1
WUE: Wake-up Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= USART will continue to sample the RX pin interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared
in hardware on following rising edge
0
= RX pin not monitored or rising edge detected
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 0
ABDEN: Auto-Baud Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= Enable baud rate measurement on the next character requires reception of a sync field
(55h); cleared in hardware upon completion
0
= Baud rate measurement disabled or completed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 233
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
18.1
USART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
The BRG is a dedicated 8-bit or 16-bit generator that
supports both the Asynchronous and Synchronous
modes of the USART. By default, the BRG operates in
8-bit mode; setting the BRG16 bit (BAUDCON<3>)
selects 16-bit mode.
The SPBRGH:SPBRG register pair controls the period
of a free-running timer. In Asynchronous mode, bits
BRGH (TXSTA<2>) and BRG16 also control the baud
rate. In Synchronous mode, bit BRGH is ignored.
Table 18-1 shows the formula for computation of the
baud rate for different USART modes which only apply
in Master mode (internally generated clock).
Given the desired baud rate and F
OSC
, the nearest
integer value for the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers can be
calculated using the formulas in Table 18-1. From this,
the error in baud rate can be determined. An example
calculation is shown in Example 18-1. Typical baud
rates and error values for the various Asynchronous
modes are shown in Table 18-2. It may be advantageous
to use the high baud rate (BRGH =
1
) or the 16-bit BRG
to reduce the baud rate error, or achieve a slow baud
rate for a fast oscillator frequency.
Writing a new value to the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers
causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This
ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow
before outputting the new baud rate.
18.1.1
SAMPLING
The data on the RC7/RX/DT pin is sampled three times
by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a
low level is present at the RX pin.
TABLE 18-1:
BAUD RATE FORMULAS
EXAMPLE 18-1:
CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR
TABLE 18-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR
Configuration Bits
BRG/USART Mode
Baud Rate Formula
SYNC
BRG16
BRGH
0
0
0
8-bit/Asynchronous
F
OSC
/[64 (n + 1)]
0
0
1
8-bit/Asynchronous
F
OSC
/[16 (n + 1)]
0
1
0
16-bit/Asynchronous
0
1
1
16-bit/Asynchronous
F
OSC
/[4 (n + 1)]
1
0
x
8-bit/Synchronous
1
1
x
16-bit/Synchronous
Legend:
x
= Don't care, n = Value of SPBRGH:SPBRG register pair
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on all
other Resets
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-0 0-00
-1-0 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG.
For a device with F
OSC
of 16 MHz, desired baud rate of 9600, Asynchronous mode, 8-bit BRG:
Desired Baud Rate
= F
OSC
/(64 ([SPBRGH:SPBRG] + 1))
Solving for SPBRGH:SPBRG:
X
= ((F
OSC
/Desired Baud Rate)/64) 1
= ((16000000/9600)/64) 1
= [25.042] = 25
Calculated Baud Rate= 16000000/(64 (25 + 1))
= 9615
Error
= (Calculated Baud Rate Desired Baud Rate)/Desired Baud Rate
= (9615 9600)/9600 = 0.16%
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 234
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 18-3:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
0
, BRG16 =
0
F
OSC
= 40.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 20.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 10.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 8.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1.2
--
--
--
1.221
1.73
255
1.202
0.16
129
1201
-0.16
103
2.4
2.441
1.73
255
2.404
0.16
129
2.404
0.16
64
2403
-0.16
51
9.6
9.615
0.16
64
9.766
1.73
31
9.766
1.73
15
9615
-0.16
12
19.2
19.531
1.73
31
19.531
1.73
15
19.531
1.73
7
--
--
--
57.6
56.818
-1.36
10
62.500
8.51
4
52.083
-9.58
2
--
--
--
115.2
125.000
8.51
4
104.167
-9.58
2
78.125
-32.18
1
--
--
--
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
0
, BRG16 =
0
F
OSC
= 4.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 2.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.16
207
300
-0.16
103
300
-0.16
51
1.2
1.202
0.16
51
1201
-0.16
25
1201
-0.16
12
2.4
2.404
0.16
25
2403
-0.16
12
--
--
--
9.6
8.929
-6.99
6
--
--
--
--
--
--
19.2
20.833
8.51
2
--
--
--
--
--
--
57.6
62.500
8.51
0
--
--
--
--
--
--
115.2
62.500
-45.75
0
--
--
--
--
--
--
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
1
, BRG16 =
0
F
OSC
= 40.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 20.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 10.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 8.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1.2
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
2.4
--
--
--
--
--
--
2.441
1.73
255
2403
-0.16
207
9.6
9.766
1.73
255
9.615
0.16
129
9.615
0.16
64
9615
-0.16
51
19.2
19.231
0.16
129
19.231
0.16
64
19.531
1.73
31
19230
-0.16
25
57.6
58.140
0.94
42
56.818
-1.36
21
56.818
-1.36
10
55555
3.55
8
115.2
113.636
-1.36
21
113.636
-1.36
10
125.000
8.51
4
--
--
--
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
1
, BRG16 =
0
F
OSC
= 4.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 2.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
--
--
--
--
--
--
300
-0.16
207
1.2
1.202
0.16
207
1201
-0.16
103
1201
-0.16
51
2.4
2.404
0.16
103
2403
-0.16
51
2403
-0.16
25
9.6
9.615
0.16
25
9615
-0.16
12
--
--
--
19.2
19.231
0.16
12
--
--
--
--
--
--
57.6
62.500
8.51
3
--
--
--
--
--
--
115.2
125.000
8.51
1
--
--
--
--
--
--
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 235
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
0
, BRG16 =
1
F
OSC
= 40.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 20.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 10.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 8.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.00
8332
0.300
0.02
4165
0.300
0.02
2082
300
-0.04
1665
1.2
1.200
0.02
2082
1.200
-0.03
1041
1.200
-0.03
520
1201
-0.16
415
2.4
2.402
0.06
1040
2.399
-0.03
520
2.404
0.16
259
2403
-0.16
207
9.6
9.615
0.16
259
9.615
0.16
129
9.615
0.16
64
9615
-0.16
51
19.2
19.231
0.16
129
19.231
0.16
64
19.531
1.73
31
19230
-0.16
25
57.6
58.140
0.94
42
56.818
-1.36
21
56.818
-1.36
10
55555
3.55
8
115.2
113.636
-1.36
21
113.636
-1.36
10
125.000
8.51
4
--
--
--
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
0
, BRG16 =
1
F
OSC
= 4.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 2.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.04
832
300
-0.16
415
300
-0.16
207
1.2
1.202
0.16
207
1201
-0.16
103
1201
-0.16
51
2.4
2.404
0.16
103
2403
-0.16
51
2403
-0.16
25
9.6
9.615
0.16
25
9615
-0.16
12
--
--
--
19.2
19.231
0.16
12
--
--
--
--
--
--
57.6
62.500
8.51
3
--
--
--
--
--
--
115.2
125.000
8.51
1
--
--
--
--
--
--
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
1
, BRG16 =
1
or SYNC =
1
, BRG16 =
1
F
OSC
= 40.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 20.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 10.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 8.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.00
33332
0.300
0.00
16665
0.300
0.00
8332
300
-0.01
6665
1.2
1.200
0.00
8332
1.200
0.02
4165
1.200
0.02
2082
1200
-0.04
1665
2.4
2.400
0.02
4165
2.400
0.02
2082
2.402
0.06
1040
2400
-0.04
832
9.6
9.606
0.06
1040
9.596
-0.03
520
9.615
0.16
259
9615
-0.16
207
19.2
19.193
-0.03
520
19.231
0.16
259
19.231
0.16
129
19230
-0.16
103
57.6
57.803
0.35
172
57.471
-0.22
86
58.140
0.94
42
57142
0.79
34
115.2
114.943
-0.22
86
116.279
0.94
42
113.636
-1.36
21
117647
-2.12
16
BAUD
RATE
(K)
SYNC =
0
, BRGH =
1
, BRG16 =
1
or SYNC =
1
, BRG16 =
1
F
OSC
= 4.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 2.000 MHz
F
OSC
= 1.000 MHz
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
Actual
Rate
(K)
%
Error
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
0.3
0.300
0.01
3332
300
-0.04
1665
300
-0.04
832
1.2
1.200
0.04
832
1201
-0.16
415
1201
-0.16
207
2.4
2.404
0.16
415
2403
-0.16
207
2403
-0.16
103
9.6
9.615
0.16
103
9615
-0.16
51
9615
-0.16
25
19.2
19.231
0.16
51
19230
-0.16
25
19230
-0.16
12
57.6
58.824
2.12
16
55555
3.55
8
--
--
--
115.2
111.111
-3.55
8
--
--
--
--
--
--
TABLE 18-3:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 236
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.1.2
AUTO-BAUD RATE DETECT
The enhanced USART module supports the automatic
detection and calibration of baud rate. This feature is
active only in Asynchronous mode and while the WUE
bit is clear.
The automatic baud rate measurement sequence
(Figure 18-1) begins whenever a Start bit is received
and the ABDEN bit is set. The calculation is
self-averaging.
In the Auto-Baud Rate Detect (ABD) mode, the clock to
the BRG is reversed. Rather than the BRG clocking the
incoming RX signal, the RX signal is timing the BRG. In
ABD mode, the internal Baud Rate Generator is used
as a counter to time the bit period of the incoming serial
byte stream.
Once the ABDEN bit is set, the state machine will clear
the BRG and look for a Start bit. The auto-baud detect
must receive a byte with the value 55h (ASCII "U",
which is also the LIN bus sync character) in order to
calculate the proper bit rate. The measurement is taken
over both a low and a high bit time in order to minimize
any effects caused by asymmetry of the incoming
signal. After a Start bit, the SPBRG begins counting up
using the preselected clock source on the first rising
edge of RX. After eight bits on the RX pin or the fifth
rising edge, an accumulated value totalling the proper
BRG period is left in the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers.
Once the 5th edge is seen (should correspond to the
Stop bit), the ABDEN bit is automatically cleared.
While calibrating the baud rate period, the BRG regis-
ters are clocked at 1/8th the preconfigured clock rate.
Note that the BRG clock will be configured by the
BRG16 and BRGH bits. Independent of the BRG16 bit
setting, both the SPBRG and SPBRGH will be used as
a 16-bit counter. This allows the user to verify that no
carry occurred for 8-bit modes by checking for 00h in
the SPBRGH register. Refer to Table 18-4 for counter
clock rates to the BRG.
While the ABD sequence takes place, the USART state
machine is held in Idle. The RCIF interrupt is set once
the fifth rising edge on RX is detected. The value in the
RCREG needs to be read to clear the RCIF interrupt.
RCREG content should be discarded.
TABLE 18-4:
BRG COUNTER CLOCK
RATES
FIGURE 18-1:
AUTOMATIC BAUD RATE CALCULATION
Note 1: If the WUE bit is set with the ABDEN bit,
auto-baud rate detection will occur on the
byte following the break character.
2: It is up to the user to determine that the
incoming character baud rate is within the
range of the selected BRG clock source.
Some combinations of oscillator fre-
quency and USART baud rates are not
possible due to bit error rates. Overall
system timing and communication baud
rates must be taken into consideration
when using the auto-baud rate detection
feature.
BRG16
BRGH
BRG Counter Clock
0
0
F
OSC
/512
0
1
F
OSC
/128
1
0
F
OSC
/128
1
1
F
OSC
/32
Note:
During the ABD sequence, SPBRG and
SPBRGH are both used as a 16-bit
counter independent of BRG16 setting.
BRG Value
RX pin
ABDEN bit
RCIF bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
(Interrupt)
Read
RCREG
BRG Clock
Start
Auto-Cleared
Set by User
XXXXh
0000h
Edge #1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Edge #2
Bit 4
Bit 5
Edge #3
Bit 6
Bit 7
Edge #4
Stop Bit
Edge #5
001Ch
Note 1:
The ABD sequence requires the USART module to be configured in Asynchronous mode and WUE =
0
.
SPBRG
XXXXh
1Ch
SPBRGH
XXXXh
00h
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 237
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
18.2
USART Asynchronous Mode
The Asynchronous mode of operation is selected by
clearing the SYNC bit (TXSTA<4>). In this mode, the
USART uses standard Non-Return-to-Zero (NRZ) for-
mat (one Start bit, eight or nine data bits and one Stop
bit). The most common data format is 8 bits. An on-chip
dedicated 8-bit/16-bit Baud Rate Generator can be
used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the
oscillator.
The USART transmits and receives the LSb first. The
USART's transmitter and receiver are functionally inde-
pendent but use the same data format and baud rate.
The Baud Rate Generator produces a clock, either x16
or x64 of the bit shift rate depending on the BRGH and
BRG16 bits (TXSTA<2> and BAUDCON<3>). Parity is
not supported by the hardware but can be implemented
in software and stored as the 9th data bit.
Asynchronous mode is available in all low-power
modes; it is available in Sleep mode only when auto-
wake-up on sync break is enabled. When in PRI_IDLE
mode, no changes to the Baud Rate Generator values
are required; however, other low-power mode clocks
may operate at another frequency than the primary
clock. Therefore, the Baud Rate Generator values may
need to be adjusted.
When operating in Asynchronous mode, the USART
module consists of the following important elements:
Baud Rate Generator
Sampling Circuit
Asynchronous Transmitter
Asynchronous Receiver
Auto-Wake-up on Sync Break Character
12-bit Break Character Transmit
Auto-Baud Rate Detection
18.2.1
USART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 18-2. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift register (TSR). The Shift register obtains
its data from the read/write transmit buffer, TXREG. The
TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The
TSR register is not loaded until the Stop bit has been
transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the Stop
bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from
the TXREG register (if available).
Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR
register (occurs in one T
CY
), the TXREG register is
empty and flag bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. This interrupt
can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit
TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of
the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in
software. Flag bit TXIF is not cleared immediately upon
loading the Transmit Buffer register, TXREG. TXIF
becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following
the load instruction. Polling TXIF immediately following
a load of TXREG will return invalid results.
While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG
register, another bit, TRMT (TXSTA<1>), shows the
status of the TSR register. Status bit TRMT is a read-
only bit which is set when the TSR register is empty. No
interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll
this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is
empty.
To set up an Asynchronous Transmission:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH
and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the
desired baud rate.
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set transmit bit
TX9. Can be used as address/data bit.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN
which will also set bit TXIF.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Load data to the TXREG register (starts
transmission).
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE bits in
the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are set.
Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory so it is not available to the user.
2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN
is set.
Note:
When BRGH and BRG16 bits are set,
SPBRGH:SPBRG must be more than `
1
'.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 238
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-2:
USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 18-3:
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
FIGURE 18-4:
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK)
TXIF
TXIE
Interrupt
TXEN
Baud Rate CLK
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator
TX9D
MSb
LSb
Data Bus
TXREG Register
TSR Register
(8)
0
TX9
TRMT
SPEN
RC6/TX/CK pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
8
SPBRGH
BRG16
Word 1
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg
Start bit
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7/8
Write to TXREG
Word 1
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
1 T
CY
(pin)
Stop bit
Transmit Shift Reg.
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Reg. Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1
Word 2
Word 1
Word 2
Stop bit
Start bit
Transmit Shift Reg.
Word 1
Word 2
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7/8
bit 0
Note:
This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
1 T
CY
1 T
CY
(pin)
Start bit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 239
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 18-5:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-1 0-00
-1-1 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 240
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.2.2
USART ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER
The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 18-5.
The data is received on the RC7/RX/DT pin and drives
the data recovery block. The data recovery block is
actually a high-speed shifter operating at x16 times the
baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter oper-
ates at the bit rate or at F
OSC
. This mode would
typically be used in RS-232 systems.
To set up an asynchronous reception:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH
and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the
desired baud rate.
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
4.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
5.
Enable the reception by setting bit CREN.
6.
Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is com-
plete and an interrupt will be generated if enable
bit RCIE was set.
7.
Read the RCSTA register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
8.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
9.
If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
enable bit CREN.
10. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
18.2.3
SETTING UP 9-BIT MODE WITH
ADDRESS DETECT
This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
To set up an asynchronous reception with address
detect enable:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH
and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the
desired baud rate..
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
3.
If interrupts are required, set the RCEN bit and
select the desired priority level with the RCIP bit.
4.
Set the RX9 bit to enable 9-bit reception.
5.
Set the ADDEN bit to enable address detect.
6.
Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
7.
The RCIF bit will be set when reception is com-
plete. The interrupt will be Acknowledged if the
RCIE and GIE bits are set.
8.
Read the RCSTA register to determine if any
error occurred during reception, as well as read
bit 9 of data (if applicable).
9.
Read RCREG to determine if the device is being
addressed.
10. If any error occurred, clear the CREN bit.
11. If the device has been addressed, clear the
ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
receive buffer and interrupt the CPU.
FIGURE 18-5:
USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note:
When BRGH and BRG16 bits are set,
SPBRGH:SPBRG must be more than `
1
'.
x64 Baud Rate CLK
Baud Rate Generator
RC7/RX/DT
Pin Buffer
and Control
SPEN
Data
Recovery
CREN
OERR
FERR
RSR Register
MSb
LSb
RX9D
RCREG Register
FIFO
Interrupt
RCIF
RCIE
Data Bus
8
64
16
or
Stop
Start
(8)
7
1
0
RX9
SPBRG
SPBRGH
BRG16
or
4
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 241
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
To set up an asynchronous transmission:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is desired,
set bit BRGH (see Section 18.1 "USART Baud
Rate Generator (BRG)"
).
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set transmit bit
TX9. Can be used as address/data bit.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN
which will also set bit TXIF.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Load data to the TXREG register (starts
transmission).
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE bits in
the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are set.
FIGURE 18-6:
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
TABLE 18-6:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Start
bit
bit 7/8
bit 1
bit 0
bit 7/8
bit 0
Stop
bit
Start
bit
Start
bit
bit 7/8
Stop
bit
RX (pin)
Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg
Rcv Shift
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg
RCREG
RCIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Word 1
RCREG
Word 2
RCREG
Stop
bit
Note:
This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word causing
the OERR (overrun) bit to be set.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-1 0-00
-1-1 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 242
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.2.4
AUTO-WAKE-UP ON SYNC BREAK
CHARACTER
During Sleep mode, all clocks to the USART are
suspended. Because of this, the Baud Rate Generator
is inactive and a proper byte reception cannot be per-
formed. The auto-wake-up feature allows the controller
to wake-up due to activity on the RX/DT line while the
USART is operating in Asynchronous mode.
The auto-wake-up feature is enabled by setting the
WUE bit (BAUDCON<1>). Once set, the typical receive
sequence on RX/DT is disabled and the USART
remains in an Idle state monitoring for a wake-up event
independent of the CPU mode. A wake-up event con-
sists of a high-to-low transition on the RX/DT line. (This
coincides with the start of a sync break or a wake-up
signal character for the LIN protocol.)
Following a wake-up event, the module generates an
RCIF interrupt. The interrupt is generated synchro-
nously to the Q clocks in normal operating modes
(Figure 18-7) and asynchronously, if the device is in
Sleep mode (Figure 18-8). The interrupt condition is
cleared by reading the RCREG register.
The WUE bit is automatically cleared once a low-to-
high transition is observed on the RX line following the
wake-up event. At this point, the USART module is in
Idle mode and returns to normal operation. This signals
to the user that the sync break event is over.
18.2.4.1
Special Considerations Using
Auto-Wake-up
Since auto-wake-up functions by sensing rising edge
transitions on RX/DT, information with any state changes
before the Stop bit may signal a false end-of-character
and cause data or framing errors. To work properly,
therefore, the initial character in the transmission must
be all `
0
's. This can be 00h (8 bytes) for standard RS-232
devices or 000h (12 bits) for LIN bus.
Oscillator start-up time must also be considered,
especially in applications using oscillators with longer
start-up intervals (i.e., XT or HS mode). The sync break
(or wake-up signal) character must be of sufficient
length and be followed by a sufficient interval to allow
enough time for the selected oscillator to start and
provide proper initialization of the USART.
18.2.4.2
Special Considerations Using
the WUE Bit
The timing of WUE and RCIF events may cause some
confusion when it comes to determining the validity of
received data. As noted, setting the WUE bit places the
USART in an Idle mode. The wake-up event causes a
receive interrupt by setting the RCIF bit. The WUE bit
is cleared after this when a rising edge is seen on
RX/DT. The interrupt condition is then cleared by read-
ing the RCREG register. Ordinarily, the data in RCREG
will be dummy data and should be discarded.
The fact that the WUE bit has been cleared (or is still
set) and the RCIF flag is set should not be used as an
indicator of the integrity of the data in RCREG. Users
should consider implementing a parallel method in
firmware to verify received data integrity.
To assure that no actual data is lost, check the RCIDL
bit to verify that a receive operation is not in process. If
a receive operation is not occurring, the WUE bit may
then be set just prior to entering the Sleep mode.
FIGURE 18-7:
AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING NORMAL OPERATION
FIGURE 18-8:
AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING SLEEP
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Note:
The USART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Auto-Cleared
Bit Set by User
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
WUE bit
RX/DT Line
RCIF
Cleared due to User Read of RCREG
Sleep Command Executed
Note 1:
If the wake-up event requires long oscillator warm-up time, the auto-clear of the WUE bit can occur while the stposc signal is still active.
This sequence should not depend on the presence of Q clocks.
2:
The USART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set.
Sleep Ends
Auto-Cleared
Note 1
Bit Set by User
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 243
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
18.2.5
BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
The enhanced USART module has the capability of
sending the special break character sequences that
are required by the LIN bus standard. The break char-
acter transmit consists of a Start bit, followed by twelve
`
0
' bits and a Stop bit. The frame break character is sent
whenever the SENDB and TXEN bits (TXSTA<3> and
TXSTA<5>) are set while the Transmit Shift register is
loaded with data. Note that the value of data written to
TXREG will be ignored and all `
0
's will be transmitted.
The SENDB bit is automatically reset by hardware after
the corresponding Stop bit is sent. This allows the user
to preload the transmit FIFO with the next transmit byte
following the break character (typically, the sync
character in the LIN specification).
Note that the data value written to the TXREG for the
break character is ignored. The write simply serves the
purpose of initiating the proper sequence.
The TRMT bit indicates when the transmit operation is
active or Idle, just as it does during normal transmis-
sion. See Figure 18-9 for the timing of the break
character sequence.
18.2.5.1
Break and Sync Transmit Sequence
The following sequence will send a message frame
header made up of a break, followed by an auto-baud
sync byte. This sequence is typical of a LIN bus master.
1.
Configure the USART for the desired mode.
2.
Set the TXEN and SENDB bits to set up the
break character.
3.
Load the TXREG with a dummy character to
initiate transmission (the value is ignored).
4.
Write `55h' to TXREG to load the sync character
into the transmit FIFO buffer.
5.
After the break has been sent, the SENDB bit is
reset by hardware. The sync character now
transmits in the preconfigured mode.
When the TXREG becomes empty, as indicated by the
TXIF, the next data byte can be written to TXREG.
18.2.6
RECEIVING A BREAK CHARACTER
The enhanced USART module can receive a break
character in two ways.
The first method forces the configuration of the baud
rate at a frequency of 9/13 the typical speed. This
allows for the Stop bit transition to be at the correct
sampling location (13 bits for break versus Start bit and
8 data bits for typical data).
The second method uses the auto-wake-up feature
described in Section 18.2.4 "Auto-Wake-up on Sync
Break Character"
. By enabling this feature, the
USART will sample the next two transitions on RX/DT,
cause an RCIF interrupt, and receive the next data byte
followed by another interrupt.
Note that following a break character, the user will typ-
ically want to enable the auto-baud rate detect feature.
For both methods, the user can set the ABD bit once
the TXIF interrupt is observed.
FIGURE 18-9:
SEND BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
Start Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 11
Stop Bit
Break
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TX (pin)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
SENDB
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
SENDB Sampled Here
Auto-Cleared
Dummy Write
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 244
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.3
USART Synchronous
Master Mode
The Synchronous Master mode is entered by setting
the CSRC bit (TXSTA<7>). In this mode, the data is
transmitted in a half-duplex manner (i.e., transmission
and reception do not occur at the same time). When
transmitting data, the reception is inhibited and vice
versa. Synchronous mode is entered by setting bit
SYNC (TXSTA<4>). In addition, enable bit, SPEN
(RCSTA<7>), is set in order to configure the
RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT I/O pins to CK (clock) and
DT (data) lines, respectively.
The Master mode indicates that the processor trans-
mits the master clock on the CK line. Clock polarity is
selected with the SCKP bit (BAUDCON<5>); setting
SCKP sets the Idle state on CK as high, while clearing
the bit sets the Idle state as low. This option is provided
to support Microwire devices with this module.
18.3.1
USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
TRANSMISSION
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 18-2. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The Shift register obtains
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register,
TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
with new data from the TXREG (if available).
Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR
register (occurs in one T
CYCLE
), the TXREG is empty
and interrupt bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. The interrupt
can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit,
TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of
the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in
software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into
the TXREG register.
While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG
register, another bit, TRMT (TXSTA<1>), shows the sta-
tus of the TSR register. TRMT is a read-only bit which is
set when the TSR is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to
this bit so the user must poll this bit in order to determine
if the TSR register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in
data memory so it is not available to the user.
To set up a synchronous master transmission:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH
and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the
desired baud rate.
2.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
8.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
FIGURE 18-10:
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
Word 1
Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
bit 2
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
RC7/RX/DT
RC6/TX/CK
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TXEN bit
`
1
'
`
1
'
Word 2
TRMT bit
Write Word 1
Write Word 2
Note:
Sync Master mode, SPBRG =
0
, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words.
pin
pin
RC6/TX/CK
pin
(SCKP =
0
)
(SCKP =
1
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 245
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 18-11:
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
TABLE 18-7:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
RC7/RX/DT pin
RC6/TX/CK pin
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 6
bit 7
TXEN bit
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-0 0-00
-1-0 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 246
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.3.2
USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
RECEPTION
Once Synchronous mode is selected, reception is
enabled by setting either the Single Receive Enable bit,
SREN (RCSTA<5>), or the Continuous Receive
Enable bit, CREN (RCSTA<4>). Data is sampled on the
RC7/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of the clock.
If enable bit SREN is set, only a single word is received.
If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is continuous
until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set, then CREN
takes precedence.
To set up a synchronous master reception:
1.
Initialize the SPBRGH:SPBRG registers for the
appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH
and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the
desired baud rate.
2.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3.
Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear.
4.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
5.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
6.
If a single reception is required, set bit SREN.
For continuous reception, set bit CREN.
7.
Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception
is complete and an interrupt will be generated if
the enable bit RCIE was set.
8.
Read the RCSTA register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
9.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
11. If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
FIGURE 18-12:
SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
TABLE 18-8:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-0 0-00
-1-0 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception.
CREN bit
RC7/RX/DT pin
RC7/TX/CK pin
Write to
bit SREN
SREN bit
RCIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RXREG
Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
`
0
'
bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 3
bit 4
bit 5
bit 6
bit 7
`
0
'
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Note:
Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN =
1
and bit BRGH =
0
.
RC7/TX/CK pin
(SCKP =
0
)
(SCKP =
1
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 247
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
18.4
USART Synchronous Slave Mode
Synchronous Slave mode is entered by clearing bit
CSRC (TXSTA<7>). This mode differs from the
Synchronous Master mode in that the shift clock is sup-
plied externally at the RC6/TX/CK pin (instead of being
supplied internally in Master mode). This allows the
device to transfer or receive data while in any low-power
mode.
18.4.1
USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
TRANSMIT
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes are identical except in the case of the Sleep
mode.
If two words are written to the TXREG and then the
SLEEP
instruction is executed, the following will occur:
a)
The first word will immediately transfer to the
TSR register and transmit.
b)
The second word will remain in TXREG register.
c)
Flag bit TXIF will not be set.
d)
When the first word has been shifted out of TSR,
the TXREG register will transfer the second word
to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will now be set.
e)
If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake
the chip from Sleep. If the global interrupt is
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt
vector.
To set up a synchronous slave transmission:
1.
Enable the synchronous slave serial port by
setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
CSRC.
2.
Clear bits CREN and SREN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting enable bit
TXEN.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
8.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
TABLE 18-9:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-1 0-00
-1-1 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 248
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.4.2
USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
RECEPTION
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical, except in the case of Sleep or any
Idle mode and bit SREN, which is a "don't care" in
Slave mode.
If receive is enabled by setting the CREN bit prior to
entering Sleep or any Idle mode, then a word may be
received while in this low-power mode. Once the word
is received, the RSR register will transfer the data to the
RCREG register; if the RCIE enable bit is set, the inter-
rupt generated will wake the chip from low-power
mode. If the global interrupt is enabled, the program will
branch to the interrupt vector.
To set up a synchronous slave reception:
1.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
CSRC.
2.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
3.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
4.
To enable reception, set enable bit CREN.
5.
Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is
complete. An interrupt will be generated if
enable bit RCIE was set.
6.
Read the RCSTA register to get the 9th bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
7.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
8.
If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
9.
If using interrupts, ensure that the GIE and PEIE
bits in the INTCON register (INTCON<7:6>) are
set.
TABLE 18-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000x
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
SENDB
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 0010
0000 0010
BAUDCON
--
RCIDL
--
SCKP
BRG16
--
WUE
ABDEN
-1-0 0-00
-1-0 0-00
SPBRGH
Baud Rate Generator Register, High Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register, Low Byte
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 249
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
19.0
10-BIT ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
CONVERTER (A/D) MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital (A/D) converter module has 12
inputs for the PIC18F6X8X devices and 16 inputs for
the PIC18F8X8X devices. This module allows conver-
sion of an analog input signal to a corresponding 10-bit
digital number.
A new feature for the A/D converter is the addition of pro-
grammable acquisition time. This feature allows the user
to select a new channel for conversion and to set the
GO/DONE bit immediately. When the GO/DONE bit is
set, the selected channel is sampled for the
programmed acquisition time before a conversion is
actually started. This removes the firmware overhead
that may have been required to allow for an acquisition
(sampling) period (see Register 19-3 and Section 19.4
"Selecting the A/D Conversion Clock"
).
The module has five registers:
A/D Result High Register (ADRESH)
A/D Result Low Register (ADRESL)
A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0)
A/D Control Register 1 (ADCON1)
A/D Control Register 2 (ADCON2)
The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 19-1,
controls the operation of the A/D module. The
ADCON1 register, shown in Register 19-2, configures
the functions of the port pins. The ADCON2 register,
shown in Register 19-3, configures the A/D clock
source, programmed acquisition time and justification.
REGISTER 19-1:
ADCON0 REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
CHS3
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-2
CHS3:CHS0: Analog Channel Select bits
0000
= Channel 0 (AN0)
0001
= Channel 1 (AN1)
0010
= Channel 2 (AN2)
0011
= Channel 3 (AN3)
0100
= Channel 4 (AN4)
0101
= Channel 5 (AN5)
0110
= Channel 6 (AN6)
0111
= Channel 7 (AN7)
1000
= Channel 8 (AN8)
1001
= Channel 9 (AN9)
1010
= Channel 10 (AN10)
1011
= Channel 11 (AN11)
1100
= Channel 12 (AN12)
(1)
1101
= Channel 13 (AN13)
(1)
1110
= Channel 14 (AN14)
(1)
1111
= Channel 15 (AN15)
(1)
bit 1
GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
When ADON =
1
:
1
= A/D conversion in progress. This bit is automatically cleared when the A/D conversion is
complete.
0
= A/D Idle
bit 0
ADON: A/D On bit
1
= A/D converter module is enabled
0
= A/D converter module is disabled and consumes no current
Note 1: These channels are only available on PIC18F8X8X devices
.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 250
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-2:
ADCON1 REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
VCFG1
VCFG0
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4 VCFG1:VCFG0: Voltage Reference Configuration bits
bit 3-0 PCFG3:PCFG0: A/D Port Configuration Control bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
Channels AN15 through AN12 are not available on the 68-pin devices.
A/D V
REF
+
A/D V
REF
-
00
A
VDD
A
VSS
01
External V
REF
+
A
VSS
10
A
VDD
External V
REF
-
11
External V
REF
+
External V
REF
-
A = Analog input
D = Digital I/O
Shaded cells = Additional channels available on the PIC18F8X8X devices
AN15 AN14 AN13 AN12 AN11 AN10 AN9 AN8 AN7 AN6 AN5 AN4 AN3 AN2 AN1 AN0
0000
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0001
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0010
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0011
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0100
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0101
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0110
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0111
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1000
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1001
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
1010
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
1011
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
1100
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
1101
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
1110
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
1111
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 251
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 19-3:
ADCON2 REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ADFM
--
ACQT2
ACQT1
ACQT0
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit
1
= Right justified
0
= Left justified
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-3
ACQT2:ACQT0: A/D Acquisition Time Select bits
000
= 0 T
AD
(1)
001
= 2 T
AD
010
= 4 T
AD
011
= 6 T
AD
100
= 8 T
AD
101
= 12 T
AD
110
= 16 T
AD
111
= 20 T
AD
bit 2-0
ADCS2:ADCS0: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits
000
= F
OSC
/2
001
= F
OSC
/8
010
= F
OSC
/32
011
= F
RC
(clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)
(1)
100
= F
OSC
/4
101
= F
OSC
/16
110
= F
OSC
/64
111
= F
RC
(clock derived from A/D RC oscillator)
(1)
Note 1: If the A/D F
RC
clock source is selected, a delay of one T
CY
(instruction cycle) is
added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP
instruction to be executed
before starting a conversion.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 252
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
The analog reference voltage is software selectable to
either the device's positive and negative supply voltage
(AV
DD
and AV
SS
) or the voltage level on the RA3/AN3/
V
REF
+ and RA2/AN2/V
REF
- pins.
The A/D converter has a unique feature of being able
to operate while the device is in Sleep mode. To oper-
ate in Sleep, the A/D conversion clock must be derived
from the A/D's internal RC oscillator.
The output of the sample and hold is the input into the
converter which generates the result via successive
approximation.
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the A/D module to be turned off and any
conversion in progress is aborted.
Each port pin associated with the A/D converter can be
configured as an analog input or as a digital I/O. The
ADRESH and ADRESL registers contain the result of
the A/D conversion. When the A/D conversion is com-
plete, the result is loaded into the ADRESH/ADRESL
registers, the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0 register) is
cleared and A/D interrupt flag bit ADIF is set. The block
diagram of the A/D module is shown in Figure 19-1.
FIGURE 19-1:
A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM
(Input Voltage)
V
AIN
V
REF
+
Reference
Voltage
V
DD
VCFG1:VCFG0
CHS3:CHS0
AN7
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
0111
0110
0101
0100
0011
0010
0001
0000
10-bit
Converter
V
REF
-
V
SS
A/D
AN15
(1)
AN14
(1)
AN13
(1)
AN12
(1)
AN11
AN10
AN9
AN8
1111
1110
1101
1100
1011
1010
1001
1000
Note
1:
Channels AN15 through AN12 are not available on the PIC18F6X8X.
2: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 253
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
The value in the ADRESH/ADRESL registers is not
modified for a Power-on Reset. The ADRESH/
ADRESL registers will contain unknown data after a
Power-on Reset.
After the A/D module has been configured as desired,
the selected channel must be acquired before the con-
version is started. The analog input channels must
have their corresponding TRIS bits selected as an
input. To determine acquisition time, see Section 19.1
"A/D Acquisition Requirements"
. After this acquisi-
tion time has elapsed, the A/D conversion can be
started. An acquisition time can be programmed to
occur between setting the GO/DONE bit and the actual
start of the conversion.
The following steps should be followed to do an A/D
conversion:
1.
Configure the A/D module:
Configure analog pins, voltage reference and
digital I/O (ADCON1)
Select A/D input channel (ADCON0)
Select A/D acquisition time (ADCON2)
Select A/D conversion clock (ADCON2)
Turn on A/D module (ADCON0)
2.
Configure A/D interrupt (if desired):
Clear ADIF bit
Set ADIE bit
Set GIE bit
3.
Wait the required acquisition time (if required).
4.
Start conversion:
Set GO/DONE bit (ADCON0 register)
5.
Wait for A/D conversion to complete by either:
Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared
or
Waiting for the A/D interrupt
6.
Read A/D Result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL);
clear bit ADIF if required.
7.
For next conversion, go to step 1 or step 2 as
required. The A/D conversion time per bit is
defined as T
AD
. A minimum wait of 2 T
AD
is
required before next acquisition starts.
FIGURE 19-2:
ANALOG INPUT MODEL
V
AIN
C
PIN
Rs
ANx
5 pF
V
DD
V
T
= 0.6V
V
T
= 0.6V
I
LEAKAGE
R
IC
1k
Sampling
Switch
SS
R
SS
C
HOLD
= 120 pF
V
SS
6V
Sampling Switch
5V
4V
3V
2V
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
(k
)
V
DD
500 nA
Legend: C
PIN
V
T
I
LEAKAGE
R
IC
SS
C
HOLD
= input capacitance
= threshold voltage
= leakage current at the pin due to
= interconnect resistance
= sampling switch
= sample/hold capacitance (from DAC)
various junctions
= sampling switch resistance
R
SS
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 254
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.1
A/D Acquisition Requirements
For the A/D converter to meet its specified accuracy,
the charge holding capacitor (C
HOLD
) must be allowed
to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The
analog input model is shown in Figure 19-2. The
source impedance (R
S
) and the internal sampling
switch (R
SS
) impedance directly affect the time
required to charge the capacitor C
HOLD
. The sampling
switch (R
SS
) impedance varies over the device voltage
(V
DD
). The source impedance affects the offset voltage
at the analog input (due to pin leakage current). The
maximum recommended impedance for analog
sources is 2.5 k
. After the analog input channel is
selected (changed), this acquisition must be done
before the conversion can be started.
To calculate the minimum acquisition time,
Equation 19-1 may be used. This equation assumes
that 1/2 LSb error is used (1024 steps for the A/D). The
1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the A/D
to meet its specified resolution.
Example 19-1 shows the calculation of the minimum
required acquisition time, T
ACQ
. This calculation is based
on the following application system assumptions:
C
HOLD
=
120
pF
Rs
=
2.5 k
Conversion Error
1/2 LSb
V
DD
=
5V
Rss = 7 k
Temperature
=
50
C (system max.)
V
HOLD
=
0V @ time = 0
19.2
A/D V
REF
+ and V
REF
- References
If external voltage references are used instead of the
internal AV
DD
and AV
SS
sources, the source impedance
of the V
REF
+ and V
REF
- voltage sources must be consid-
ered. During acquisition, currents supplied by these
sources are insignificant. However, during conversion,
the A/D module sinks and sources current through the
reference sources. The effect of this current, as specified
in parameter A50, along with source impedance must be
considered to meet specified A/D resolution.
EQUATION 19-1:
ACQUISITION TIME
EQUATION 19-2:
A/D MINIMUM CHARGING TIME
EXAMPLE 19-1:
CALCULATING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED ACQUISITION TIME
Note:
When the conversion is started, the
holding capacitor is disconnected from the
input pin.
Note:
When using external voltage references
with the A/D converter, the source imped-
ance of the external voltage references
must be less than 20
to obtain the spec-
ified A/D resolution. Higher reference
source impedances will increase both
offset and gain errors. Resistive voltage
dividers will not provide a sufficiently low
source impedance.
To maintain the best possible performance
in A/D conversions, external V
REF
inputs
should be buffered with an operational
amplifier or other low output impedance
circuit.
T
ACQ
=
Amplifier Settling Time + Holding Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient
=
T
AMP
+ T
C
+ T
COFF
V
HOLD
= (V
REF
(V
REF
/2048)) (1 e
(-Tc/C
HOLD
(R
IC
+ R
SS
+ R
S
))
)
or
T
C
=
-(120 pF)(1 k
+ R
SS
+ R
S
) ln(1/2047)
T
ACQ
=
T
AMP
+ T
C
+ T
COFF
Temperature coefficient is only required for temperatures > 25
C.
T
ACQ
=
2
s + T
C
+ [(Temp 25
C)(0.05 s/C)]
T
C
=
-C
HOLD
(R
IC
+ R
SS
+ R
S
) ln(1/2047)
-120 pF (1 k
+ 7 k + 2.5 k) ln(0.0004885)
-120 pF (10.5 k
) ln(0.0004885)
-1.26
s (-7.6241)
9.61
s
T
ACQ
=
2
s + 9.61 s + [(50C 25C)(0.05 s/C)]
11.61
s + 1.25 s
12.86
s
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 255
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
19.3
Selecting and Configuring
Automatic Acquisition Time
The ADCON2 register allows the user to select an
acquisition time that occurs each time the GO/DONE
bit is set.
When the GO/DONE bit is set, sampling is stopped and
a conversion begins. The user is responsible for ensur-
ing the required acquisition time has passed between
selecting the desired input channel and setting the
GO/DONE bit. This occurs when the ACQT2:ACQT0
bits (ADCON2<5:3>) remain in their Reset state (`
000
')
and is compatible with devices that do not offer
programmable acquisition times.
If desired, the ACQT bits can be set to select a pro-
grammable acquisition time for the A/D module. When
the GO/DONE bit is set, the A/D module continues to
sample the input for the selected acquisition time, then
automatically begins a conversion. Since the acquisi-
tion time is programmed, there may be no need to wait
for an acquisition time between selecting a channel and
setting the GO/DONE bit.
In either case, when the conversion is completed, the
GO/DONE bit is cleared, the ADIF flag is set, and the
A/D begins sampling the currently selected channel
again. If an acquisition time is programmed, there is
nothing to indicate if the acquisition time has ended or
if the conversion has begun.
19.4
Selecting the A/D Conversion Clock
The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as T
AD
. The
A/D conversion requires 11 T
AD
per 10-bit conversion.
The source of the A/D conversion clock is software
selectable. There are seven possible options for T
AD
:
For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock
(T
AD
) must be as short as possible but greater than the
minimum T
AD
(approximately 2
s, see parameter 130
for more information).
Table 19-1 shows the resultant T
AD
times derived from
the device operating frequencies and the A/D clock
source selected.
19.5
Configuring Analog Port Pins
The ADCON1, TRISA, TRISF and TRISH registers con-
trol the operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins
needed as analog inputs must have their corresponding
TRIS bits set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output),
the digital output level (V
OH
or V
OL
) will be converted.
The A/D operation is independent of the state of the
CHS3:CHS0 bits and the TRIS bits.
TABLE 19-1:
T
AD
vs. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES
2 T
OSC
4 T
OSC
8 T
OSC
16 T
OSC
32 T
OSC
64 T
OSC
Internal RC Oscillator
Note 1: When reading the port register, all pins
configured as analog input channels will
read as cleared (a low level). Pins config-
ured as digital inputs will convert an
analog input. Analog levels on a digitally
configured input will not affect the
conversion accuracy.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a dig-
ital input may cause the input buffer to
consume current out of the device's
specification limits.
AD Clock Source (T
AD
)
Maximum Device Frequency
Operation
ADCS2:ADCS0
PIC18FXX80/XX85
PIC18LFXX80/XX85
2 T
OSC
000
1.25 MHz
666 kHz
4 T
OSC
100
2.50 MHz
1.33 MHz
8 T
OSC
001
5.00 MHz
2.66 MHz
16 T
OSC
101
10.0 MHz
5.33 MHz
32 T
OSC
010
20.0 MHz
10.65 MHz
64 T
OSC
110
40.0 MHz
21.33 MHz
RC
(3)
x11
1.00 MHz
(1)
1.00 MHz
(2)
Note 1:
The RC source has a typical T
AD
time of 4
s.
2:
The RC source has a typical T
AD
time of 6
s.
3:
For device frequencies above 1 MHz, the device must be in Sleep for the entire conversion or the A/D
accuracy may be out of specification.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 256
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.6
A/D Conversions
Figure 19-3 shows the operation of the A/D converter
after the GO bit has been set and the ACQT2:ACQT0
bits are cleared. A conversion is started after the follow-
ing instruction to allow entry into Sleep mode before the
conversion begins.
Figure 19-4 shows the operation of the A/D converter
after the GO bit has been set, the ACQT2:ACQT0 bits
are set to `
010
' and selecting a 4 T
AD
acquisition time
before the conversion starts.
Clearing the GO/DONE bit during a conversion will
abort the current conversion. The A/D Result register
pair will not be updated with the partially completed A/D
conversion sample. This means the ADRESH:ADRESL
registers will continue to contain the value of the last
completed conversion (or the last value written to the
ADRESH:ADRESL registers).
After the A/D conversion is completed or aborted, a
2 T
AD
wait is required before the next acquisition can
be started. After this wait, acquisition on the selected
channel is automatically started.
19.7
Use of the CCP2 Trigger
An A/D conversion can be started by the "special event
trigger" of the CCP2 module. This requires that the
CCP2M3:CCP2M0 bits (CCP2CON<3:0>) be pro-
grammed as `
1011
' and that the A/D module is enabled
(ADON bit is set). When the trigger occurs, the
GO/DONE bit will be set, starting the A/D conversion
and the Timer1 (or Timer3) counter will be reset to zero.
Timer1 (or Timer3) is reset to automatically repeat the
A/D acquisition period with minimal software overhead
(moving ADRESH/ADRESL to the desired location).
The appropriate analog input channel must be selected
and the minimum acquisition done before the "special
event trigger" sets the GO/DONE bit (starts a
conversion).
If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON is cleared), the
"special event trigger" will be ignored by the A/D
module but will still reset the Timer1 (or Timer3)
counter.
FIGURE 19-3:
A/D CONVERSION T
AD
CYCLES (A
CQT
<2:0> =
000
, T
ACQ
=
0
)
FIGURE 19-4:
A/D CONVERSION T
AD
CYCLES (A
CQT
<2:0> =
010
, T
ACQ
= 4 T
AD
)
Note:
The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in
the same instruction that turns on the A/D.
T
AD
1 T
AD
2 T
AD
3 T
AD
4 T
AD
5 T
AD
6 T
AD
7 T
AD
8
T
AD
11
Set GO bit
Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns)
T
AD
9 T
AD
10
T
CY
- T
AD
Next Q4: ADRESH/ADRESL is loaded, GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input.
Conversion starts
b0
b9
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b8
b7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
Set GO bit
(Holding capacitor is disconnected)
9
10
Next Q4: ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded, GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is reconnected to analog input.
Conversion starts
1
2
3
4
(Holding capacitor continues
acquiring input)
T
ACQT
Cycles
T
AD
Cycles
Automatic
Acquisition
Time
b0
b9
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
b1
b8
b7
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 257
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 19-2:
SUMMARY OF A/D REGISTERS
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
ADRESH A/D Result Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
--
--
CHS3
CHS3
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
ADON
--00 0000
--00 0000
ADCON1
--
--
VCFG1
VCFG0
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
--00 0000
--00 0000
ADCON2
ADFM
--
--
--
--
ADCS2
ADCS1
ADCS0
0--- -000
0--- -000
PORTA
--
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
--xx xxxx
--uu uuuu
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
--11 1111
--11 1111
PORTF
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
RF0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATF
LATF7
LATF6
LATF5
LATF4
LATF3
LATF2
LATF1
LATF0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISF
PORTF Data Direction Control Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
PORTH
(1)
RH7
RH6
RH5
RH4
RH3
RH2
RH1
RH0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATH
(1)
LATH7
LATH6
LATH5
LATH4
LATH3
LATH2
LATH1
LATH0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISH
(1)
PORTH Data Direction Control Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion.
Note
1:
Only available on PIC18F8X8X devices.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 258
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 259
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
20.0
COMPARATOR MODULE
The comparator module contains two analog
comparators. The inputs to the comparators are
multiplexed with the RF1 through RF6 pins. The on-
chip voltage reference (Section 21.0 "Comparator
Voltage Reference Module"
) can also be an input to
the comparators.
The CMCON register, shown in Register 20-1, controls
the comparator input and output multiplexers. A block
diagram of the various comparator configurations is
shown in Figure 20-1.
REGISTER 20-1:
CMCON REGISTER
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output bit
When C2INV =
0
:
1
= C2 V
IN
+ > C2 V
IN
-
0
= C2 V
IN
+ < C2 V
IN
-
When C2INV =
1
:
1
= C2 V
IN
+ < C2 V
IN
-
0
= C2 V
IN
+ > C2 V
IN
-
bit 6
C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output bit
When C1INV =
0
:
1
= C1 V
IN
+ > C1 V
IN
-
0
= C1 V
IN
+ < C1 V
IN
-
When C1INV =
1
:
1
= C1 V
IN
+ < C1 V
IN
-
0
= C1 V
IN
+ > C1 V
IN
-
bit 5
C2INV: Comparator 2 Output Inversion bit
1
= C2 output inverted
0
= C2 output not inverted
bit 4
C1INV: Comparator 1 Output Inversion bit
1
= C1 output inverted
0
= C1 output not inverted
bit 3
CIS: Comparator Input Switch bit
When CM2:CM0 =
110
:
1
= C1 V
IN
- connects to RF5/AN10
C2 V
IN
- connects to RF3/AN8
0
= C1 V
IN
- connects to RF6/AN11
C2 V
IN
- connects to RF4/AN9
bit 2-0
CM2:CM0: Comparator Mode bits
Figure 20-1 shows the Comparator modes and CM2:CM0 bit settings.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 260
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.1
Comparator Configuration
There are eight modes of operation for the compara-
tors. The CMCON register is used to select these
modes. Figure 20-1 shows the eight possible modes.
The TRISF register controls the data direction of the
comparator pins for each mode. If the Comparator
mode is changed, the comparator output level may not
be valid for the specified mode change delay shown in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics".
FIGURE 20-1:
COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES
Note:
Comparator interrupts should be disabled
during a Comparator mode change.
Otherwise, a false interrupt may occur.
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
Off
(Read as `
0
')
Comparators Reset (POR Default Value)
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
000
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
Off
(Read as `
0
')
A
A
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
Two Independent Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
010
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
C2OUT
A
A
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
Two Common Reference Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
100
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
C2OUT
A
D
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
Off
(Read as `
0
')
One Independent Comparator with Output
D
D
CM2:CM0 =
001
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
A
A
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
Off
(Read as `
0
')
Comparators Off
D
D
CM2:CM0 =
111
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
Off
(Read as `
0
')
D
D
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
Four Inputs Multiplexed to Two Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
110
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
C2OUT
A
A
From V
REF
Module
CIS =
0
CIS =
1
CIS =
0
CIS =
1
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
Two Common Reference Comparators with Outputs
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
101
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
C2OUT
A
D
A = Analog Input, port reads zeros always D = Digital Input CIS (CMCON<3>) = Comparator Input Switch
CV
REF
C1
RF6/AN11
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF5/AN10
C1OUT
Two Independent Comparators with Outputs
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
011
C2
RF4/AN9
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RF3/AN8
C2OUT
A
A
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
RF1/AN6/C2OUT
RF2/AN7/C1OUT
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 261
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
20.2
Comparator Operation
A single comparator is shown in Figure 20-2, along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog input at V
IN
+ is less
than the analog input V
IN
-, the output of the comparator
is a digital low level. When the analog input at V
IN
+ is
greater than the analog input V
IN
-, the output of the
comparator is a digital high level. The shaded areas of
the output of the comparator in Figure 20-2 represent
the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time.
20.3
Comparator Reference
An external or internal reference signal may be used
depending on the Comparator Operating mode. The
analog signal present at V
IN
- is compared to the signal
at V
IN
+ and the digital output of the comparator is
adjusted accordingly (Figure 20-2).
FIGURE 20-2:
SINGLE COMPARATOR
20.3.1
EXTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
When external voltage references are used, the
comparator module can be configured to have the com-
parators operate from the same or different reference
sources. However, threshold detector applications may
require the same reference. The reference signal must
be between V
SS
and V
DD
and can be applied to either
pin of the comparator(s).
20.3.2
INTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
The comparator module also allows the selection of an
internally generated voltage reference for the compara-
tors. Section 21.0 "Comparator Voltage Reference
Module"
contains a detailed description of the compar-
ator voltage reference module that provides this signal.
The internal reference signal is used when comparators
are in mode CM<2:0> =
110
(Figure 20-1). In this mode,
the internal voltage reference is applied to the V
IN
+ pin
of both comparators.
20.4
Comparator Response Time
Response time is the minimum time, after selecting a
new reference voltage or input source, before the
comparator output has a valid level. If the internal
reference is changed, the maximum delay of the inter-
nal voltage reference must be considered when using
the comparator outputs. Otherwise, the maximum
delay of the comparators should be used (Section 27.0
"Electrical Characteristics"
).
20.5
Comparator Outputs
The comparator outputs are read through the CMCON
register. These bits are read-only. The comparator
outputs may also be directly output to the RF1 and RF2
I/O pins. When enabled, multiplexors in the output path
of the RF1 and RF2 pins will switch and the output of
each pin will be the unsynchronized output of the com-
parator. The uncertainty of each of the comparators is
related to the input offset voltage and the response time
given in the specifications. Figure 20-3 shows the
comparator output block diagram.
The TRISA bits will still function as an output
enable/disable for the RF1 and RF2 pins while in this
mode.
The polarity of the comparator outputs can be changed
using the C2INV and C1INV bits (CMCON<4:5>).
+
V
IN
+
V
IN
-
Output
V
IN
V
IN+
Output
Output
V
IN
+
V
IN
-
Note 1: When reading the Port register, all pins
configured as analog inputs will read as a
`
0
'. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert an analog input according to the
Schmitt Trigger input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a dig-
ital input may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 262
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 20-3:
COMPARATOR OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
20.6
Comparator Interrupts
The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever there is
a change in the output value of either comparator.
Software will need to maintain information about the
status of the output bits, as read from CMCON<7:6>, to
determine the actual change that occurred. The CMIF
bit (PIR registers) is the Comparator Interrupt Flag. The
CMIF bit must be reset by clearing it to `
0
'. Since it is
also possible to write a `
1
' to this register, a simulated
interrupt may be initiated.
The CMIE bit (PIE registers) and the PEIE bit (INTCON
register) must be set to enable the interrupt. In addition,
the GIE bit must also be set. If any of these bits are
clear, the interrupt is not enabled, though the CMIF bit
will still be set if an interrupt condition occurs.
The user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
a)
Any read or write of CMCON will end the
mismatch condition.
b)
Clear flag bit CMIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit CMIF.
Reading CMCON will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit CMIF to be cleared.
D
Q
EN
To RF1 or
RF2 pin
Bus
Data
Read CMCON
Set
MULTIPLEX
CMIF
bit
-
+
D
Q
EN
CL
Port pins
Read CMCON
RESET
From
other
Comparator
CxINV
Note:
If a change in the CMCON register
(C1OUT or C2OUT) should occur when a
read operation is being executed (start of
the Q2 cycle), then the CMIF (PIR
registers) interrupt flag may not get set.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 263
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
20.7
Comparator Operation During
Sleep
When a comparator is active and the device is placed
in Sleep mode, the comparator remains active and the
interrupt is functional if enabled. This interrupt will
wake-up the device from Sleep mode when enabled.
While the comparator is powered up, higher Sleep
currents than shown in the power-down current
specification will occur. Each operational comparator
will consume additional current as shown in the com-
parator specifications. To minimize power consumption
while in Sleep mode, turn off the comparators
(CM<2:0> =
111
) before entering Sleep. If the device
wakes up from Sleep, the contents of the CMCON
register are not affected.
20.8
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces the CMCON register to its Reset
state, causing the comparator module to be in the
Comparator Reset mode (CM<2:0> =
000
). This
ensures that all potential inputs are analog inputs.
Device current is minimized when analog inputs are
present at Reset time. The comparators will be
powered down during the Reset interval.
20.9
Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 20-4. Since the analog pins are connected to a
digital output, they have reverse biased diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
. The analog input, therefore, must be between
V
SS
and V
DD
. If the input voltage deviates from this
range by more than 0.6V in either direction, one of the
diodes is forward biased and a latch-up condition may
occur. A maximum source impedance of 10 k
is
recommended for the analog sources. Any external
component connected to an analog input pin, such as
a capacitor or a Zener diode, should have very little
leakage current.
FIGURE 20-4:
COMPARATOR ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VA
R
S
< 10k
A
IN
C
PIN
5 pF
V
DD
V
T
= 0.6V
V
T
= 0.6V
R
IC
I
LEAKAGE
500 nA
V
SS
Legend:
C
PIN
= Input Capacitance
V
T
= Threshold
Voltage
I
LEAKAGE
= Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
R
IC
= Interconnect Resistance
R
S
= Source
Impedance
VA
= Analog
Voltage
Comparator
Input
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 264
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 20-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR
Value on
all other
Resets
CMCON
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000 0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
CCP2IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
CCP2IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
CCP2IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
PORTF
RF7
RF6
RF5
RF4
RF3
RF2
RF1
RF0
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATF
LATF7
LATF6
LATF5
LATF4
LATF3
LATF2
LATF1
LATF0
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6
TRISF5
TRISF4 TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
TRISF0
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are unused by the comparator module.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 265
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
21.0
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE
REFERENCE MODULE
The comparator voltage reference is a 16-tap resistor
ladder network that provides a selectable voltage
reference. The resistor ladder is segmented to provide
two ranges of CV
REF
values and has a power-down
function to conserve power when the reference is not
being used. The CVRCON register controls the
operation of the reference as shown in Register 21-1.
The block diagram is given in Figure 21-1.
The comparator reference supply voltage can come
from either V
DD
or V
SS
, or the external V
REF
+ and
V
REF
- that are multiplexed with RA3 and RA2. The
comparator reference supply voltage is controlled by
the CVRSS bit.
21.1
Configuring the Comparator
Voltage Reference
The comparator voltage reference can output 16 distinct
voltage levels for each range. The equations used to
calculate the output of the comparator voltage reference
are as follows:
If CVRR =
1
:
CV
REF
= (CVR<3:0>/24) x CV
RSRC
If CVRR =
0
:
CV
REF
= (CV
DD
x 1/4) + (CVR<3:0>/32) x CV
RSRC
The settling time of the comparator voltage reference
must be considered when changing the CV
REF
output
(Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics").
REGISTER 21-1:
CVRCON REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1
= CV
REF
circuit powered on
0
= CV
REF
circuit powered down
bit 6
CVROE: Comparator V
REF
Output Enable bit
(1)
1
= CV
REF
voltage level is also output on the RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
pin
0
= CV
REF
voltage is disconnected from the RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
pin
bit 5
CVRR: Comparator V
REF
Range Selection bit
1
= 0.00 CV
RSRC
to 0.625 CV
RSRC
with CV
RSRC
/24 step size
0
= 0.25 CV
RSRC
to 0.71875 CV
RSRC
with CV
RSRC
/32 step size
bit 4
CVRSS: Comparator V
REF
Source Selection bit
1
= Comparator reference source, CV
RSRC
= V
REF
+ V
REF
-
0
= Comparator reference source, CV
RSRC
= V
DD
V
SS
Note:
To select (V
REF
+ V
REF
-) as the comparator voltage reference source, the voltage
reference configuration bits in the ADCON1 register (ADCON1<5:4>) must also be
set to `
11
'.
bit 3-0
CVR3:CVR0: Comparator V
REF
Value Selection bits (0
VR3:VR0
15)
When CVRR =
1
:
CV
REF
= (CVR<3:0>/24)
(CV
RSRC
)
When CVRR =
0
:
CV
REF
= 1/4
(CV
RSRC
) + (CVR3:CVR0/32)
(CV
RSRC
)
Note 1: If enabled for output, RF5 must also be configured as an input by setting TRISF<5>
to `
1
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 266
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 21-1:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
21.2
Voltage Reference Accuracy/Error
The full range of voltage reference cannot be realized
due to the construction of the module. The transistors
on the top and bottom of the resistor ladder network
(Figure 21-1) keep CV
REF
from approaching the refer-
ence source rails. The voltage reference is derived
from the reference source; therefore, the CV
REF
output
changes with fluctuations in that source. The tested
absolute accuracy of the voltage reference can be
found in Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics".
21.3
Operation During Sleep
When the device wakes up from Sleep through an
interrupt or a Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of
the CVRCON register are not affected. To minimize
current consumption in Sleep mode, the voltage
reference should be disabled.
21.4
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset disables the voltage reference by
clearing bit CVREN (CVRCON<7>). This Reset also
disconnects the reference from the RA2 pin by clearing
bit CVROE (CVRCON<6>) and selects the high-
voltage range by clearing bit CVRR (CVRCON<5>).
The VRSS value select bits, CVRCON<3:0>, are also
cleared.
21.5
Connection Considerations
The voltage reference module operates independently
of the comparator module. The output of the reference
generator may be connected to the RF5 pin if the
TRISF<5> bit is set and the CVROE bit is set. Enabling
the voltage reference output onto the RF5 pin with an
input signal present will increase current consumption.
Connecting RF5 as a digital output with VRSS enabled
will also increase current consumption.
The RF5 pin can be used as a simple D/A output with
limited drive capability. Due to the limited current drive
capability, a buffer must be used on the voltage refer-
ence output for external connections to V
REF
.
Figure 21-2 shows an example buffering technique.
Note: R is defined in Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics".
CVRR
8R
CVR3
CVR0
(From CVRCON<3:0>)
16-1 Analog Mux
8R
R
R
R
R
CVREN
CV
REF
16 Stages
CVRSS =
0
V
DD
V
REF
+
CVRSS =
0
CVRSS =
1
V
REF
-
CVRSS =
1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 267
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 21-2:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
TABLE 21-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE
CV
REF
Output
+
CV
REF
Module
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
R
(1)
RF5
Note 1:
R is dependent upon the voltage reference configuration bits CVRCON<3:0> and CVRCON<5>.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR
Value on
all other
Resets
CVRCON
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000 0000 0000
CMCON
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
TRISF
TRISF7
TRISF6 TRISF5 TRISF4 TRISF3
TRISF2
TRISF1
TRISF0
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used with the comparator voltage reference.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 268
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 269
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
22.0
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT
In many applications, the ability to determine if the
device voltage (V
DD
) is below a specified voltage level
is a desirable feature. A window of operation for the
application can be created where the application soft-
ware can do "housekeeping tasks" before the device
voltage exits the valid operating range. This can be
done using the Low-Voltage Detect module.
This module is a software programmable circuitry
where a device voltage trip point can be specified.
When the voltage of the device becomes lower then the
specified point, an interrupt flag is set. If the interrupt is
enabled, the program execution will branch to the inter-
rupt vector address and the software can then respond
to that interrupt source.
The Low-Voltage Detect circuitry is completely under
software control. This allows the circuitry to be "turned
off" by the software which minimizes the current
consumption for the device.
Figure 22-1 shows a possible application voltage curve
(typically for batteries). Over time, the device voltage
decreases. When the device voltage equals voltage V
A
,
the LVD logic generates an interrupt. This occurs at
time T
A
. The application software then has the time,
until the device voltage is no longer in valid operating
range, to shut down the system. Voltage point V
B
is the
minimum valid operating voltage specification. This
occurs at time T
B
. The difference, T
B
T
A
, is the total
time for shutdown.
FIGURE 22-1:
TYPICAL LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT APPLICATION
The block diagram for the LVD module is shown in
Figure 22-2. A comparator uses an internally gener-
ated reference voltage as the set point. When the
selected tap output of the device voltage crosses the
set point (is lower than), the LVDIF bit is set.
Each node in the resistor divider represents a "trip
point" voltage. The "trip point" voltage is the minimum
supply voltage level at which the device can operate
before the LVD module asserts an interrupt. When the
supply voltage is equal to the trip point, the voltage
tapped off of the resistor array is equal to the 1.2V
internal reference voltage generated by the voltage
reference module. The comparator then generates an
interrupt signal setting the LVDIF bit. This voltage is
software programmable to any one of 16 values (see
Figure 22-2). The trip point is selected by
programming the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits (LVDCON<3:0>).
Time
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
V
A
V
B
T
A
T
B
V
A
= LVD trip point
V
B
= Minimum valid device
operating voltage
Legend:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 270
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 22-2:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) BLOCK DIAGRAM
The LVD module has an additional feature that allows
the user to supply the trip voltage to the module from an
external source. This mode is enabled when bits
LVDL3:LVDL0 are set to `
1111
'. In this state, the com-
parator input is multiplexed from the external input pin,
LVDIN (Figure 22-3). This gives users flexibility
because it allows them to configure the Low-Voltage
Detect interrupt to occur at any voltage in the valid
operating range.
FIGURE 22-3:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) WITH EXTERNAL INPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
LVDIF
V
DD
16 t
o
1
MUX
LVDEN
LVDCON
Internally Generated
Reference Voltage
LVDIN
(Parameter #D423)
LVD3:LVD0
Register
LVD
EN
16 t
o
1
M
U
X
BGAP
BODEN
LVDEN
VxEN
LVDIN
V
DD
V
DD
Externally Generated
Trip Point
LVD3:LVD0
LVDCON
Register
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 271
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
22.1
Control Register
The Low-Voltage Detect Control register controls the
operation of the Low-Voltage Detect circuitry.
REGISTER 22-1:
LVDCON REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-1
--
--
IRVST
LVDEN
LVDL3
LVDL2
LVDL1
LVDL0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5
IRVST: Internal Reference Voltage Stable Flag bit
1
= Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will generate the interrupt flag at the specified
voltage range
0
= Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will not generate the interrupt flag at the
specified voltage range and the LVD interrupt should not be enabled
bit 4
LVDEN: Low-Voltage Detect Power Enable bit
1
= Enables LVD, powers up LVD circuit
0
= Disables LVD, powers down LVD circuit
bit 3-0
LVDL3:LVDL0: Low-Voltage Detection Limit bits
1111
= External analog input is used (input comes from the LVDIN pin)
1110
= 4.5V-4.77V
1101
= 4.2V-4.45V
1100
= 4.0V-4.24V
1011
= 3.8V-4.03V
1010
= 3.6V-3.82V
1001
= 3.5V-3.71V
1000
= 3.3V-3.50V
0111
= 3.0V-3.18V
0110
= 2.8V-2.97V
0101
= 2.7V-2.86V
0100
= 2.5V-2.65V
0011
= 2.4V-2.54V
0010
= 2.2V-2.33V
0001
= 2.0V-2.12V
0000
= Reserved
Note:
LVDL3:LVDL0 modes which result in a trip point below the valid operating voltage
of the device are not tested.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 272
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
22.2
Operation
Depending on the power source for the device voltage,
the voltage normally decreases relatively slowly. This
means that the LVD module does not need to be
constantly operating. To decrease the current require-
ments, the LVD circuitry only needs to be enabled for
short periods where the voltage is checked. After doing
the check, the LVD module may be disabled.
Each time that the LVD module is enabled, the circuitry
requires some time to stabilize. After the circuitry has
stabilized, all status flags may be cleared. The module
will then indicate the proper state of the system.
The following steps are needed to set up the LVD
module:
1.
Write the value to the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits
(LVDCON register) which selects the desired
LVD trip point.
2.
Ensure that LVD interrupts are disabled (the
LVDIE bit is cleared or the GIE bit is cleared).
3.
Enable the LVD module (set the LVDEN bit in
the LVDCON register).
4.
Wait for the LVD module to stabilize (the IRVST
bit to become set).
5.
Clear the LVD interrupt flag which may have
falsely become set until the LVD module has
stabilized (clear the LVDIF bit).
6.
Enable the LVD interrupt (set the LVDIE and the
GIE bits).
Figure 22-4 shows typical waveforms that the LVD
module may be used to detect.
FIGURE 22-4:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT WAVEFORMS
V
LVD
V
DD
LVDIF
V
LVD
V
DD
Enable LVD
Internally Generated
T
IVRST
LVDIF may not be set
Enable LVD
LVDIF
LVDIF cleared in software
LVDIF cleared in software
LVDIF cleared in software,
CASE 1:
CASE 2:
LVDIF remains set since LVD condition still exists
Reference Stable
Internally Generated
Reference Stable
T
IVRST
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 273
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
22.2.1
REFERENCE VOLTAGE SET POINT
The internal reference voltage of the LVD module,
specified in electrical specification parameter #D423,
may be used by other internal circuitry (the Program-
mable Brown-out Reset). If these circuits are disabled
(lower current consumption), the reference voltage
circuit requires a time to become stable before a low-
voltage condition can be reliably detected. This time is
invariant of system clock speed. This start-up time is
specified in electrical specification parameter #36. The
low-voltage interrupt flag will not be enabled until a
stable reference voltage is reached. Refer to the
waveform in Figure 22-4.
22.2.2
CURRENT CONSUMPTION
When the module is enabled, the LVD comparator and
voltage divider are enabled and will consume static cur-
rent. The voltage divider can be tapped from multiple
places in the resistor array. Total current consumption,
when enabled, is specified in electrical specification
parameter #D022B.
22.3
Operation During Sleep
When enabled, the LVD circuitry continues to operate
during Sleep. If the device voltage crosses the trip
point, the LVDIF bit will be set and the device will
wake-up from Sleep. Device execution will continue
from the interrupt vector address if interrupts have
been globally enabled.
22.4
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the LVD module to be turned off.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 274
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 275
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.0
ECAN MODULE
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices contain an
Enhanced Controller Area Network (ECAN) module.
The ECAN module is fully backward compatible with
the CAN module available in PIC18CXX8 and
PIC18FXX8 devices.
The Controller Area Network (CAN) module is a serial
interface which is useful for communicating with other
peripherals or microcontroller devices. This interface,
or protocol, was designed to allow communications
within noisy environments.
The ECAN module is a communication controller,
implementing the CAN 2.0A or B protocol as defined in
the BOSCH specification. The module will support
CAN 1.2, CAN 2.0A, CAN 2.0B Passive and CAN 2.0B
Active versions of the protocol. The module implemen-
tation is a full CAN system; however, the CAN specifi-
cation is not covered within this data sheet. Refer to the
BOSCH CAN specification for further details.
The module features are as follows:
Implementation of the CAN protocol CAN 1.2,
CAN 2.0A and CAN 2.0B
DeviceNet
TM
data bytes filter support
Standard and extended data frames
0-8 bytes data length
Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbit/sec
Fully backward compatible with PIC18XX8 CAN
module
Three modes of operation:
- Mode 0 Legacy mode
- Mode 1 Enhanced Legacy mode with
DeviceNet support
- Mode 2 FIFO mode with DeviceNet support
Support for remote frames with automated handling
Double-buffered receiver with two prioritized
received message storage buffers
Six buffers programmable as RX and TX
message buffers
16 full (standard/extended identifier) acceptance
filters that can be linked to one of four masks
Two full acceptance filter masks that can be
assigned to any filter
One full acceptance filter that can be used as either
an acceptance filter or acceptance filter mask
Three dedicated transmit buffers with application
specified prioritization and abort capability
Programmable wake-up functionality with
integrated low-pass filter
Programmable Loopback mode supports self-test
operation
Signaling via interrupt capabilities for all CAN
receiver and transmitter error states
Programmable clock source
Programmable link to timer module for
time-stamping and network synchronization
Low-Power Sleep mode
23.1
Module Overview
The CAN bus module consists of a protocol engine and
message buffering and control. The CAN protocol
engine automatically handles all functions for receiving
and transmitting messages on the CAN bus. Messages
are transmitted by first loading the appropriate data
registers. Status and errors can be checked by reading
the appropriate registers. Any message detected on
the CAN bus is checked for errors and then matched
against filters to see if it should be received and stored
in one of the two receive registers.
The CAN module supports the following frame types:
Standard Data Frame
Extended Data Frame
Remote Frame
Error Frame
Overload Frame Reception
Interframe Space Generation/Detection
The CAN module uses the RG0/CANTX1,
RG1/CANTX2 and RG2/CANRX pins to interface with
the CAN bus. In Normal mode, the CAN module
automatically overrides the TRISG0 and TRISG1 bits
of the CAN module pins.
23.1.1
MODULE FUNCTIONALITY
The CAN bus module consists of a protocol engine,
message buffering and control (see Figure 23-1). The
protocol engine can best be understood by defining the
types of data frames to be transmitted and received by
the module.
The following sequence illustrates the necessary initial-
ization steps before the ECAN module can be used to
transmit or receive a message. Steps can be added or
removed depending on the requirements of the
application.
1.
Ensure that the ECAN module is in Configuration
mode.
2.
Select ECAN Operational mode.
3.
Set up the baud rate registers.
4.
Set up the filter and mask registers.
5.
Set the ECAN module to Normal mode or any
other mode required by the application logic.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 276
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 23-1:
CAN BUFFERS AND PROTOCOL ENGINE BLOCK DIAGRAM
MS
G
R
E
Q
TXB2
ABT
F
ML
O
A
TX
ER
R
MT
X
B
U
F
F
M
E
SSA
G
E
Message
Queue
Control
Transmit Byte Sequencer
MS
G
R
E
Q
TXB1
ABT
F
ML
O
A
TX
ER
R
MT
X
B
U
F
F
M
E
SSA
G
E
MS
G
R
E
Q
TXB0
ABT
F
ML
O
A
TX
ER
R
MT
X
B
U
F
F
M
E
SSA
G
E
Acceptance Filters
(RXF0 RXF05)
A
c
c
e
p
t
Data Field
Identifier
Acc
ept
anc
e M
a
sk
RX
M
1
Acceptance Filters
(RXF06 RXF15)
M
A
B
Acc
ept
anc
e M
a
sk
RX
M0
Rcv Byte
16-4 to 1 muxs
PROTOCOL
MESSAGE
BUFFERS
Transmit Option
MODE 0
MODE 1, 2
6 TX/RX
Buffers
2 RX
Buffers
CRC<14:0>
Comparator
Receive<8:0>
Transmit<7:0>
Receive
Error
Transmit
Error
Protocol
REC
TEC
Err-Pas
Bus-Off
Finite
State
Machine
Counter
Counter
Shift<14:0>
{Transmit<5:0>, Receive<8:0>}
Transmit
Logic
Bit
Timing
Logic
TX
RX
Configuration
Registers
Clock
Generator
BUFFERS
ENGINE
MODE 0
MODE 1, 2
RXF15
V
CC
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 277
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2
CAN Module Registers
There are many control and data registers associated
with the CAN module. For convenience, their
descriptions have been grouped into the following
sections:
Control and Status Registers
Dedicated Transmit Buffer Registers
Dedicated Receive Buffer Registers
Programmable TX/RX and Auto RTR Buffers
Baud Rate Control Registers
I/O Control Register
Interrupt Status and Control Registers
Detailed descriptions of each register and their usage
are described in the following sections.
23.2.1
CAN CONTROL AND STATUS
REGISTERS
The registers described in this section control the
overall operation of the CAN module and show its
operational status.
Note:
Not all CAN registers are available in the
Access Bank.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 278
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-1:
CANCON: CAN CONTROL REGISTER
Mode 0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
WIN2
WIN1
WIN0
--
Mode 1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/S-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
--
--
--
--
Mode 2
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/S-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
FP3
FP2
FP1
FP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
REQOP2:REQOP0: Request CAN Operation Mode bits
1xx
= Request Configuration mode
011
= Request Listen Only mode
010
= Request Loopback mode
001
= Request Disable mode
000
= Request Normal mode
bit 4
ABAT: Abort All Pending Transmissions bit
1
= Abort all pending transmissions (in all transmit buffers)
0
= Transmissions proceeding as normal
bit 3-1
Mode 0:
WIN2:WIN0: Window Address bits
This selects which of the CAN buffers to switch into the access bank area. This allows access
to the buffer registers from any data memory bank. After a frame has caused an interrupt, the
ICODE2:ICODE0 bits can be copied to the WIN2:WIN0 bits to select the correct buffer. See
Example 23-2 for a code example.
111
= Receive Buffer 0
110
= Receive Buffer 0
101
= Receive Buffer 1
100
= Transmit Buffer 0
011
= Transmit Buffer 1
010
= Transmit Buffer 2
001
= Receive Buffer 0
000
= Receive Buffer 0
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 2:
FP3:FP0: FIFO Read Pointer bits
These bits point to the message buffer to be read.
0111:0000
= Message buffer to be read
1111:1000
= Reserved
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 279
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-2:
CANSTAT: CAN STATUS REGISTER
Mode 0
R-1
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
U-0
OPMODE2
(1)
OPMODE1
(1)
OPMODE0
(1)
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
Mode 1, 2
R-1
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
OPMODE2
(1)
OPMODE1
(1)
OPMODE0
(1)
EICODE4 EICODE3 EICODE2 EICODE1 EICODE0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
OPMODE2:OPMODE0: Operation Mode Status bits
(1)
111
= Reserved
110
= Reserved
101
= Reserved
100
= Configuration mode
011
= Listen Only mode
010
= Loopback mode
001
= Disable/Sleep mode
000
= Normal mode
bit 4
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-1
ICODE2:ICODE0: Interrupt Code bits in Mode 0
When an interrupt occurs, a prioritized coded interrupt value will be present in these bits. This
code indicates the source of the interrupt. By copying ICODE2:ICODE0 to WIN2:WIN0, it is pos-
sible to select the correct buffer to map into the Access Bank area. See Example 23-2 for a code
example.
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
ICODE2:ICODE0 Value
No interrupt
000
Error interrupt
001
TXB2 interrupt
010
TXB1 interrupt
011
TXB0 interrupt
100
RXB1 interrupt
101
RXB0 interrupt
110
Wake-up interrupt
111
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 280
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-2:
CANSTAT: CAN STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 4-0
Mode 1,2:
EICODE4:EICODE0: Interrupt Code bits in Mode 1 and Mode 2
When an interrupt occurs, a prioritized coded interrupt value will be present in these bits. This
code indicates the source of the interrupt. Unlike ICODE bits in Mode 0, these bits may not be
copied directly to EWIN bits to map interrupted buffer to Access Bank area. If required, user
software may maintain a table in program memory to map EICODE bits to EWIN bits and access
interrupt buffer in Access Bank area.
Note 1: To achieve maximum power saving and/or able to wake-up on CAN bus activity,
switch CAN module to Disable mode before putting the device to Sleep.
2: In Mode 2, if the buffer is configured as a receiver, EICODE bits will always contain
`
10000
' upon interrupt.
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
EICODE4:EICODE0 Value
No interrupt
00000
Error interrupt
00010
TXB2 interrupt
00100
TXB1 interrupt
00110
TXB0 interrupt
01000
RXB1 interrupt
10001/10000
(2)
RXB0 interrupt
10000
Wake-up interrupt
01110
RX/TX B0 interrupt
10010
(2)
RX/TX B1 interrupt
10011
(2)
RX/TX B2 interrupt
10100
(2)
RX/TX B3 interrupt
10101
(2)
RX/TX B4 interrupt
10110
(2)
RX/TX B4 interrupt
10111
(2)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 281
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
EXAMPLE 23-1:
CHANGING TO CONFIGURATION MODE
EXAMPLE 23-2:
WIN AND ICODE BITS USAGE IN INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE TO ACCESS
TX/RX BUFFERS
; Request Configuration mode.
MOVLW
B'10000000'
; Set to Configuration Mode.
MOVWF
CANCON
; A request to switch to Configuration mode may not be immediately honored.
; Module will wait for CAN bus to be idle before switching to Configuration Mode.
; Request for other modes such as Loopback, Disable etc. may be honored immediately.
; It is always good practice to wait and verify before continuing.
ConfigWait:
MOVF
CANSTAT, W
; Read current mode state.
ANDLW
B'10000000'
; Interested in OPMODE bits only.
TSTFSZ
WREG
; Is it Configuration mode yet?
BRA
ConfigWait
; No. Continue to wait...
; Module is in Configuration mode now.
; Modify configuration registers as required.
; Switch back to Normal mode to be able to communicate.
; Save application required context.
; Poll interrupt flags and determine source of interrupt
; This was found to be CAN interrupt
; TempCANCON and TempCANSTAT are variables defined in Access Bank low
MOVFF
CANCON, TempCANCON
; Save CANCON.WIN bits
; This is required to prevent CANCON
; from corrupting CAN buffer access
; in-progress while this interrupt
; occurred
MOVFF
CANSTAT, TempCANSTAT
; Save CANSTAT register
; This is required to make sure that
; we use same CANSTAT value rather
; than one changed by another CAN
; interrupt.
MOVF
TempCANSTAT, W
; Retrieve ICODE bits
ANDLW
B'00001110'
ADDWF
PCL, F
; Perform computed GOTO
; to corresponding interrupt cause
BRA
NoInterrupt
; 000 = No interrupt
BRA
ErrorInterrupt
; 001 = Error interrupt
BRA
TXB2Interrupt
; 010 = TXB2 interrupt
BRA
TXB1Interrupt
; 011 = TXB1 interrupt
BRA
TXB0Interrupt
; 100 = TXB0 interrupt
BRA
RXB1Interrupt
; 101 = RXB1 interrupt
BRA
RXB0Interrupt
; 110 = RXB0 interrupt
; 111 = Wake-up on interrupt
WakeupInterrupt
BCF
PIR3, WAKIF
; Clear the interrupt flag
;
; User code to handle wake-up procedure
;
;
; Continue checking for other interrupt source or return from here
...
NoInterrupt
...
; PC should never vector here. User may
; place a trap such as infinite loop or pin/port
; indication to catch this error.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 282
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 23-2:
WIN AND ICODE BITS USAGE IN INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE TO ACCESS
TX/RX BUFFERS (CONTINUED)
ErrorInterrupt
BCF
PIR3, ERRIF
; Clear the interrupt flag
...
; Handle error.
RETFIE
TXB2Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB2IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
TXB1Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB1IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
TXB0Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB0IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
RXB1Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, RXB1IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
Accessbuffer
RXB0Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, RXB0IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
AccessBuffer
; This is either TX or RX interrupt
; Copy CANSTAT.ICODE bits to CANCON.WIN bits
MOVF
TempCANCON, W
; Clear CANCON.WIN bits before copying
; new ones.
ANDLW
B'11110001'
; Use previously saved CANCON value to
; make sure same value.
MOVWF
TempCANCON
; Copy masked value back to TempCANCON
MOVF
TempCANSTAT, W
; Retrieve ICODE bits
ANDLW
B'00001110'
; Use previously saved CANSTAT value
; to make sure same value.
IORWF
TempCANCON
; Copy ICODE bits to WIN bits.
MOVFF
TempCANCON, CANCON
; Copy the result to actual CANCON
; Access current buffer...
; User code
; Restore CANCON.WIN bits
MOVF
CANCON, W
; Preserve current non WIN bits
ANDLW
B'11110001'
IORWF
TempCANCON
; Restore original WIN bits
; Do not need to restore CANSTAT - it is read-only register.
; Return from interrupt or check for another module interrupt source
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 283
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-3:
ECANCON: ENHANCED CAN CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
MDSEL1
(1, 2)
MDSEL0
(1, 2)
FIFOWM
EWIN4
EWIN3
EWIN2
EWIN1
EWIN0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
MDSEL1:MDSEL0: Mode Select bits
00
= Legacy mode (Mode 0, default)
01
= Enhanced Legacy mode (Mode 1)
10
= Enhanced FIFO mode (Mode 2)
11
= Reserved
bit 5
FIFOWM: FIFO High Water Mark bit
(3)
1
= Will cause FIFO interrupt when one receive buffer remains
(4)
0
= Will cause FIFO interrupt when four receive buffers remain
bit 4-0
EWIN4:EWIN0: Enhanced Window Address bits
These bits map the group of 16 banked CAN SFRs into access bank addresses 0F60-0F6Dh.
Exact group of registers to map is determined by binary value of these bits.
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 1, 2:
00000
= Acceptance Filters 0, 1, 2 and BRGCON3, 2
00001
= Acceptance Filters 3, 4, 5 and BRGCON1, CIOCON
00010
= Acceptance Filter Masks, Error and Interrupt Control
00011
= Transmit Buffer 0
00100
= Transmit Buffer 1
00101
= Transmit Buffer 2
00110
= Acceptance Filters 6, 7, 8
00111
= Acceptance Filters 9, 10, 11
01000
= Acceptance Filters 12, 13, 14
01001
= Acceptance Filters 15
01010
-
01111
= Reserved
10000
= Receive Buffer 0
10001
= Receive Buffer 1
10010
= TX/RX Buffer 0
10011
= TX/RX Buffer 1
10100
= TX/RX Buffer 2
10101
= TX/RX Buffer 3
10110
= TX/RX Buffer 4
10111
= TX/RX Buffer 5
11000
-
11111
= Reserved
Note 1: These bits can only be changed in Configuration mode. See Register 19-2 to
change to Configuration mode.
2: A new mode takes into effect only after Configuration mode is exited.
3: This bit is used in Mode 2 only.
4: FIFO length of 4 or less will cause this bit to be set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 284
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-4:
COMSTAT: COMMUNICATION STATUS REGISTER
Mode 0
R/C-0
R/C-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXB0OVFL RXB1OVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN RXWARN
EWARN
Mode 1
U-0
R/C-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
--
RXBnOVFL
TXB0
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN RXWARN
EWARN
Mode 2
R/C-0
R/C-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
FIFOEMPTY RXBnOVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN RXWARN
EWARN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Mode 0:
RXB0OVFL: Receive Buffer 0 Overflow bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 overflowed
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not overflowed
Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 2:
FIFOEMPTY: FIFO Not Empty bit
1
= Receive FIFO is not empty
0
= Receive FIFO is empty
bit 6
Mode 0:
RXB1OVFL: Receive Buffer 1 Overflow bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 overflowed
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not overflowed
Mode 1, 2:
RXBnOVFL: Receive Buffer Overflow bit
1
= Receive buffer has overflowed
0
= Receive buffer has not overflowed
bit 5
TXBO: Transmitter Bus-Off bit
1
= Transmit error counter > 255
0
= Transmit error counter
255
bit 4
TXBP: Transmitter Bus Passive bit
1
= Transmit error counter > 127
0
= Transmit error counter
127
bit 3
RXBP: Receiver Bus Passive bit
1
= Receive error counter > 127
0
= Receive error counter
127
bit 2
TXWARN: Transmitter Warning bit
1
= 127
Transmit error counter > 95
0
= Transmit error counter
95
bit 1
RXWARN: Receiver Warning bit
1
= 127
Receive error counter > 95
0
= Receive error counter
95
bit 0
EWARN: Error Warning bit
This bit is a flag of the RXWARN and TXWARN bits.
1
= The RXWARN or the TXWARN bits are set
0
= Neither the RXWARN or the TXWARN bits are set
Legend:
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR `1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 285
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2.2
DEDICATED CAN TRANSMIT
BUFFER REGISTERS
This section describes the dedicated CAN Transmit
Buffer registers and their associated control registers.
REGISTER 23-5:
TXBnCON: TRANSMIT BUFFER n CONTROL REGISTERS [0
n
2]
Mode 0
U-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
Mode 1, 2
R/C-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TXBIF
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 1, 2:
TXBIF: Transmit Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit buffer has completed transmission of message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit buffer has not completed transmission of a message
bit 6
TXABT: Transmission Aborted Status bit
(1)
1
= Message was aborted
0
= Message was not aborted
bit 5
TXLARB: Transmission Lost Arbitration Status bit
(1)
1
= Message lost arbitration while being sent
0
= Message did not lose arbitration while being sent
bit 4
TXERR: Transmission Error Detected Status bit
(1)
1
= A bus error occurred while the message was being sent
0
= A bus error did not occur while the message was being sent
bit 3
TXREQ: Transmit Request Status bit
(2)
1
= Requests sending a message. Clears the TXABT, TXLARB, and TXERR bits.
0
= Automatically cleared when the message is successfully sent
Note:
Clearing this bit in software while the bit is set, will request a message abort.
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
TXPRI1:TXPRI0: Transmit Priority bits
(3)
11
= Priority Level 3 (highest priority)
10
= Priority Level 2
01
= Priority Level 1
00
= Priority Level 0 (lowest priority)
Note 1: This bit is automatically cleared when TXREQ is set.
2: While TXREQ is set, Transmit Buffer registers remain read-only.
3: These bits define the order in which transmit buffers will be transferred. They do not
alter the CAN message identifier.
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 286
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-6:
TXBnSIDH: TRANSMIT BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE [0
n
2]
REGISTER 23-7:
TXBnSIDL: TRANSMIT BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE [0
n
2]
REGISTER 23-8:
TXBnEIDH: TRANSMIT BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE [0
n
2]
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits, if EXIDE (TXBnSIDL<3>) =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21, if EXIDE =
1
.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits, if EXIDE (TXBnSIDL<3>) =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18, if EXIDE =
1
.
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EXIDE: Extended Identifier Enable bit
1
= Message will transmit extended ID, SID10:SID0 becomes EID28:EID18
0
= Message will transmit standard ID, EID17:EID0 are ignored
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits (not used when transmitting standard identifier message)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 287
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-9:
TXBnEIDL: TRANSMIT BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE [0
n
2]
REGISTER 23-10: TXBnDm: TRANSMIT BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS
[0
n
2, 0
m
7]
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits (not used when transmitting standard identifier message)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
TXBnDm7 TXBnDm6 TXBnDm5 TXBnDm4 TXBnDm3 TXBnDm2 TXBnDm1 TXBnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
TXBnDm7:TXBnDm0: Transmit Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 3 and 0
m < 8)
Each transmit buffer has an array of registers. For example, Transmit Buffer 0 has 7 registers:
TXB0D0 to TXB0D7.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 288
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-11: TXBnDLC: TRANSMIT BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS [0
n
2]
REGISTER 23-12: TXERRCNT: TRANSMIT ERROR COUNT REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
TXRTR: Transmit Remote Frame Transmission Request bit
1
= Transmitted message will have TXRTR bit set
0
= Transmitted message will have TXRTR bit cleared
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
= Reserved
1110
= Reserved
1101
= Reserved
1100
= Reserved
1011
= Reserved
1010
= Reserved
1001
= Reserved
1000
= Data length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data length = 0 bytes
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
TEC7
TEC6
TEC5
TEC4
TEC3
TEC2
TEC1
TEC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
TEC7:TEC0: Transmit Error Counter bits
This register contains a value which is derived from the rate at which errors occur. When the
error count overflows, the bus-off state occurs. When the bus has 128 occurrences of
11 consecutive recessive bits, the counter value is cleared.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 289
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
EXAMPLE 23-3:
TRANSMITTING A CAN MESSAGE USING BANKED METHOD
; Need to transmit Standard Identifier message 123h using TXB0 buffer.
; To successfully transmit, CAN module must be either in Normal or Loopback mode.
; TXB0 buffer is not in access bank. And since we want banked method, we need to make sure
; that correct bank is selected.
BANKSEL TXB0CON
; One BANKSEL in beginning will make sure that we are
; in correct bank for rest of the buffer access.
; Now load transmit data into TXB0 buffer.
MOVLW
MY_DATA_BYTE1
; Load first data byte into buffer
MOVWF
TXB0D0
; Compiler will automatically set "BANKED" bit
; Load rest of data bytes - up to 8 bytes into TXB0 buffer.
...
; Load message identifier
MOVLW
60H
; Load SID2:SID0, EXIDE = 0
MOVWF
TXB0SIDL
MOVLW
24H
; Load SID10:SID3
MOVWF
TXB0SIDH
; No need to load TXB0EIDL:TXB0EIDH, as we are transmitting Standard Identifier Message only.
; Now that all data bytes are loaded, mark it for transmission.
MOVLW
B'00001000'
; Normal priority; Request transmission
MOVWF
TXB0CON
; If required, wait for message to get transmitted
BTFSC
TXB0CON, TXREQ
; Is it transmitted?
BRA
$-2
; No. Continue to wait...
; Message is transmitted.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 290
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 23-4:
TRANSMITTING A CAN MESSAGE USING WIN BITS
; Need to transmit Standard Identifier message 123h using TXB0 buffer.
; To successfully transmit, CAN module must be either in Normal or Loopback mode.
; TXB0 buffer is not in access bank. Use WIN bits to map it to RXB0 area.
MOVF
CANCON, W
; WIN bits are in lower 4 bits only. Read CANCON
; register to preserve all other bits. If operation
; mode is already known, there is no need to preserve
; other bits.
ANDLW
B'11110000'
; Clear WIN bits.
IORLW
B'00001000'
; Select Transmit Buffer 0
MOVWF
CANCON
; Apply the changes.
; Now TXB0 is mapped in place of RXB0. All future access to RXB0 registers will actually
; yield TXB0 register values.
; Load transmit data into TXB0 buffer.
MOVLW
MY_DATA_BYTE1
; Load first data byte into buffer
MOVWF
RXB0D0
; Access TXB0D0 via RXB0D0 address.
; Load rest of the data bytes - up to 8 bytes into "TXB0" buffer using RXB0 registers.
...
; Load message identifier
MOVLW
60H
; Load SID2:SID0, EXIDE = 0
MOVWF
RXB0SIDL
MOVLW
24H
; Load SID10:SID3
MOVWF
RXB0SIDH
; No need to load RXB0EIDL:RXB0EIDH, as we are transmitting Standard Identifier Message only.
; Now that all data bytes are loaded, mark it for transmission.
MOVLW
B'00001000'
; Normal priority; Request transmission
MOVWF
RXB0CON
; If required, wait for message to get transmitted
BTFSC
RXB0CON, TXREQ
; Is it transmitted?
BRA
$-2
; No. Continue to wait...
; Message is transmitted.
; If required, reset the WIN bits to default state.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 291
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2.3
DEDICATED CAN RECEIVE
BUFFER REGISTERS
This section shows the dedicated CAN Receive Buffer
registers with their associated control registers.
REGISTER 23-13: RXB0CON: RECEIVE BUFFER 0 CONTROL REGISTER
Mode 0
R/C-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
--
RXRTRRO RXB0DBEN
JTOFF
FILHIT0
Mode 1, 2
R/C-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
RXM1
RTRRO
FILHIT4
FILHIT3
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXFUL: Receive Full Status bit
1
= Receive buffer contains a received message
0
= Receive buffer is open to receive a new message
Note:
This bit is set by the CAN module upon receiving a message and must be cleared
by software after the buffer is read. As long as RXFUL is set, no new message will
be loaded and buffer will be considered full.
bit 6
Mode 0:
RXM1: Receive Buffer Mode bit 1; combines with RXM0 to form RXM<1:0> bits (see bit 5)
11
= Receive all messages (including those with errors); filter criteria is ignored
10
= Receive only valid messages with extended identifier; EXIDEN in RXFnSIDL must be `
1
'
01
= Receive only valid messages with standard identifier, EXIDEN in RXFnSIDL must be `
0
'
00
= Receive all valid messages as per EXIDEN bit in RXFnSIDL register
Mode 1, 2:
RXM1: Receive Buffer Mode bit
1
= Receive all messages (including those with errors); acceptance filters are ignored
0
= Receive all valid messages as per acceptance filters
bit 5
Mode 0:
RXM0: Receive Buffer Mode bit 0; combines with RXM1 to form RXM<1:0> bits (see bit 6)
Mode 1, 2:
RTRRO: Remote Transmission Request bit for Received Message (read-only)
1
= A remote transmission request is received
0
= A remote transmission request is not received
bit 4
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT4: Filter Hit bit 4
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
bit 3
Mode 0:
RXRTRRO: Remote Transmission Request bit for Received Message (read-only)
1
= A remote transmission request is received
0
= A remote transmission request is not received
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT3: Filter Hit bit 3
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 292
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-13: RXB0CON: RECEIVE BUFFER 0 CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)
bit 2
Mode 0:
RXB0DBEN: Receive Buffer 0 Double-Buffer Enable bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 overflow will write to Receive Buffer 1
0
= No Receive Buffer 0 overflow to Receive Buffer 1
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT2: Filter Hit bit 2
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
bit 1
Mode 0:
JTOFF: Jump Table Offset bit (read-only copy of RXB0DBEN)
1
= Allows jump table offset between 6 and 7
0
= Allows jump table offset between 1 and 0
Note:
This bit allows same filter jump table for both RXB0CON and RXB1CON.
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT1: Filter Hit bit 1
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
bit 0
Mode 0:
FILHIT0: Filter Hit bit 0
This bit indicates which acceptance filter enabled the message reception into Receive Buffer 0.
1
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
0
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT0: Filter Hit bit 0
This bit, in combination with FILHIT<4:1>, indicates which acceptance filter enabled the
message reception into this receive buffer.
01111
= Acceptance Filter 15 (RXF15)
01110
= Acceptance Filter 14 (RXF14)
...
00000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 293
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-14: RXB1CON: RECEIVE BUFFER 1 CONTROL REGISTER
Mode 0
R/C-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
--
RXRTRRO
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
Mode 1, 2
R/C-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
RXM1
RTRRO
FILHIT4
FILHIT3
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXFUL: Receive Full Status bit
1
= Receive buffer contains a received message
0
= Receive buffer is open to receive a new message
Note:
This bit is set by the CAN module upon receiving a message and must be cleared by software after
the buffer is read. As long as RXFUL is set, no new message will be loaded and buffer will be
considered full.
bit 6
Mode 0:
RXM1: Receive Buffer Mode bit 1; combines with RXM0 to form RXM<1:0> bits (see bit 5)
11
= Receive all messages (including those with errors); filter criteria is ignored
10
= Receive only valid messages with extended identifier; EXIDEN in RXFnSIDL must be `
1
'
01
= Receive only valid messages with standard identifier, EXIDEN in RXFnSIDL must be `
0
'
00
= Receive all valid messages as per EXIDEN bit in RXFnSIDL register
Mode 1, 2:
RXM1: Receive Buffer Mode bit
1
= Receive all messages (including those with errors); acceptance filters are ignored
0
= Receive all valid messages as per acceptance filters
bit 5
Mode 0:
RXM0: Receive Buffer Mode bit 0; combines with RXM1 to form RXM<1:0> bits (see bit 6)
Mode 1, 2:
RTRRO: Remote Transmission Request bit for Received Message (read-only)
1
= A remote transmission request is received
0
= A remote transmission request is not received
bit 4
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT4: Filter Hit bit 4
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
bit 3
Mode 0:
RXRTRRO: Remote Transmission Request bit for Received Message (read-only)
1
= A remote transmission request is received
0
= A remote transmission request is not received
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT3: Filter Hit bit 3
This bit combines with other bits to form filter acceptance bits <4:0>.
bit 2-0
Mode 0:
FILHIT2:FILHIT0: Filter Hit bits
These bits indicate which acceptance filter enabled the last message reception into Receive Buffer 1.
111
= Reserved
110
= Reserved
101
= Acceptance Filter 5 (RXF5)
100
= Acceptance Filter 4 (RXF4)
011
= Acceptance Filter 3 (RXF3)
010
= Acceptance Filter 2 (RXF2)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1), only possible when RXB0DBEN bit is set
000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0), only possible when RXB0DBEN bit is set
Mode 1, 2:
FILHIT2:FILHIT0 Filter Hit bits <2:0>
These bits, in combination with FILHIT<4:3>, indicate which acceptance filter enabled the message reception
into this receive buffer.
01111
= Acceptance Filter 15 (RXF15)
01110
= Acceptance Filter 14 (RXF14)
...
00000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 294
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-15: RXBnSIDH: RECEIVE BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE [0
n
1]
REGISTER 23-16: RXBnSIDL: RECEIVE BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE [0
n
1]
REGISTER 23-17: RXBnEIDH: RECEIVE BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE [0
n
1]
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits, if EXID =
0
(RXBnSIDL<3>);
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21, if EXID =
1
.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
U-0
R-x
R-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits, if EXID =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18, if EXID =
1
.
bit 4
SRR: Substitute Remote Request bit
This bit is always `
0
' when EXID =
1
or equal to the value of RXRTRRO (RBXnCON<3>)
when EXID =
0
.
bit 3
EXID: Extended Identifier bit
1
= Received message is an extended data frame, SID10:SID0 are EID28:EID18
0
= Received message is a standard data frame
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 295
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-18: RXBnEIDL: RECEIVE BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE [0
n
1]
REGISTER 23-19: RXBnDLC: RECEIVE BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS [0
n
1]
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
U-0
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
RXRTR: Receiver Remote Transmission Request bit
1
= Remote transfer request
0
= No remote transfer request
bit 5
RB1: Reserved bit 1
Reserved by CAN Spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 4
RB0: Reserved bit 0
Reserved by CAN Spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
= Invalid
1110
= Invalid
1101
= Invalid
1100
= Invalid
1011
= Invalid
1010
= Invalid
1001
= Invalid
1000
= Data length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data length = 0 bytes
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 296
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-20: RXBnDm: RECEIVE BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS
[0
n
1, 0
m
7]
REGISTER 23-21: RXERRCNT: RECEIVE ERROR COUNT REGISTER
EXAMPLE 23-5:
READING A CAN MESSAGE
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
RXBnDm7 RXBnDm6 RXBnDm5 RXBnDm4 RXBnDm3 RXBnDm2 RXBnDm1 RXBnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
RXBnDm7:RXBnDm0: Receive Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 1 and 0 < m < 7)
Each receive buffer has an array of registers. For example, Receive Buffer 0 has 8 registers:
RXB0D0 to RXB0D7.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
REC7
REC6
REC5
REC4
REC3
REC2
REC1
REC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
REC7:REC0: Receive Error Counter bits
This register contains the receive error value as defined by the CAN specifications.
When RXERRCNT > 127, the module will go into an error-passive state. RXERRCNT does not
have the ability to put the module in "bus-off" state.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
; Need to read a pending message from RXB0 buffer.
; To receive any message, filter, mask and RXM1:RXM0 bits in RXB0CON registers must be
; programmed correctly.
;
; Make sure that there is a message pending in RXB0.
BTFSS
RXB0CON, RXFUL
; Does RXB0 contain a message?
BRA
NoMessage
; No. Handle this situation...
; We have verified that a message is pending in RXB0 buffer.
; If this buffer can receive both Standard or Extended Identifier messages,
; identify type of message received.
BTFSS
RXB0SIDL, EXID
; Is this Extended Identifier?
BRA
StandardMessage
; No. This is Standard Identifier message.
; Yes. This is Extended Identifier message.
; Read all 29-bits of Extended Identifier message.
...
; Now read all data bytes
MOVFF
RXB0DO, MY_DATA_BYTE1
...
; Once entire message is read, mark the RXB0 that it is read and no longer FULL.
BCF
RXB0CON, RXFUL
; This will allow CAN Module to load new messages
; into this buffer.
...
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 297
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2.3.1
Programmable TX/RX and
Auto RTR Buffers
The ECAN module contains 6 message buffers that can
be programmed as transmit or receive buffers. Any of
these buffers can also be programmed to automatically
handle RTR messages.
REGISTER 23-22: BnCON: TX/RX BUFFER n CONTROL REGISTERS IN RECEIVE MODE
[0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
0
]
(1)
Note:
These registers are not used in Mode 0.
R/C-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
RXM1
RTRRO
FILHIT4
FILHIT3
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXFUL: Receive Full Status bit
(1)
1
= Receive buffer contains a received message
0
= Receive buffer is open to receive a new message
Note:
This bit is set by the CAN module upon receiving a message and must be cleared
by software after the buffer is read. As long as RXFUL is set, no new message will
be loaded and buffer will be considered full.
bit 6
RXM1: Receive Buffer Mode bit
1
= Receive all messages including partial and invalid (acceptance filters are ignored)
0
= Receive all valid messages as per acceptance filters
bit 5
RTRRO: Read-Only Remote Transmission Request bit for Received Message
1
= Received message is a remote transmission request
0
= Received message is not a remote transmission request
bit 4-0
FILHIT4:FILHIT0: Filter Hit bits
These bits indicate which acceptance filter enabled the last message reception into this buffer.
01111
= Acceptance Filter 15 (RXF15)
01110
= Acceptance Filter 14 (RXF14)
...
00001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
00000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
C = Clearable bit
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
x = Bit is unknown
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 298
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-23: BnCON: TX/RX BUFFER n CONTROL REGISTERS IN TRANSMIT MODE
[0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
1
]
(1)
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
TXBIF
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
RTREN
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
TXBIF: Transmit Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= A message is successfully transmitted
0
= No message was transmitted
bit 6
TXABT: Transmission Aborted Status bit
(1)
1
= Message was aborted
0
= Message was not aborted
bit 5
TXLARB: Transmission Lost Arbitration Status bit
(2)
1
= Message lost arbitration while being sent
0
= Message did not lose arbitration while being sent
bit 4
TXERR: Transmission Error Detected Status bit
(2)
1
= A bus error occurred while the message was being sent
0
= A bus error did not occur while the message was being sent
bit 3
TXREQ: Transmit Request Status bit
(3)
1
= Requests sending a message; clears the TXABT, TXLARB, and TXERR bits
0
= Automatically cleared when the message is successfully sent
Note:
Clearing this bit in software while the bit is set will request a message abort.
bit 2
RTREN: Automatic Remote Transmission Request Enable bit
1
= When a remote transmission request is received, TXREQ will be automatically set
0
= When a remote transmission request is received, TXREQ will be unaffected
bit 1-0
TXPRI1:TXPRI0: Transmit Priority bits
(4)
11
= Priority Level 3 (highest priority)
10
= Priority Level 2
01
= Priority Level 1
00
= Priority Level 0 (lowest priority)
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
2: This bit is automatically cleared when TXREQ is set.
3: While TXREQ is set or transmission is in progress, transmit buffer registers remain
read-only.
4: These bits set the order in which the transmit buffer will be transferred. They do not
alter the CAN message identifier.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 299
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-24: BnSIDH: TX/RX BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE IN RECEIVE MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
0
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-25: BnSIDH: TX/RX BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE IN TRANSMIT MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
1
]
(1)
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits, if EXIDE (BnSIDL<3>) =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21, if EXIDE =
1
.
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits, if EXIDE (BnSIDL<3>) =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21, if EXIDE =
1
.
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 300
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-26: BnSIDL: TX/RX BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE IN RECEIVE MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
0
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-27: BnSIDL: TX/RX BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE IN TRANSMIT MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
1
]
(1)
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
U-0
R-x
R-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits, if EXID =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18, if EXID =
1
.
bit 4
SRR: Substitute Remote Transmission Request bit (only when EXID =
1
)
1
= Remote transmission request occurred
0
= No remote transmission request occurred
bit 3
EXID: Extended Identifier Enable bit
1
= Received message is an extended identifier frame, SID10:SID0 are EID28:EID18
0
= Received message is a standard identifier frame
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits, if EXIDE =
0
;
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18, if EXIDE =
1
.
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EXIDE: Extended Identifier Enable bit
1
= Received message is an extended identifier frame, SID10:SID0 are EID28:EID18
0
= Received message is a standard identifier frame
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 301
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-28: BnEIDH: TX/RX BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE IN RECEIVE MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
0
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-29: BnEIDH: TX/RX BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
HIGH BYTE IN TRANSMIT MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL0<n>) =
1]
(1)
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 302
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-30: BnEIDL: TX/RX BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE IN RECEIVE MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
0
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-31: BnEIDL: TX/RX BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER REGISTERS,
LOW BYTE IN TRANSMIT MODE [0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
1
]
(1)
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 303
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-32: BnDm: TX/RX BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS IN RECEIVE MODE
[0
n
5, 0
m
7, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
0
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-33: BnDm: TX/RX BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS IN TRANSMIT MODE
[0
n
5, 0
m
7, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
1
]
(1)
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
BnDm7
BnDm6
BnDm5
BnDm4
BnDm3
BnDm2
BnDm1
BnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
BnDm7:BnDm0: Receive Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 3 and 0 < m < 8)
Each receive buffer has an array of registers. For example, Receive Buffer 0 has 7 registers:
B0D0 to B0D7.
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
BnDm7
BnDm6
BnDm5
BnDm4
BnDm3
BnDm2
BnDm1
BnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
BnDm7:BnDm0: Transmit Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 3 and 0 < m < 8)
Each transmit buffer has an array of registers. For example, Transmit Buffer 0 has 7 registers:
TXB0D0 to TXB0D7.
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 304
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-34: BnDLC: TX/RX BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS IN RECEIVE MODE
[0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
0
]
(1)
U-0
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
R-x
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
RXRTR: Receiver Remote Transmission Request bit
1
= This is a remote transmission request
0
= This is not a remote transmission request
bit 5
RB1: Reserved bit 1
Reserved by CAN Spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 4
RB0: Reserved bit 0
Reserved by CAN Spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
= Reserved
1110
= Reserved
1101
= Reserved
1100
= Reserved
1011
= Reserved
1010
= Reserved
1001
= Reserved
1000
= Data length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data length = 0 bytes
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 305
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-35: BnDLC: TX/RX BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS IN TRANSMIT MODE
[0
n
5, TXnEN (BSEL<n>) =
1
]
(1)
REGISTER 23-36: BSEL0: BUFFER SELECT REGISTER 0
(1)
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
TXRTR: Transmitter Remote Transmission Request bit
1
= Transmitted message will have RTR bit set
0
= Transmitted message will have RTR bit cleared
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
-
1001
= Reserved
1000
= Data length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data length = 0 bytes
Note 1: These registers are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
B5TXEN
B4TXEN
B3TXEN
B2TXEN
B1TXEN
B0TXEN
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-2
B5TXEN:B0TXEN: Buffer 5 to Buffer 0 Transmit Enable bit
1
= Buffer is configured in Transmit mode
0
= Buffer is configured in Receive mode
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 306
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.2.3.2
Message Acceptance Filters
and Masks
This subsection describes the message acceptance
filters and masks for the CAN receive buffers.
REGISTER 23-37: RXFnSIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER FILTER
REGISTERS, HIGH BYTE [0
n
15]
(1)
REGISTER 23-38: RXFnSIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER FILTER
REGISTERS, LOW BYTE [0
n
15]
(1)
Note:
These registers are writable in
Configuration mode only.
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier Filter bits, if EXIDEN =
0
;
Extended Identifier Filter bits EID28:EID21, if EXIDEN =
1
.
Note 1: Registers RXF6SIDH:RXF15SIDH are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier Filter bits, if EXIDEN =
0
;
Extended Identifier Filter bits EID20:EID18, if EXIDEN =
1
.
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EXIDEN: Extended Identifier Filter Enable bit
1
= Filter will only accept extended ID messages
0
= Filter will only accept standard ID messages
Note:
In Mode 0, this bit must be set/cleared as required, irrespective of corresponding
mask register value.
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Note 1: Registers RXF6SIDL:RXF15SIDL are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 307
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-39: RXFnEIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER
REGISTERS, HIGH BYTE [0
n
15]
(1)
REGISTER 23-40: RXFnEIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER
REGISTERS, LOW BYTE [0
n
15]
(1)
REGISTER 23-41: RXMnSIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n STANDARD IDENTIFIER MASK
REGISTERS, HIGH BYTE [0
n
1]
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Note 1: Registers RXF6EIDH:RXF15EIDH are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Note 1: Registers RXF6EIDL:RXF15EIDL are available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier Mask bits, or Extended Identifier Mask bits EID28:EID21
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 308
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-42: RXMnSIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n STANDARD IDENTIFIER MASK
REGISTERS, LOW BYTE [0
n
1]
REGISTER 23-43: RXMnEIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER MASK
REGISTERS, HIGH BYTE [0
n
1]
REGISTER 23-44: RXMnEIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER MASK
REGISTERS, LOW BYTE [0
n
1]
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
(1)
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier Mask bits, or Extended Identifier Mask bits EID20:EID18
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
Mode 0:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Mode 1, 2:
EXIDEN: Extended Identifier Filter Enable Mask bit
(1)
1
= Messages selected by EXIDEN bit in RXFnSIDL will be accepted
0
= Both standard and extended identifier messages will be accepted
Note 1: This bit is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 309
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-45: SDFLC: STANDARD DATA BYTES FILTER LENGTH COUNT REGISTER
(1)
REGISTER 23-46: RXFCONn: RECEIVE FILTER CONTROL REGISTER n [0
n
1]
(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
--
FLC4
FLC3
FLC2
FLC1
FLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4-0
FLC4:FLC0: Filter Length Count bits
Mode 0:
Not used; forced to `
00000
'.
Mode 1, 2:
00000
-
10010
=
0
18 bits are available for standard data byte filter. Actual number of bits
used depends on DLC3:DLC0 bits (RXBnDLC<3:0> or BnDLC<3:0> if
configured as RX buffer) of message being received.
If DLC3:DLC0 =
0000
No bits will be compared with incoming data bits
If DLC3:DLC0 =
0001
Up to 8 data bits of RXFnEID<7:0>, as determined by FLC2:FLC0, will
be compared with the corresponding number of data bits of the
incoming message
If DLC3:DLC0 =
0010
Up to 16 data bits of RXFnEID<15:0>, as determined by FLC3:FLC0,
will be compared with the corresponding number of data bits of the
incoming message
If DLC3:DLC0 =
0011
Up to 18 data bits of RXFnEID<17:0>, as determined by FLC4:FLC0,
will be compared with the corresponding number of data bits of the
incoming message
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
RXFCON0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
RXF7EN
RXF6EN
RXF5EN
RXF4EN
RXF3EN
RXF2EN
RXF1EN
RXF0EN
RXFCON1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RXF15EN
RXF14EN
RXF13EN RXF12EN RXF11EN RXF10EN RXF9EN
RXF8EN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
RXFnEN: Receive Filter n Enable bit
0
= Filter is disabled
1
= Filter is enabled
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 310
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-47: RXFBCONn: RECEIVE FILTER BUFFER CONTROL REGISTER n
(1)
RXFBCON0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F1BP_3
F1BP_2
F1BP_1
F1BP_0
F0BP_3
F0BP_2
F0BP_1
F0BP_0
RXFBCON1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
F3BP_3
F3BP_2
F3BP_1
F3BP_0
F2BP_3
F2BP_2
F2BP_1
F2BP_0
RXFBCON2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
F5BP_3
F5BP_2
F5BP_1
F5BP_0
F4BP_3
F4BP_2
F4BP_1
F4BP_0
RXFBCON3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F7BP_3
F7BP_2
F7BP_1
F7BP_0
F6BP_3
F6BP_2
F6BP_1
F6BP_0
RXFBCON4
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F9BP_3
F9BP_2
F9BP_1
F9BP_0
F8BP_3
F8BP_2
F8BP_1
F8BP_0
RXFBCON5
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F11BP_3
F11BP_2
F11BP_1
F11BP_0
F10BP_3 F10BP_2 F10BP_1 F10BP_0
RXFBCON6
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F13BP_3
F13BP_2
F13BP_1 F13BP_0 F12BP_3 F12BP_2 F12BP_1 F12BP_0
RXFBCON7
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
F15BP_3
F15BP_2
F15BP_1 F15BP_0 F14BP_3 F14BP_2 F14BP_1 F14BP_0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
FnBP_3:FnBP_0: Filter n Buffer Pointer Nibble bits
0000
= Filter n is associated with RXB0
0001
= Filter n is associated with RXB1
0010
= Filter n is associated with B0
0011
= Filter n is associated with B1
.
.
.
0111
= Filter n is associated with B5
1111:1000
= Reserved
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 311
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-48: MSEL0: MASK SELECT REGISTER 0
(1)
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
FIL3_1
FIL3_0
FIL2_1
FIL2_0
FIL1_1
FIL1_0
FIL0_1
FIL0_0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
FIL3_1:FIL3_0: Filter 3 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 5-4
FIL2_1:FIL2_0: Filter 2 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 3-2
FIL1_1:FIL1_0: Filter 1 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 1-0
FIL0_1:FIL0_0: Filter 0 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 312
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-49: MSEL1: MASK SELECT REGISTER 1
(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-1
FIL7_1
FIL7_0
FIL6_1
FIL6_0
FIL5_1
FIL5_0
FIL4_1
FIL4_0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
FIL7_1:FIL7_0: Filter 7 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 5-4
FIL6_1:FIL6_0: Filter 6 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 3-2
FIL5_1:FIL5_0: Filter 5 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 1-0
FIL4_1:FIL4_0: Filter 4 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 313
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-50: MSEL2: MASK SELECT REGISTER 2
(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
FIL11_1
FIL11_0
FIL10_1
FIL10_0
FIL9_1
FIL9_0
FIL8_1
FIL8_0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
FIL11_1:FIL11_0: Filter 11 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 5-4
FIL10_1:FIL10_0: Filter 10 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 3-2
FIL9_1:FIL9_0: Filter 9 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 1-0
FIL8_1:FIL8_0: Filter 8 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 314
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-51: MSEL3: MASK SELECT REGISTER 3
(1)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
FIL15_1
FIL15_0
FIL14_1
FIL14_0
FIL13_1
FIL13_0
FIL12_1
FIL12_0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
FIL15_1:FIL15_0: Filter 15 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 5-4
FIL14_1:FIL14_0: Filter 14 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 3-2
FIL13_1:FIL13_0: Filter 13 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
bit 1-0
FIL12_1:FIL12_0: Filter 12 Select bits 1 and 0
11
= No mask
10
= Filter 15
01
= Acceptance Mask 1
00
= Acceptance Mask 0
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 315
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2.4
CAN BAUD RATE REGISTERS
This subsection describes the CAN Baud Rate
registers.
REGISTER 23-52: BRGCON1: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 1
Note:
These registers are writable in
Configuration mode only.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
SJW1:SJW0: Synchronized Jump Width bits
11
= Synchronization jump width time = 4 x T
Q
10
= Synchronization jump width time = 3 x T
Q
01
= Synchronization jump width time = 2 x T
Q
00
= Synchronization jump width time = 1 x T
Q
bit 5-0
BRP5:BRP0: Baud Rate Prescaler bits
111111
= T
Q
= (2 x 64)/F
OSC
111110
= T
Q
= (2 x 63)/F
OSC
.
.
.
000001
= T
Q
= (2 x 2)/F
OSC
000000
= T
Q
= (2 x 1)/F
OSC
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 316
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-53: BRGCON2: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SEG2PHTS
SAM
SEG1PH2 SEG1PH1 SEG1PH0 PRSEG2
PRSEG1
PRSEG0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SEG2PHTS: Phase Segment 2 Time Select bit
1
= Freely programmable
0
= Maximum of PHEG1 or Information Processing Time (IPT), whichever is greater
bit 6
SAM: Sample of the CAN bus Line bit
1
= Bus line is sampled three times prior to the sample point
0
= Bus line is sampled once at the sample point
bit 5-3
SEG1PH2:SEG1PH0: Phase Segment 1 bits
111
= Phase Segment 1 time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Phase Segment 1 time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Phase Segment 1 time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Phase Segment 1 time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Phase Segment 1 time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Phase Segment 1 time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Phase Segment 1 time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Phase Segment 1 time = 1 x T
Q
bit 2-0
PRSEG2:PRSEG0: Propagation Time Select bits
111
= Propagation time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Propagation time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Propagation time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Propagation time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Propagation time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Propagation time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Propagation time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Propagation time = 1 x T
Q
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 317
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-54: BRGCON3: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WAKDIS
WAKFIL
--
--
--
SEG2PH2
(1)
SEG2PH1
(1)
SEG2PH0
(1)
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WAKDIS: Wake-up Disable bit
1
= Disable CAN bus activity wake-up feature
0
= Enable CAN bus activity wake-up feature
bit 6
WAKFIL: Selects CAN bus Line Filter for Wake-up bit
1
= Use CAN bus line filter for wake-up
0
= CAN bus line filter is not used for wake-up
bit 5-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2-0
SEG2PH2:SEG2PH0: Phase Segment 2 Time Select bits
(1)
111
= Phase Segment 2 time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Phase Segment 2 time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Phase Segment 2 time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Phase Segment 2 time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Phase Segment 2 time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Phase Segment 2 time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Phase Segment 2 time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Phase Segment 2 time = 1 x T
Q
Note 1: Ignored if SEG2PHTS bit (BRGCON2<7>) is `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 318
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.2.5
CAN MODULE I/O CONTROL
REGISTER
This register controls the operation of the CAN module's
I/O pins in relation to the rest of the microcontroller.
REGISTER 23-55: CIOCON: CAN I/O CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
TX2SRC
TX2EN
ENDRHI
CANCAP
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
TX2SRC: CANTX2 Pin Data Source bit
1
= CANTX2 pin will output the CAN clock
0
= CANTX2 pin will output CANTX1
bit 6
TX2EN: CANTX2 Pin Enable bit
1
= CANTX2 pin will output CANTX1 or CAN clock as selected by TX2SRC bit
0
= CANTX2 pin will have digital I/O function
bit 5
ENDRHI: Enable Drive High bit
(1)
1
= CANTX pin will drive V
DD
when recessive
0
= CANTX pin will be tri-state when recessive
bit 4
CANCAP: CAN Message Receive Capture Enable bit
1
= Enable CAN capture, CAN message receive signal replaces input on RC2/CCP1
0
= Disable CAN capture, RC2/CCP1 input to CCP1 module
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Note 1: Always set this bit when using differential bus to avoid signal crosstalk in CANTX
from other nearby pins.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 319
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.2.6
CAN INTERRUPT REGISTERS
The registers in this section are the same as described
in Section 9.0 "Interrupts". They are duplicated here
for convenience.
REGISTER 23-56: PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT FLAG REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF/
TXBnIF
TXB1IF
(1)
TXB0IF
(1)
RXB1IF/
RXBnIF
RXB0IF/
FIFOWMIF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIF: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An invalid message has occurred on the CAN bus
0
= No invalid message on CAN bus
bit 6
WAKIF: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Activity on CAN bus has occurred
0
= No activity on CAN bus
bit 5
ERRIF: CAN bus Error Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An error has occurred in the CAN module (multiple sources)
0
= No CAN module errors
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 2 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 2 has not completed transmission of a message
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIF: Any Transmit Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
1
= One or more transmit buffers has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= No transmit buffer is ready for reload
bit 3
TXB1IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Transmit Buffer 1 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 1 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 2
TXB0IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Transmit Buffer 0 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 0 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IF: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not received a new message
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIF: Any Receive Buffer Interrupt Flag bit
1
= One or more receive buffers has received a new message
0
= No receive buffer has received a new message
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IF: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not received a new message
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIF: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Flag bit
1
= FIFO high watermark is reached
0
= FIFO high watermark is not reached
Note 1: In CAN Mode 1 and 2, this bit is forced to `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 320
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-57: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE/
TXBnIE
TXB1IE
(1)
TXB0IE
(1)
RXB1IE/
RXBnIE
RXB0IE/
FIFOWMIE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIE: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable invalid message received interrupt
0
= Disable invalid message received interrupt
bit 6
WAKIE: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable bus activity wake-up interrupt
0
= Disable bus activity wake-up interrupt
bit 5
ERRIE: CAN bus Error Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable CAN bus error interrupt
0
= Disable CAN bus error interrupt
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIE: CAN Transmit Buffer Interrupts Enable bit
1
= Enable transmit buffer interrupt; individual interrupt is enabled by TXBIE and BIE0
0
= Disable all transmit buffer interrupts
bit 3
TXB1IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 2
TXB0IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IE: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIE: CAN Receive Buffer Interrupts Enable bit
1
= Enable receive buffer interrupt; individual interrupt is enabled by BIE0
0
= Disable all receive buffer interrupts
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IE: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIE: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable FIFO watermark interrupt
0
= Disable FIFO watermark interrupt
Note 1: In CAN Mode 1 and 2, this bit is forced to `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 321
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 23-58: IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP/
TXBnIP
TXB1IP
(1)
TXB0IP
(1)
RXB1IP/
RXBnIP
RXB0IP/
FIFOWMIP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIP: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
WAKIP: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
ERRIP: CAN bus Error Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
When CAN is in Mode 0:
TXB2IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
TXBnIP: CAN Transmit Buffer Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
TXB1IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
TXB0IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB1IP: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1 or 2:
RXBnIP: CAN Receive Buffer Interrupts Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
When CAN is in Mode 0:
RXB0IP: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
When CAN is in Mode 1:
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
When CAN is in Mode 2:
FIFOWMIP: FIFO Watermark Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Note 1: In CAN Mode 1 and 2, this bit is forced to `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 322
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 23-59: TXBIE: TRANSMIT BUFFERS INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER
(1)
REGISTER 23-60: BIE0: BUFFER INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 0
(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
--
--
--
TXB2IE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4-2
TX2BIE:TXB0IE: Transmit Buffer 2-0 Interrupt Enable bit
(2)
1
= Transmit buffer interrupt is enabled
0
= Transmit buffer interrupt is disabled
bit 1-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
2: TXBIE in PIE3 register must be set to get an interrupt.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
B5IE
B4IE
B3IE
B2IE
B1IE
B0IE
RXB1IE
RXB0IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-2
B5IE:B0IE: Programmable Transmit/Receive Buffer 5-0 Interrupt Enable bit
(2)
1
= Interrupt is enabled
0
= Interrupt is disabled
bit 1-0
RXB1IE:RXB0IE: Dedicated Receive Buffer 1-0 Interrupt Enable bit
(2)
1
= Interrupt is enabled
0
= Interrupt is disabled
Note 1: This register is available in Mode 1 and 2 only.
2: Either TXBIE or RXBIE in PIE3 register must be set to get an interrupt.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 323
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 23-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP
Address
(1)
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
F7Fh
SPBRGH
(3)
F5Fh
CANCON_RO0
F3Fh
CANCON_RO2
F1Fh
RXM1EIDL
F7Eh
BAUDCON
(3)
F5Eh
CANSTAT_RO0
F3Eh
CANSTAT_RO2
F1Eh
RXM1EIDH
F7Dh
--
(4)
F5Dh
RXB1D7
F3Dh
TXB1D7
F1Dh
RXM1SIDL
F7Ch
--
(4)
F5Ch
RXB1D6
F3Ch
TXB1D6
F1Ch
RXM1SIDH
F7Bh
--
(4)
F5Bh
RXB1D5
F3Bh
TXB1D5
F1Bh
RXM0EIDL
F7Ah
--
(4)
F5Ah
RXB1D4
F3Ah
TXB1D4
F1Ah
RXM0EIDH
F79h
ECCP1DEL
(3)
F59h
RXB1D3
F39h
TXB1D3
F19h
RXM0SIDL
F78h
--
(4)
F58h
RXB1D2
F38h
TXB1D2
F18h
RXM0SIDH
F77h
ECANCON
F57h
RXB1D1
F37h
TXB1D1
F17h
RXF5EIDL
F76h
TXERRCNT
F56h
RXB1D0
F36h
TXB1D0
F16h
RXF5EIDH
F75h
RXERRCNT
F55h
RXB1DLC
F35h
TXB1DLC
F15h
RXF5SIDL
F74h
COMSTAT
F54h
RXB1EIDL
F34h
TXB1EIDL
F14h
RXF5SIDH
F73h
CIOCON
F53h
RXB1EIDH
F33h
TXB1EIDH
F13h
RXF4EIDL
F72h
BRGCON3
F52h
RXB1SIDL
F32h
TXB1SIDL
F12h
RXF4EIDH
F71h
BRGCON2
F51h
RXB1SIDH
F31h
TXB1SIDH
F11h
RXF4SIDL
F70h
BRGCON1
F50h
RXB1CON
F30h
TXB1CON
F10h
RXF4SIDH
F6Fh
CANCON
F4Fh CANCON_RO1
(2)
F2Fh CANCON_RO3
(2)
F0Fh
RXF3EIDL
F6Eh
CANSTAT
F4Eh CANSTAT_RO1
(2)
F2Eh CANSTAT_RO3
(2)
F0Eh
RXF3EIDH
F6Dh
RXB0D7
F4Dh
TXB0D7
F2Dh
TXB2D7
F0Dh
RXF3SIDL
F6Ch
RXB0D6
F4Ch
TXB0D6
F2Ch
TXB2D6
F0Ch
RXF3SIDH
F6Bh
RXB0D5
F4Bh
TXB0D5
F2Bh
TXB2D5
F0Bh
RXF2EIDL
F6Ah
RXB0D4
F4Ah
TXB0D4
F2Ah
TXB2D4
F0Ah
RXF2EIDH
F69h
RXB0D3
F49h
TXB0D3
F29h
TXB2D3
F09h
RXF2SIDL
F68h
RXB0D2
F48h
TXB0D2
F28h
TXB2D2
F08h
RXF2SIDH
F67h
RXB0D1
F47h
TXB0D1
F27h
TXB2D1
F07h
RXF1EIDL
F66h
RXB0D0
F46h
TXB0D0
F26h
TXB2D0
F06h
RXF1EIDH
F65h
RXB0DLC
F45h
TXB0DLC
F25h
TXB2DLC
F05h
RXF1SIDL
F64h
RXB0EIDL
F44h
TXB0EIDL
F24h
TXB2EIDL
F04h
RXF1SIDH
F63h
RXB0EIDH
F43h
TXB0EIDH
F23h
TXB2EIDH
F03h
RXF0EIDL
F62h
RXB0SIDL
F42h
TXB0SIDL
F22h
TXB2SIDL
F02h
RXF0EIDH
F61h
RXB0SIDH
F41h
TXB0SIDH
F21h
TXB2SIDH
F01h
RXF0SIDL
F60h
RXB0CON
F40h
TXB0CON
F20h
TXB2CON
F00h
RXF0SIDH
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given for
each instance of the controller register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
3:
These registers are not CAN registers.
4:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 324
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EFFh
--
(4)
EDFh
--
(4)
EBFh
--
(4)
E9Fh
--
(4)
EFEh
--
(4)
EDEh
--
(4)
EBEh
--
(4)
E9Eh
--
(4)
EFDh
--
(4)
EDDh
--
(4)
EBDh
--
(4)
E9Dh
--
(4)
EFCh
--
(4)
EDCh
--
(4)
EBCh
--
(4)
E9Ch
--
(4)
EFBh
--
(4)
EDBh
--
(4)
EBBh
--
(4)
E9Bh
--
(4)
EFAh
--
(4)
EDAh
--
(4)
EBAh
--
(4)
E9Ah
--
(4)
EF9h
--
(4)
ED9h
--
(4)
EB9h
--
(4)
E99h
--
(4)
EF8h
--
(4)
ED8h
--
(4)
EB8h
--
(4)
E98h
--
(4)
EF7h
--
(4)
ED7h
--
(4)
EB7h
--
(4)
E97h
--
(4)
EF6h
--
(4)
ED6h
--
(4)
EB6h
--
(4)
E96h
--
(4)
EF5h
--
(4)
ED5h
--
(4)
EB5h
--
(4)
E95h
--
(4)
EF4h
--
(4)
ED4h
--
(4)
EB4h
--
(4)
E94h
--
(4)
EF3h
--
(4)
ED3h
--
(4)
EB3h
--
(4)
E93h
--
(4)
EF2h
--
(4)
ED2h
--
(4)
EB2h
--
(4)
E92h
--
(4)
EF1h
--
(4)
ED1h
--
(4)
EB1h
--
(4)
E91h
--
(4)
EF0h
--
(4)
ED0h
--
(4)
EB0h
--
(4)
E90h
--
(4)
EEFh
--
(4)
ECFh
--
(4)
EAFh
--
(4)
E8Fh
--
(4)
EEEh
--
(4)
ECEh
--
(4)
EAEh
--
(4)
E8Eh
--
(4)
EEDh
--
(4)
ECDh
--
(4)
EADh
--
(4)
E8Dh
--
(4)
EECh
--
(4)
ECCh
--
(4)
EACh
--
(4)
E8Ch
--
(4)
EEBh
--
(4)
ECBh
--
(4)
EABh
--
(4)
E8Bh
--
(4)
EEAh
--
(4)
ECAh
--
(4)
EAAh
--
(4)
E8Ah
--
(4)
EE9h
--
(4)
EC9h
--
(4)
EA9h
--
(4)
E89h
--
(4)
EE8h
--
(4)
EC8h
--
(4)
EA8h
--
(4)
E88h
--
(4)
EE7h
--
(4)
EC7h
--
(4)
EA7h
--
(4)
E87h
--
(4)
EE6h
--
(4)
EC6h
--
(4)
EA6h
--
(4)
E86h
--
(4)
EE5h
--
(4)
EC5h
--
(4)
EA5h
--
(4)
E85h
--
(4)
EE4h
--
(4)
EC4h
--
(4)
EA4h
--
(4)
E84h
--
(4)
EE3h
--
(4)
EC3h
--
(4)
EA3h
--
(4)
E83h
--
(4)
EE2h
--
(4)
EC2h
--
(4)
EA2h
--
(4)
E82h
--
(4)
EE1h
--
(4)
EC1h
--
(4)
EA1h
--
(4)
E81h
--
(4)
EE0h
--
(4)
EC0h
--
(4)
EA0h
--
(4)
E80h
--
(4)
TABLE 23-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Address
(1)
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given for
each instance of the controller register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
3:
These registers are not CAN registers.
4:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 325
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
E7Fh CANCON_RO4
(2)
E5Fh CANCON_RO6
(2)
E3Fh CANCON_RO8
(2)
E1Fh
--
(4)
E7Eh CANSTAT_RO4
(2)
E5Eh CANSTAT_RO6
(2)
E3Eh CANSTAT_RO8
(2)
E1Eh
--
(4)
E7Dh
B5D7
E5Dh
B3D7
E3Dh
B1D7
E1Dh
--
(4)
E7Ch
B5D6
E5Ch
B3D6
E3Ch
B1D6
E1Ch
--
(4)
E7Bh
B5D5
E5Bh
B3D5
E3Bh
B1D5
E1Bh
--
(4)
E7Ah
B5D4
E5Ah
B3D4
E3Ah
B1D4
E1Ah
--
(4)
E79h
B5D3
E59h
B3D3
E39h
B1D3
E19h
--
(4)
E78h
B5D2
E58h
B3D2
E38h
B1D2
E18h
--
(4)
E77h
B5D1
E57h
B3D1
E37h
B1D1
E17h
--
(4)
E76h
B5D0
E56h
B3D0
E36h
B1D0
E16h
--
(4)
E75h
B5DLC
E55h
B3DLC
E35h
B1DLC
E15h
--
(4)
E74h
B5EIDL
E54h
B3EIDL
E34h
B1EIDL
E14h
--
(4)
E73h
B5EIDH
E53h
B3EIDH
E33h
B1EIDH
E13h
--
(4)
E72h
B5SIDL
E52h
B3SIDL
E32h
B1SIDL
E12h
--
(4)
E71h
B5SIDH
E51h
B3SIDH
E31h
B1SIDH
E11h
--
(4)
E70h
B5CON
E50h
B3CON
E30h
B1CON
E10h
--
(4)
E6Fh
CANCON_RO5
E4Fh
CANCON_RO7
E2Fh
CANCON_RO9
E0Fh
--
(4)
E6Eh
CANSTAT_RO5
E4Eh
CANSTAT_RO7
E2Eh
CANSTAT_RO9
E0Eh
--
(4)
E6Dh
B4D7
E4Dh
B2D7
E2Dh
B0D7
E0Dh
--
(4)
E6Ch
B4D6
E4Ch
B2D6
E2Ch
B0D6
E0Ch
--
(4)
E6Bh
B4D5
E4Bh
B2D5
E2Bh
B0D5
E0Bh
--
(4)
E6Ah
B4D4
E4Ah
B2D4
E2Ah
B0D4
E0Ah
--
(4)
E69h
B4D3
E49h
B2D3
E29h
B0D3
E09h
--
(4)
E68h
B4D2
E48h
B2D2
E28h
B0D2
E08h
--
(4)
E67h
B4D1
E47h
B2D1
E27h
B0D1
E07h
--
(4)
E66h
B4D0
E46h
B2D0
E26h
B0D0
E06h
--
(4)
E65h
B4DLC
E45h
B2DLC
E25h
B0DLC
E05h
--
(4)
E64h
B4EIDL
E44h
B2EIDL
E24h
B0EIDL
E04h
--
(4)
E63h
B4EIDH
E43h
B2EIDH
E23h
B0EIDH
E03h
--
(4)
E62h
B4SIDL
E42h
B2SIDL
E22h
B0SIDL
E02h
--
(4)
E61h
B4SIDH
E41h
B2SIDH
E21h
B0SIDH
E01h
--
(4)
E60h
B4CON
E40h
B2CON
E20h
B0CON
E00h
--
(4)
TABLE 23-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Address
(1)
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given for
each instance of the controller register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
3:
These registers are not CAN registers.
4:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 326
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DFFh
--
(4)
DDFh
--
(4)
DBFh
--
(4)
D9Fh
--
(4)
DFEh
--
(4)
DDEh
--
(4)
DBEh
--
(4)
D9Eh
--
(4)
DFDh
--
(4)
DDDh
--
(4)
DBDh
--
(4)
D9Dh
--
(4)
DFCh
TXBIE
DDCh
--
(4)
DBCh
--
(4)
D9Ch
--
(4)
DFBh
--
(4)
DDBh
--
(4)
DBBh
--
(4)
D9Bh
--
(4)
DFAh
BIE0
DDAh
--
(4)
DBAh
--
(4)
D9Ah
--
(4)
DF9h
--
(4)
DD9h
--
(4)
DB9h
--
(4)
D99h
--
(4)
DF8h
BSEL0
DD8h
SDFLC
DB8h
--
(4)
D98h
--
(4)
DF7h
--
(4)
DD7h
--
(4)
DB7h
--
(4)
D97h
--
(4)
DF6h
--
(4)
DD6h
--
(4)
DB6h
--
(4)
D96h
--
(4)
DF5h
--
(4)
DD5h
RXFCON1
DB5h
--
(4)
D95h
--
(4)
DF4h
--
(4)
DD4h
RXFCON0
DB4h
--
(4)
D94h
--
(4)
DF3h
MSEL3
DD3h
--
(4)
DB3h
--
(4)
D93h
RXF15EIDL
DF2h
MSEL2
DD2h
--
(4)
DB2h
--
(4)
D92h
RXF15EIDH
DF1h
MSEL1
DD1h
--
(4)
DB1h
--
(4)
D91h
RXF15SIDL
DF0h
MSEL0
DD0h
--
(4)
DB0h
--
(4)
D90h
RXF15SIDH
DEFh
--
(4)
DCFh
--
(4)
DAFh
--
(4)
D8Fh
--
(4)
DEEh
--
(4)
DCEh
--
(4)
DAEh
--
(4)
D8Eh
--
(4)
DEDh
--
(4)
DCDh
--
(4)
DADh
--
(4)
D8Dh
--
(4)
DECh
--
(4)
DCCh
--
(4)
DACh
--
(4)
D8Ch
--
(4)
DEBh
--
(4)
DCBh
--
(4)
DABh
--
(4)
D8Bh
RXF14EIDL
DEAh
--
(4)
DCAh
--
(4)
DAAh
--
(4)
D8Ah
RXF14EIDH
DE9h
--
(4)
DC9h
--
(4)
DA9h
--
(4)
D89h
RXF14SIDL
DE8h
--
(4)
DC8h
--
(4)
DA8h
--
(4)
D88h
RXF14SIDH
DE7h
RXFBCON7
DC7h
--
(4)
DA7h
--
(4)
D87h
RXF13EIDL
DE6h
RXFBCON6
DC6h
--
(4)
DA6h
--
(4)
D86h
RXF13EIDH
DE5h
RXFBCON5
DC5h
--
(4)
DA5h
--
(4)
D85h
RXF13SIDL
DE4h
RXFBCON4
DC4h
--
(4)
DA4h
--
(4)
D84h
RXF13SIDH
DE3h
RXFBCON3
DC3h
--
(4)
DA3h
--
(4)
D83h
RXF12EIDL
DE2h
RXFBCON2
DC2h
--
(4)
DA2h
--
(4)
D82h
RXF12EIDH
DE1h
RXFBCON1
DC1h
--
(4)
DA1h
--
(4)
D81h
RXF12SIDL
DE0h
RXFBCON0
DC0h
--
(4)
DA0h
--
(4)
D80h
RXF12SIDH
TABLE 23-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Address
(1)
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given for
each instance of the controller register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
3:
These registers are not CAN registers.
4:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 327
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 23-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Address
(1)
Name
D7Fh
--
(4)
D7Eh
--
(4)
D7Dh
--
(4)
D7Ch
--
(4)
D7Bh
RXF11EIDL
D7Ah
RXF11EIDH
D79h
RXF11SIDL
D78h
RXF11SIDH
D77h
RXF10EIDL
D76h
RXF10EIDH
D75h
RXF10SIDL
D74h
RXF10SIDH
D73h
RXF9EIDL
D72h
RXF9EIDH
D71h
RXF9SIDL
D70h
RXF9SIDH
D6Fh
--
(4)
D6Eh
--
(4)
D6Dh
--
(4)
D6Ch
--
(4)
D6Bh
RXF8EIDL
D6Ah
RXF8EIDH
D69h
RXF8SIDL
D68h
RXF8SIDH
D67h
RXF7EIDL
D66h
RXF7EIDH
D65h
RXF7SIDL
D64h
RXF7SIDH
D63h
RXF6EIDL
D62h
RXF6EIDH
D61h
RXF6SIDL
D60h
RXF6SIDH
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given
for each instance of the controller register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
3:
These registers are not CAN registers.
4:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 328
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.3
CAN Modes of Operation
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 has six main modes
of operation:
Configuration mode
Disable mode
Normal Operation mode
Listen Only mode
Loopback mode
Error Recognition mode
All modes, except Error Recognition, are requested by
setting the REQOP bits (CANCON<7:5>); Error Recog-
nition is requested through the RXM bits of the Receive
Buffer register(s). Entry into a mode is Acknowledged
by monitoring the OPMODE bits.
When changing modes, the mode will not actually
change until all pending message transmissions are
complete. Because of this, the user must verify that the
device has actually changed into the requested mode
before further operations are executed.
23.3.1
CONFIGURATION MODE
The CAN module must be initialized before the
activation. This is only possible if the module is in the
Configuration mode. The Configuration mode is
requested by setting the REQOP2 bit. Only when the
status bit, OPMODE2, has a high level can the initial-
ization be performed. Once in Configuration mode,
registers such as baud rate control, acceptance mask/
filter and ECAN mode selection can be modified. A new
ECAN mode selection does not take into effect until
Configuration mode is exited. The module is activated
by setting the REQOP control bits to zero.
The module will protect the user from accidentally
violating the CAN protocol through programming
errors. All registers which control the configuration of
the module can not be modified while the module is
online. The CAN module will not be allowed to enter the
Configuration mode while a transmission or reception
is taking place. The CAN module will also not be
allowed, if the CANRX pin is low (i.e., the CAN bus is
busy). The CAN module waits for 11 recessive bits on
the CAN bus (bus Idle condition) before switching to
Configuration mode. The Configuration mode serves
as a lock to protect the following registers:
Configuration registers
Functional Mode Selection registers
Bit Timing registers
Identifier Acceptance Filter registers
Identifier Acceptance Mask registers
Filter and Mask Control registers
Mask Selection registers
In the Configuration mode, the module will not transmit
or receive. The error counters are cleared and the inter-
rupt flags remain unchanged. The programmer will
have access to configuration registers that are access
restricted in other modes.
23.3.2
DISABLE MODE
In Disable mode, the module will not transmit or
receive. The module has the ability to set the WAKIF bit
due to bus activity; however, any pending interrupts will
remain and the error counters will retain their value.
If REQOP<2:0> is set to `
001
', the module will enter the
Module Disable mode. This mode is similar to disabling
other peripheral modules by turning off the module
enables. This causes the module internal clock to stop
unless the module is active (i.e., receiving or transmit-
ting a message). If the module is active, the module will
wait for 11 recessive bits on the CAN bus, detect that
condition as an Idle bus, then accept the module
disable command. OPMODE<2:0> =
001
indicates
whether the module successfully went into Module
Disable mode.
The WAKIE interrupt is the only module interrupt that is
still active in the Module Disable mode. If wake-up from
CAN bus activity is required, the CAN module must be
put into Disable mode before putting the core to Sleep.
If the WAKDIS is cleared and WAKIE is set, the proces-
sor will receive an interrupt whenever the module
detects recessive to dominant transition. On wake-up,
the module will automatically be set to the previous
mode of operation. For example, if the module was
switched from Normal to Disable mode on bus activity
wake-up, the module will automatically enter into
Normal mode and the first message that caused the
module to wake-up is lost. The module will not gener-
ate any error frame. Firmware logic must detect this
condition and make sure that retransmission is
requested. If the processor receives a wake-up inter-
rupt while it is sleeping, more than one message may
get lost. The actual number of messages lost would
depend on the processor oscillator start-up time and
incoming message bit rate.
The I/O pins will revert to normal I/O function when the
module is in the Module Disable mode.
Note:
CAN module must be put in Disable or
Configuration mode prior to putting the
processor to sleep. Failure to do that may
put the CAN module in indeterminate
state.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 329
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.3.3
NORMAL MODE
This is the standard operating mode of the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices. In this mode,
the device actively monitors all bus messages and gen-
erates Acknowledge bits, error frames, etc. This is also
the only mode in which the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/
8680 devices will transmit messages over the CAN
bus.
23.3.4
LISTEN ONLY MODE
Listen Only mode provides a means for the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices to receive all
messages, including messages with errors. This mode
can be used for bus monitor applications or for
detecting the baud rate in `hot plugging' situations. For
auto-baud detection, it is necessary that there are at
least two other nodes which are communicating with
each other. The baud rate can be detected empirically
by testing different values until valid messages are
received. The Listen Only mode is a silent mode,
meaning no messages will be transmitted while in this
state, including error flags or Acknowledge signals. The
filters and masks can be used to allow only particular
messages to be loaded into the receive registers, or the
filter masks can be set to all zeros to allow a message
with any identifier to pass. The error counters are reset
and deactivated in this state. The Listen Only mode is
activated by setting the mode request bits in the
CANCON register.
23.3.5
LOOPBACK MODE
This mode will allow internal transmission of messages
from the transmit buffers to the receive buffers without
actually transmitting messages on the CAN bus. This
mode can be used in system development and testing.
In this mode, the ACK bit is ignored and the device will
allow incoming messages from itself, just as if they
were coming from another node. The Loopback mode
is a silent mode, meaning no messages will be trans-
mitted while in this state, including error flags or
Acknowledge signals. The CANTX pin will revert to port
I/O while the device is in this mode. The filters and
masks can be used to allow only particular messages
to be loaded into the receive registers. The masks can
be set to all zeros to provide a mode that accepts all
messages. The Loopback mode is activated by setting
the mode request bits in the CANCON register.
23.3.6
ERROR RECOGNITION MODE
The module can be set to ignore all errors and receive
any message. In functional Mode 0, the Error Recogni-
tion mode is activated by setting the RXM<1:0> bits in
the RXBnCON registers to `
11
'. In this mode, the data
which is in the message assembly buffer until the error
time, is copied in the receive buffer and can be read via
the CPU interface.
23.4
CAN Module Functional Modes
In addition to CAN modes of operation, the ECAN
module offers a total of three functional modes. Each of
these modes are identified as Mode 0, Mode 1 and
Mode 2.
23.4.1
MODE 0 LEGACY MODE
Mode 0 is designed to be fully compatible with CAN
modules used in PIC18CXX8 and PIC18FXX8 devices.
This is the default mode of operation on all Reset
conditions. As a result, module code written for the
PIC18XX8 CAN module may be used on the ECAN
module without any code changes.
The following is the list of resources available in Mode 0:
Three transmit buffers: TXB0, TXB1 and TXB2
Two receive buffers: RXB0 and RXB1
Two acceptance masks, one for each receive
buffer: RXM0, RXM1
Six acceptance filters, 2 for RXB0 and 4 for RXB1:
RXF0, RXF1, RXF2, RXF3, RXF4, RXF5
23.4.2
MODE 1 ENHANCED LEGACY
MODE
Mode 1 is similar to Mode 0, with the exception that
more resources are available in Mode 1. There are
16 acceptance filters and two Acceptance Mask regis-
ters. Acceptance Filter 15 can be used as either an
acceptance filter or an Acceptance Mask register. In
addition to three transmit and two receive buffers, there
are six more message buffers. One or more of these
additional buffers can be programmed as transmit or
receive buffers. These additional buffers can also be
programmed to automatically handle RTR messages.
Fourteen of 16 Acceptance Filter registers can be
dynamically associated to any receive buffer and
Acceptance Mask register. This capability can be used
to associate more than one filter to any one buffer.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 330
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
When a receive buffer is programmed to use standard
identifier messages, part of the full Acceptance Filter
register can be used as data byte filter. The length of
data byte filter is programmable from 0 to 18 bits. This
functionality simplifies implementation of high-level
protocols, such as DeviceNet.
The following is the list of resources available in Mode 1:
Three transmit buffers: TXB0, TXB1 and TXB2
Two receive buffers: RXB0 and RXB1
Six buffers programmable as TX or RX: B0-B5
Automatic RTR handling on B0-B5
Sixteen dynamically assigned acceptance filters:
RXF0-RXF15
Two dedicated Acceptance Mask registers;
RXF15 programmable as third mask:
RXM0-RXM1, RXF15
Programmable data filter on standard identifier
messages: SDFLC
23.4.3
MODE 2 ENHANCED FIFO MODE
In Mode 2, two or more receive buffers are used to form
the receive FIFO (First In First Out) buffer. There is no
one-to-one relation between the receive buffer and
Acceptance Filter registers. Any filter that is enabled
and linked to any FIFO receive buffer can generate
acceptance and cause FIFO to be updated.
FIFO length is user programmable, from 2-8 buffers
deep. FIFO length is determined by the very first
programmable buffer that is configured as a transmit
buffer. For example, if Buffer 2 (B2) is programmed as
a transmit buffer, FIFO consists of RXB0, RXB1, B0
and B1 creating a FIFO length of 4. If all programma-
ble buffers are configured as receive buffers, FIFO will
have the maximum length of 8.
The following is the list of resources available in Mode 2:
Three transmit buffers: TXB0, TXB1 and TXB2
Two receive buffers: RXB0 and RXB1
Six buffers programmable as TX or RX; receive
buffers form FIFO: B0-B5
Automatic RTR handling on B0-B5
Sixteen acceptance filters: RXF0-RXF15
Two dedicated Acceptance Mask registers;
RXF15 programmable as third mask:
RXM0-RXM1, RXF15
Programmable data filter on standard identifier
messages: SDFLC, useful for DeviceNet protocol
23.5
CAN Message Buffers
23.5.1
DEDICATED TRANSMIT BUFFERS
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices implement
three dedicated transmit buffers TXB0, TXB1 and
TXB2. Each of these buffers occupies 14 bytes of
SRAM and are mapped into the SFR memory map.
These are the only transmit buffers available in
Mode 0. Mode 1 and 2 may access these and other
additional buffers.
Each transmit buffer contains one Control register
(TXBnCON), four Identifier registers (TXBnSIDL,
TXBnSIDH, TXBnEIDL, TXBnEIDH), one Data Length
Count register (TXBnDLC) and eight Data Byte
registers (TXBnDm).
23.5.2
DEDICATED RECEIVE BUFFERS
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices implement
two dedicated receive buffers RXB0 and RXB1. Each
of these buffers occupies 14 bytes of SRAM and are
mapped into SFR memory map. These are the only
receive buffers available in Mode 0. Mode 1 and 2 may
access these and other additional buffers.
Each receive buffer contains one Control register
(RXBnCON), four Identifier registers (RXBnSIDL,
RXBnSIDH, RXBnEIDL, RXBnEIDH), one Data Length
Count register (RXBnDLC) and eight Data Byte
registers (RXBnDm).
There is also a separate Message Assembly Buffer
(MAB) which acts as an additional receive buffer. MAB
is always committed to receiving the next message
from the bus and is not directly accessible to user firm-
ware. The MAB assembles all incoming messages one
by one. A message is transferred to appropriate
receive buffers only if the corresponding acceptance
filter criteria is met.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 331
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.5.3
PROGRAMMABLE TRANSMIT/
RECEIVE BUFFERS
The ECAN module implements six new buffers: B0-B5.
These buffers are individually programmable as either
transmit or receive buffers. These buffers are available
only in Mode 1 and 2. As with dedicated transmit and
receive buffers, each of these programmable buffers
occupies 14 bytes of SRAM and are mapped into SFR
memory map.
Each buffer contains one Control register (BnCON),
four Identifier registers (BnSIDL, BnSIDH, BnEIDL,
BnEIDH), one Data Length Count register (BnDLC)
and eight Data Byte registers (BnDm). Each of these
registers contains two sets of control bits. Depending
on whether the buffer is configured as transmit or
receive, one would use the corresponding control bit
set. By default, all buffers are configured as receive
buffers. Each buffer can be individually configured as
transmit or receive buffers by setting the corresponding
TXENn bit in the BSEL0 register.
When configured as transmit buffers, user firmware
may access transmit buffers in any order similar to
accessing dedicated transmit buffers. In receive config-
uration, with Mode 1 enabled, user firmware may also
access receive buffers in any order required. But in
Mode 2, all receive buffers are combined to form a sin-
gle FIFO. Actual FIFO length is programmable by user
firmware. Access to FIFO must be done through the
FIFO pointer bits (FP<4:0>) in the CANCON register. It
must be noted that there is no hardware protection
against out of order FIFO reads.
23.5.4
PROGRAMMABLE AUTO-RTR
BUFFERS
In Mode 1 and 2, any of six programmable transmit/
receive buffers may be programmed to automatically
respond to predefined RTR messages without user
firmware intervention. Automatic RTR handling is
enabled by setting the TXnEN bit in the BSEL0 register
and the RTREN bit in the BnCON register. After this
setup, when an RTR request is received, the TXREQ
bit is automatically set and current buffer content is
automatically queued for transmission as a RTR
response. As with all transmit buffers, once the TXREQ
bit is set, buffer registers become read-only and any
writes to them will be ignored.
The following outlines the steps required to
automatically handle RTR messages:
1.
Set buffer to Transmit mode by setting TXnEN
bit to `
1
' in BSEL0 register.
2.
At least one acceptance filter must be associ-
ated with this buffer and preloaded with
expected RTR identifier.
3.
Bit RTREN in BnCON register must be set to `
1
'.
4.
Buffer must be preloaded with the data to be
sent as a RTR response.
Normally, user firmware will keep Buffer Data registers
up to date. If firmware attempts to update buffer while
an automatic RTR response is in process of
transmission, all writes to buffers are ignored.
23.6
CAN Message Transmission
23.6.1
INITIATING TRANSMISSION
For the MCU to have write access to the message
buffer, the TXREQ bit must be clear, indicating that the
message buffer is clear of any pending message to be
transmitted. At a minimum, the SIDH, SIDL, and DLC
registers must be loaded. If data bytes are present in
the message, the data registers must also be loaded. If
the message is to use extended identifiers, the
EIDH:EIDL registers must also be loaded and the
EXIDE bit set.
To initiate message transmission, the TXREQ bit must
be set for each buffer to be transmitted. When TXREQ
is set, the TXABT, TXLARB and TXERR bits will be
cleared. To successfully complete the transmission,
there must be at least one node with matching baud
rate on the network.
Setting the TXREQ bit does not initiate a message
transmission, it merely flags a message buffer as ready
for transmission. Transmission will start when the
device detects that the bus is available. The device will
then begin transmission of the highest priority message
that is ready.
When the transmission has completed successfully, the
TXREQ bit will be cleared, the TXBnIF bit will be set, and
an interrupt will be generated if the TXBnIE bit is set.
If the message transmission fails, the TXREQ will
remain set, indicating that the message is still pending
for transmission and one of the following condition flags
will be set. If the message started to transmit but
encountered an error condition, the TXERR and the
IRXIF bits will be set and an interrupt will be generated.
If the message lost arbitration, the TXLARB bit will be
set.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 332
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.6.2
ABORTING TRANSMISSION
The MCU can request to abort a message by clearing
the TXREQ bit associated with the corresponding mes-
sage buffer (TXBnCON<3> or BnCON<3>). Setting the
ABAT bit (CANCON<4>) will request an abort of all
pending messages. If the message has not yet started
transmission or if the message started but is inter-
rupted by loss of arbitration or an error, the abort will be
processed. The abort is indicated when the module
sets the TXABT bit for the corresponding buffer
(TXBnCON<6> or BnCON<6>). If the message has
started to transmit, it will attempt to transmit the current
message fully. If the current message is transmitted
fully and is not lost to arbitration or an error, the TXABT
bit will not be set because the message was transmit-
ted successfully. Likewise, if a message is being
transmitted during an abort request and the message is
lost to arbitration or an error, the message will not be
retransmitted and the TXABT bit will be set, indicating
that the message was successfully aborted.
Once an abort is requested by setting ABAT or TXABT
bits, it cannot be cleared to cancel the abort request.
Only CAN module hardware or a POR condition can
clear it.
23.6.3
TRANSMIT PRIORITY
Transmit priority is a prioritization within the
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices of the pending
transmittable messages. This is independent from and
not related to any prioritization implicit in the message
arbitration scheme built into the CAN protocol. Prior to
sending the SOF, the priority of all buffers that are
queued for transmission is compared. The transmit
buffer with the highest priority will be sent first. If more
than one buffer has the same priority setting, the mes-
sage is transmitted in the order of TXB2, TXB1, TXB0,
B5, B4, B3, B2, B1, B0. There are four levels of transmit
priority. If TXP bits for a particular message buffer are
set to `
11
', that buffer has the highest possible priority.
If TXP bits for a particular message buffer are `
00
', that
buffer has the lowest possible priority.
FIGURE 23-2:
TRANSMIT BUFFERS
TX
R
E
Q
TXB0
T
XAB
T
TX
LA
R
B
T
XER
R
T
XB0
I
F
M
E
S
SAG
E
Message
Queue
Control
Transmit Byte Sequencer
TX
R
E
Q
TXB1
T
XAB
T
TX
LA
R
B
T
XER
R
T
XB1
I
F
M
E
S
SAG
E
TX
R
E
Q
TXB2
T
XAB
T
TX
LA
R
B
T
XER
R
T
XB2
I
F
M
E
S
SAG
E
M
E
S
SAG
E
T
XB2
I
F
TX
R
E
Q
T
XAB
T
TX
LA
R
B
T
XER
R
TXB3-TXB8
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 333
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.7
Message Reception
23.7.1
RECEIVING A MESSAGE
Of all receive buffers, the MAB is always committed to
receiving the next message from the bus. The MCU
can access one buffer while the other buffer is available
for message reception, or holding a previously received
message.
When a message is moved into either of the receive
buffers, the associated RXFUL bit is set. This bit must
be cleared by the MCU when it has completed process-
ing the message in the buffer in order to allow a new
message to be received into the buffer. This bit
provides a positive lockout to ensure that the firmware
has finished with the message before the module
attempts to load a new message into the receive buffer.
If the receive interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will be
generated to indicate that a valid message has been
received.
Once a message is loaded into any matching buffer,
user firmware may determine exactly what filter caused
this reception by checking the filter hit bits in the
RXBnCON or BnCON registers. In Mode 0, FILHIT<3:0>
of RXBnCON serve as filter hit bits. In Mode 1 and 2,
FILHIT<4:0> of BnCON serve as filter hit bits. The same
registers also indicate whether the current message is
RTR frame or not. A received message is considered a
standard identifier message if the EXID bit in RXBnSIDL
or the BnSIDL register is cleared. Conversely, a set
EXID bit indicates an extended identifier message. If the
received message is a standard identifier message, user
firmware needs to read the SIDL and SIDH registers. In
the case of an extended identifier message, firmware
should read the SIDL, SIDH, EIDL and EIDH registers. If
the RXBnDLC or BnDLC register contain non-zero data
count, user firmware should also read the corresponding
number of data bytes by accessing the RXBnDm or
BnDm registers. When a received message is RTR and
if the current buffer is not configured for automatic RTR
handling, user firmware must take appropriate action
and respond manually.
Each receive buffer contains RXM bits to set special
Receive modes. In Mode 0, RXM<1:0> bits in
RXBnCON define a total of four Receive modes. In
Mode 1 and 2, RXM1 bit in combination with the EXID
mask and filter bit define the same four Receive
modes. Normally, these bits are set to `
00
' to enable
reception of all valid messages as determined by the
appropriate acceptance filters. In this case, the deter-
mination of whether or not to receive standard or
extended messages is determined by the EXIDE bit in
the Acceptance Filter register. In Mode 0, if the RXM
bits are set to `
01
' or `
10
', the receiver will accept only
messages with standard or extended identifiers,
respectively. If an acceptance filter has the EXIDE bit
set such that it does not correspond with the RXM
mode, that acceptance filter is rendered useless. In
Mode 1 and 2, setting EXID in the SIDL Mask register
will ensure that only standard or extended identifiers
are received. These two modes of RXM bits can be
used in systems where it is known that only standard or
extended messages will be on the bus. If the RXM bits
are set to `
11
' (RXM1 =
1
in Mode 1 and 2), the buffer
will receive all messages regardless of the values of
the acceptance filters. Also, if a message has an error
before the end of frame, that portion of the message
assembled in the MAB before the error frame, will be
loaded into the buffer. This mode may serve as a valu-
able debugging tool for a given CAN network. It should
not be used in an actual system environment as the
actual system will always have some bus errors and all
nodes on the bus are expected to ignore them.
In Mode 1 and 2, when a programmable buffer is
configured as a transmit buffer and one or more accep-
tance filters are associated with it, all incoming mes-
sages matching this acceptance filter criteria will be
discarded. To avoid this scenario, user firmware must
make sure that there are no acceptance filters associ-
ated with a buffer configured as a transmit buffer.
23.7.2
RECEIVE PRIORITY
When in Mode 0, RXB0 is the higher priority buffer and
has two message acceptance filters associated with it.
RXB1 is the lower priority buffer and has four acceptance
filters associated with it. The lower number of acceptance
filters makes the match on RXB0 more restrictive and
implies a higher priority for that buffer. Additionally, the
RXB0CON register can be configured such that if RXB0
contains a valid message and another valid message is
received, an overflow error will not occur and the new
message will be moved into RXB1 regardless of the
acceptance criteria of RXB1. There are also two
programmable acceptance filter masks available, one for
each receive buffer (see Section 4.5).
Note:
The entire contents of the MAB are moved
into the receive buffer once a message is
accepted. This means that regardless of
the type of identifier (standard or
extended) and the number of data bytes
received, the entire receive buffer is over-
written with the MAB contents. Therefore,
the contents of all registers in the buffer
must be assumed to have been modified
when any message is received.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 334
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
In Mode 1 and 2, there are a total of 16 acceptance fil-
ters available and each can be dynamically assigned to
any of the receive buffers. A buffer with a lower number
has higher priority. Given this, if an incoming message
matches with two or more receive buffer acceptance
criteria, the buffer with the lower number will be loaded
with that message.
23.7.3
ENHANCED FIFO MODE
When configured for Mode 2, two of the dedicated
receive buffers, in combination with one or more pro-
grammable transmit/receive buffers, are used to create
a maximum of 8 buffers deep FIFO (First In First Out)
buffer. In this mode, there is no direct correlation
between filters and receive buffer registers. Any filter
that has been enabled can generate an acceptance.
When a message has been accepted, it is stored in the
next available receive buffer register and an internal
write pointer is incremented. The FIFO can be a maxi-
mum of 8 buffers deep. The entire FIFO must consist of
contiguous receive buffers. The FIFO head begins at
RXB0 buffer and its tail spans toward B5. The maxi-
mum length of the FIFO is limited by the presence or
absence of the first transmit buffer starting from B0. If a
buffer is configured as a transmit buffer, the FIFO
length is reduced accordingly. For instance, if B3 is
configured as transmit buffer, the actual FIFO will con-
sist of RXB0, RXB1, B0, B1 and B2, a total of 5 buffers.
If B0 is configured as a transmit buffer, the FIFO length
will be 2. If none of the programmable buffers are con-
figured as a transmit buffer, the FIFO will be 8 buffers
deep. A system that requires more transmit buffers
should try to locate transmit buffers at the very end of
B0-B5 buffers to maximize available FIFO length.
When a message is received in FIFO mode, the Inter-
rupt Flag Code bits (EICODE<4:0>) in the CANSTAT
register will have a value of `
10000
', indicating the
FIFO has received a message. FIFO pointer bits
FP<3:0> in the CANCON register point to the buffer
that contains data not yet read. The FIFO pointer bits,
in this sense, serve as the FIFO read pointer. The user
should use FP bits and read corresponding buffer data.
When receive data is no longer needed, the RXFUL bit
in the current buffer must be cleared, causing FP<3:0>
to be updated by the module.
To determine whether FIFO is empty or not, the user
may use FP<3:0> bits to access RXFUL bit in the cur-
rent buffer. If RXFUL is cleared, the FIFO is considered
to be empty. If it is set, the FIFO may contain one or
more messages. In Mode 2, the module also provides
a bit called FIFO High Water Mark (FIFOWM) in the
ECANCON register. This bit can be used to cause an
interrupt whenever the FIFO contains only one or four
empty buffers. The FIFO high water mark interrupt can
serve as an early warning to a full FIFO condition.
23.7.4
TIME-STAMPING
The CAN module can be programmed to generate a
time-stamp for every message that is received. When
enabled, the module generates a capture signal for
CCP1, which in turn captures the value of either Timer1
or Timer3. This value can be used as the message
time-stamp.
To use the time-stamp capability, the CANCAP bit
(CIOCAN<4>) must be set. This replaces the capture
input for CCP1 with the signal generated from the CAN
module. In addition, CCP1CON<3:0> must be set to
`
0011
' to enable the CCP special event trigger for CAN
events.
23.8
Message Acceptance Filters
and Masks
The message acceptance filters and masks are used to
determine if a message in the message assembly
buffer should be loaded into any of the receive buffers.
Once a valid message has been received into the MAB,
the identifier fields of the message are compared to the
filter values. If there is a match, that message will be
loaded into the appropriate receive buffer. The filter
masks are used to determine which bits in the identifier
are examined with the filters. A truth table is shown
below in Table 23-2 that indicates how each bit in the
identifier is compared to the masks and filters to deter-
mine if a message should be loaded into a receive
buffer. The mask essentially determines which bits to
apply the acceptance filters to. If any mask bit is set to
a zero, then that bit will automatically be accepted
regardless of the filter bit.
TABLE 23-2:
FILTER/MASK TRUTH TABLE
In Mode 0, acceptance filters RXF0 and RXF1 and filter
mask RXM0 are associated with RXB0. Filters RXF2,
RXF3, RXF4 and RXF5 and mask RXM1 are
associated with RXB1.
Mask
bit n
Filter
bit n
Message
Identifier
bit n001
Accept or
Reject
bit n
0
x
x
Accept
1
0
0
Accept
1
0
1
Reject
1
1
0
Reject
1
1
1
Accept
Legend:
x
= don't care
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 335
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
In Mode 1 and 2, there are an additional 10 acceptance
filters, RXF6-RXF15, creating a total of 16 available
filters. RXF15 can be used either as an acceptance
filter or acceptance mask register. Each of these
acceptance filters can be individually enabled or
disabled by setting or clearing RXFENn bit in the
RXFCONn register. Any of these 16 acceptance filters
can be dynamically associated with any of the receive
buffers. Actual association is made by setting appropri-
ate bits in the RXFBCONn register. Each RXFBCONn
register contains a nibble for each filter. This nibble can
be used to associate a specific filter to any of available
receive buffers. User firmware may associate more
than one filter to any one specific receive buffer.
In addition to dynamic filter to buffer association, in
Mode 1 and 2, each filter can also be dynamically asso-
ciated to available acceptance mask registers. FILn_m
bits in the MSELn register can be used to link a specific
acceptance filter to an acceptance mask register. As
with filter to buffer association, one can also associate
more than one mask to a specific acceptance filter.
When a filter matches and a message is loaded into the
receive buffer, the filter number that enabled the
message reception is loaded into the FILHIT bit(s). In
Mode 0 for RXB1, the RXB1CON register contains the
FILHIT<2:0> bits. They are coded as follows:
101
= Acceptance Filter 5 (RXF5)
100
= Acceptance Filter 4 (RXF4)
011
= Acceptance Filter 3 (RXF3)
010
= Acceptance Filter 2 (RXF2)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
The coding of the RXB0DBEN bit enables these three
bits to be used similarly to the FILHIT bits and to distin-
guish a hit on filter RXF0 and RXF1, in either RXB0 or
after a rollover into RXB1.
111
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
110
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
000
= Acceptance Filter 0
If the RXB0DBEN bit is clear, there are six codes cor-
responding to the six filters. If the RXB0DBEN bit is set,
there are six codes corresponding to the six filters plus
two additional codes corresponding to RXF0 and RXF1
filters that rollover into RXB1.
In Mode 1 and 2, each buffer control register contains
5 bits of filter hit bits FILHIT<4:0>. A binary value of `
0
'
indicates a hit from RXF0 and 15 indicates RXF15.
If more than one acceptance filter matches, the FILHIT
bits will encode the binary value of the lowest
numbered filter that matched. In other words, if filter
RXF2 and filter RXF4 match, FILHIT will be loaded with
the value for RXF2. This essentially prioritizes the
acceptance filters with a lower number filter having
higher priority. Messages are compared to filters in
ascending order of filter number.
The mask and filter registers can only be modified
when the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices are in
Configuration mode.
FIGURE 23-3:
MESSAGE ACCEPTANCE MASK AND FILTER OPERATION
Note:
`
000
' and `
001
' can only occur if the
RXB0DBEN bit is set in the RXB0CON
register, allowing RXB0 messages to
rollover into RXB1.
Acceptance Filter Register
Acceptance Mask Register
RxRqst
Message Assembly Buffer
RXFn
0
RXFn
1
RXFn
n
RXMn
0
RXMn
1
RXMn
n
Identifier
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 336
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.9
Baud Rate Setting
All nodes on a given CAN bus must have the same
nominal bit rate. The CAN protocol uses Non-Return-
to-Zero (NRZ) coding which does not encode a clock
within the data stream. Therefore, the receive clock
must be recovered by the receiving nodes and
synchronized to the transmitter's clock.
As oscillators and transmission time may vary from
node to node, the receiver must have some type of
Phase Lock Loop (PLL) synchronized to data transmis-
sion edges to synchronize and maintain the receiver
clock. Since the data is NRZ coded, it is necessary to
include bit stuffing to ensure that an edge occurs at
least every six bit times to maintain the Digital Phase
Lock Loop (DPLL) synchronization.
The bit timing of the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 is
implemented using a DPLL that is configured to syn-
chronize to the incoming data and provides the nominal
timing for the transmitted data. The DPLL breaks each
bit time into multiple segments made up of minimal
periods of time called the Time Quanta (T
Q
).
Bus timing functions executed within the bit time frame,
such as synchronization to the local oscillator, network
transmission delay compensation, and sample point
positioning, are defined by the programmable bit timing
logic of the DPLL.
All devices on the CAN bus must use the same bit rate.
However, all devices are not required to have the same
master oscillator clock frequency. For the different clock
frequencies of the individual devices, the bit rate has to
be adjusted by appropriately setting the baud rate
prescaler and number of time quanta in each segment.
The Nominal Bit Rate is the number of bits transmitted
per second, assuming an ideal transmitter with an ideal
oscillator, in the absence of resynchronization. The
nominal bit rate is defined to be a maximum of 1 Mb/s.
The Nominal Bit Time is defined as:
EQUATION 23-1:
The Nominal Bit Time can be thought of as being
divided into separate, non-overlapping time segments.
These segments (Figure 23-4) include:
Synchronization Segment (Sync_Seg)
Propagation Time Segment (Prop_Seg)
Phase Buffer Segment 1 (Phase_Seg1)
Phase Buffer Segment 2 (Phase_Seg2)
The time segments (and thus the Nominal Bit Time) are
in turn made up of integer units of time called Time
Quanta or T
Q
(see Figure 23-4). By definition, the Nom-
inal Bit Time is programmable from a minimum of 8 T
Q
to a maximum of 25 T
Q
. Also by definition, the minimum
Nominal Bit Time is 1
s, corresponding to a maximum
1 Mb/s rate. The actual duration is given by the
relationship:
EQUATION 23-2:
The Time Quantum is a fixed unit derived from the
oscillator period. It is also defined by the programmable
baud rate prescaler with integer values from 1 to 64 in
addition to a fixed divide-by-two for clock generation.
Mathematically, this is:
EQUATION 23-3:
where F
OSC
is the clock frequency, T
OSC
is the corre-
sponding oscillator period, and BRP is an integer (0
through 63) represented by the binary values of
BRGCON1<5:0>.
FIGURE 23-4:
BIT TIME PARTITIONING
T
BIT
= 1/Nominal Bit Rate
Nominal Bit Time = T
Q
* (Sync_Seg + Prop_Seg +
Phase_Seg1 + Phase_Seg2)
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP+1))/F
OSC
(MHz)
or
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP+1)) * T
OSC
(
s)
Input
Sync
Propagation
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
Sample Point
T
Q
Nominal Bit Time
Bit
Time
Intervals
Signal
Segment
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 337
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.9.1
TIME QUANTA
As already mentioned, the Time Quanta is a fixed unit
derived from the oscillator period and baud rate
prescaler. Its relationship to T
BIT
and the Nominal Bit
Rate is shown in Example 23-6.
EXAMPLE 23-6:
CALCULATING T
Q
,
NOMINAL BIT RATE AND
NOMINAL BIT TIME
The frequencies of the oscillators in the different nodes
must be coordinated in order to provide a system wide
specified nominal bit time. This means that all oscilla-
tors must have a T
OSC
that is an integral divisor of T
Q
.
It should also be noted that although the number of T
Q
is programmable from 4 to 25, the usable minimum is
8 T
Q
.
A bit time of less than 8 T
Q
in length is not
guaranteed to operate correctly.
23.9.2
SYNCHRONIZATION SEGMENT
This part of the bit time is used to synchronize the
various CAN nodes on the bus. The edge of the input
signal is expected to occur during the sync segment.
The duration is 1 T
Q
.
23.9.3
PROPAGATION SEGMENT
This part of the bit time is used to compensate for phys-
ical delay times within the network. These delay times
consist of the signal propagation time on the bus line
and the internal delay time of the nodes. The length of
the Propagation Segment can be programmed from
1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
by setting the PRSEG2:PRSEG0 bits.
23.9.4
PHASE BUFFER SEGMENTS
The phase buffer segments are used to optimally
locate the sampling point of the received bit within the
nominal bit time. The sampling point occurs between
Phase Segment 1 and Phase Segment 2. These
segments can be lengthened or shortened by the
resynchronization process. The end of Phase Segment
1 determines the sampling point within a bit time.
Phase Segment 1 is programmable from 1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
in duration. Phase Segment 2 provides delay before
the next transmitted data transition and is also
programmable from 1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
in duration. However,
due to IPT requirements, the actual minimum length of
Phase Segment 2 is 2 T
Q
, or it may be defined to be
equal to the greater of Phase Segment 1 or the
Information Processing Time (IPT).
23.9.5
SAMPLE POINT
The sample point is the point of time at which the bus
level is read and the value of the received bit is deter-
mined. The sampling point occurs at the end of Phase
Segment 1. If the bit timing is slow and contains many
T
Q
, it is possible to specify multiple sampling of the bus
line at the sample point. The value of the received bit is
determined to be the value of the majority decision of
three values. The three samples are taken at the sam-
ple point and twice before, with a time of T
Q
/2 between
each sample.
23.9.6
INFORMATION PROCESSING TIME
The Information Processing Time (IPT) is the time
segment starting at the sample point that is reserved
for calculation of the subsequent bit level. The CAN
specification defines this time to be less than or equal
to 2 T
Q
. The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices
define this time to be 2 T
Q
. Thus, Phase Segment 2
must be at least 2 T
Q
long.
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP+1))/F
OSC
(MHz)
T
BIT
(
s) = T
Q
(
s) * number of T
Q
per bit interval
Nominal Bit Rate (bits/s) = 1/T
BIT
CASE 1:
For F
OSC
= 16 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 00h and
Nominal Bit Time = 8 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2*1)/16 = 0.125
s (125 ns)
T
BIT
= 8 * 0.125 = 1
s (10
-6
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/10
-6
= 10
6
bits/s (1 Mb/s)
CASE 2:
For F
OSC
= 20 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 01h and
Nominal Bit Time = 8 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2*2)/20 = 0.2
s (200 ns)
T
BIT
= 8 * 0.2 = 1.6
s (1.6 * 10
-6
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/1.6 * 10
-6
s = 625,000 bits/s
(625 Kb/s)
CASE 3:
For F
OSC
= 25 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 3Fh and
Nominal Bit Time = 25 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2*64)/25 = 5.12
s
T
BIT
= 25 * 5.12 = 128
s (1.28 * 10
-4
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/1.28 * 10
-4
= 7813 bits/s
(7.8 Kb/s)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 338
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.10 Synchronization
To compensate for phase shifts between the oscillator
frequencies of each of the nodes on the bus, each CAN
controller must be able to synchronize to the relevant
signal edge of the incoming signal. When an edge in
the transmitted data is detected, the logic will compare
the location of the edge to the expected time
(Sync_Seg). The circuit will then adjust the values of
Phase Segment 1 and Phase Segment 2 as necessary.
There are two mechanisms used for synchronization.
23.10.1
HARD SYNCHRONIZATION
Hard synchronization is only done when there is a
recessive to dominant edge during a bus Idle condition,
indicating the start of a message. After hard synchroni-
zation, the bit time counters are restarted with
Sync_Seg. Hard synchronization forces the edge
which has occurred to lie within the synchronization
segment of the restarted bit time. Due to the rules of
synchronization, if a hard synchronization occurs there
will not be a resynchronization within that bit time.
23.10.2
RESYNCHRONIZATION
As a result of resynchronization, Phase Segment 1
may be lengthened or Phase Segment 2 may be short-
ened. The amount of lengthening or shortening of the
phase buffer segments has an upper bound given by
the Synchronization Jump Width (SJW). The value of
the SJW will be added to Phase Segment 1 (see
Figure 23-5) or subtracted from Phase Segment 2 (see
Figure 23-6). The SJW is programmable between 1 T
Q
and 4 T
Q
.
Clocking information will only be derived from reces-
sive to dominant transitions. The property that only a
fixed maximum number of successive bits have the
same value, ensures resynchronization to the bit
stream during a frame.
The phase error of an edge is given by the position of
the edge relative to Sync_Seg, measured in T
Q
. The
phase error is defined in magnitude of T
Q
as follows:
e = 0 if the edge lies within Sync_Seg.
e > 0 if the edge lies before the sample point.
e < 0 if the edge lies after the sample point of the
previous bit.
If the magnitude of the phase error is less than, or equal
to the programmed value of the synchronization jump
width, the effect of a resynchronization is the same as
that of a hard synchronization.
If the magnitude of the phase error is larger than the
synchronization jump width, and if the phase error is
positive, then Phase Segment 1 is lengthened by an
amount equal to the synchronization jump width.
If the magnitude of the phase error is larger than the
resynchronization jump width, and if the phase error is
negative, then Phase Segment 2 is shortened by an
amount equal to the synchronization jump width.
23.10.3
SYNCHRONIZATION RULES
Only one synchronization within one bit time is
allowed.
An edge will be used for synchronization only if
the value detected at the previous sample point
(previously read bus value) differs from the bus
value immediately after the edge.
All other recessive to dominant edges fulfilling
rules 1 and 2 will be used for resynchronization,
with the exception that a node transmitting a
dominant bit will not perform a resynchronization
as a result of a recessive to dominant edge with a
positive phase error.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 339
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 23-5:
LENGTHENING A BIT PERIOD (ADDING SJW TO PHASE SEGMENT 1)
FIGURE 23-6:
SHORTENING A BIT PERIOD (SUBTRACTING SJW FROM PHASE SEGMENT 2)
Input
Sync
Prop
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
SJW
Sample Point
T
Q
Signal
Nominal Bit Length
Actual Bit Length
Bit
Time
Segments
Sync
Prop
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
SJW
T
Q
Sample Point
Nominal Bit Length
Actual Bit Length
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 340
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.11 Programming Time Segments
Some requirements for programming of the time
segments:
Prop_Seg + Phase_Seg 1
Phase_Seg 2
Phase_Seg 2
Sync Jump Width.
For example, assume that a 125 kHz CAN baud rate is
desired, using 20 MHz for F
OSC
. With a T
OSC
of 50 ns,
a baud rate prescaler value of 04h gives a T
Q
of 500 ns.
To obtain a Nominal Bit Rate of 125 kHz, the Nominal
Bit Time must be 8
s or 16 T
Q
.
Using 1 T
Q
for the Sync_Seg, 2 T
Q
for the Prop_Seg
and 7 T
Q
for Phase Segment 1, would place the sample
point at 10 T
Q
after the transition. This leaves 6 T
Q
for
Phase Segment 2.
By the rules above, the Sync Jump Width could be the
maximum of 4 T
Q
. However, normally a large SJW is
only necessary when the clock generation of the
different nodes is inaccurate or unstable, such as using
ceramic resonators. Typically, an SJW of 1 is enough.
23.12 Oscillator Tolerance
As a rule of thumb, the bit timing requirements allow
ceramic resonators to be used in applications with
transmission rates of up to 125 Kbit/sec. For the full bus
speed range of the CAN protocol, a quartz oscillator is
required. A maximum node-to-node oscillator variation
of 1.7% is allowed.
23.13 Bit Timing Configuration
Registers
The Configuration registers (BRGCON1, BRGCON2,
BRGCON3) control the bit timing for the CAN bus
interface. These registers can only be modified when
the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices are in
Configuration mode.
23.13.1
BRGCON1
The BRP bits control the baud rate prescaler. The
SJW<1:0> bits select the synchronization jump width in
terms of multiples of T
Q
.
23.13.2
BRGCON2
The PRSEG bits set the length of the propagation seg-
ment in terms of T
Q
. The SEG1PH bits set the length of
Phase Segment 1 in T
Q
. The SAM bit controls how
many times the RXCAN pin is sampled. Setting this bit
to a `
1
' causes the bus to be sampled three times; twice
at T
Q
/2 before the sample point and once at the normal
sample point (which is at the end of Phase Segment 1).
The value of the bus is determined to be the value read
during at least two of the samples. If the SAM bit is set
to a `
0
', then the RXCAN pin is sampled only once at
the sample point. The SEG2PHTS bit controls how the
length of Phase Segment 2 is determined. If this bit is
set to a `
1
', then the length of Phase Segment 2 is
determined by the SEG2PH bits of BRGCON3. If the
SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
0
', then the length of Phase
Segment 2 is the greater of Phase Segment 1 and the
information processing time (which is fixed at 2 T
Q
for
the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680).
23.13.3
BRGCON3
The PHSEG2<2:0> bits set the length (in T
Q
) of Phase
Segment 2 if the SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
1
'. If the
SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
0
', then the PHSEG2<2:0>
bits have no effect.
23.14 Error Detection
The CAN protocol provides sophisticated error
detection mechanisms. The following errors can be
detected.
23.14.1
CRC ERROR
With the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC), the trans-
mitter calculates special check bits for the bit
sequence, from the start of a frame until the end of the
data field. This CRC sequence is transmitted in the
CRC field. The receiving node also calculates the CRC
sequence using the same formula and performs a
comparison to the received sequence. If a mismatch is
detected, a CRC error has occurred and an error frame
is generated. The message is repeated.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 341
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.14.2
ACKNOWLEDGE ERROR
In the Acknowledge field of a message, the transmitter
checks if the Acknowledge slot (which was sent out as
a recessive bit) contains a dominant bit. If not, no other
node has received the frame correctly. An Acknowl-
edge error has occurred; an error frame is generated
and the message will have to be repeated.
23.14.3
FORM ERROR
If a node detects a dominant bit in one of the four
segments, including end of frame, interframe space,
Acknowledge delimiter, or CRC delimiter, then a form
error has occurred and an error frame is generated.
The message is repeated.
23.14.4
BIT ERROR
A bit error occurs if a transmitter sends a dominant bit
and detects a recessive bit, or if it sends a recessive bit
and detects a dominant bit, when monitoring the actual
bus level and comparing it to the just transmitted bit. In
the case where the transmitter sends a recessive bit
and a dominant bit is detected during the arbitration
field and the Acknowledge slot, no bit error is
generated because normal arbitration is occurring.
23.14.5
STUFF BIT ERROR
lf between the start of frame and the CRC delimiter, six
consecutive bits with the same polarity are detected,
the bit stuffing rule has been violated. A stuff bit error
occurs and an error frame is generated. The message
is repeated.
23.14.6
ERROR STATES
Detected errors are made public to all other nodes via
error frames. The transmission of the erroneous mes-
sage is aborted and the frame is repeated as soon as
possible. Furthermore, each CAN node is in one of the
three error states "error-active", "error-passive" or "bus-
off" according to the value of the internal error counters.
The error-active state is the usual state where the bus
node can transmit messages and activate error frames
(made of dominant bits) without any restrictions. In the
error-passive state, messages and passive error
frames (made of recessive bits) may be transmitted.
The bus-off state makes it temporarily impossible for
the station to participate in the bus communication.
During this state, messages can neither be received
nor transmitted.
23.14.7
ERROR MODES AND ERROR
COUNTERS
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices contain two
error counters: the Receive Error Counter
(RXERRCNT), and the Transmit Error Counter
(TXERRCNT). The values of both counters can be read
by the MCU. These counters are incremented or
decremented in accordance with the CAN bus
specification.
The PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices are error-
active if both error counters are below the error-passive
limit of 128. They are error-passive if at least one of the
error counters equals or exceeds 128. They go to bus-
off if the transmit error counter equals or exceeds the
bus-off limit of 256. The devices remain in this state
until the bus-off recovery sequence is received. The
bus-off recovery sequence consists of 128 occurrences
of 11 consecutive recessive bits (see Figure 23-7).
Note that the CAN module, after going bus-off, will
recover back to error-active without any intervention by
the MCU if the bus remains Idle for 128 x 11 bit times.
If this is not desired, the error Interrupt Service Routine
should address this. The current Error mode of the
CAN module can be read by the MCU via the
COMSTAT register.
Additionally, there is an error state warning flag bit,
EWARN, which is set if at least one of the error
counters equals or exceeds the error warning limit of
96. EWARN is reset if both error counters are less than
the error warning limit.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 342
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 23-7:
ERROR MODES STATE DIAGRAM
23.15 CAN Interrupts
The module has several sources of interrupts. Each of
these interrupts can be individually enabled or dis-
abled. The PIR3 register contains interrupt flags. The
PIE3 register contains the enables for the 8 main inter-
rupts. A special set of read-only bits in the CANSTAT
register, the ICODE bits, can be used in combination
with a jump table for efficient handling of interrupts.
All interrupts have one source with the exception of the
error interrupt and buffer interrupts in Mode 1 and 2. Any
of the error interrupt sources can set the error interrupt
flag. The source of the error interrupt can be determined
by reading the Communication Status register,
COMSTAT. In Mode 1 and 2, there are two interrupt
enable/disable and flag bits one for all transmit buffers
and the other for all receive buffers.
The interrupts can be broken up into two categories:
receive and transmit interrupts.
The receive related interrupts are:
Receive Interrupts
Wake-up Interrupt
Receiver Overrun Interrupt
Receiver Warning Interrupt
Receiver Error-Passive Interrupt
The transmit related interrupts are:
Transmit Interrupts
Transmitter Warning Interrupt
Transmitter Error-Passive Interrupt
Bus-Off Interrupt
23.15.1
INTERRUPT CODE BITS
To simplify the interrupt handling process in user firm-
ware, the ECAN module encodes a special set of bits. In
Mode 0, these bits are ICODE<2:0> in the CANSTAT
register. In Mode 1 and 2, these bits are EICODE<3:0>
in the CANSTAT register. Interrupts are internally priori-
tized such that the higher priority interrupts are assigned
lower values. Once the highest priority interrupt condi-
tion has been cleared, the code for the next highest
priority interrupt that is pending (if any) will be reflected
by the ICODE bits. Note that only those interrupt sources
that have their associated interrupt enable bit set will be
reflected in the ICODE bits.
In Mode 2, when a receive message interrupt occurs,
EICODE bits will always consist of `
10000
'. User
firmware may use FIFO pointer bits to actually access
the next available buffer.
Bus
-
Off
Error
-
Active
Error
-
Passive
RXERRCNT < 127 or
TXERRCNT < 127
RXERRCNT > 127 or
TXERRCNT > 127
TXERRCNT > 255
128 occurrences of
11 consecutive
"recessive" bits
Reset
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 343
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
23.15.2
TRANSMIT INTERRUPT
When the transmit interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will
be generated when the associated transmit buffer
becomes empty and is ready to be loaded with a new
message. In Mode 0, there are separate interrupt
enable/disable and flag bits for each of the three
dedicated transmit buffers. The TXBnIF bit will be set to
indicate the source of the interrupt. The interrupt is
cleared by the MCU resetting the TXBnIF bit to a `
0
'. In
Mode 1 and 2, all transmit buffers share one interrupt
enable/disable and flag bits. In Mode 1 and 2, TXBIE in
PIE3 and TXBIF in PIR3 indicate when a transmit buffer
has completed transmission of its message. TXBnIF,
TXBnIE and TXBnIP in PIR3, PIE3 and IPR3, respec-
tively, are not used in Mode 1 and 2. Individual transmit
buffer interrupts can be enabled or disabled by setting or
clearing TXBIE and BnIE register bits. When a shared
interrupt occurs, user firmware must poll the TXREQ bit
of all transmit buffers to detect the source of interrupt.
23.15.3
RECEIVE INTERRUPT
When the receive interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will
be generated when a message has been successfully
received and loaded into the associated receive buffer.
This interrupt is activated immediately after receiving
the End Of Frame (EOF) field.
In Mode 0, the RXBnIF bit is set to indicate the source
of the interrupt. The interrupt is cleared by the MCU
resetting the RXBnIF bit to a `
0
'.
In Mode 1 and 2, all receive buffers share one interrupt.
Individual receive buffer interrupts can be controlled by
the RXBnIE and BIEn registers. In Mode 1, when a
shared receive interrupt occurs, user firmware must
poll the RXFUL bit of each receive buffer to detect the
source of interrupt. In Mode 2, a receive interrupt
indicates that the new message is loaded into FIFO.
FIFO can be read by using FIFO pointer bits, FP.
In Mode 2, the FIFOWMIF bit indicates if the FIFO high
watermark is reached. The FIFO high watermark is
defined by the FIFOWM bit in the ECANCON register.
23.15.4
MESSAGE ERROR INTERRUPT
When an error occurs during transmission or reception
of a message, the message error flag, IRXIF, will be set
and if the IRXIE bit is set, an interrupt will be generated.
This is intended to be used to facilitate baud rate
determination when used in conjunction with Listen
Only mode.
23.15.5
BUS ACTIVITY WAKE-UP
INTERRUPT
When the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices are in
Sleep mode and the bus activity wake-up interrupt is
enabled, an interrupt will be generated and the WAKIF
bit will be set when activity is detected on the CAN bus.
This interrupt causes the PIC18F6585/8585/6680/
8680 devices to exit Sleep mode. The interrupt is reset
by the MCU, clearing the WAKIF bit.
23.15.6
ERROR INTERRUPT
When the error interrupt is enabled, an interrupt is
generated if an overflow condition occurs or if the error
state of the transmitter or receiver has changed. The
error flags in COMSTAT will indicate one of the
following conditions.
23.15.6.1
Receiver Overflow
An overflow condition occurs when the MAB has
assembled a valid received message (the message
meets the criteria of the acceptance filters) and the
receive buffer associated with the filter is not available
for loading of a new message. The associated
COMSTAT.RXnOVFL bit will be set to indicate the
overflow condition. This bit must be cleared by the
MCU.
23.15.6.2
Receiver Warning
The receive error counter has reached the MCU
warning limit of 96.
23.15.6.3
Transmitter Warning
The transmit error counter has reached the MCU
warning limit of 96.
23.15.6.4
Receiver Bus Passive
The receive error counter has exceeded the error-
passive limit of 127 and the device has gone to
error-passive state.
23.15.6.5
Transmitter Bus Passive
The transmit error counter has exceeded the error-
passive limit of 127 and the device has gone to
error-passive state.
23.15.6.6
Bus-Off
The transmit error counter has exceeded 255 and the
device has gone to bus-off state.
23.15.6.7
Interrupt Acknowledge
Interrupts are directly associated with one or more sta-
tus flags in the PIR register. Interrupts are pending as
long as one of the flags is set. Once an interrupt flag is
set by the device, the flag can not be reset by the
microcontroller until the interrupt condition is removed.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 344
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 345
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
24.0
SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE
CPU
There are several features intended to maximize sys-
tem reliability, minimize cost through elimination of
external components, provide power saving operating
modes and offer code protection. These are:
OSC Selection
Reset
- Power-on Reset (POR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Interrupts
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Sleep
Code Protection
ID Locations
In-Circuit Serial Programming
All PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 devices have a
Watchdog Timer which is permanently enabled via the
configuration bits or software controlled. It runs off its
own RC oscillator for added reliability. There are two
timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is
the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep
the chip in Reset until the crystal oscillator is stable.
The other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT) which pro-
vides a fixed delay on power-up only, designed to keep
the part in Reset while the power supply stabilizes. With
these two timers on-chip, most applications need no
external Reset circuitry.
Sleep mode is designed to offer a very low current
Power-down mode. The user can wake-up from Sleep
through external Reset, Watchdog Timer Wake-up, or
through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are also
made available to allow the part to fit the application.
The RC oscillator option saves system cost, while the
LP crystal option saves power. A set of configuration
bits is used to select various options.
24.1
Configuration Bits
The configuration bits can be programmed (read as `
0
')
or left unprogrammed (read as `
1
') to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped, starting
at program memory location 300000h.
The user will note that address 300000h is beyond the
user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the
configuration memory space (300000h through
3FFFFFh) which can only be accessed using table
reads and table writes.
Programming the Configuration registers is done in a
manner similar to programming the Flash memory. The
EECON1 register WR bit starts a self-timed write to the
Configuration register. In normal Operation mode, a
TBLWT
instruction with the TBLPTR pointed to the Con-
figuration register sets up the address and the data for
the Configuration register write. Setting the WR bit
starts a long write to the Configuration register. The
Configuration registers are written a byte at a time. To
write or erase a configuration cell, a
TBLWT
instruction
can write a `
1
' or a `
0
' into the cell.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 346
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 24-1:
CONFIGURATION BITS AND DEVICE IDS
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Default/
Unprogrammed
Value
300001h
CONFIG1H
--
--
OSCSEN
--
FOSC3
FOSC2
FOSC1
FOSC0
--1- 1111
300002h
CONFIG2L
--
--
--
--
BORV1
BORV0
BODEN
PWRTEN
---- 1111
300003h
CONFIG2H
--
--
--
WDTPS3 WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN
---1 1111
300004h
(1)
CONFIG3L
WAIT
--
--
--
--
--
PM1
PM0
1--- --11
300005h
CONFIG3H MCLRE
--
--
--
--
--
ECCPMX
(4)
CCP2MX
1--- --11
300006h
CONFIG4L
DEBUG
--
--
--
--
LVP
--
STVREN
1--- -1-1
300008h
CONFIG5L
--
--
--
--
CP3
(2)
CP2
CP1
CP0
---- 1111
300009h
CONFIG5H
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
11-- ----
30000Ah
CONFIG6L
--
--
--
--
WRT3
(2)
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
---- 1111
30000Bh
CONFIG6H
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
111- ----
30000Ch
CONFIG7L
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
(2)
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
---- 1111
30000Dh
CONFIG7H
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
-1-- ----
3FFFFEh
DEVID1
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
(Note 3)
3FFFFFh
DEVID2
DEV10
DEV9
DEV8
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
0000 1010
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Note
1:
Unimplemented in PIC18F6X8X devices; maintain this bit set.
2:
Unimplemented in PIC18FX585 devices; maintain this bit set.
3:
See Register 24-13 for DEVID1 values.
4:
Reserved in PIC18F6X8X devices; maintain this bit set.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 347
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 24-1:
CONFIG1H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300001h)
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
OSCSEN
--
FOSC3
FOSC2
FOSC1
FOSC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5
OSCSEN: Oscillator System Clock Switch Enable bit
1
= Oscillator system clock switch option is disabled (main oscillator is source)
0
= Timer1 oscillator system clock switch option is enabled (oscillator switching is enabled)
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
FOSC3:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits
1111
= RC oscillator with OSC2 configured as RA6
1110
= HS oscillator with SW enabled 4x PLL
1101
= EC oscillator with OSC2 configured as RA6 and SW enabled 4x PLL
1100
= EC oscillator with OSC2 configured as RA6 and HW enabled 4x PLL
1011
= Reserved; do not use
1010
= Reserved; do not use
1001
= Reserved; do not use
1000
= Reserved; do not use
0111
= RC oscillator with OSC2 configured as RA6
0110
= HS oscillator with HW enabled 4x PLL
0101
= EC oscillator with OSC2 configured as RA6
0100
= EC oscillator with OSC2 configured as divide by 4 clock output
0011
= RC oscillator with OSC2 configured as divide by 4 clock output
0010
= HS oscillator
0001
= XT oscillator
0000
= LP oscillator
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 348
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-2:
CONFIG2L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300002h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
--
BORV1
BORV0
BOREN
PWRTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-2
BORV1:BORV0: Brown-out Reset Voltage bits
11
= V
BOR
set to 2.0V
10
= V
BOR
set to 2.7V
01
= V
BOR
set to 4.2V
00
= V
BOR
set to 4.5V
bit 1
BOREN: Brown-out Reset Enable bit
1
= Brown-out Reset enabled
0
= Brown-out Reset disabled
bit 0
PWRTEN: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1
= PWRT disabled
0
= PWRT enabled
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 349
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 24-3:
CONFIG2H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300003h)
REGISTER 24-4:
CONFIG3L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 3 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300004h)
(1)
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
WDTPS3
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4-1
WDTPS3:WDTPS0: Watchdog Timer Postscaler Select bits
1111 = 1:32768
1110 = 1:16384
1101 = 1:8192
1100 = 1:4096
1011 = 1:2048
1010 = 1:1024
1001 = 1:512
1000 = 1:256
0111
= 1:128
0110
= 1:64
0101
= 1:32
0100
= 1:16
0011
= 1:8
0010
= 1:4
0001
= 1:2
0000
= 1:1
bit 0
WDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1
= WDT enabled
0
= WDT disabled (control is placed on the SWDTEN bit)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
WAIT
--
--
--
--
--
PM1
PM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WAIT: External Bus Data Wait Enable bit
1
= Wait selections unavailable for table reads and table writes
0
= Wait selections for table reads and table writes are determined by WAIT1:WAIT0 bits
(MEMCOM<5:4>)
bit 6-2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
PM1:PM0: Processor Mode Select bits
11
= Microcontroller mode
10
= Microprocessor mode
01
= Microprocessor with Boot Block mode
00
= Extended Microcontroller mode
Note 1: This register is unimplemented for PIC18F6X8X devices; maintain these bits set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 350
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-5:
CONFIG3H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 3 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300005h)
REGISTER 24-6:
CONFIG4L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 4 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300006h)
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
MCLRE
--
--
--
--
--
ECCPMX
CCP2MX
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
MCLRE: MCLR Enable bit
(1)
1
= MCLR pin enabled, RG5 input pin disabled
0
= RG5 input enabled, MCLR disabled
bit 6-2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1
ECCPMX: CCP1 PWM outputs P1B, P1C mux bit (PIC18F8X8X devices only)
(2)
1
= P1B, P1C are multiplexed with RE6, RE5
0
= P1B, P1C are multiplexed with RH7, RH6
bit 0
CCP2MX: CCP2 Mux bit
In Microcontroller mode:
1
= CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RC1
0
= CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RE7
In Microprocessor, Microprocessor with Boot Block and Extended Microcontroller modes
(PIC18F8X8X devices only):
1
= CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RC1
0
= CCP2 input/output is multiplexed with RB3
Note 1: If MCLR is disabled, either disable low-voltage ICSP or hold RB5/PGM low to
ensure proper entry into ICSP mode.
2: Reserved for PIC18F6X8X devices; maintain this bit set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
R/P-1
DEBUG
--
--
--
--
LVP
--
STVREN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit
1
= Background debugger disabled. RB6 and RB7 configured as general purpose I/O pins.
0
= Background debugger enabled. RB6 and RB7 are dedicated to in-circuit debug.
bit 6-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2
LVP: Low-Voltage ICSP Enable bit
1
= Low-voltage ICSP enabled
0
= Low-voltage ICSP disabled
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
STVREN: Stack Full/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1
= Stack full/underflow will cause Reset
0
= Stack full/underflow will not cause Reset
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 351
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 24-7:
CONFIG5L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300008h)
REGISTER 24-8:
CONFIG5H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300009h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
--
--
--
--
CP3
(1)
CP2
CP1
CP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
CP3: Code Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) code-protected
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX585 devices; maintain this bit set.
bit 2
CP2: Code Protection bit
1
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) code-protected
bit 1
CP1: Code Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) code-protected
bit 0
CP0: Code Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) code-protected
Legend:
R = Readable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/C-1
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CPD: Data EEPROM Code Protection bit
1
= Data EEPROM not code-protected
0
= Data EEPROM code-protected
bit 6
CPB: Boot Block Code Protection bit
1
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) not code-protected
0
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) code-protected
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 352
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-9:
CONFIG6L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ah)
REGISTER 24-10: CONFIG6H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Bh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
--
--
--
--
WRT3
(1)
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
WRT3: Write Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) write-protected
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX585 devices; maintain this bit set.
bit 2
WRT2: Write Protection bit
1
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) write-protected
bit 1
WRT1: Write Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) write-protected
bit 0
WR0: Write Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) write-protected
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WRTD: Data EEPROM Write Protection bit
1
= Data EEPROM not write-protected
0
= Data EEPROM write-protected
bit 6
WRTB: Boot Block Write Protection bit
1
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) not write-protected
0
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) write-protected
bit 5
WRTC: Configuration Register Write Protection bit
1
= Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) not write-protected
0
= Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) write-protected
bit 4-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 353
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
REGISTER 24-11: CONFIG7L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ch)
REGISTER 24-12: CONFIG7H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Dh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
(1)
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EBTR3: Table Read Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 3 (00C000-00FFFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX585 devices; maintain this bit set.
bit 2
EBTR2: Table Read Protection bit
1
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 2 (008000-00BFFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 1
EBTR1: Table Read Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 1 (004000-007FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 0
EBTR0: Table Read Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 0 (000800-003FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
U-0
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
EBTRB: Boot Block Table Read Protection bit
1
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Boot block (000000-0007FFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 354
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-13: DEVICE ID REGISTER 1 FOR PIC18FXX8X DEVICES (ADDRESS 3FFFFEh)
REGISTER 24-14:
DEVICE ID REGISTER 2 FOR PIC18FXX8X DEVICES (ADDRESS 3FFFFFh)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
DEV2:DEV0: Device ID bits
000
= PIC18F8680
001
= PIC18F6680
010
= PIC18F8585
011
= PIC18F6585
bit 4-0
REV4:REV0: Revision ID bits
These bits are used to indicate the device revision.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-1
R-0
R-1
R-0
DEV10
DEV9
DEV8
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
DEV10:DEV3: Device ID bits
These bits are used with the DEV2:DEV0 bits in the Device ID Register 1 to identify the
part number.
0000 1010
= PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 355
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
24.2
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer is a free-running, on-chip RC
oscillator which does not require any external compo-
nents. This RC oscillator is separate from the RC
oscillator of the OSC1/CLKI pin. That means that the
WDT will run even if the clock on the OSC1/CLKI and
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pins of the device has been stopped,
for example, by execution of a
SLEEP
instruction.
During normal operation, a WDT time-out generates a
device Reset (Watchdog Timer Reset). If the device is
in Sleep mode, a WDT time-out causes the device to
wake-up and continue with normal operation (Watch-
dog Timer wake-up). The TO bit in the RCON register
will be cleared upon a WDT time-out.
The Watchdog Timer is enabled/disabled by a device
configuration bit. If the WDT is enabled, software
execution may not disable this function. When the
WDTEN configuration bit is cleared, the SWDTEN bit
enables/disables the operation of the WDT.
The WDT time-out period values may be found in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics" under
parameter #31. Values for the WDT postscaler may be
assigned using the configuration bits.
24.2.1
CONTROL REGISTER
Register 24-15 shows the WDTCON register. This is a
readable and writable register which contains a control
bit that allows software to override the WDT enable
configuration bit, only when the configuration bit has
disabled the WDT.
REGISTER 24-15: WDTCON REGISTER
Note 1: The
CLRWDT
and
SLEEP
instructions
clear the WDT and the postscaler if
assigned to the WDT and prevent it from
timing out and generating a device Reset
condition.
2: When a
CLRWDT
instruction is executed
and the postscaler is assigned to the
WDT, the postscaler count will be cleared
but the postscaler assignment is not
changed.
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
SWDTEN: Software Controlled Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1
= Watchdog Timer is on
0
= Watchdog Timer is turned off if the WDTEN configuration bit in the Configuration register =
0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
- n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 356
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.2.2
WDT POSTSCALER
The WDT has a postscaler that can extend the WDT
Reset period. The postscaler is selected at the time of
the device programming by the value written to the
CONFIG2H Configuration register.
FIGURE 24-1:
WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 24-2:
SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS
Postscaler
WDT Timer
WDTEN
16-to-1 MUX
WDTPS3:WDTPS0
WDT
Time-out
16
SWDTEN bit
Configuration bit
Note:
WDPS3:WDPS0 are bits in register CONFIG2H.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CONFIG2H
--
--
--
WDTPS3
WDTPS2
WDTPS2
WDTPS0
WDTEN
RCON
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
WDTCON
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTEN
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 357
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
24.3
Power-down Mode (Sleep)
Power-down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP
instruction.
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but
keeps running, the PD bit (RCON<3>) is cleared, the
TO (RCON<4>) bit is set and the oscillator driver is
turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had
before the
SLEEP
instruction was executed (driving
high, low, or high-impedance).
For lowest current consumption in this mode, place all
I/O pins at either V
DD
or V
SS
, ensure no external cir-
cuitry is drawing current from the I/O pin, power-down
the A/D and disable external clocks. Pull all I/O pins
that are high-impedance inputs, high or low externally
to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs.
The T0CKI input should also be at V
DD
or V
SS
for low-
est current consumption. The contribution from on-chip
pull-ups on PORTB should be considered.
The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (V
IHMC
).
24.3.1
WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the
following events:
1.
External Reset input on MCLR pin.
2.
Watchdog Timer Wake-up (if WDT was
enabled).
3.
Interrupt from INT pin, RB port change or a
peripheral interrupt.
The following peripheral interrupts can wake the device
from Sleep:
1.
PSP read or write.
2.
TMR1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as an
asynchronous counter.
3.
TMR3 interrupt. Timer3 must be operating as an
asynchronous counter.
4.
CCP Capture mode interrupt.
5.
Special event trigger (Timer1 in Asynchronous
mode using an external clock).
6.
MSSP (Start/Stop) bit detect interrupt.
7.
MSSP transmit or receive in Slave mode
(SPI/I
2
C).
8.
USART RX or TX (Synchronous Slave mode).
9.
A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is RC).
10. EEPROM write operation complete.
11. LVD interrupt.
12. CAN wake-up interrupt.
Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts since
during Sleep, no on-chip clocks are present.
External MCLR Reset will cause a device Reset. All
other events are considered a continuation of program
execution and will cause a "wake-up". The TO and PD
bits in the RCON register can be used to determine the
cause of the device Reset. The PD bit which is set on
power-up is cleared when Sleep is invoked. The TO bit
is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred (and caused
wake-up).
When the
SLEEP
instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 2) is pre-fetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is
regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is
clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the
instruction after the
SLEEP
instruction. If the GIE bit is
set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after
the
SLEEP
instruction and then branches to the inter-
rupt address. In cases where the execution of the
instruction following
SLEEP
is not desirable, the user
should have a
NOP
after the
SLEEP
instruction.
24.3.2
WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
If an interrupt condition (interrupt flag bit and
interrupt enable bits are set) occurs before the
execution of a
SLEEP
instruction, the
SLEEP
instruction will complete as a
NOP
. Therefore, the
WDT and WDT postscaler will not be cleared, the
TO bit will not be set and PD bits will not be
cleared.
If the interrupt condition occurs during or after
the execution of a
SLEEP
instruction, the device
will immediately wake-up from Sleep. The
SLEEP
instruction will be completely executed before the
wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT
postscaler will be cleared, the TO bit will be set
and the PD bit will be cleared.
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP
instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the
SLEEP
instruction completes. To
determine whether a
SLEEP
instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the
SLEEP
instruction
was executed as a
NOP
.
To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a
CLRWDT
instruction should be executed before a
SLEEP
instruction.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 358
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-2:
WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
(1,2)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKO
(4)
INT pin
INTF Flag
(INTCON<1>)
GIEH bit
(INTCON<7>)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC
PC+2
PC+4
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC - 1)
Inst(PC + 2)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency
(3)
Inst(PC + 4)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(0008h)
Inst(000Ah)
Inst(0008h)
Dummy Cycle
PC + 4
0008h
000Ah
Dummy Cycle
T
OST
(2)
PC+4
Note
1:
XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assumed.
2:
GIE =
1
assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE =
0
, execution will continue in-line.
3:
T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale). This delay will not occur for RC and EC Oscillator modes.
4:
CLKO is not available in these oscillator modes but shown here for timing reference.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 359
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
24.4
Program Verification and
Code Protection
The overall structure of the code protection on the
PIC18 Flash devices differs significantly from other
PICmicro
devices.
The user program memory is divided on binary bound-
aries into four blocks of 16 Kbytes each. The first block
is further divided into a boot block of 2048 bytes and a
second block (Block 0) of 14 Kbytes.
Each of the blocks has three code protection bits
associated with them. They are:
Code-Protect bit (CPn)
Write-Protect bit (WRTn)
External Block Table Read bit (EBTRn)
Figure 24-3 shows the program memory organization
for 48 and 64-Kbyte devices and the specific code
protection bit associated with each block. The actual
locations of the bits are summarized in Table 24-3.
FIGURE 24-3:
CODE-PROTECTED PROGRAM MEMORY FOR PIC18FXX8X DEVICES
TABLE 24-3:
SUMMARY OF CODE PROTECTION REGISTERS
MEMORY SIZE/DEVICE
Block Code Protection
Controlled By:
48 Kbytes
(PIC18FX585
64 Kbytes
(PIC18FX680)
Address
Range
Boot Block
Boot Block
000000h
0007FFh
CPB, WRTB, EBTRB
Block 0
Block 0
000800h
003FFFh
CP0, WRT0, EBTR0
Block 1
Block 1
004000h
007FFFh
CP1, WRT1, EBTR1
Block 2
Block 2
008000h
00BFFFh
CP2, WRT2, EBTR2
Unimplemented Read `
0
'
Block 3
00C000h
00FFFFh
CP3, WRT3, EBTR3
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
300008h
CONFIG5L
--
--
--
--
CP3
(1)
CP2
CP1
CP0
300009h
CONFIG5H
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
30000Ah
CONFIG6L
--
--
--
--
WRT3
(1)
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
30000Bh
CONFIG6H
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
30000Ch
CONFIG7L
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
(1)
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
30000Dh
CONFIG7H
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
Legend: Shaded cells are unimplemented.
Note 1:
Unimplemented in PIC18FX585 devices.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 360
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.4.1
PROGRAM MEMORY
CODE PROTECTION
The user memory may be read to or written from any
location using the table read and table write instruc-
tions. The device ID may be read with table reads. The
Configuration registers may be read and written with
the table read and table write instructions.
In User mode, the CPn bits have no direct effect. CPn
bits inhibit external reads and writes. A block of user
memory may be protected from table writes if the
WRTn configuration bit is `
0
'. The EBTRn bits control
table reads. For a block of user memory with the
EBTRn bit set to `
0
', a table read instruction that exe-
cutes from within that block is allowed to read. A table
read instruction that executes from a location outside of
that block is not allowed to read and will result in read-
ing `
0
's. Figures 24-4 through 24-6 illustrate table write
and table read protection.
FIGURE 24-4:
TABLE WRITE (WRTn) DISALLOWED
Note:
Code protection bits may only be written to
a `
0
' from a `
1
' state. It is not possible to
write a `
1
' to a bit in the `
0
' state. Code
protection bits are only set to `
1
' by a full
chip erase or block erase function. The full
chip erase and block erase functions can
only be initiated via ICSP or an external
programmer.
000000h
0007FFh
000800h
003FFFh
004000h
007FFFh
008000h
00BFFFh
00C000h
00FFFFh
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
01
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLWT *
TBLPTR = 000FFFh
PC = 003FFEh
TBLWT *
PC = 008FFEh
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
Results: All table writes disabled to Block n whenever WRTn =
0
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 361
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 24-5:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) DISALLOWED
FIGURE 24-6:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) ALLOWED
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
10
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLRD *
TBLPTR = 000FFFh
PC = 004FFEh
Results: All table reads from external blocks to Block n are disabled whenever EBTRn =
0
.
TABLAT register returns a value of `
0
'.
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
0007FFh
000800h
003FFFh
004000h
007FFFh
008000h
00BFFFh
00C000h
00FFFFh
000000h
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
10
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLRD *
TBLPTR = 000FFFh
PC = 003FFEh
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
Results: Table reads permitted within Block n even when EBTRBn =
0
.
TABLAT register returns the value of the data at the location TBLPTR.
0007FFh
000800h
003FFFh
004000h
007FFFh
008000h
00BFFFh
00C000h
00FFFFh
000000h
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 362
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.4.2
DATA EEPROM CODE
PROTECTION
The entire data EEPROM is protected from external
reads and writes by two bits: CPD and WRTD. CPD
inhibits external reads and writes of data EEPROM.
WRTD inhibits external writes to data EEPROM. The
CPU can continue to read and write data EEPROM
regardless of the protection bit settings.
24.4.3
CONFIGURATION REGISTER
PROTECTION
The Configuration registers can be write-protected. The
WRTC bit controls protection of the Configuration regis-
ters. In User mode, the WRTC bit is readable only. WRTC
can only be written via ICSP or an external programmer.
24.5
ID Locations
Eight memory locations (200000h-200007h) are
designated as ID locations where the user can store
checksum or other code identification numbers. These
locations are accessible during normal execution
through the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions or during
program/verify. The ID locations can be read when the
device is code-protected.
24.6
In-Circuit Serial Programming
PIC18FXX80/XX85 microcontrollers can be serially
programmed while in the end application circuit. This is
simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three
other lines for power, ground and the programming
voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards
with unprogrammed devices and then program the
microcontroller just before shipping the product. This
also allows the most recent firmware or a custom
firmware to be programmed.
24.7
In-Circuit Debugger
When the DEBUG bit in Configuration register,
CONFIG4L, is programmed to a `
0
', the in-circuit
debugger functionality is enabled. This function allows
simple debugging functions when used with MPLAB
IDE. When the microcontroller has this feature
enabled, some of the resources are not available for
general use. Table 24-4 shows which features are
consumed by the background debugger.
TABLE 24-4:
DEBUGGER RESOURCES
To use the in-circuit debugger function of the micro-
controller, the design must implement In-Circuit Serial
Programming connections to MCLR/V
PP
, V
DD
, GND,
RB7 and RB6. This will interface to the in-circuit
debugger module available from Microchip or one of
the third party development tool companies.
I/O pins
RB6, RB7
Stack
2 levels
Program Memory
512 bytes
Data Memory
10 bytes
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 363
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
24.8
Low-Voltage ICSP Programming
The LVP bit in Configuration register, CONFIG4L,
enables Low-Voltage ICSP Programming. This mode
allows the microcontroller to be programmed via ICSP
using a V
DD
source in the operating voltage range. This
only means that V
PP
does not have to be brought to V
IHH
but can instead be left at the normal operating voltage.
In this mode, the RB5/KBI1/PGM pin is dedicated to the
programming function and ceases to be a general pur-
pose I/O pin. During programming, V
DD
is applied to the
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
pin. To enter Programming mode, V
DD
must be applied to the RB5/KBI1/PGM pin, provided the
LVP bit is set. The LVP bit defaults to a `
1
' from the
factory.
If Low-Voltage Programming mode is not used, the LVP
bit can be programmed to a `
0
' and RB5/KBI1/PGM
becomes a digital I/O pin. However, the LVP bit may
only be programmed when programming is entered
with V
IHH
on RG5/MCLR/V
PP
.
It should be noted that once the LVP bit is programmed
to `
0
', only the High-Voltage Programming mode is
available and only High-Voltage Programming mode
can be used to program the device.
When using low-voltage ICSP, the part must be sup-
plied 4.5V to 5.5V if a bulk erase will be executed. This
includes reprogramming of the code-protect bits from
an on-state to an off-state. For all other cases of low-
voltage ICSP, the part may be programmed at the
normal operating voltage. This means unique user IDs
or user code can be reprogrammed or added.
Note 1: The High-Voltage Programming mode is
always available regardless of the state of
the LVP bit, by applying V
IHH
to the MCLR
pin.
2: While in Low-Voltage ICSP mode, the
RB5 pin can no longer be used as a
general purpose I/O pin and should be
held low during normal operation.
3: When using Low-Voltage ICSP Program-
ming (LVP) and the pull-ups on PORTB
are enabled, bit 5 in the TRISB register
must be cleared to disable the pull-up on
RB5 and ensure the proper operation of
the device.
4: If the device Master Clear is disabled,
verify that either of the following is done to
ensure proper entry into ICSP mode:
a) disable Low-Voltage Programming
(CONFIG4L<2> =
0
); or
b) make certain that RB5/KBI1/PGM is
held low during entry into ICSP.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 364
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 365
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
25.0
INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
The PIC18 instruction set adds many enhancements to
the previous PICmicro instruction sets, while maintain-
ing an easy migration from these PICmicro instruction
sets.
Most instructions are a single program memory word
(16 bits) but there are three instructions that require two
program memory locations.
Each single-word instruction is a 16-bit word divided
into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and
one or more operands, which further specify the
operation of the instruction.
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped
into four basic categories:
Byte-oriented operations
Bit-oriented operations
Literal operations
Control operations
The PIC18 instruction set summary in Table 25-2 lists
byte-oriented, bit-oriented, literal and control
operations. Table 25-1 shows the opcode field
descriptions.
Most byte-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
The file register (specified by `f')
2.
The destination of the result (specified by `d')
3.
The accessed memory (specified by `a')
The file register designator `f' specifies which file
register is to be used by the instruction.
The destination designator `d' specifies where the
result of the operation is to be placed. If `d' is zero, the
result is placed in the WREG register. If `d' is one, the
result is placed in the file register specified in the
instruction.
All bit-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
The file register (specified by `f')
2.
The bit in the file register (specified by `b')
3.
The accessed memory (specified by `a')
The bit field designator `b' selects the number of the bit
affected by the operation, while the file register desig-
nator `f' represents the number of the file in which the
bit is located.
The literal instructions may use some of the following
operands:
A literal value to be loaded into a file register
(specified by `k')
The desired FSR register to load the literal value
into (specified by `f')
No operand required (specified by `--')
The control instructions may use some of the following
operands:
A program memory address (specified by `n')
The mode of the call or return instructions
(specified by `s')
The mode of the table read and table write
instructions (specified by `m')
No operand required (specified by `--')
All instructions are a single word except for three
double-word instructions. These three instructions
were made double-word instructions so that all the
required information is available in these 32 bits. In the
second word, the 4 MSbs are `
1
's. If this second word
is executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute
as a
NOP
.
All single-word instructions are executed in a single
instruction cycle unless a conditional test is true or the
program counter is changed as a result of the instruc-
tion. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction
cycles with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed
as a
NOP
.
The double-word instructions execute in two instruction
cycles.
One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods.
Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal
instruction execution time is 1
s. If a conditional test is
true or the program counter is changed as a result of an
instruction, the instruction execution time is 2
s.
Two-word branch instructions (if true) would take 3
s.
Figure 25-1 shows the general formats that the
instructions can have.
All examples use the format `
nnh
' to represent a hexa-
decimal number, where `
h
' signifies a hexadecimal
digit.
The Instruction Set Summary, shown in Table 25-2,
lists the instructions recognized by the Microchip
Assembler (MPASM
TM
).
Section 25.1 "Instruction Set" provides a description
of each instruction.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 366
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-1:
OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Field
Description
a
RAM access bit
a =
0
: RAM location in Access RAM (BSR register is ignored)
a =
1
: RAM bank is specified by BSR register
bbb
Bit address within an 8-bit file register (0 to 7).
BSR
Bank Select Register. Used to select the current RAM bank.
d
Destination select bit
d =
0
: store result in WREG
d =
1
: store result in file register f
dest
Destination either the WREG register or the specified register file location.
f
8-bit register file address (0x00 to 0xFF).
fs
12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the source address.
fd
12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the destination address.
k
Literal field, constant data or label (may be either an 8-bit, 12-bit or a 20-bit value).
label
Label name.
mm
The mode of the TBLPTR register for the table read and table write instructions.
Only used with table read and table write instructions:
*
No change to register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
*+
Post-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
*-
Post-Decrement register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
+*
Pre-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes).
n
The relative address (2's complement number) for relative branch instructions, or the direct address for
call/branch and return instructions.
PRODH
Product of Multiply High Byte.
PRODL
Product of Multiply Low Byte.
s
Fast Call/Return mode select bit
s =
0
: do not update into/from shadow registers
s =
1
: certain registers loaded into/from shadow registers (Fast mode)
u
Unused or unchanged.
WREG
Working register (accumulator).
x
Don't care (0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x =
0
. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all
Microchip software tools.
TBLPTR
21-bit Table Pointer (points to a program memory location).
TABLAT
8-bit Table Latch.
TOS
Top-of-Stack.
PC
Program Counter.
PCL
Program Counter Low Byte.
PCH
Program Counter High Byte.
PCLATH
Program Counter High Byte Latch.
PCLATU
Program Counter Upper Byte Latch.
GIE
Global Interrupt Enable bit.
WDT
Watchdog Timer.
TO
Time-out bit.
PD
Power-down bit.
C, DC, Z, OV, N
ALU status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Zero, Overflow, Negative.
[ ]
Optional.
( )
Contents.
Assigned to.
< >
Register bit field.
In the set of.
italics
User defined term (font is courier).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 367
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 25-1:
GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
15 10 9 8 7 0
d =
0
for result destination to be WREG register
OPCODE d a f (FILE #)
d =
1
for result destination to be file register (f)
a =
0
to force Access Bank
Bit-oriented file register operations
15 12 11 9 8 7 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) a f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit position of bit in file register (f)
Literal operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
Byte to Byte move operations (2-word)
15 12 11 0
OPCODE f (Source FILE #)
CALL, GOTO and Branch operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
n = 20-bit immediate value
a =
1
for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
a =
0
to force Access Bank
a =
1
for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
15 12 11 0
1111
n<19:8> (literal)
15 12 11 0
1111
f (Destination FILE #)
f = 12-bit file register address
Control operations
Example Instruction
ADDWF MYREG, W, B
MOVFF MYREG1, MYREG2
BSF MYREG, bit, B
MOVLW 0x7F
GOTO Label
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
15 12 11 0
n<19:8> (literal)
CALL MYFUNC
15 11 10 0
OPCODE n<10:0> (literal)
S = Fast bit
BRA MYFUNC
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
BC MYFUNC
S
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 368
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
CLRF
COMF
CPFSEQ
CPFSGT
CPFSLT
DECF
DECFSZ
DCFSNZ
INCF
INCFSZ
INFSNZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVFF
MOVWF
MULWF
NEGF
RLCF
RLNCF
RRCF
RRNCF
SETF
SUBFWB
SUBWF
SUBWFB
SWAPF
TSTFSZ
XORWF
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f
s
, f
d
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
Add WREG and f
Add WREG and Carry bit to f
AND WREG with f
Clear f
Complement f
Compare f with WREG, Skip =
Compare f with WREG, Skip >
Compare f with WREG, Skip <
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Decrement f, Skip if Not 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if Not 0
Inclusive OR WREG with f
Move f
Move f
s
(source) to 1st word
f
d
(destination) 2nd word
Move WREG to f
Multiply WREG with f
Negate f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Left f (No Carry)
Rotate Right f through Carry
Rotate Right f (No Carry)
Set f
Subtract f from WREG with
borrow
Subtract WREG from f
Subtract WREG from f with
borrow
Swap nibbles in f
Test f, Skip if 0
Exclusive OR WREG with f
1
1
1
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1
0010
0010
0001
0110
0001
0110
0110
0110
0000
0010
0100
0010
0011
0100
0001
0101
1100
1111
0110
0000
0110
0011
0100
0011
0100
0110
0101
0101
0101
0011
0110
0001
01da
00da
01da
101a
11da
001a
010a
000a
01da
11da
11da
10da
11da
10da
00da
00da
ffff
ffff
111a
001a
110a
01da
01da
00da
00da
100a
01da
11da
10da
10da
011a
10da
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z
Z, N
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
Z, N
Z, N
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, Z, N
Z, N
C, Z, N
Z, N
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
Z, N
1, 2
1, 2
1,2
2
1, 2
4
4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
4
1, 2
1, 2
1
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
4
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
BTG
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, d, a
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Bit Toggle f
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1001
1000
1011
1010
0111
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
None
None
None
None
None
1, 2
1, 2
3, 4
3, 4
1, 2
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 369
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BC
BN
BNC
BNN
BNOV
BNZ
BOV
BRA
BZ
CALL
CLRWDT
DAW
GOTO
NOP
NOP
POP
PUSH
RCALL
RESET
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
SLEEP
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n, s
--
--
n
--
--
--
--
n
s
k
s
--
Branch if Carry
Branch if Negative
Branch if Not Carry
Branch if Not Negative
Branch if Not Overflow
Branch if Not Zero
Branch if Overflow
Branch Unconditionally
Branch if Zero
Call subroutine 1st word
2nd word
Clear Watchdog Timer
Decimal Adjust WREG
Go to address 1st word
2nd word
No Operation
No Operation
Pop top of return stack (TOS)
Push top of return stack (TOS)
Relative Call
Software device Reset
Return from interrupt enable
Return with literal in WREG
Return from Subroutine
Go into Standby mode
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
2
1 (2)
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1101
1110
1110
1111
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
1111
0000
0000
1101
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0010
0110
0011
0111
0101
0001
0100
0nnn
0000
110s
kkkk
0000
0000
1111
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
1nnn
0000
0000
1100
0000
0000
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0000
0000
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
nnnn
1111
0001
kkkk
0001
0000
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0100
0111
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0110
0101
nnnn
1111
000s
kkkk
001s
0011
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
TO
,
PD
C
None
None
None
None
None
None
All
GIE/GIEH,
PEIE/GIEL
None
None
TO
,
PD
4
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 370
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
LFSR
MOVLB
MOVLW
MULLW
RETLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
f, k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and WREG
AND literal with WREG
Inclusive OR literal with WREG
Move literal (12-bit) 2nd word
to FSRx 1st word
Move literal to BSR<3:0>
Move literal to WREG
Multiply literal with WREG
Return with literal in WREG
Subtract WREG from literal
Exclusive OR literal with WREG
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
0000
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1111
1011
1001
1110
0000
0001
1110
1101
1100
1000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
00ff
kkkk
0000
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z, N
None
None
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
DATA MEMORY
PROGRAM MEMORY OPERATIONS
TBLRD*
TBLRD*+
TBLRD*-
TBLRD+*
TBLWT*
TBLWT*+
TBLWT*-
TBLWT+*
Table Read
Table Read with post-increment
Table Read with post-decrement
Table Read with pre-increment
Table Write
Table Write with post-increment
Table Write with post-decrement
Table Write with pre-increment
2
2 (5)
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be that
value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input and is
driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are two-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 371
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
25.1
Instruction Set
ADDLW
ADD literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) + k
W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1111
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are added to the
8-bit literal `k' and the result is
placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
ADDLW
0x15
Before Instruction
W
=
0x10
After Instruction
W = 0x25
ADDWF
ADD W to f
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDWF f [,d [,a] f [,d [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) + (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0010
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Add W to register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the
result is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is stored back in register `d'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected. If `a' is `
1
',
the BSR is used.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ADDWF
REG,
0, 0
Before Instruction
W
=
0x17
REG
=
0xC2
After Instruction
W
=
0xD9
REG
=
0xC2
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 372
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
ADDWFC
ADD W and Carry bit to f
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDWFC f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) + (f) + (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N,OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0010
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Add W, the Carry Flag and data
memory location `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the
result is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is placed in data memory loca-
tion `f'. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected. If `a' is `
1
', the BSR
will not be overridden.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ADDWFC
REG,
0, 1
Before Instruction
Carry bit =
1
REG
=
0x02
W
=
0x4D
After Instruction
Carry bit =
0
REG
=
0x02
W
=
0x50
ANDLW
AND literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] ANDLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .AND. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1011
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are ANDed with
the 8-bit literal `k'. The result is
placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
ANDLW
0x5F
Before Instruction
W
=
0xA3
After Instruction
W
=
0x03
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 373
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
ANDWF
AND W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] ANDWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .AND. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of W are AND'ed with
register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored back in register `f' (default).
If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected. If `a' is `
1
', the BSR will
not be overridden (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ANDWF
REG,
0, 0
Before Instruction
W
=
0x17
REG
=
0xC2
After Instruction
W
=
0x02
REG
=
0xC2
BC
Branch if Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] BC n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if carry bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0010
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Carry bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BC
5
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Carry
=
1;
PC
=
address
(HERE+12)
If Carry
=
0;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 374
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BCF
Bit Clear f
Syntax:
[ label ] BCF f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
0
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1001
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in register `f' is cleared. If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BCF
FLAG_REG, 7, 0
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0xC7
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
BN
Branch if Negative
Syntax:
[ label ] BN n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if negative bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0110
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Negative bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BN
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Negative = 1;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Negative = 0;
PC
= address
(HERE+2)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 375
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
BNC
Branch if Not Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] BNC n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if carry bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0011
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Carry bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNC
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Carry
=
0;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Carry
=
1;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
BNN
Branch if Not Negative
Syntax:
[ label ] BNN n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if negative bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0111
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Negative bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNN
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Negative
=
0;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Negative
=
1;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 376
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BNOV
Branch if Not Overflow
Syntax:
[ label ] BNOV n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if overflow bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0101
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Overflow bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNOV
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Overflow
=
0;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Overflow
=
1;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
BNZ
Branch if Not Zero
Syntax:
[ label ] BNZ n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if zero bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0001
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Zero bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNZ
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Zero
=
0;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Zero
=
1;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 377
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
BRA
Unconditional Branch
Syntax:
[ label ] BRA n
Operands:
-1024
n
1023
Operation:
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1101
0nnn
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
Add the 2's complement number
`2n' to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BRA
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC
= address
(Jump)
BSF
Bit Set f
Syntax:
[ label ] BSF f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
1
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1000
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in register `f' is set. If `a' is `
0
',
Access Bank will be selected, over-
riding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BSF
FLAG_REG, 7, 1
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x0A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x8A
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 378
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BTFSC
Bit Test File, Skip if Clear
Syntax:
[ label ] BTFSC f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if (f<b>) =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1011
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
If bit `b' in register `f' is `
0
', then the
next instruction is skipped.
If bit `b' is `
0
', then the next
instruction fetched during the current
instruction execution is discarded
and a
NOP
is executed instead,
making this a two-cycle instruction. If
`a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value. If
`a' =
1
, then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSC
:
:
FLAG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
=
0;
PC
=
address
(TRUE)
If FLAG<1>
=
1;
PC
=
address
(FALSE)
BTFSS
Bit Test File, Skip if Set
Syntax:
[ label ] BTFSS f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b < 7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if (f<b>) =
1
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1010
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
If bit `b' in register `f' is `
1
', then the
next instruction is skipped.
If bit `b' is `
1
', then the next
instruction fetched during the
current instruction execution is
discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making this a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding the
BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank
will be selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSS
:
:
FLAG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
PC
= address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
=
0;
PC
=
address
(FALSE)
If FLAG<1>
=
1;
PC
=
address
(TRUE)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 379
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
BTG
Bit Toggle f
Syntax:
[ label ] BTG f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b < 7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<b>)
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0111
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in data memory location `f' is
inverted. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BTG
PORTC,
4, 0
Before Instruction:
PORTC
=
0111 0101
[0x75]
After Instruction:
PORTC
=
0110 0101
[0x65]
BOV
Branch if Overflow
Syntax:
[ label ] BOV n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if overflow bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0100
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Overflow bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BOV
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Overflow
=
1;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Overflow
=
0;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 380
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BZ
Branch if Zero
Syntax:
[ label ] BZ n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Zero bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0000
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Zero bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC+2+2n. This instruction is then
a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BZ
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Zero
=
1;
PC
=
address
(Jump)
If Zero
=
0;
PC
=
address
(HERE+2)
CALL
Subroutine Call
Syntax:
[ label ] CALL k [,s]
Operands:
0
k
1048575
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(PC) + 4
TOS,
k
PC<20:1>,
if s =
1
(W)
WS,
(STATUS)
STATUSS,
(BSR)
BSRS
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
110s
k
19
kkk
k
7
kkk
kkkk
kkkk
0
kkkk
8
Description:
Subroutine call of entire 2-Mbyte
memory range. First, return
address (PC+ 4) is pushed onto the
return stack. If `s' =
1
, the W,
Status and BSR registers are also
pushed into their respective
shadow registers, WS, STATUSS
and BSRS. If `s' =
0
, no update
occurs (default). Then, the 20-bit
value `k' is loaded into PC<20:1>.
CALL
is a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'<7:0>,
Push PC to
stack
Read literal
`k'<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
CALL THERE,1
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC
=
address
(THERE)
TOS
=
address
(HERE + 4)
WS
=
W
BSRS
=
BSR
STATUSS = STATUS
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 381
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
CLRF
Clear f
Syntax:
[ label ] CLRF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
000h
f
1
Z
Status Affected:
Z
Encoding:
0110
101a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Clears the contents of the specified
register. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
CLRF
FLAG_REG,1
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x5A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x00
CLRWDT
Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax:
[ label ] CLRWDT
Operands:
None
Operation:
000h
WDT,
000h
WDT postscaler,
1
TO,
1
PD
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0100
Description:
CLRWDT
instruction resets the
Watchdog Timer. It also resets the
postscaler of the WDT. Status bits
TO and PD are set.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
CLRWDT
Before Instruction
WDT Counter
=
?
After Instruction
WDT Counter
=
0x00
WDT Postscaler
=
0
TO
=
1
PD
=
1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 382
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
COMF
Complement f
Syntax:
[ label ] COMF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are com-
plemented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored back in register `f' (default).
If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
COMF
REG,
0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x13
After Instruction
REG
=
0x13
W
=
0xEC
( f )
CPFSEQ
Compare f with W, skip if f = W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSEQ f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W),
skip if (f) = (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
001a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data
memory location `f' to the contents
of W by performing an unsigned
subtraction.
If `f' = W
,
then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a
NOP
is executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
,
then the bank will be selected as
per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSEQ REG, 0
NEQUAL :
EQUAL :
Before Instruction
PC Address
=
HERE
W
=
?
REG
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
=
W;
PC
=
Address
(EQUAL)
If REG
W;
PC
=
Address
(NEQUAL)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 383
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
CPFSGT
Compare f with W, skip if f > W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSGT f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f)
- (
W),
skip if (f) > (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
010a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data
memory location `f' to the contents
of the W by performing an
unsigned subtraction.
If the contents of `f' are greater than
the contents of WREG
,
then the
fetched instruction is discarded and
a
NOP
is executed instead, making
this a two-cycle instruction. If `a' is
`
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSGT REG, 0
NGREATER :
GREATER :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
W
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
>
W;
PC
=
Address
(GREATER)
If REG
W;
PC
=
Address
(NGREATER)
CPFSLT
Compare f with W, skip if f < W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSLT f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f)
(
W),
skip if (f) < (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
000a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data
memory location `f' to the contents
of W by performing an unsigned
subtraction.
If the contents of `f' are less than
the contents of W, then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a
NOP
is executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected. If 'a'
is `
1
', the BSR will not be overrid-
den (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSLT REG, 1
NLESS :
LESS :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
W
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
<
W;
PC
=
Address
(LESS)
If REG
W;
PC
=
Address
(NLESS)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 384
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DAW
Decimal Adjust W Register
Syntax:
[ label ] DAW
Operands:
None
Operation:
If [W<3:0> >9] or [DC = 1] then
(W<3:0>) + 6
W<3:0>;
else
(
W<3:0>)
W<3:0>;
If [W<7:4> >9] or [C = 1] then
(
W<7:4>) + 6
W<7:4>;
else
(W<7:4>)
W<7:4>;
Status Affected:
C
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0111
Description:
DAW
adjusts the eight-bit value in
W, resulting from the earlier
addition of two variables (each in
packed BCD format) and produces
a correct packed BCD result.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register W
Process
Data
Write
W
Example1:
DAW
Before Instruction
W
=
0xA5
C
=
0
DC
=
0
After Instruction
W
=
0x05
C
=
1
DC
=
0
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W
=
0xCE
C
=
0
DC
=
0
After Instruction
W
=
0x34
C
=
1
DC
=
0
DECF
Decrement f
Syntax:
[ label ] DECF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Encoding:
0000
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Decrement register `f'. If `d' is `
0
',
the result is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
',
the result is stored back in register
`f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
DECF CNT,
1, 0
Before Instruction
CNT
=
0x01
Z
=
0
After Instruction
CNT
=
0x00
Z
=
1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 385
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DECFSZ
Decrement f, skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ] DECFSZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest,
skip if result =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0010
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
decremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default).
If the result is `
0
', the next
instruction which is already fetched
is discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE DECFSZ CNT, 1, 1
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
CNT
=
CNT - 1
If CNT
=
0;
PC
=
Address
(CONTINUE)
If CNT
0;
PC
=
Address
(HERE+2)
DCFSNZ
Decrement f, skip if not 0
Syntax:
[ label ] DCFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest,
skip if result
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0100
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
decremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default).
If the result is not `
0
', the next
instruction which is already fetched
is discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE DCFSNZ TEMP, 1, 0
ZERO :
NZERO :
Before Instruction
TEMP
=
?
After Instruction
TEMP
=
TEMP - 1,
If TEMP
=
0;
PC
=
Address
(ZERO)
If TEMP
0;
PC
=
Address
(NZERO)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 386
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
GOTO
Unconditional Branch
Syntax:
[ label ] GOTO k
Operands:
0
k
1048575
Operation:
k
PC<20:1>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
1111
k
19
kkk
k
7
kkk
kkkk
kkkk
0
kkkk
8
Description:
GOTO
allows an unconditional
branch anywhere within entire
2-Mbyte memory range. The 20-bit
value `k' is loaded into PC<20:1>.
GOTO
is always a two-cycle
instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'<7:0>,
No
operation
Read literal
`k'<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
GOTO THERE
After Instruction
PC =
Address
(THERE)
INCF
Increment f
Syntax:
[ label ] INCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Encoding:
0010
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
INCF
CNT,
1, 0
Before Instruction
CNT
=
0xFF
Z
=
0
C
=
?
DC
=
?
After Instruction
CNT
=
0x00
Z
=
1
C
=
1
DC
=
1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 387
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
INCFSZ
Increment f, skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ] INCFSZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest,
skip if result =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0011
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default).
If the result is `
0
', the next instruc-
tion which is already fetched is
discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE INCFSZ CNT, 1, 0
NZERO :
ZERO :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
CNT
=
CNT + 1
If CNT
=
0;
PC
=
Address
(ZERO)
If CNT
0;
PC
=
Address
(NZERO)
INFSNZ
Increment f, skip if not 0
Syntax:
[ label ] INFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest,
skip if result
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0100
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default).
If the result is not `
0
', the next
instruction which is already fetched
is discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE INFSNZ REG, 1, 0
ZERO
NZERO
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
REG
=
REG + 1
If REG
0;
PC
=
Address
(NZERO)
If REG
=
0;
PC
=
Address
(ZERO)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 388
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
IORLW
Inclusive OR literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] IORLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .OR. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are OR'ed with
the eight-bit literal `k'. The result is
placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
IORLW
0x35
Before Instruction
W
=
0x9A
After Instruction
W
=
0xBF
IORWF
Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] IORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .OR. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Inclusive OR W with register `f'. If
`d' is `
0
', the result is placed in W. If
`d' is `
1
', the result is placed back in
register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
,
then the bank will be selected as
per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
IORWF RESULT, 0, 1
Before Instruction
RESULT =
0x13
W
=
0x91
After Instruction
RESULT =
0x13
W
=
0x93
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 389
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
LFSR
Load FSR
Syntax:
[ label ] LFSR f,k
Operands:
0
f
2
0
k
4095
Operation:
k
FSRf
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
1111
1110
0000
00ff
k
7
kkk
k
11
kkk
kkkk
Description:
The 12-bit literal `k' is loaded into
the file select register pointed to
by `f'.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k' MSB
Process
Data
Write
literal `k'
MSB to
FSRfH
Decode
Read literal
`k' LSB
Process
Data
Write literal
`k' to FSRfL
Example:
LFSR 2, 0x3AB
After Instruction
FSR2H =
0x03
FSR2L
=
0xAB
MOVF
Move f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
f
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0101
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
moved to a destination dependent
upon the status of `d'. If `d' is `
0
', the
result is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is placed back in register `f'
(default). Location `f' can be any-
where in the 256-byte bank. If `a' is
`
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write W
Example:
MOVF REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x22
W
=
0xFF
After Instruction
REG
=
0x22
W
=
0x22
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 390
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
MOVFF
Move f to f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVFF f
s
,f
d
Operands:
0
f
s
4095
0
f
d
4095
Operation:
(f
s
)
f
d
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (source)
2nd word (destin.)
1100
1111
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
fff
f
s
fff
f
d
Description:
The contents of source register `f
s
'
are moved to destination register
`f
d
'. Location of source `f
s
' can be
anywhere in the 4096-byte data
space (000h to FFFh) and location
of destination `f
d
' can also be
anywhere from 000h to FFFh.
Either source or destination can be
W (a useful special situation).
MOVFF
is particularly useful for
transferring a data memory location
to a peripheral register (such as the
transmit buffer or an I/O port).
The
MOVFF
instruction cannot use
the PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as
the destination register
Words:
2
Cycles:
2 (3)
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
(src)
Process
Data
No
operation
Decode
No
operation
No dummy
read
No
operation
Write
register `f'
(dest)
Example:
MOVFF REG1, REG2
Before Instruction
REG1
=
0x33
REG2
=
0x11
After Instruction
REG1
=
0x33,
REG2
=
0x33
MOVLB
Move literal to low nibble in BSR
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVLB k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
BSR
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The 8-bit literal `k' is loaded into
the Bank Select Register (BSR).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'
Process
Data
Write
literal `k' to
BSR
Example:
MOVLB
5
Before Instruction
BSR register
=
0x02
After Instruction
BSR register
=
0x05
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 391
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
MOVLW
Move literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
W
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1110
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The eight-bit literal `k' is loaded into
W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
MOVLW
0x5A
After Instruction
W
=
0x5A
MOVWF
Move W to f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVWF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W)
f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
111a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Move data from W to register `f'.
Location `f' can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected, over-
riding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
MOVWF
REG, 0
Before Instruction
W
=
0x4F
REG
=
0xFF
After Instruction
W
=
0x4F
REG
=
0x4F
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 392
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
MULLW
Multiply Literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] MULLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) x k
PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1101
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
An unsigned multiplication is
carried out between the contents
of W and the 8-bit literal `k'. The
16-bit result is placed in
PRODH:PRODL register pair.
PRODH contains the high byte.
W is unchanged.
None of the status flags are
affected.
Note that neither overflow nor
carry is possible in this
operation. A zero result is
possible but not detected.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
Example:
MULLW 0xC4
Before Instruction
W
=
0xE2
PRODH
=
?
PRODL
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0xE2
PRODH
=
0xAD
PRODL
=
0x08
MULWF
Multiply W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] MULWF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) x (f)
PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
001a
ffff
ffff
Description:'
An unsigned multiplication is
carried out between the contents
of W and the register file location
`f'. The 16-bit result is stored in
the PRODH:PRODL register
pair. PRODH contains the high
byte.
Both W and `f' are unchanged.
None of the status flags are
affected.
Note that neither overflow nor
carry is possible in this
operation. A zero result is
possible but not detected. If `a' is
`
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank
will be selected as per the BSR
value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
Example:
MULWF REG, 1
Before Instruction
W
=
0xC4
REG
=
0xB5
PRODH
=
?
PRODL
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0xC4
REG
=
0xB5
PRODH
=
0x8A
PRODL
=
0x94
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 393
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
NEGF
Negate f
Syntax:
[ label ] NEGF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
( f ) + 1
f
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0110
110a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Location `f' is negated using two's
complement. The result is placed in
the data memory location `f'. If `a' is
`
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
NEGF
REG, 1
Before Instruction
REG
=
0011 1010
[0x3A]
After Instruction
REG
=
1100 0110
[0xC6]
NOP
No Operation
Syntax:
[ label ] NOP
Operands:
None
Operation:
No operation
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1111
0000
xxxx
0000
xxxx
0000
xxxx
Description:
No operation.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
None.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 394
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
POP
Pop Top of Return Stack
Syntax:
[ label ] POP
Operands:
None
Operation:
(TOS)
bit bucket
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0110
Description:
The TOS value is pulled off the
return stack and is discarded. The
TOS value then becomes the
previous value that was pushed
onto the return stack.
This instruction is provided to
enable the user to properly manage
the return stack to incorporate a
software stack.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
POP TOS
value
No
operation
Example:
POP
GOTO
NEW
Before Instruction
TOS
=
0031A2h
Stack (1 level down)=
014332h
After Instruction
TOS
=
014332h
PC
=
NEW
PUSH
Push Top of Return Stack
Syntax:
[ label ] PUSH
Operands:
None
Operation:
(PC+2)
TOS
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0101
Description:
The PC+2 is pushed onto the top of
the return stack. The previous TOS
value is pushed down on the stack.
This instruction allows implement-
ing a software stack by modifying
TOS, and then pushing it onto the
return stack.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
PUSH PC+2
onto return
stack
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
PUSH
Before Instruction
TOS
=
00345Ah
PC
=
000124h
After Instruction
PC
=
000126h
TOS
=
000126h
Stack (1 level down)=
00345Ah
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 395
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RCALL
Relative Call
Syntax:
[ label ] RCALL n
Operands:
-1024
n
1023
Operation:
(PC) + 2
TOS,
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1101
1nnn
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
Subroutine call with a jump up to
1K from the current location. First,
return address (PC+2) is pushed
onto the stack. Then, add the 2's
complement number `2n' to the PC.
Since the PC will have incremented
to fetch the next instruction, the
new address will be PC+2+2n. This
instruction is a two-cycle
instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Push PC to
stack
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
RCALL
Jump
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC =
Address
(Jump)
TOS =
Address
(HERE+2)
RESET
Reset
Syntax:
[ label ] RESET
Operands:
None
Operation:
Reset all registers and flags that
are affected by a MCLR Reset.
Status Affected:
All
Encoding:
0000
0000
1111
1111
Description:
This instruction provides a way to
execute a MCLR Reset in software.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Start
Reset
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RESET
After Instruction
Registers =
Reset Value
Flags*
=
Reset Value
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 396
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RETFIE
Return from Interrupt
Syntax:
[ label ] RETFIE [s]
Operands:
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(TOS)
PC,
1
GIE/GIEH or PEIE/GIEL,
if s =
1
(WS)
W,
(STATUSS)
STATUS,
(BSRS)
BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged.
Status Affected:
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL.
Encoding:
0000
0000
0001
000s
Description:
Return from interrupt. Stack is
popped and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is
loaded into the PC. Interrupts are
enabled by setting either the high
or low priority global interrupt
enable bit. If `s' =
1
, the contents of
the shadow registers WS,
STATUSS and BSRS are loaded
into their corresponding registers,
W, Status and BSR. If `s' =
0
, no
update of these registers occurs
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
Pop PC from
stack
Set GIEH or
GIEL
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RETFIE 1
After Interrupt
PC
=
TOS
W
=
WS
BSR
=
BSRS
STATUS
=
STATUSS
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL
=
1
RETLW
Return Literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] RETLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
W,
(TOS)
PC,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1100
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is loaded with the eight-bit literal
`k'. The program counter is loaded
from the top of the stack (the return
address). The high address latch
(PCLATH) remains unchanged.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Pop PC from
stack, Write
to W
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
CALL TABLE ; W contains table
; offset value
; W now has
; table value
:
TABLE
ADDWF PCL
; W = offset
RETLW k0
; Begin table
RETLW k1
;
:
:
RETLW kn
; End of table
Before Instruction
W
=
0x07
After Instruction
W
=
value of kn
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 397
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RETURN
Return from Subroutine
Syntax:
[ label ] RETURN [s]
Operands:
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(TOS)
PC,
if s =
1
(WS)
W,
(STATUSS)
STATUS,
(BSRS)
BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0001
001s
Description:
Return from subroutine. The stack
is popped and the top of the stack
(TOS) is loaded into the program
counter. If `s' =
1
, the contents of
the shadow registers WS,
STATUSS and BSRS are loaded
into their corresponding registers,
W, Status and BSR. If `s' =
0
, no
update of these registers occurs
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
Pop PC
from stack
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RETURN
After Interrupt
PC =
TOS
RLCF
Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] RLCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n+1>,
(f<7>)
C,
(C)
dest<0>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Encoding:
0011
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
rotated one bit to the left through
the Carry flag. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is stored back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RLCF
REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
W
=
1100 1100
C
=
1
C
register f
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 398
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RLNCF
Rotate Left f (no carry)
Syntax:
[ label ] RLNCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n+1>,
(f<7>)
dest<0>
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0100
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
rotated one bit to the left. If `d' is `
0
,'
the result is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
',
the result is stored back in register
`f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
', then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RLNCF
REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1010 1011
After Instruction
REG
=
0101 0111
register f
RRCF
Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] RRCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n-1>,
(f<0>)
C,
(C)
dest<7>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Encoding:
0011
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
rotated one bit to the right through
the Carry flag. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is placed back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
', then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RRCF
REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
W
=
0111 0011
C
=
0
C
register f
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 399
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
RRNCF
Rotate Right f (no carry)
Syntax:
[ label ] RRNCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n-1>,
(f<0>)
dest<7>
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0100
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:'
The contents of register `f' are
rotated one bit to the right. If `d' is
`
0
', the result is placed in W. If `d' is
`
1
', the result is placed back in
register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is
`
1
', then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
RRNCF REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1101 0111
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 1011
Example 2:
RRNCF REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
W
=
?
REG
=
1101 0111
After Instruction
W
=
1110 1011
REG
=
1101 0111
register f
SETF
Set f
Syntax:
[ label ] SETF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
FFh
f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
100a
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of the specified
register are set to FFh. If `a' is `
0
',
the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is
`
1
', then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
SETF
REG,1
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x5A
After Instruction
REG
=
0xFF
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 400
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
SLEEP
Enter Sleep mode
Syntax:
[ label ] SLEEP
Operands:
None
Operation:
00h
WDT,
0
WDT postscaler,
1
TO,
0
PD
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0011
Description:
The Power-down status bit (PD) is
cleared. The Time-out status bit
(TO) is set. Watchdog Timer and
its postscaler are cleared.
The processor is put into Sleep
mode with the oscillator stopped.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
Go to
SLEEP
Example:
SLEEP
Before Instruction
TO =
?
PD =
?
After Instruction
TO =
1
PD =
0
If WDT causes wake-up, this bit is cleared.
SUBFWP
Subtract f from W with borrow
Syntax:
[ label ] SUBFWB f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) (f) (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract register `f' and carry flag
(borrow) from W (2's complement
method). If `d' is `
0
', the result is
stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored in register `f' (default). If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' is `
1
', then the bank will
be selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBFWB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
3
W
=
2
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
FF
W
=
2
C
=
0
Z
=
0
N
=
1 ; result is negative
Example 2:
SUBFWB REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
5
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
3
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0 ; result is positive
Example 3:
SUBFWB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
0
W
=
2
C
=
1
Z
=
1 ; result is zero
N
=
0
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 401
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
SUBLW
Subtract W from literal
Syntax:
[ label ] SUBLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k (W)
W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1000
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is subtracted from the eight-bit
literal `k'. The result is placed in
W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example 1:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
1
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
1
C
=
1 ; result is positive
Z
=
0
N
=
0
Example 2:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0
C
=
1 ; result is zero
Z
=
1
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
3
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
FF ; (2's complement)
C
=
0 ; result is negative
Z
=
0
N
=
1
SUBWF
Subtract W from f
Syntax:
[ label ] SUBWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract W from register `f' (2's
complement method). If `d' is `
0
',
the result is stored in W. If `d' is
`
1
', the result is stored back in
register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is
`
1
', then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBWF REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
3
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
1
; result is positive
Z
=
0
N
=
0
Example 2:
SUBWF REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
0
C
=
1
; result is zero
Z
=
1
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBWF REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
FFh ;(2's complement)
W
=
2
C
=
0
; result is negative
Z
=
0
N
=
1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 402
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
SUBWFB
Subtract W from f with Borrow
Syntax:
[ label ] SUBWFB f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W) (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract W and the Carry flag (bor-
row) from register `f' (2's complement
method). If `d' is `
0
', the result is
stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored back in register `f' (default). If
`a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will be
selected, overriding the BSR value. If
`a' is `
1
', then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x19
(0001 1001)
W
=
0x0D
(0000 1101)
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
0x0C
(0000 1011)
W
=
0x0D
(0000 1101)
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0
; result is positive
Example 2:
SUBWFB
REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x1B
(0001 1011)
W
=
0x1A
(0001 1010)
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
0x1B
(0001 1011)
W
=
0x00
C
=
1
Z
=
1
; result is zero
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x03
(0000 0011)
W
=
0x0E
(0000 1101)
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
0xF5
(1111 0100)
; [2's comp]
W
=
0x0E
(0000 1101)
C
=
0
Z
=
0
N
=
1
; result is negative
SWAPF
Swap f
Syntax:
[ label ] SWAPF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<3:0>)
dest<7:4>,
(f<7:4>)
dest<3:0>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0011
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The upper and lower nibbles of
register `f' are exchanged. If `d' is
`
0
', the result is placed in W. If `d' is
`
1
', the result is placed in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
', then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
SWAPF
REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x53
After Instruction
REG
=
0x35
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 403
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TBLRD
Table Read
Syntax:
[ label ]
TBLRD ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLRD *,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
TBLPTR No Change;
if TBLRD *+,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLRD *-,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLRD +*,
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
Status Affected:None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
10nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *-
=3 +*
Description:
This instruction is used to read the
contents of Program Memory (P.M.). To
address the program memory, a pointer
called Table Pointer (TBLPTR) is used.
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points
to each byte in the program memory.
TBLPTR has a 2-Mbyte address
range.
TBLPTR[0] =
0
: Least Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
TBLPTR[0] =
1
: Most Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
The
TBLRD
instruction can modify the
value of TBLPTR as follows:
no change
post-increment
post-decrement
pre-increment
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No operation
(Read
Program Memory)
No
operation
No operation
(Write
TABLAT)
TBLRD
Table Read (Continued)
Example1:
TBLRD *+ ;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A356
MEMORY(0x00A356)
=
0x34
After Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x00A357
Example2:
TBLRD +* ;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0xAA
TBLPTR
=
0x01A357
MEMORY(0x01A357)
=
0x12
MEMORY(0x01A358)
=
0x34
After Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01A358
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 404
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TBLWT Table
Write
Syntax:
[ label ] TBLWT ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLWT*,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
TBLPTR No Change;
if TBLWT*+,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLWT*-,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLWT+*,
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
Status Affected: None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
11nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *-
=3 +*
Description:
This instruction uses the 3 LSBs of
TBLPTR to determine which of the
8 holding registers the TABLAT is
written to. The holding registers are
used to program the contents of
Program Memory (P.M.). (Refer
to Section 5.0 "Flash Program
Memory"
for additional details on
programming Flash memory.)
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points
to each byte in the program memory.
TBLPTR has a 2-MBtye address
range. The LSb of the TBLPTR
selects which byte of the program
memory location to access.
TBLPTR[0] =
0
: Least Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
TBLPTR[0] =
1
: Most Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
The
TBLWT
instruction can modify
the value of TBLPTR as follows:
no change
post-increment
post-decrement
pre-increment
TBLWT Table Write (Continued)
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
(Read
TABLAT)
No
operation
No
operation
(Write to
Holding
Register )
Example1:
TBLWT *+;
Before Instruction
TABLAT =
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A356
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x00A356)
=
0xFF
After Instructions (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A357
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x00A356)
=
0x55
Example 2:
TBLWT +*;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01389A
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389A)
=
0xFF
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389B)
=
0xFF
After Instruction (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01389B
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389A)
=
0xFF
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389B)
=
0x34
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 405
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TSTFSZ
Test f, skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ] TSTFSZ f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if f =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
011a
ffff
ffff
Description:
If `f' =
0
, the next instruction,
fetched during the current
instruction execution is discarded
and a
NOP
is executed, making this
a two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
',
the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is
`
1
', then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE TSTFSZ CNT, 1
NZERO :
ZERO :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If CNT
=
0x00,
PC
=
Address
(ZERO)
If CNT
0x00,
PC
=
Address
(NZERO)
XORLW
Exclusive OR literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] XORLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .XOR. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are XORed
with the 8-bit literal `k'. The result
is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
XORLW 0xAF
Before Instruction
W
=
0xB5
After Instruction
W
=
0x1A
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 406
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
XORWF
Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] XORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .XOR. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Exclusive OR the contents of W
with register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result
is stored back in the register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding
the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
', then the
bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
XORWF REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0xAF
W
=
0xB5
After Instruction
REG
=
0x1A
W
=
0xB5
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 407
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
26.0
DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PICmicro
microcontrollers are supported with a
full range of hardware and software development tools:
Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB
IDE Software
Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers
- MPASM
TM
Assembler
- MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers
- MPLINK
TM
Object Linker/
MPLIB
TM
Object Librarian
- MPLAB C30 C Compiler
- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library
Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
- MPLAB dsPIC30 Software Simulator
Emulators
- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator
- MPLAB ICE 4000 In-Circuit Emulator
In-Circuit Debugger
- MPLAB ICD 2
Device Programmers
- PRO MATE
II Universal Device Programmer
- PICSTART
Plus Development Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
Low-Cost Demonstration Boards
- PICDEM
TM
1 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM.net
TM
Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 2 Plus Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 3 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 4 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 18R Demonstration Board
- PICDEM LIN Demonstration Board
- PICDEM USB Demonstration Board
Evaluation Kits
- K
EE
L
OQ
- PICDEM MSC
- microID
- CAN
- PowerSmart
- Analog
26.1
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-
controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows
based application that contains:
An interface to debugging tools
- simulator
- programmer (sold separately)
- emulator (sold separately)
- in-circuit debugger (sold separately)
A full-featured editor with color coded context
A multiple project manager
Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
High-level source code debugging
Mouse over variable inspection
Extensive on-line help
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
Edit your source files (either assembly or C)
One touch assemble (or compile) and download
to PICmicro emulator and simulator tools
(automatically updates all project information)
Debug using:
- source files (assembly or C)
- mixed assembly and C
- machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increasing flexibility
and power.
26.2
MPASM Assembler
The MPASM assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for all PICmicro MCUs.
The MPASM assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK object linker, Intel
standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol ref-
erence, absolute LST files that contain source lines and
generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM assembler features include:
Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
User defined macros to streamline assembly code
Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source
files
Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 408
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.3
MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18
C Compilers
The MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 Code Development
Systems are complete ANSI C compilers for
Microchip's PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of
microcontrollers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use not found with other compilers.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
26.4
MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK object linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM assembler and the
MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C compilers. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using
directives from a linker script.
The MPLIB object librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
26.5
MPLAB C30 C Compiler
The MPLAB C30 C compiler is a full-featured, ANSI
compliant, optimizing compiler that translates standard
ANSI C programs into dsPIC30F assembly language
source. The compiler also supports many command
line options and language extensions to take full
advantage of the dsPIC30F device hardware capabili-
ties and afford fine control of the compiler code
generator.
MPLAB C30 is distributed with a complete ANSI C
standard library. All library functions have been vali-
dated and conform to the ANSI C library standard. The
library includes functions for string manipulation,
dynamic memory allocation, data conversion, time-
keeping and math functions (trigonometric, exponential
and hyperbolic). The compiler provides symbolic
information for high-level source debugging with the
MPLAB IDE.
26.6
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker
and Librarian
MPLAB ASM30 assembler produces relocatable
machine code from symbolic assembly language for
dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 compiler uses the
assembler to produce it's object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB IDE compatibility
26.7
MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM software simulator allows code devel-
opment in a PC hosted environment by simulating the
PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a file, or user defined key press, to any pin. The execu-
tion can be performed in Single-Step, Execute Until
Break or Trace mode.
The MPLAB SIM simulator fully supports symbolic
debugging using the MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18
C Compilers, as well as the MPASM assembler. The
software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the laboratory environment,
making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
26.8
MPLAB SIM30 Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM30 software simulator allows code
development in a PC hosted environment by simulating
the dsPIC30F series microcontrollers on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a file, or user defined key press, to any of the pins.
The MPLAB SIM30 simulator fully supports symbolic
debugging using the MPLAB C30 C Compiler and
MPLAB ASM30 assembler. The simulator runs in either
a Command Line mode for automated tasks, or from
MPLAB IDE. This high-speed simulator is designed to
debug, analyze and optimize time intensive DSP
routines.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 409
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
26.9
MPLAB ICE 2000
High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator
The MPLAB ICE 2000 universal in-circuit emulator is
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for
PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the
MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator is advanced by
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment,
which allows editing, building, downloading and source
debugging from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator sys-
tem with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitoring
features. Interchangeable processor modules allow the
system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of differ-
ent processors. The universal architecture of the
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator allows expansion to
support new PICmicro microcontrollers.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft
Windows 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
26.10 MPLAB ICE 4000
High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator
The MPLAB ICE 4000 universal in-circuit emulator is
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for high-
end PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator is provided by the
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment, which
allows editing, building, downloading and source
debugging from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICD 4000 is a premium emulator system,
providing the features of MPLAB ICE 2000, but with
increased emulation memory and high-speed perfor-
mance for dsPIC30F and PIC18XXXX devices. Its
advanced emulator features include complex triggering
and timing, up to 2 Mb of emulation memory and the
ability to view variables in real-time.
The MPLAB ICE 4000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft Windows 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
26.11 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger
Microchip's In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a
powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,
connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed
USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash
PICmicro MCUs and can be used to develop for these
and other PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB
ICD 2 utilizes the in-circuit debugging capability built
into the Flash devices. This feature, along with
Microchip's In-Circuit Serial Programming
TM
(ICSP
TM
)
protocol, offers cost effective in-circuit Flash debugging
from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment. This enables a
designer to develop and debug source code by setting
breakpoints, single-stepping and watching variables,
CPU status and peripheral registers. Running at full
speed enables testing hardware and applications in
real-time. MPLAB ICD 2 also serves as a development
programmer for selected PICmicro devices.
26.12 PRO MATE II Universal Device
Programmer
The PRO MATE II is a universal, CE compliant device
programmer with programmable voltage verification at
V
DDMIN
and V
DDMAX
for maximum reliability. It features
an LCD display for instructions and error messages
and a modular detachable socket assembly to support
various package types. In Stand-Alone mode, the
PRO MATE II device programmer can read, verify and
program PICmicro devices without a PC connection. It
can also set code protection in this mode.
26.13 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 is a universal, CE compliant device
programmer with programmable voltage verification at
V
DDMIN
and V
DDMAX
for maximum reliability. It features
a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error
messages and a modular detachable socket assembly
to support various package types. The ICSPTM cable
assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-
Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 device programmer can
read, verify and program PICmicro devices without a
PC connection. It can also set code protection in this
mode. MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an
RS-232 or USB cable. MPLAB PM3 has high-speed
communications and optimized algorithms for quick
programming of large memory devices and incorpo-
rates an SD/MMC card for file storage and secure data
applications.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 410
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.14 PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer
The PICSTART Plus development programmer is an
easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It con-
nects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment software makes
using the programmer simple and efficient. The
PICSTART Plus development programmer supports
most PICmicro devices up to 40 pins. Larger pin count
devices, such as the PIC16C92X and PIC17C76X,
may be supported with an adapter socket. The
PICSTART Plus development programmer is CE
compliant.
26.15 PICDEM 1 PICmicro
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board demonstrates the
capabilities of the PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to
PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71,
PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All
necessary hardware and software is included to run
basic demo programs. The sample microcontrollers
provided with the PICDEM 1 demonstration board can
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program-
mer or a PICSTART Plus development programmer.
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board can be connected
to the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator for testing. A
prototype area extends the circuitry for additional appli-
cation components. Features include an RS-232
interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input,
push button switches and eight LEDs.
26.16 PICDEM.net Internet/Ethernet
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM.net demonstration board is an Internet/
Ethernet demonstration board using the PIC18F452
microcontroller and TCP/IP firmware. The board
supports any 40-pin DIP device that conforms to the
standard pinout used by the PIC16F877 or
PIC18C452. This kit features a user friendly TCP/IP
stack, web server with HTML, a 24L256 Serial
EEPROM for Xmodem download to web pages into
Serial EEPROM, ICSP/MPLAB ICD 2 interface con-
nector, an Ethernet interface, RS-232 interface and a
16 x 2 LCD display. Also included is the book and
CD-ROM "TCP/IP Lean, Web Servers for Embedded
Systems,"
by Jeremy Bentham
26.17 PICDEM 2 Plus
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 2 Plus demonstration board supports
many 18, 28 and 40-pin microcontrollers, including
PIC16F87X and PIC18FXX2 devices. All the neces-
sary hardware and software is included to run the dem-
onstration programs. The sample microcontrollers
provided with the PICDEM 2 demonstration board can
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program-
mer, PICSTART Plus development programmer, or
MPLAB ICD 2 with a Universal Programmer Adapter.
The MPLAB ICD 2 and MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulators
may also be used with the PICDEM 2 demonstration
board to test firmware. A prototype area extends the
circuitry for additional application components. Some
of the features include an RS-232 interface, a 2 x 16
LCD display, a piezo speaker, an on-board temperature
sensor, four LEDs and sample PIC18F452 and
PIC16F877 Flash microcontrollers.
26.18 PICDEM 3 PIC16C92X
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 3 demonstration board supports the
PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. All
the necessary hardware and software is included to run
the demonstration programs.
26.19 PICDEM 4 8/14/18-Pin
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 4 can be used to demonstrate the capa-
bilities of the 8, 14 and 18-pin PIC16XXXX and
PIC18XXXX MCUs, including the PIC16F818/819,
PIC16F87/88, PIC16F62XA and the PIC18F1320
family of microcontrollers. PICDEM 4 is intended to
showcase the many features of these low pin count
parts, including LIN and Motor Control using ECCP.
Special provisions are made for low-power operation
with the supercapacitor circuit and jumpers allow on-
board hardware to be disabled to eliminate current
draw in this mode. Included on the demo board are pro-
visions for Crystal, RC or Canned Oscillator modes, a
five volt regulator for use with a nine volt wall adapter
or battery, DB-9 RS-232 interface, ICD connector for
programming via ICSP and development with MPLAB
ICD 2, 2 x 16 liquid crystal display, PCB footprints for
H-Bridge motor driver, LIN transceiver and EEPROM.
Also included are: header for expansion, eight LEDs,
four potentiometers, three push buttons and a proto-
typing area. Included with the kit is a PIC16F627A and
a PIC18F1320. Tutorial firmware is included along with
the User's Guide.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 411
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
26.20 PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 17 demonstration board is an evaluation
board that demonstrates the capabilities of several
Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752,
PIC17C756A, PIC17C762 and PIC17C766. A pro-
grammed sample is included. The PRO MATE II device
programmer, or the PICSTART Plus development pro-
grammer, can be used to reprogram the device for user
tailored application development. The PICDEM 17
demonstration board supports program download and
execution from external on-board Flash memory. A
generous prototype area is available for user hardware
expansion.
26.21 PICDEM 18R PIC18C601/801
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 18R demonstration board serves to assist
development of the PIC18C601/801 family of Microchip
microcontrollers. It provides hardware implementation
of both 8-bit Multiplexed/Demultiplexed and 16-bit
Memory modes. The board includes 2 Mb external
Flash memory and 128 Kb SRAM memory, as well as
serial EEPROM, allowing access to the wide range of
memory types supported by the PIC18C601/801.
26.22 PICDEM LIN PIC16C43X
Demonstration Board
The powerful LIN hardware and software kit includes a
series of boards and three PICmicro microcontrollers.
The small footprint PIC16C432 and PIC16C433 are
used as slaves in the LIN communication and feature
on-board LIN transceivers. A PIC16F874 Flash
microcontroller serves as the master. All three micro-
controllers are programmed with firmware to provide
LIN bus communication.
26.23 PICkit
TM
1 Flash Starter Kit
A complete "development system in a box", the PICkit
Flash Starter Kit includes a convenient multi-section
board for programming, evaluation and development of
8/14-pin Flash PIC
microcontrollers. Powered via
USB, the board operates under a simple Windows GUI.
The PICkit 1 Starter Kit includes the User's Guide (on
CD ROM), PICkit
1 tutorial software and code for
various applications. Also included are MPLAB
IDE
(Integrated Development Environment) software,
software and hardware "Tips 'n Tricks for 8-pin Flash
PIC
Microcontrollers" Handbook and a USB interface
cable. Supports all current 8/14-pin Flash PIC
microcontrollers, as well as many future planned
devices.
26.24 PICDEM USB PIC16C7X5
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM USB Demonstration Board shows off the
capabilities of the PIC16C745 and PIC16C765 USB
microcontrollers. This board provides the basis for
future USB products.
26.25 Evaluation and
Programming Tools
In addition to the PICDEM series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for these products.
K
EE
L
OQ
evaluation and programming tools for
Microchip's HCS Secure Data Products
CAN developers kit for automotive network
applications
Analog design boards and filter design software
PowerSmart battery charging evaluation/
calibration kits
IrDA
development kit
microID development and rfLab
TM
development
software
SEEVAL
designer kit for memory evaluation and
endurance calculations
PICDEM MSC demo boards for Switching mode
power supply, high-power IR driver, delta sigma
ADC and flow rate sensor
Check the Microchip web page and the latest Product
Selector Guide for the complete list of demonstration
and evaluation kits.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 412
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 413
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
27.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Absolute Maximum Ratings
()
Ambient temperature under bias............................................................................................................ .-55C to +125C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65C to +150C
Voltage on any pin with respect to V
SS
(except V
DD
, MCLR, and RA4) ......................................... -0.3V to (V
DD
+ 0.3V)
Voltage on V
DD
with respect to V
SS
......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +5.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to V
SS
(Note 2) ......................................................................................... 0V to +13.25V
Voltage on RA4 with respect to Vss ............................................................................................................... 0V to +8.5V
Total power dissipation (Note 1) ............................................................................................................................... 1.0W
Maximum current out of V
SS
pin ........................................................................................................................... 300 mA
Maximum current into V
DD
pin .............................................................................................................................. 250 mA
Input clamp current, I
IK
(V
I
< 0 or V
I
> V
DD
)
......................................................................................................................
20 mA
Output clamp current, I
OK
(V
O
< 0 or V
O
> V
DD
)
..............................................................................................................
20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin .................................................................................................... 25 mA
Maximum current sunk by
all ports ....................................................................................................................... 200 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports .................................................................................................................. 200 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:
Pdis = V
DD
x {I
DD
I
OH
} +
{(V
DD
V
OH
) x I
OH
} +
(V
O
l x I
OL
)
2: Voltage spikes below V
SS
at the MCLR/V
PP
pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up.
Thus, a series resistor of 50-100
should be used when applying a "low" level to the MCLR/V
PP
pin rather
than pulling this pin directly to V
SS
.
NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under "Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those
indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 414
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-1:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
FIGURE 27-2:
PIC18LF6585/8585/6680/8680 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
F
MAX
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18FXX8X
4.2V
F
MAX
= 40 MHz for PIC18F6X8X and PIC18F8X8X in Microcontroller mode.
F
MAX
= 25 MHz for PIC18F8X8X in modes other than Microcontroller mode.
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
F
MAX
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18LFXX8X
F
MAX
= (16.36 MHz/V) (V
DDAPPMIN
2.0V) + 4 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
4.2V;
Note: V
DDAPPMIN
is the minimum voltage of the PICmicro
device in the application.
4 MHz
4.2V
F
MAX
= 40 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
> 4.2V.
For PIC18F6X8X and PIC18F8X8X in Microcontroller mode:
F
MAX
= (9.55 MHz/V) (V
DDAPPMIN
2.0V) + 4 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
4.2V;
F
MAX
= 25 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
> 4.2V.
For PIC18F8X8X in modes other than Microcontroller mode:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 415
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-3:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (EXTENDED)
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
25 MHz
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18FXX8X
4.2V
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 416
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.1
DC Characteristics: Supply Voltage
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial)
PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8X
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
D001
V
DD
Supply Voltage
PIC18LFXX8X
2.0
--
5.5
V
HS, XT, RC and LP Oscillator mode
PIC18FXX8X
4.2
--
5.5
V
D001A AV
DD
Analog Supply
Voltage
V
DD
0.3
--
V
DD
+ 0.3
V
D002
V
DR
RAM Data Retention
Voltage
(1)
1.5
--
--
V
D003
V
POR
V
DD
Start Voltage
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
--
--
0.7
V
See section on Power-on Reset for
details
D004
S
VDD
V
DD
Rise Rate
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
0.05
--
--
V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for
details
D005
V
BOR
Brown-out Reset Voltage
BORV1:BORV0 =
11
1.96
--
2.18
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
10
2.64
--
2.92
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
01
4.11
--
4.55
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
00
4.41
--
4.87
V
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1:
This is the limit to which V
DD
can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM
data.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 417
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
27.2
DC Characteristics:
Power-down and Supply Current
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial)
PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8X
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param.
No.
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Power-down Current (I
PD
)
(1)
D020
PIC18LFXX8X
0.2
1
A
-40C
V
DD
= 2.0V,
(Sleep mode)
0.2
1
A
+25C
5.0
10
A
+85C
D020A
PIC18LFXX8X
0.4
1
A
-40C
V
DD
= 3.0V,
(Sleep mode)
0.4
1
A
+25C
3.0
18
A
+85C
D020B
All devices
0.7
2
A
-40C
V
DD
= 5.0V,
(Sleep mode)
0.7
2
A
+25C
15.0
32
A
+85C
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
or V
SS
and
all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, etc.).
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as
I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and
temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
;
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
For RC oscillator configurations, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in k
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 418
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Supply Current (I
DD
)
(2,3)
D010
PIC18LFXX8X
500
500
A
-40C
F
OSC
= 1 MH
Z
,
EC oscillator
300
500
A
+25C
V
DD
= 2.0V
850
1000
A
+85C
PIC18LFXX8X
500
900
A
-40C
500
900
A
+25C
V
DD
= 3.0V
1
1.5
mA
+85C
All devices
1
2
mA
-40C
1
2
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 5.0V
1.3
3
mA
+85C
PIC18LFXX8X
1
2
mA
-40C
F
OSC
= 4 MHz,
EC oscillator
1
2
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 2.0V
1.5
2.5
mA
+85C
PIC18LFXX8X
1.5
2
mA
-40C
1.5
2
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 3.0V
2
2.5
mA
+85C
All devices
3
5
mA
-40C
3
5
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 5.0V
4
6
mA
+85C
27.2
DC Characteristics:
Power-down and Supply Current
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial) (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8X
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param.
No.
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
or V
SS
and
all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, etc.).
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as
I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and
temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
;
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
For RC oscillator configurations, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in k
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 419
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Supply Current (I
DD
)
(2,3)
PIC18FXX8X
13
27
mA
-40C
F
OSC
= 25 MH
Z
,
EC oscillator
15
27
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 4.2V
19
29
mA
+85C
PIC18FXX8X
17
31
mA
-40C
21
31
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 5.0V
23
34
mA
+85C
PIC18FXX8X
20
34
mA
-40C
F
OSC
= 40 MH
Z
,
EC oscillator
24
34
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 4.2V
29
44
mA
+85C
PIC18FXX8X
28
46
mA
-40C
33
46
mA
+25C
V
DD
= 5.0V
40
51
mA
+85C
D014
PIC18LFXX8X
27
45
A
-10C
F
OSC
= 32 kHz,
Timer1 as clock
30
50
A
+25C V
DD
= 2.0V
32
54
A
+70C
PIC18LFXX8X
33
55
A
-10C
36
60
A
+25C V
DD
= 3.0V
39
65
A
+70C
All devices
75
125
A
-10C
90
150
A
+25C V
DD
= 5.0V
113
188
A
+70C
27.2
DC Characteristics:
Power-down and Supply Current
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial) (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8X
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param.
No.
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
or V
SS
and
all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, etc.).
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as
I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and
temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
;
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
For RC oscillator configurations, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in k
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 420
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Module Differential Currents (
I
WDT
,
I
BOR
,
I
LVD
,
I
OSCB
,
I
AD
)
D022
(
I
WDT
)
Watchdog Timer
<1
1.5
A
-40
C
V
DD
= 2.0V
<1
2
A
+25
C
5
20
A
+85
C
3
10
A
-40
C
V
DD
= 3.0V
3
20
A
+25
C
10
35
A
+85
C
12
25
A
-40
C
V
DD
= 5.0V
15
35
A
+25
C
20
50
A
+85
C
D022A
(
I
BOR
)
Brown-out Reset
55
115
A
-40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 3.0V
105
175
A
-40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 5.0V
D022B
(
I
LVD
)
Low-Voltage Detect
45
125
A
-40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 2.0V
45
150
A
-40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 3.0V
45
225
A
-40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 5.0V
D025
(
I
OSCB
)
Timer1 Oscillator
20
27
A
-10
C
20
30
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V
32 kHz on Timer1
25
35
A
+70
C
22
60
A
-10
C
22
65
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 3.0V
32 kHz on Timer1
25
75
A
+70
C
30
75
A
-10
C
30
85
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 5.0V
32 kHz on Timer1
35
100
A
+70
C
D026
(
I
AD
)
A/D Converter
<1
2
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V
<1
2
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 3.0V
A/D on, not converting
<1
2
A
+25
C
V
DD
= 5.0V
27.2
DC Characteristics:
Power-down and Supply Current
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial) (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8X
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param.
No.
Device
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Legend: Shading of rows is to assist in readability of the table.
Note 1:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
or V
SS
and
all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, etc.).
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of operating voltage, frequency and mode. Other factors, such as
I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type and circuit, internal code execution pattern and
temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
;
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
For RC oscillator configurations, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in k
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 421
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
27.3
DC Characteristics:
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
V
IL
Input Low Voltage
I/O ports:
D030
with TTL buffer
V
SS
0.15 V
DD
V
V
DD
< 4.5V
D030A
--
0.8
V
4.5V
V
DD
5.5V
D031
with Schmitt Trigger buffer
RC3 and RC4
V
SS
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
0.3 V
DD
V
V
D032
MCLR
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
V
D032A
OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP modes)
and T1OSI
V
SS
0.3 V
DD
V
D033
OSC1 (in RC and EC mode)
(1)
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
V
V
IH
Input High Voltage
I/O ports:
D040
with TTL buffer
0.25 V
DD
+
0.8V
V
DD
V
V
DD
< 4.5V
D040A
2.0
V
DD
V
4.5V
V
DD
5.5V
D041
with Schmitt Trigger buffer
RC3 and RC4
0.8 V
DD
0.7 V
DD
V
DD
V
DD
V
V
D042
MCLR, OSC1 (EC mode)
0.8 V
DD
V
DD
V
D042A
OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP modes)
and T1OSI
0.7 V
DD
V
DD
V
D043
OSC1 (RC mode)
(1)
0.9 V
DD
V
DD
V
I
IL
Input Leakage Current
(2,3)
D060
I/O ports
--
1
A
V
SS
V
PIN
V
DD
,
Pin at high-impedance
D061
MCLR
--
5
A
Vss
V
PIN
V
DD
D063
OSC1
--
5
A
Vss
V
PIN
V
DD
I
PU
Weak Pull-up Current
D070
I
PURB
PORTB weak pull-up current
50
400
A
V
DD
= 5V, V
PIN
= V
SS
Note 1:
In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2:
The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3:
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4:
Parameter is characterized but not tested.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 422
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
V
OL
Output Low Voltage
D080
I/O ports
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 8.5 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +85
C
D080A
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 7.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +125
C
D083
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 1.6 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +85
C
D083A
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 1.2 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +125
C
V
OH
Output High Voltage
(3)
D090
I/O ports
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -3.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +85
C
D090A
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -2.5 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +125
C
D092
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -1.3 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +85
C
D092A
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -1.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.5V,
-40
C to +125
C
D150
V
OD
Open-Drain High Voltage
--
8.5
V
RA4 pin
Capacitive Loading Specs
on Output Pins
D100
(4)
C
OSC2
OSC2 pin
--
15
pF
In XT, HS and LP modes
when external clock is used
to drive OSC1
D101
C
IO
All I/O pins and OSC2
(in RC mode)
--
50
pF
To meet the AC Timing
Specifications
D102
C
B
SCL, SDA
--
400
pF
In I
2
C mode
27.3
DC Characteristics:
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8X (Industrial) (Continued)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
Note 1:
In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2:
The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3:
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
4:
Parameter is characterized but not tested.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 423
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 27-1:
COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 27-2:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 3.0V < V
DD
< 5.5V, -40C < T
A
< +125C, unless otherwise stated
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ Max
Units
Comments
D300
V
IOFF
Input Offset Voltage
--
5.0
10
mV
D301
V
ICM
Input Common Mode Voltage
0
--
V
DD
1.5
V
D302
CMRR
Common Mode Rejection Ratio
55
--
--
dB
300
300A
T
RESP
Response Time
(1)
--
150
400
600
ns
ns
PIC18FXX8X
PIC18LFXX8X
301
T
MC
2
OV
Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid
--
--
10
s
Note 1:
Response time measured with one comparator input at (V
DD
1.5)/2 while the other input transitions from
V
SS
to V
DD
.
Operating Conditions: 3.0V < V
DD
< 5.5V, -40C < T
A
< +125C, unless otherwise stated
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ Max
Units
Comments
D310
V
RES
Resolution
V
DD
/24
--
V
DD
/32
LSb
D311
V
RAA
Absolute Accuracy
--
--
--
--
1/4
1/2
LSb
LSb
Low Range (VRR =
1
)
High Range (VRR =
0
)
D312
V
RUR
Unit Resistor Value (R)
--
2k
--
310
T
SET
Settling Time
(1)
-- --
10
s
Note 1:
Settling time measured while VRR =
1
and VR<3:0> transitions from
0000
to
1111
.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 424
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-4:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
TABLE 27-3:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
V
LVD
LVDIF
V
DD
(LVDIF set by hardware)
(LVDIF can be
cleared in software)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
D420
LVD Voltage on
V
DD
transition high
to low
LVV =
0000
--
--
--
V
LVV =
0001
1.96
2.06
2.16
V
LVV =
0010
2.16
2.27
2.38
V
LVV =
0011
2.35
2.47
2.59
V
LVV =
0100
2.46
2.58
2.71
V
LVV =
0101
2.64
2.78
2.92
V
LVV =
0110
2.75
2.89
3.03
V
LVV =
0111
2.95
3.1
3.26
V
LVV =
1000
3.24
3.41
3.58
V
LVV =
1001
3.43
3.61
3.79
V
LVV =
1010
3.53
3.72
3.91
V
LVV =
1011
3.72
3.92
4.12
V
LVV =
1100
3.92
4.13
4.33
V
LVV =
1101
4.11
4.33
4.55
V
LVV =
1110
4.41
4.64
4.87
V
D423
V
BG
Band Gap Reference Voltage
Value
--
1.22
--
V
Production tested at T
AMB
= 25C. Specifications over temperature limits ensured by characterization.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 425
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 27-4:
MEMORY PROGRAMMING REQUIREMENTS
DC Characteristics
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Internal Program Memory
Programming Specifications
(Note 1)
D110
V
PP
Voltage on MCLR/V
PP
pin
9.00
--
13.25
V
(Note 2)
D112
I
PP
Current into MCLR/V
PP
pin
--
--
5
A
D113
I
DDP
Supply Current during
Programming
--
--
10
mA
Data EEPROM Memory
D120
E
D
Cell Endurance
100K
1M
--
E/W -40
C to +85
C
D120A E
D
Cell Endurance
10K
100K
--
E/W +85
C to +125
C
D121
V
DRW
V
DD
for Read/Write
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
Using EECON to read/write,
V
MIN
= Minimum operating
voltage
D122
T
DEW
Erase/Write Cycle Time
--
4
--
ms
D123
T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
40
--
--
Year -40
C to +85
C (Note 3)
D123A T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
100
--
--
Year 25
C (Note 3)
Program Flash Memory
D130
E
P
Cell Endurance
10K
100K
--
E/W -40
C to +85
C
D130A E
P
Cell Endurance
1000
10K
--
E/W +85
C to +125
C
D131
V
PR
V
DD
for Read
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
V
MIN
= Minimum operating
voltage
D132
V
IE
V
DD
for Block Erase
4.5
--
5.5
V
Using ICSP port
D132A V
IW
V
DD
for Externally Timed Erase
or Write
4.5
--
5.5
V
Using ICSP port
D132B V
PEW
V
DD
for Self-timed Write
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
V
MIN
= Minimum operating
voltage
D133
T
IE
ICSP Block Erase Cycle Time
--
5
--
ms
V
DD
> 4.5V
D133A T
IW
ICSP Erase or Write Cycle Time
(externally timed)
1
--
--
ms
V
DD
> 4.5V
D133A T
IW
Self-timed Write Cycle Time
--
2.5
--
ms
D134
T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
40
--
--
Year -40
C to +85
C (Note 3)
D134A T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
100
--
--
Year 25
C (Note 3)
Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note 1:
These specifications are for programming the on-chip program memory through the use of table write
instructions.
2:
The pin may be kept in this range at times other than programming but it is not recommended.
3:
Retention time is valid provided no other specifications are violated.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 426
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.4
AC (Timing) Characteristics
27.4.1
TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created
following one of the following formats:
1. TppS2ppS
3. T
CC
:
ST
(I
2
C specifications only)
2. TppS
4. Ts
(I
2
C specifications only)
T
F
Frequency
T
Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc
CCP1
osc
OSC1
ck
CLKO
rd
RD
cs
CS
rw
RD or WR
di
SDI
sc
SCK
do
SDO
ss
SS
dt
Data in
t0
T0CKI
io
I/O port
t1
T1CKI
mc
MCLR
wr
WR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
F
Fall
P
Period
H
High
R
Rise
I
Invalid (high-impedance)
V
Valid
L
Low
Z
High-impedance
I
2
C only
AA
output access
High
High
BUF
Bus free
Low
Low
T
CC
:
ST
(I
2
C specifications only)
CC
HD
Hold
SU
Setup
ST
DAT
DATA input hold
STO
Stop condition
STA
Start condition
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 427
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
27.4.2
TIMING CONDITIONS
The temperature and voltages specified in Table 27-5
apply to all timing specifications unless otherwise
noted. Figure 27-5 specifies the load conditions for the
timing specifications.
TABLE 27-5:
TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS - AC
FIGURE 27-5:
LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Operating voltage V
DD
range as described in DC spec Section 27.1 and
Section 27.3.
LC parts operate for industrial temperatures only.
V
DD
/2
C
L
R
L
Pin
Pin
V
SS
V
SS
C
L
R
L
= 464
C
L
= 50 pF
for all pins except OSC2/CLKO
and including D and E outputs as ports
Load condition 1
Load condition 2
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 428
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.4.3
TIMING DIAGRAMS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FIGURE 27-6:
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING (ALL MODES EXCEPT PLL)
TABLE 27-6:
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
1A
F
OSC
External CLKI Frequency
(1)
DC
40
MHz
EC, ECIO, -40C to +85C
DC
25
MHz
EC,ECIO, -40C to +85C, EMA
Oscillator Frequency
(1)
DC
25
MHz
EC, ECIO, +85C to +125C
DC
16
MHz
EC, ECIO, +85C to +125C, EMA
DC
4
MHz
RC oscillator
0.1
4
MHz
XT oscillator
4
25
MHz
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C
4
25
MHz
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C, EMA
4
25
MHz
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C
4
16
MHz
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C, EMA
4
10
MHz
HS + PLL oscillator, -40C to +85C
4
6.25
MHz
HS + PLL oscillator, +85C to +125C
DC
200
kHz
LP oscillator
1
T
OSC
External CLKI Period
(1)
25
--
ns
EC, ECIO, -40C to +85C
Oscillator Period
(1)
40
--
ns
EC,ECIO, -40C to +85C, EMA
40
--
ns
EC, ECIO, +85C to +125C
62.5
--
ns
EC, ECIO, +85C to +125C, EMA
250
--
ns
RC oscillator
250
10,000
ns
XT oscillator
40
--
ns
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C
40
--
ns
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C, EMA
40
--
ns
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C
62.5
--
ns
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C, EMA
100
250
ns
HS + PLL oscillator, -40C to +85C
160
250
ns
HS + PLL oscillator, +85C to +125C
5
200
s
LP oscillator
2
T
CY
Instruction Cycle Time
(1)
100
160
--
--
ns
ns
T
CY
= 4/F
OSC
, -40C to +85C
T
CY
= 4/F
OSC
, +85C to +125C
3
T
OS
L,
T
OS
H
External Clock in (OSC1)
High or Low Time
30
2.5
10
--
--
--
ns
s
ns
XT oscillator
LP oscillator
HS oscillator
4
T
OS
R,
T
OS
F
External Clock in (OSC1)
Rise or Fall Time
--
--
--
20
50
7.5
ns
ns
ns
XT oscillator
LP oscillator
HS oscillator
Note 1:
Instruction cycle period (T
CY
) equals four times the input oscillator time base period for all configurations
except PLL. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under
standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result
in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested
to operate at "min." values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock
input is used, the "max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
OSC1
CLKO
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
1
2
3
3
4
4
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 429
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 27-7:
PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (V
DD
= 4.2 TO 5.5V)
FIGURE 27-7:
CLKO AND I/O TIMING
Param.
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
--
F
OSC
Oscillator Frequency Range
4
--
10
MHz HS mode
--
F
SYS
On-Chip VCO System Frequency
16
--
40
MHz HS mode
--
t
rc
PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time)
--
--
2
ms
--
CLK
CLKO Stability (Jitter)
-2
--
+2
%
Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25
C, unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
OSC1
CLKO
I/O Pin
(Input)
I/O Pin
(Output)
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
10
13
14
17
20,
21
19
18
15
11
12
16
Old Value
New Value
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 430
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-8:
CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-8:
PROGRAM MEMORY READ TIMING DIAGRAM
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
10
T
OS
H2
CK
L OSC1
to CLKO
--
75
200
ns
(1)
11
T
OS
H2
CK
H OSC1
to CLKO
--
75
200
ns
(1)
12
T
CK
R
CLKO Rise Time
--
35
100
ns
(1)
13
T
CK
F
CLKO Fall Time
--
35
100
ns
(1)
14
T
CK
L2
IO
V
CLKO
to Port Out Valid
--
--
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
ns
(1)
15
T
IO
V2
CK
H
Port In Valid before CLKO
0.25
T
CY
+ 25
--
--
ns
(1)
16
T
CK
H2
IO
I
Port In Hold after CLKO
0
--
--
ns
(1)
17
T
OS
H2
IO
V
OSC1
(Q1 cycle) to Port Out Valid
--
50
150
ns
18
T
OS
H2
IO
I
OSC1
(Q2 cycle) to Port
Input Invalid
(I/O in hold time)
PIC18FXX8X
100
--
--
ns
18A
PIC18LFXX8X
200
--
--
ns
19
T
IO
V2
OS
H Port Input Valid to OSC1
(I/O in setup time)
0
--
--
ns
20
T
IO
R
Port Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
10
25
ns
20A
PIC18LFXX8X
--
--
60
ns
21
T
IO
F
Port Output Fall Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
10
25
ns
21A
PIC18LFXX8X
--
--
60
ns
22
T
INP
INT pin High or Low Time
T
CY
--
--
ns
23
T
RBP
RB7:RB4 Change INT High or Low Time
T
CY
--
--
ns
24
T
RCP
RC7:RC4 Change INT High or Low Time
20
ns
These parameters are asynchronous events not related to any internal clock edges.
Note
1:
Measurements are taken in RC mode, where CLKO output is 4 x T
OSC
.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
OSC1
ALE
OE
Address
Data from External
166
160
165
161
151
162
163
AD<15:0>
167
168
155
Address
Address
150
A<19:16>
Address
169
BA0
CE
171
171A
164
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 431
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TABLE 27-9:
PROGRAM MEMORY READ TIMING REQUIREMENTS (V
DD
= 4.2 TO 5.5V)
FIGURE 27-9:
PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE TIMING DIAGRAM
Param.
No
Symbol
Characteristics
Min
Typ Max
Units
150
T
AD
V2
AL
L
Address Out Valid to ALE
(address
setup time)
0.25 T
CY
10
--
--
ns
151
T
AL
L2
ADL
ALE
to Address Out Invalid (address
hold time)
5
--
--
ns
155
T
AL
L2
OE
L
ALE
to OE
10
0.125 T
CY
--
ns
160
T
AD
Z2
OE
L
AD High-Z to OE
(bus release to OE)
0
--
--
ns
161
T
OE
H2
AD
D
OE
to AD Driven
0.125 T
CY
5
--
--
ns
162
T
AD
V2
OE
H
LS Data Valid before OE
(data setup time)
20
--
--
ns
163
T
OE
H2
ADL
OE
to Data In Invalid (data hold time)
0
--
--
ns
164
T
AL
H2
AL
L
ALE Pulse Width
--
0.25 T
CY
--
ns
165
T
OE
L2
OE
H
OE Pulse Width
0.5 T
CY
5
0.5 T
CY
--
ns
166
T
AL
H2
AL
H
ALE
to ALE
(cycle time)
--
1 T
CY
--
ns
167
T
ACC
Address Valid to Data Valid
0.75 T
CY
25
--
--
ns
168
T
OE
OE
to Data Valid
--
0.5 T
CY
25
ns
169
T
AL
L2
OE
H
ALE
to OE
0.625 T
CY
10
--
0.625 T
CY
+ 10
ns
171
T
AL
H2
CS
L
Chip Select Active to ALE
--
--
10
ns
171A
T
UB
L2
OE
H
AD Valid to Chip Select Active
0.25 T
CY
20
--
--
ns
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
OSC1
ALE
Address
Data
156
150
151
153
AD<15:0>
Address
WRH or
WRL
UB or
LB
157
154
157A
Address
A<19:16>
Address
BA0
166
CE
171
171A
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 432
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-10: PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE TIMING REQUIREMENTS
(V
DD
= 4.2 TO 5.5V)
FIGURE 27-10:
RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND
POWER-UP TIMER TIMING
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristics
Min
Typ Max
Units
150
T
AD
V2
AL
L
Address Out Valid to ALE
(address setup time)
0.25 T
CY
10
--
--
ns
151
T
AL
L2
ADL
ALE
to Address Out Invalid (address hold time)
5
--
--
ns
153
T
WR
H2
ADL
WRn
to Data Out Invalid (data hold time)
5
--
--
ns
154
T
WR
L
WRn Pulse Width
0.5 T
CY
5
0.5 T
CY
--
ns
156
T
AD
V2
WR
H Data Valid before WRn
(data setup time)
0.5 T
CY
10
--
--
ns
157
T
BS
V2
WR
L Byte Select Valid before WRn
(byte select setup time)
0.25 T
CY
--
--
ns
157A
T
WR
H2
BS
I WRn
to Byte Select Invalid (byte select hold time)
0.125 T
CY
5
--
--
ns
166
T
AL
H2
AL
H ALE
to ALE
(cycle time)
--
0.25 T
CY
--
ns
171
T
AL
H2
CS
L Chip Enable Active to ALE
--
--
10
ns
171A
T
UB
L2
OE
H AD Valid to Chip Enable Active
0.25 T
CY
20
--
--
ns
V
DD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Time-out
Internal
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Reset
33
32
30
31
34
I/O pins
34
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 433
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-11:
BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING
TABLE 27-11: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER
AND BROWN-OUT RESET REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-12:
TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
V
DD
BV
DD
35
V
BGAP
= 1.2V
V
IRVST
Enable Internal
Internal Reference
36
Reference Voltage
Voltage Stable
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
30
T
MC
L
MCLR Pulse Width (low)
2
--
--
s
31
T
WDT
Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
(No Postscaler)
7
18
33
ms
32
T
OST
Oscillation Start-up Timer Period
1024 T
OSC
--
1024 T
OSC
--
T
OSC
= OSC1 period
33
T
PWRT
Power up Timer Period
28
72
132
ms
34
T
IOZ
I/O High-Impedance from MCLR Low
or Watchdog Timer Reset
--
2
--
s
35
T
BOR
Brown-out Reset Pulse Width
200
--
--
s
V
DD
B
VDD
(see )
36
T
IVRST
Time for Internal Reference
Voltage to become stable
--
20
50
s
37
T
LVD
Low-Voltage Detect Pulse Width
200
--
--
s
V
DD
V
LVD
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
46
47
45
48
41
42
40
T0CKI
T1OSO/T1CKI
TMR0 or
TMR1
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 434
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-12: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
40
T
T
0H
T0CKI High Pulse Width
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With prescaler
10
--
ns
41
T
T
0L
T0CKI Low Pulse Width
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With prescaler
10
--
ns
42
T
T
0P
T0CKI Period
No prescaler
T
CY
+ 10
--
ns
With prescaler
Greater of:
20 n
S
or T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale
value
(1, 2, 4,..., 256)
45
T
T
1H
T1CKI
High Time
Synchronous, no prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
Synchronous,
with prescaler
PIC18FXX8X
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
25
--
ns
Asynchronous
PIC18FXX8X
30
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
50
--
ns
46
T
T
1L
T1CKI Low
Time
Synchronous, no prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 5
--
ns
Synchronous,
with prescaler
PIC18FXX8X
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
25
--
ns
Asynchronous
PIC18FXX8X
30
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
TBD
TBD
ns
47
T
T
1P
T1CKI
Input
Period
Synchronous
Greater of:
20 n
S
or T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale
value
(1, 2, 4, 8)
Asynchronous
60
--
ns
F
T
1
T1CKI Oscillator Input Frequency Range
DC
50
kHz
48
T
CKE
2
TMR
I Delay from External T1CKI Clock Edge to
Timer Increment
2 T
OSC
7 T
OSC
--
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 435
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-13:
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (ALL CCP MODULES)
TABLE 27-13: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (ALL CCP MODULES)
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
CCPx
(Capture Mode)
50
51
52
CCPx
53
54
(Compare or PWM Mode)
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
50
T
CC
L
CCPx Input Low
Time
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With
prescaler
PIC18FXX8X
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
20
--
ns
51
T
CC
H
CCPx Input
High Time
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With
prescaler
PIC18FXX8X
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
20
--
ns
52
T
CC
P
CCPx Input Period
3 T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale
value (1,4 or 16)
53
T
CC
R
CCPx Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
45
ns
54
T
CC
F
CCPx Output Fall Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
45
ns
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 436
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-14:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING (PIC18FXX8X)
TABLE 27-14: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT REQUIREMENTS (PIC18FXX8X)
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
RE2/CS
RE0/RD
RE1/WR
RD7:RD0
62
63
64
65
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
62
T
DT
V2
WR
H Data In Valid before WR
or CS
(setup time)
20
25
--
--
ns
ns
Extended Temp. range
63
T
WR
H2
DT
I
WR
or CS
to DataIn
Invalid (hold time)
PIC18FXX8X
20
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
35
--
ns
64
T
RD
L2
DT
V
RD
and CS
to DataOut Valid
--
--
80
90
ns
ns
Extended Temp. range
65
T
RD
H2
DT
I
RD
or CS
to DataOut Invalid
10
30
ns
66
T
IBF
INH
Inhibit of the IBF flag bit being cleared from
WR
or CS
--
3 T
CY
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 437
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-15:
EXAMPLE SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE =
0
)
TABLE 27-15: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE =
0
)
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
70
71
72
73
74
75, 76
78
79
80
79
78
MSb
LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In
LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units
Conditions
70
T
SS
L2
SC
H,
T
SS
L2
SC
L
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
T
SC
H
SCK Input High Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
T
SC
L
SCK Input Low Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
T
DI
V2
SC
H,
T
DI
V2
SC
L
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge
of Byte 2
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
T
SC
H2
DI
L,
T
SC
L2
DI
L
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
T
DO
R
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
45
ns
76
T
DO
F
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
78
T
SC
R
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
45
ns
79
T
SC
F
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
T
SC
H2
DO
V,
T
SC
L2
DO
V
SDO Data Output Valid after
SCK Edge
PIC18FXX8X
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
100
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of Parameter #73A.
2:
Only if Parameter #71A and #72A are used.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 438
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-16:
EXAMPLE SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE =
1
)
TABLE 27-16: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE =
1
)
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
81
71
72
74
75, 76
78
80
MSb
79
73
MSb In
bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
LSb
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units
Conditions
71
T
SC
H
SCK Input High Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
T
SC
L
SCK Input Low Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
T
DI
V2
SC
H,
T
DI
V2
SC
L
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge
of Byte 2
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
T
SC
H2
DI
L,
T
SC
L2
DI
L
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
T
DO
R
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
45
ns
76
T
DO
F
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
78
T
SC
R
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
45
ns
79
T
SC
F
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
T
SC
H2
DO
V,
T
SC
L2
DO
V
SDO Data Output Valid after
SCK Edge
PIC18FXX8X
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
100
ns
81
T
DO
V2
SC
H,
T
DO
V2
SC
L
SDO Data Output Setup to SCK Edge
T
CY
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of Parameter #73A.
2:
Only if Parameter #71A and #72A are used.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 439
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-17:
EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE =
0
)
TABLE 27-17: EXAMPLE SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE TIMING, CKE =
0
)
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units Conditions
70
T
SS
L2
SC
H,
T
SS
L2
SC
L
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
T
SC
H
SCK Input High Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
T
SC
L
SCK Input Low Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
T
DI
V2
SC
H,
T
DI
V2
SC
L
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the First Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
T
SC
H2
DI
L,
T
SC
L2
DI
L
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
T
DO
R
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
45
ns
76
T
DO
F
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
77
T
SS
H2
DO
Z SS
to SDO Output High-Impedance
10
50
ns
78
T
SC
R
SCK oUtput Rise Time (Master mode)
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
45
ns
79
T
SC
F
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
T
SC
H2
DO
V,
T
SC
L2
DO
V
SDO Data Output Valid after SCK Edge PIC18FXX8X
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
100
ns
83
T
SC
H2
SS
H,
T
SC
L2
SS
H
SS
after SCK Edge
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of Parameter #73A.
2:
Only if Parameter #71A and #72A are used.
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
70
71
72
73
74
75, 76
77
78
79
80
79
78
SDI
MSb
LSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
LSb In
83
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 440
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-18:
EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE =
1
)
TABLE 27-18: EXAMPLE SPI SLAVE MODE REQUIREMENTS (CKE =
1
)
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units Conditions
70
T
SS
L2
SC
H,
T
SS
L2
SC
L
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
T
SC
H
SCK Input High Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
T
SC
L
SCK Input Low Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the First Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
T
SC
H2
DI
L,
T
SC
L2
DI
L
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
T
DO
R
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
45
ns
76
T
DO
F
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
77
T
SS
H2
DO
Z SS
to SDO Output High-Impedance
10
50
ns
78
T
SC
R
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8X
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
45
ns
79
T
SC
F
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
T
SC
H2
DO
V,
T
SC
L2
DO
V
SDO Data Output Valid after SCK
Edge
PIC18FXX8X
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
100
ns
82
T
SS
L2
DO
V SDO Data Output Valid after SS
Edge
PIC18FXX8X
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
100
ns
83
T
SC
H2
SS
H,
T
SC
L2
SS
H
SS
after SCK Edge
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of Parameter #73A.
2:
Only if Parameter #71A and #72A are used.
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
70
71
72
82
SDI
74
75, 76
MSb
bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb
77
MSb In
bit 6 - - - -1
LSb In
80
83
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 441
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-19:
I
2
C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING
TABLE 27-19: I
2
C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)
FIGURE 27-20:
I
2
C BUS DATA TIMING
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
91
92
93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
90
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
4700
--
ns
Only relevant for Repeated
Start condition
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
4000
--
ns
After this period, the first
clock pulse is generated
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
4700
--
ns
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
93
T
HD
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
4000
--
ns
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
90
91
92
100
101
103
106
107
109
109
110
102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 442
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-20: I
2
C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
100
T
HIGH
Clock High Time
100 kHz mode
4.0
--
s
PIC18FXX8X must operate
at a minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
PIC18FXX8X must operate
at a minimum of 10 MHz
SSP Module
1.5 T
CY
--
101
T
LOW
Clock Low Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
PIC18FXX8X must operate
at a minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
s
PIC18FXX8X must operate
at a minimum of 10 MHz
SSP Module
1.5 T
CY
--
102
T
R
SDA and SCL Rise
Time
100 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
103
T
F
SDA and SCL Fall
Time
100 kHz mode
--
300
ns
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
Only relevant for Repeated
Start condition
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
4.0
--
s
After this period, the first
clock pulse is generated
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
106
T
HD
:
DAT
Data Input Hold
Time
100 kHz mode
0
--
ns
400 kHz mode
0
0.9
s
107
T
SU
:
DAT
Data Input Setup
Time
100 kHz mode
250
--
ns
(Note 2)
400 kHz mode
100
--
ns
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
109
T
AA
Output Valid from
Clock
100 kHz mode
--
3500
ns
(Note 1)
400 kHz mode
--
--
ns
110
T
BUF
Bus Free Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
Time the bus must be free
before a new transmission
can Start
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
s
D102
C
B
Bus Capacitive Loading
--
400
pF
Note 1:
As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region
(min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions.
2:
A Fast mode I
2
C bus device can be used in a Standard mode I
2
C bus system but the requirement,
T
SU
:
DAT
250 ns, must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the
low period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output
the next data bit to the SDA line.
T
R
max. + T
SU
:
DAT
= 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard mode I
2
C bus specification) before
the SCL line is released.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 443
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-21:
MASTER SSP I
2
C BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING WAVEFORMS
TABLE 27-21: MASTER SSP I
2
C BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-22:
MASTER SSP I
2
C BUS DATA TIMING
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
91
93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
90
92
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
Only relevant for
Repeated Start
condition
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
After this period, the
first clock pulse is
generated
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
93
T
HD
:
STO
Stop Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
Note 1:
Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I
2
C pins.
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
90
91
92
100
101
103
106
107
109
109
110
102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 444
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-22: MASTER SSP I
2
C BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
100
T
HIGH
Clock High Time 100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
101
T
LOW
Clock Low Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
102
T
R
SDA and SCL
Rise Time
100 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
300
ns
103
T
F
SDA and SCL
Fall Time
100 kHz mode
--
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
100
ns
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
Only relevant for
Repeated Start
condition
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
After this period, the first
clock pulse is generated
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
106
T
HD
:
DAT
Data Input
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
0
--
ns
400 kHz mode
0
0.9
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
TBD
--
ns
107
T
SU
:
DAT
Data Input
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
250
--
ns
(Note 2)
400 kHz mode
100
--
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
TBD
--
ns
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
109
T
AA
Output Valid
from Clock
100 kHz mode
--
3500
ns
400 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
--
ns
110
T
BUF
Bus Free Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
ms
Time the bus must be free
before a new transmission
can start
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
TBD
--
ms
D102
C
B
Bus Capacitive Loading
--
400
pF
Note 1:
Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I
2
C pins.
2:
A Fast mode I
2
C bus device can be used in a Standard mode I
2
C bus system, but parameter #107
250 ns,
must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the low period of the SCL
signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the
SDA line, parameter #102 + parameter #107 = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (for 100 kHz mode), before the SCL
line is released.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 445
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-23:
USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 27-23: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-24:
USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 27-24: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS
121
121
120
122
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
pin
pin
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
120
T
CK
H2
DT
V SYNC XMIT (MASTER & SLAVE)
Clock High to Data Out Valid
PIC18FXX8X
--
40
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
100
ns
121
T
CKRF
Clock Out Rise Time and Fall Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8X
--
20
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
50
ns
122
T
DTRF
Data Out Rise Time and Fall Time
PIC18FXX8X
--
20
ns
PIC18LFXX8X
--
50
ns
125
126
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
pin
pin
Note:
Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
125
T
DT
V2
CKL
SYNC RCV (MASTER & SLAVE)
Data Hold before CK
(DT hold time)
10
--
ns
126
T
CK
L2
DTL
Data Hold after CK
(DT hold time)
15
--
ns
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 446
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-25: A/D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 (INDUSTRIAL, EXTENDED)
PIC18LF6585/8585/6680/8680 (INDUSTRIAL)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
A01
N
R
Resolution
--
--
--
--
10
TBD
bit
bit
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
V
REF
= V
DD
<
3.0V
A03
E
IL
Integral Linearity Error
--
--
--
--
<1
TBD
LSb
LSb
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
V
REF
= V
DD
<
3.0V
A04
E
DL
Differential Linearity Error
--
--
--
--
<1
TBD
LSb
LSb
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
V
REF
= V
DD
<
3.0V
A05
E
FS
Full-Scale Error
--
--
--
--
<1
TBD
LSb
LSb
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
V
REF
= V
DD
<
3.0V
A06
E
OFF
Offset Error
--
--
--
--
<1
TBD
LSb
LSb
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
V
REF
= V
DD
<
3.0V
A10
--
Monotonicity
guaranteed
(3)
--
V
SS
V
AIN
V
REF
A20
V
REF
Reference Voltage
(V
REFH
V
REFL
)
0V
--
--
V
A20A
3V
--
--
V
For 10-bit resolution
A21
V
REFH
Reference Voltage High
AVss
--
AV
DD
+ 0.3V
V
A22
V
REFL
Reference Voltage Low
AVss 0.3V
--
AV
DD
V
A25
V
AIN
Analog Input Voltage
AV
SS
0.3V
--
V
REF
+ 0.3V
V
A30
Z
AIN
Recommended Impedance of
Analog Voltage Source
--
--
10.0
k
A40
I
AD
A/D Conversion
Current (V
DD
)
PIC18FXX8X
--
180
--
A
Average current
consumption when
A/D is on (Note 1)
PIC18LFXX8X
--
90
--
A
A50
I
REF
V
REF
Input Current (Note 2)
--
--
--
--
5
150
A
A
During V
AIN
acquisition.
During A/D conversion
cycle.
Note 1:
When A/D is off, it will not consume any current other than minor leakage current. The power-down current
spec includes any such leakage from the A/D module.
V
REF
current is from RA2/AN2/V
REF
- and RA3/AN3/V
REF
+ pins or AV
DD
and AV
SS
pins, whichever is
selected as reference input.
2:
Vss
V
AIN
V
REF
3:
The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing
codes.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 447
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 27-25:
A/D CONVERSION TIMING
TABLE 27-26: A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS
131
130
132
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
A/D CLK
A/D DATA
ADRES
ADIF
GO
SAMPLE
OLD_DATA
SAMPLING STOPPED
DONE
NEW_DATA
(Note 2)
9
8
7
2
1
0
Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of T
CY
is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP
instruction to be
executed.
2: This is a minimal RC delay (typically 100 ns) which also disconnects the holding capacitor from the analog input.
. . .
. . .
T
CY
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
130
T
AD
A/D Clock Period
PIC18FXX8X
1.6
20
(5)
s
T
OSC
based, V
REF
3.0V
PIC18LFXX8X
3.0
20
(5)
s
T
OSC
based, V
REF
full range
PIC18FXX8X
2.0
6.0
s
A/D RC mode
PIC18LFXX8X
3.0
9.0
s
A/D RC mode
131
T
CNV
Conversion Time
(not including acquisition time) (Note 1)
11
12
T
AD
132
T
ACQ
Acquisition Time (Note 3)
15
10
--
--
s
s
-40
C
Temp
+125
C
0
C
Temp
+125
C
135
T
SWC
Switching Time from Convert
Sample
--
(Note 4)
136
T
AMP
Amplifier Settling Time (Note 2)
1
--
s
This may be used if the
"new" input voltage has not
changed by more than 1 LSb
(i.e., 5 mV @ 5.12V) from the
last sampled voltage (as
stated on C
HOLD
).
Note 1:
ADRES register may be read on the following T
CY
cycle.
2:
See Section 19.0 "10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module" for minimum conditions when input
voltage has changed more than 1 LSb.
3:
The time for the holding capacitor to acquire the "New" input voltage when the voltage changes full scale
after the conversion (AV
DD
to AV
SS
, or AV
SS
to AV
DD
). The source impedance (R
S
) on the input channels is
50
.
4:
On the next Q4 cycle of the device clock.
5:
The time of the A/D clock period is dependent on the device frequency and the T
AD
clock divider.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 448
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 449
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
28.0
DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES
"Typical" represents the mean of the distribution at 25
C. "Maximum" or "minimum" represents (mean + 3
) or (mean 3
)
respectively, where
is a standard deviation, over the whole temperature range.
FIGURE 28-1:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS MODE)
FIGURE 28-2:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS MODE)
Note:
The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 450
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-3:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS/PLL MODE)
FIGURE 28-4:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS/PLL MODE)
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 451
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-5:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(XT MODE)
FIGURE 28-6:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(XT MODE)
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 452
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-7:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(LP MODE)
FIGURE 28-8:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(LP MODE)
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
F
OSC
(kHz)
IDD (mA)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
F
OSC
(kHz)
IDD (m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 453
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-9:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(EC MODE)
FIGURE 28-10:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(EC MODE)
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
0
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +85C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +85C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 454
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-11:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM I
T1OSC
vs. V
DD
(TIMER1 AS SYSTEM CLOCK)
FIGURE 28-12:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS R's (RC MODE, C = 20 pF, TEMP = 25C)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(u
A)
Typ (25C)
Max (70C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-10C to +70C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-10C to +70C)
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
k
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
Operation above 4MHz is not recomended.
3.3k
100 k
10 k
5.1 k
3.3 k
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 455
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-13:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS R's (RC MODE, C = 100 pF, TEMP = 25C)
FIGURE 28-14:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS R's (RC MODE, C = 300 pF, TEMP = 25C)
100 k
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2,200
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
k
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
3.3 k
5.1 k
10 k
100 k
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
M
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
3.3 k
5.1 k
10 k
100 k
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 456
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-15:
I
PD
vs. V
DD
(SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED)
FIGURE 28-16:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM
I
BOR
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE,
V
BOR
= 2.00V-2.16V
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
1000
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
PD
(u
A
)
Max
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (25C)
Max
(85C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(u
A)
Max (+125C)
Max (+85C)
Typ (+25C)
Device
Held in
Reset
Device
in Sleep
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 457
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-17:
I
T
1
OSC
vs. V
DD
(SLEEP MODE, TIMER1 AND OSCILLATOR ENABLED)
FIGURE 28-18:
I
PD
vs. V
DD
(SLEEP MODE, WDT ENABLED)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
PD
(u
A
)
Typ (25C)
Max (70C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-10C to +70C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-10C to +70C)
0.1
1
10
100
1000
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
PD
(uA)
Max
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (25C)
Max
(85C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 458
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-19:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM WDT PERIOD vs. V
DD
FIGURE 28-20:
I
LVD
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE, V
LVD
= 4.5-4.78V
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
W
DT
P
e
r
i
od (ms
)
Max (125C)
Min (-40C)
Typ (25C)
Max (85C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
50
100
150
200
250
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(
A)
Max (125C)
Typ (25C)
Max (125C)
Typ (25C)
LVDIF is set
by hardware
LVDIF can be
cleared by
firmware
LVDIF state
is unknown
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 459
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-21:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
OH
vs. I
OH
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-22:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
OH
vs. I
OH
(V
DD
= 3V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OH
(-mA)
V
OH
(V)
Typ (25C)
Max
Min
Max
Typ (+25C)
Min
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OH
(-mA)
V
OH
(V)
Typ (25C)
Max
Min
Typ (+25C)
Min
Max
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 460
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-23:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM V
OL
vs. I
OL
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-24:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM V
OL
vs. I
OL
(V
DD
= 3V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OL
(-mA)
V
OL
(V)
Max
Typ (25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (+25C)
Max
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OL
(-mA)
V
OL
(V)
Max
Typ (25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (+25C)
Max
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 461
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-25:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(ST INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-26:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(TTL INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V)
V
IH
Max
V
IH
Min
V
IL
Max
V
IL
Min
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V)
V
TH
(Max)
V
TH
(Min)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 462
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-27:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(I
2
C INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-28:
A/D NONLINEARITY vs. V
REFH
(V
DD
= V
REFH
, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V)
V
IH
Max
V
IH
Min
V
IL
Max
V
IL
Min
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
V
IL
Max
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
V
DD
and V
REFH
(V)
D
i
ffer
e
ntial or
Integr
al N
onlinear
ity (LSB
)
-40C
25C
85C
125C
-40C
+25C
+85C
+125C
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 463
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
FIGURE 28-29:
A/D NON-LINEARITY vs. V
REFH
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
V
REFH
(V)
D
i
ffer
e
ntial or
Integr
al N
onlinear
ilty (LSB
)
Max (-40C to 125C)
Typ (25C)
Typ (+25C)
Max (-40C to +125C)
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 464
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 465
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
29.0
PACKAGING INFORMATION
29.1
Package Marking Information
68-Lead PLCC
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F6680-I/L
0410017
64-Lead TQFP
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F6680
-I/PT
0410017
80-Lead TQFP
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F8680-E
/PT
0410017
Legend: XX...X
Customer specific information*
Y
Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY
Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW
Week code (week of January 1 is week `01')
NNN
Alphanumeric traceability code
Note:
In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters
for customer specific information.
*
Standard PICmicro device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, and
traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check
with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP
price.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 466
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.2
Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
64-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 10x10x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP)
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026
Drawing No. C04-085
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Top
0.27
0.22
0.17
.011
.009
.007
B
Lead Width
0.23
0.18
0.13
.009
.007
.005
c
Lead Thickness
16
16
n1
Pins per Side
10.10
10.00
9.90
.398
.394
.390
D1
Molded Package Length
10.10
10.00
9.90
.398
.394
.390
E1
Molded Package Width
12.25
12.00
11.75
.482
.472
.463
D
Overall Length
12.25
12.00
11.75
.482
.472
.463
E
Overall Width
7
3.5
0
7
3.5
0
Foot Angle
0.75
0.60
0.45
.030
.024
.018
L
Foot Length
0.25
0.15
0.05
.010
.006
.002
A1
Standoff
1.05
1.00
0.95
.041
.039
.037
A2
Molded Package Thickness
1.20
1.10
1.00
.047
.043
.039
A
Overall Height
0.50
.020
p
Pitch
64
64
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS*
INCHES
Units
c
2
1
n
D
D1
B
p
#leads=n1
E1
E
A2
A1
A
L
CH x 45
(F)
Footprint (Reference)
(F)
.039
1.00
Pin 1 Corner Chamfer
CH
.025
.035
.045
0.64
0.89
1.14
Significant Characteristic
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 467
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
68-Lead Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (L) Square (PLCC)
10
5
0
10
5
0
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
10
5
0
10
5
0
Mold Draft Angle Top
0.53
0.51
0.33
.021
.020
.013
B
Lower Lead Width
0.81
0.74
0.66
.032
.029
.026
B1
Upper Lead Width
0.33
0.27
0.20
.013
.011
.008
c
Lead Thickness
17
17
n1
Pins per Side
23.62
23.37
22.61
.930
.920
.890
D2
Footprint Length
23.62
23.37
22.61
.930
.920
.890
E2
Footprint Width
24.33
24.23
24.13
.958
.954
.950
D1
Molded Package Length
24.33
24.23
24.13
.958
.954
.950
E1
Molded Package Width
25.27
25.15
25.02
.995
.990
.985
D
Overall Length
25.27
25.15
25.02
.995
.990
.985
E
Overall Width
0.25
0.13
0.00
.010
.005
.000
CH2
Corner Chamfer (others)
1.27
1.14
1.02
.050
.045
.040
CH1
Corner Chamfer 1
0.86
0.74
0.61
.034
.029
.024
A3
Side 1 Chamfer Height
0.51
.020
A1
Standoff
A2
Molded Package Thickness
4.57
4.39
4.19
.180
.173
.165
A
Overall Height
1.27
.050
p
Pitch
68
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS
INCHES*
Units
A2
c
E2
2
D
D1
n
#leads=n1
E
E1
1
p
B
A3
A
B1
32
D2
68
A1
.145
.153
.160
3.68
3.87
4.06
.028
.035
0.71
0.89
CH1 x 45
CH2 x 45
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-047
Drawing No. C04-049
Significant Characteristic
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 468
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
80-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 12x12x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP)
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026
Drawing No. C04-092
1.10
1.00
.043
.039
1.14
0.89
0.64
.045
.035
.025
CH
Pin 1 Corner Chamfer
1.00
.039
(F)
Footprint (Reference)
(F)
E
E1
#leads=n1
p
B
D1
D
n
1
2
c
L
A
A1
A2
Units
INCHES
MILLIMETERS*
Dimension Limits
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
Number of Pins
n
80
80
Pitch
p
.020
0.50
Overall Height
A
.047
1.20
Molded Package Thickness
A2
.037
.039
.041
0.95
1.00
1.05
Standoff
A1
.002
.004
.006
0.05
0.10
0.15
Foot Length
L
.018
.024
.030
0.45
0.60
0.75
Foot Angle
0
3.5
7
0
3.5
7
Overall Width
E
.541
.551
.561
13.75
14.00
14.25
Overall Length
D
.541
.551
.561
13.75
14.00
14.25
Molded Package Width
E1
.463
.472
.482
11.75
12.00
12.25
Molded Package Length
D1
.463
.472
.482
11.75
12.00
12.25
Pins per Side
n1
20
20
Lead Thickness
c
.004
.006
.008
0.09
0.15
0.20
Lead Width
B
.007
.009
.011
0.17
0.22
0.27
Mold Draft Angle Top
5
10
15
5
10
15
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
5
10
15
5
10
15
CH x 45
Significant Characteristic
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 469
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
APPENDIX A:
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (February 2003)
Original data sheet for PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
family.
Revision B (June 2003)
This revision includes updates to the Special Function
Registers in Table 4-2 and Table 23-1 and minor
corrections to the data sheet text.
Revision C (February 2004)
This revision includes the DC and AC Characteristics
Graphs and Tables. The Electrical Specifications in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics" have been
updated and there have been minor corrections to the
data sheet text.
APPENDIX B:
DEVICE
DIFFERENCES
The differences between the devices listed in this data
sheet are shown in Table B-1.
TABLE B-1:
DEVICE DIFFERENCES
Feature
PIC18F6585
PIC18F6680
PIC18F8585
PIC18F8680
On-Chip Program Memory (Kbytes)
48
64
48
64
I/O Ports
Ports A, B, C, D,
E, F, G
Ports A, B, C, D,
E, F, G
Ports A, B, C, D,
E, F, G, H, J
Ports A, B, C, D,
E, F, G, H, J
A/D Channels
12
12
16
16
External Memory Interface
No
No
Yes
Yes
Package Types
64-pin TQFP,
68-pin PLCC
64-pin TQFP,
68-pin PLCC
80-pin TQFP
80-pin TQFP
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 470
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
APPENDIX C:
CONVERSION
CONSIDERATIONS
This appendix discusses the considerations for con-
verting from previous versions of a device to the ones
listed in this data sheet. Typically, these changes are
due to the differences in the process technology used.
An example of this type of conversion is from a
PIC17C756 to a PIC18F8720.
Not Applicable
APPENDIX D:
MIGRATION FROM
MID-RANGE TO
ENHANCED DEVICES
A detailed discussion of the differences between the
mid-range MCU devices (i.e., PIC16CXXX) and the
enhanced devices (i.e., PIC18FXXX) is provided in
AN716, "Migrating Designs from PIC16C74A/74B to
PIC18C442." The changes discussed, while device
specific, are generally applicable to all mid-range to
enhanced device migrations.
This Application Note is available as Literature Number
DS00716.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 471
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
APPENDIX E:
MIGRATION FROM
HIGH-END TO
ENHANCED DEVICES
A detailed discussion of the migration pathway and
differences between the high-end MCU devices (i.e.,
PIC17CXXX) and the enhanced devices (i.e.,
PIC18FXXXX) is provided in AN726, "PIC17CXXX to
PIC18CXXX Migration." This Application Note is
available as Literature Number DS00726.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 472
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 473
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
INDEX
A
A/D .................................................................................... 249
A/D Converter Interrupt,
Configuring ....................................................... 253
Acquisition Requirements ......................................... 254
Acquisition Time........................................................ 254
ADCON0 Register..................................................... 249
ADCON1 Register..................................................... 249
ADCON2 Register..................................................... 249
ADRESH Register..................................................... 249
ADRESH/ADRESL Registers ................................... 252
ADRESL Register ..................................................... 249
Analog Port Pins ....................................................... 152
Analog Port Pins,
Configuring ....................................................... 255
Associated Register
Summary .......................................................... 257
Automatic Acquisition Time....................................... 255
Calculating Minimum Required
Acquisition Time (Example) .............................. 254
CCP2 Trigger ............................................................ 256
Configuring the Module............................................. 253
Conversion Clock (T
AD
) ............................................ 255
Conversion Requirements ........................................ 447
Conversion Status
(GO/DONE Bit) ................................................. 252
Conversions .............................................................. 256
Converter Characteristics ......................................... 446
Minimum Charging Time ........................................... 254
Special Event Trigger
(CCP) ................................................................ 171
Special Event Trigger
(CCP2) .............................................................. 256
V
REF
+ and V
REF
- References ................................... 254
Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................. 413
AC (Timing) Characteristics .............................................. 426
Load Conditions for Device
Timing Specifications ........................................ 427
Parameter Symbology .............................................. 426
Temperature and Voltage
Specifications.................................................... 427
Timing Conditions ..................................................... 427
ACKSTAT Status Flag ...................................................... 219
ADCON0 Register............................................................. 249
GO/DONE Bit............................................................ 252
ADCON1 Register............................................................. 249
ADCON2 Register............................................................. 249
ADDLW ............................................................................. 371
ADDWF ............................................................................. 371
ADDWFC .......................................................................... 372
ADRESH Register............................................................. 249
ADRESH/ADRESL Registers ........................................... 252
ADRESL Register ............................................................. 249
Analog-to-Digital Converter.
See A/D.
ANDLW............................................................................. 372
ANDWF............................................................................. 373
Assembler
MPASM Assembler .................................................. 407
Auto-Wake-up on Sync
Break Character ....................................................... 242
B
Baud Rate Generator ....................................................... 215
BC..................................................................................... 373
BCF .................................................................................. 374
BF Status Flag .................................................................. 219
Bit Timing Configuration Registers
BRGCON1 ................................................................ 340
BRGCON2 ................................................................ 340
BRGCON3 ................................................................ 340
Block Diagrams
16-bit Byte Select Mode ............................................. 98
16-bit Byte Write Mode ............................................... 96
16-bit Word Write Mode.............................................. 97
A/D............................................................................ 252
Analog Input Model................................................... 253
Baud Rate Generator ............................................... 215
CAN Buffers and Protocol Engine ............................ 276
Capture Mode Operation .......................................... 170
Comparator
Analog Input Model .......................................... 263
Comparator I/O Operating Modes
(diagram) .......................................................... 260
Comparator Output................................................... 262
Comparator Voltage Reference ................................ 266
Compare Mode Operation ................................ 171, 176
Enhanced PWM........................................................ 178
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD)........................................ 270
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD) with
External Input ................................................... 270
MSSP (I
2
C Master Mode)......................................... 213
MSSP (I
2
C Mode)..................................................... 198
MSSP (SPI Mode) .................................................... 189
On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 33
PIC18F6X8X Architecture .......................................... 10
PIC18F8X8X Architecture .......................................... 11
PLL ............................................................................. 25
PORT/LAT/TRIS Operation ...................................... 125
PORTA
RA3:RA0 and RA5 Pins.................................... 126
RA4/T0CKI Pin ................................................. 126
RA6 Pin (When Enabled as I/O)....................... 126
PORTB
RB2:RB0 Pins................................................... 129
RB3 Pin ............................................................ 129
RB7:RB4 Pins................................................... 128
PORTC (Peripheral Output
Override)........................................................... 131
PORTD and PORTE
(Parallel Slave Port).......................................... 152
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 474
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTD in I/O Port Mode .......................................... 133
PORTD in System Bus Mode ................................... 134
PORTE in I/O Mode .................................................. 137
PORTE in System Bus Mode.................................... 137
PORTF
RF1/AN6/C2OUT and
RF2/AN7/C1OUT Pins .............................. 139
RF6:RF3 and RF0 Pins..................................... 140
RF7 Pin ............................................................. 140
PORTG
RG0/CANTX1 Pin ............................................. 142
RG1/CANTX2 Pin ............................................. 143
RG2/CANRX Pin ............................................... 143
RG3 Pin ............................................................ 143
RG4/P1D Pin .................................................... 144
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
Pin .......................................... 144
PORTH
RH3:RH0 Pins in I/O Mode ............................... 146
RH3:RH0 Pins in
System Bus Mode..................................... 147
RH7:RH4 Pins in I/O Mode ............................... 146
PORTJ
RJ4:RJ0 Pins in
System Bus Mode..................................... 150
RJ7:RJ6 Pins in
System Bus Mode..................................... 150
PORTJ in I/O Mode................................................... 149
PWM (CCP Module) ................................................. 173
Reads from Flash Program
Memory ............................................................... 87
Single Comparator .................................................... 261
Table Read Operation................................................. 83
Table Write Operation ................................................. 84
Table Writes to Flash Program
Memory ............................................................... 89
Timer0 in 16-bit Mode ............................................... 156
Timer0 in 8-bit Mode ................................................. 156
Timer1 ....................................................................... 160
Timer1 (16-bit Read/Write Mode) ............................. 160
Timer2 ....................................................................... 163
Timer3 ....................................................................... 165
Timer3 in 16-bit Read/Write Mode ............................ 165
USART Receive ........................................................ 240
USART Transmit ....................................................... 238
Voltage Reference
Output Buffer (example).................................... 267
Watchdog Timer........................................................ 356
BN ..................................................................................... 374
BNC................................................................................... 375
BNN................................................................................... 375
BNOV ................................................................................ 376
BNZ ................................................................................... 376
BOR. See Brown-out Reset.
BOV................................................................................... 379
BRA................................................................................... 377
Break Character (12-bit)
Transmit and Receive ............................................... 243
BRG. See Baud Rate Generator.
Brown-out Reset (BOR) .............................................. 34, 345
BSF ................................................................................... 377
BTFSC .............................................................................. 378
BTFSS............................................................................... 378
BTG................................................................................... 379
BZ...................................................................................... 380
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C17 .............................................................. 408
MPLAB C18 .............................................................. 408
MPLAB C30 .............................................................. 408
CALL ................................................................................. 380
Capture (CCP Module) ..................................................... 169
CAN Message Time-Stamp ...................................... 170
CCP Pin Configuration.............................................. 169
CCPRxH:CCPRxL Registers .................................... 169
Software Interrupt ..................................................... 170
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection................................. 169
Capture, Compare (CCP Module),
Timer1 and Timer3
Associated Registers ................................................ 172
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ........................................ 167
Capture Mode.
See Capture (CCP Module).
CCP Module ............................................................. 169
CCPRxH Register..................................................... 169
CCPRxL Register ..................................................... 169
Compare Mode.
See Compare (CCP Module).
Interaction of CCP1 and
CCP2 Modules ................................................. 169
PWM Mode.
See PWM (CCP Module).
Timer Resources ...................................................... 169
Capture/Compare/PWM
Requirements ........................................................... 435
CLKO and I/O Timing Requirements ........................ 430, 431
Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle .................................... 56
CLRF ................................................................................ 381
CLRWDT .......................................................................... 381
Code Examples
16 x 16 Signed Multiply Routine ............................... 108
16 x 16 Unsigned Multiply Routine ........................... 108
8 x 8 Signed Multiply Routine ................................... 107
8 x 8 Unsigned Multiply Routine ............................... 107
Changing Between Capture
Prescalers......................................................... 170
Changing to Configuration Mode .............................. 281
Data EEPROM Read ................................................ 103
Data EEPROM Refresh Routine............................... 104
Data EEPROM Write ................................................ 103
Erasing a Flash Program
Memory Row ...................................................... 88
Fast Register Stack .................................................... 56
How to Clear RAM (Bank 1) Using
Indirect Addressing ............................................. 79
Initializing PORTA..................................................... 125
Initializing PORTB..................................................... 128
Initializing PORTC .................................................... 131
Initializing PORTD .................................................... 133
Initializing PORTE..................................................... 136
Initializing PORTF..................................................... 139
Initializing PORTG .................................................... 142
Initializing PORTH .................................................... 146
Initializing PORTJ ..................................................... 149
Loading the SSPBUF (SSPSR)
Register ............................................................ 192
Reading a Flash Program
Memory Word ..................................................... 87
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 475
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Saving Status, WREG and BSR Registers
in RAM .............................................................. 124
Transmitting a CAN Message Using
Banked Method................................................. 289
Transmitting a CAN Message Using
WIN Bits ............................................................ 290
WIN and ICODE Bits Usage in Interrupt
Service Routine to Access
TX/RX Buffers ................................................... 281
Writing to Flash Program Memory ........................ 9091
Code Protection ................................................................ 345
COMF ............................................................................... 382
Comparator ....................................................................... 259
Analog Input Connection
Considerations .................................................. 263
Associated Registers ................................................ 264
Configuration............................................................. 260
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 263
Interrupts................................................................... 262
Operation .................................................................. 261
Operation During Sleep ............................................ 263
Outputs ..................................................................... 261
Reference ................................................................. 261
External Signal.................................................. 261
Internal Signal ................................................... 261
Response Time ......................................................... 261
Comparator Specifications ................................................ 423
Comparator Voltage
Reference ................................................................. 265
Accuracy and Error ................................................... 266
Associated Registers ................................................ 267
Configuring................................................................ 265
Connection Considerations....................................... 266
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 266
Operation During Sleep ............................................ 266
Compare (CCP Module) ................................................... 171
CCP Pin Configuration.............................................. 171
CCPRx Register........................................................ 171
Software Interrupt ..................................................... 171
Special Event Trigger................................ 161, 166, 171
Timer1/Timer3 Mode
Selection ........................................................... 171
Compare (CCP2 Module)
Special Event Trigger................................................ 256
Configuration Bits.............................................................. 345
Configuration Mode........................................................... 328
Control Registers
EECON1 and EECON2 .............................................. 84
TABLAT (Table Latch)
Register .............................................................. 86
TBLPTR (Table Pointer)
Register .............................................................. 86
Conversion Considerations ............................................... 470
CPFSEQ ........................................................................... 382
CPFSGT ........................................................................... 383
CPFSLT ............................................................................ 383
D
Data EEPROM Memory
Associated Registers................................................ 105
EEADRH
EEADR Register Pair ....................................... 101
EECON1 Register .................................................... 101
EECON2 Register .................................................... 101
Operation During
Code-Protect .................................................... 104
Protection Against
Spurious Write .................................................. 104
Reading .................................................................... 103
Using ........................................................................ 104
Write Verify ............................................................... 104
Writing to .................................................................. 103
Data Memory ...................................................................... 59
General Purpose Registers ........................................ 59
Map for PIC18FXX80/XX85
Devices............................................................... 60
Special Function Registers......................................... 59
DAW ................................................................................. 384
DC and AC Characteristics
Graphs and Tables ................................................... 449
DC Characteristics
PIC18FXX8X (Industrial and
Extended), PIC18LFXX8X
(Industrial)......................................................... 421
Power-down and
Supply Current.................................................. 417
Supply Voltage ......................................................... 416
DCFSNZ ........................................................................... 385
DECF ................................................................................ 384
DECFSZ ........................................................................... 385
Demonstration Boards
PICDEM 1................................................................. 410
PICDEM 17............................................................... 411
PICDEM 18R ............................................................ 411
PICDEM 2 Plus......................................................... 410
PICDEM 3................................................................. 410
PICDEM 4................................................................. 410
PICDEM LIN ............................................................. 411
PICDEM USB ........................................................... 411
PICDEM.net Internet/
Ethernet ............................................................ 410
Development Support ....................................................... 407
Device Differences............................................................ 469
Device Features.................................................................... 9
Device Overview................................................................... 9
Direct Addressing ............................................................... 78
Disable Mode.................................................................... 328
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 476
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
E
ECAN Module ................................................................... 275
Baud Rate Setting ..................................................... 337
Bit Time Partitioning .................................................. 337
Bit Timing Configuration
Registers........................................................... 340
Calculating T
Q
, Nominal Bit Rate and
Nominal Bit Time............................................... 338
CAN Baud Rate Registers ........................................ 315
CAN Control and Status
Registers........................................................... 277
CAN Controller Register Map ................................... 323
CAN I/O Control Register.......................................... 318
CAN Interrupt Registers ............................................ 319
CAN Interrupts .......................................................... 342
Acknowledge..................................................... 343
Bus Activity Wake-up ........................................ 343
Bus-Off.............................................................. 343
Code Bits .......................................................... 342
Error .................................................................. 343
Message Error .................................................. 343
Receive ............................................................. 343
Receiver Bus Passive ....................................... 343
Receiver Overflow............................................. 343
Receiver Warning ............................................. 343
Transmit ............................................................ 342
Transmitter Bus Passive ................................... 343
Transmitter Warning ......................................... 343
CAN Message Buffers .............................................. 331
Dedicated Receive............................................ 331
Dedicated Transmit........................................... 331
Programmable Auto-RTR ................................. 332
Programmable
Transmit/Receive ...................................... 331
CAN Message Transmission .................................... 332
Aborting............................................................. 332
Initiating............................................................. 332
Priority............................................................... 333
CAN Modes of Operation .......................................... 328
CAN Registers .......................................................... 277
Configuration Mode................................................... 328
Dedicated CAN Receive
Buffer Registers ................................................ 291
Dedicated CAN Transmit
Buffer Registers ................................................ 285
Disable Mode ............................................................ 328
Error Detection .......................................................... 341
Acknowledge..................................................... 341
Bit...................................................................... 341
CRC .................................................................. 341
Error Modes and Counters................................ 341
Error States....................................................... 341
Form.................................................................. 341
Stuff Bit ............................................................. 341
Error Modes State (diagram) .................................... 342
Error Recognition Mode ............................................ 330
Filter-Mask Truth (table)............................................ 335
Functional Modes...................................................... 330
Mode 0 - Legacy Mode ..................................... 330
Mode 1 - Enhanced
Legacy Mode ............................................ 330
Mode 2 - Enhanced
FIFO Mode................................................ 331
Information Processing Time
(IPT).................................................................. 338
Lengthening a Bit Period .......................................... 339
Listen Only Mode...................................................... 330
Loopback Mode ........................................................ 330
Message Acceptance Filters
and Masks ................................................ 306, 335
Message Acceptance Mask and
Filter Operation ................................................. 336
Message Reception .................................................. 334
Enhanced FIFO Mode ...................................... 335
Priority .............................................................. 334
Time-Stamping ................................................. 335
Normal Mode ............................................................ 328
Oscillator Tolerance.................................................. 340
Overview................................................................... 275
Phase Buffer Segments............................................ 338
Programmable TX/RX and
Auto-RTR Buffers ............................................. 297
Programming Time Segments .................................. 340
Propagation Segment ............................................... 338
Sample Point ............................................................ 338
Shortening a Bit Period............................................. 340
Synchronization ........................................................ 339
Hard .................................................................. 339
Resynchronization ............................................ 339
Rules ................................................................ 339
Synchronization Segment......................................... 338
Time Quanta ............................................................. 338
Electrical Characteristics .................................................. 413
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
(ECCP) ..................................................................... 175
Outputs ..................................................................... 176
Enhanced PWM Mode.
See PWM (ECCP Module).
Enhanced Universal Synchronous
Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter (USART) ................................................ 229
Errata .................................................................................... 7
Error Recognition Mode .................................................... 328
Evaluation and Programming Tools.................................. 411
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Master Mode, CKE = 0)........................................... 437
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Master Mode, CKE = 1)........................................... 438
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Slave Mode, CKE = 0)............................................. 439
Example SPI Slave Mode Requirements
(CKE = 1).................................................................. 440
External Clock Timing
Requirements ........................................................... 428
External Memory Interface.................................................. 93
16-bit Byte Select Mode.............................................. 98
16-bit Byte Write Mode ............................................... 96
16-bit Mode................................................................. 96
16-bit Mode Timing ..................................................... 99
16-bit Word Write Mode.............................................. 97
PIC18F8X8X External Bus -
I/O Port Functions............................................... 95
Program Memory Modes ............................................ 93
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 477
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
F
Firmware Instructions........................................................ 365
Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 83
Associated Registers .................................................. 92
Control Registers ........................................................ 84
Erase Sequence ......................................................... 88
Erasing........................................................................ 88
Operation During Code
Protection............................................................ 92
Reading....................................................................... 87
Table Pointer
Boundaries Based on Operation......................... 86
Table Pointer Boundaries ........................................... 86
Table Reads and Table Writes ................................... 83
Write Sequence .......................................................... 90
Writing to..................................................................... 89
Protection Against Spurious
Writes.......................................................... 92
Unexpected Termination..................................... 92
Write Verify ......................................................... 92
G
General Call Address Support .......................................... 212
GOTO ............................................................................... 386
H
Hardware Multiplier ........................................................... 107
Introduction ............................................................... 107
Operation .................................................................. 107
Performance Comparison
(table)................................................................ 107
I
I/O Ports ............................................................................ 125
I
2
C Bus Data Requirements
(Slave Mode)............................................................. 442
I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits Requirements
(Slave Mode)............................................................. 441
I
2
C Mode
General Call Address Support .................................. 212
Master Mode
Operation .......................................................... 214
Read/Write Bit Information
(R/W Bit) ................................................... 202, 203
Serial Clock (RC3/SCK/SCL).................................... 203
ID Locations .............................................................. 345, 362
INCF.................................................................................. 386
INCFSZ ............................................................................. 387
In-Circuit Debugger ........................................................... 362
Resources (table)...................................................... 362
In-Circuit Serial Programming
(ICSP) ............................................................... 345, 362
Indirect Addressing
INDF and FSR Registers ............................................ 79
Operation .................................................................... 79
Indirect File Operand .......................................................... 59
INFSNZ ............................................................................. 387
Instruction Flow/Pipelining .................................................. 57
Instruction Format ............................................................. 367
Instruction Set................................................................... 365
ADDLW..................................................................... 371
ADDWF .................................................................... 371
ADDWFC .................................................................. 372
ANDLW..................................................................... 372
ANDWF .................................................................... 373
BC............................................................................. 373
BCF .......................................................................... 374
BN............................................................................. 374
BNC .......................................................................... 375
BNN .......................................................................... 375
BNOV ....................................................................... 376
BNZ .......................................................................... 376
BOV .......................................................................... 379
BRA .......................................................................... 377
BSF........................................................................... 377
BTFSC ...................................................................... 378
BTFSS ...................................................................... 378
BTG .......................................................................... 379
BZ ............................................................................. 380
CALL......................................................................... 380
CLRF ........................................................................ 381
CLRWDT .................................................................. 381
COMF ....................................................................... 382
CPFSEQ ................................................................... 382
CPFSGT ................................................................... 383
CPFSLT.................................................................... 383
DAW ......................................................................... 384
DCFSNZ ................................................................... 385
DECF........................................................................ 384
DECFSZ ................................................................... 385
GOTO ....................................................................... 386
INCF ......................................................................... 386
INCFSZ..................................................................... 387
INFSNZ..................................................................... 387
IORLW ...................................................................... 388
IORWF...................................................................... 388
LFSR ........................................................................ 389
MOVF ....................................................................... 389
MOVFF ..................................................................... 390
MOVLB ..................................................................... 390
MOVLW .................................................................... 391
MOVWF.................................................................... 391
MULLW..................................................................... 392
MULWF .................................................................... 392
NEGF........................................................................ 393
NOP.......................................................................... 393
POP .......................................................................... 394
PUSH........................................................................ 394
RCALL ...................................................................... 395
RESET...................................................................... 395
RETFIE..................................................................... 396
RETLW ..................................................................... 396
RETURN................................................................... 397
RLCF ........................................................................ 397
RLNCF...................................................................... 398
RRCF........................................................................ 398
RRNCF ..................................................................... 399
SETF ........................................................................ 399
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 478
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
SLEEP ...................................................................... 400
SUBFWP................................................................... 400
SUBLW ..................................................................... 401
SUBWF ..................................................................... 401
SUBWFB................................................................... 402
SWAPF ..................................................................... 402
TBLRD ...................................................................... 403
TBLWT ...................................................................... 404
TSTFSZ .................................................................... 405
XORLW ..................................................................... 405
XORWF..................................................................... 406
Summary Table......................................................... 368
INT Interrupt (RB0/INT).
See Interrupt Sources.
INTCON Registers ............................................................ 111
Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I
2
C.
Interrupt Sources............................................................... 345
A/D Conversion Complete ........................................ 253
Capture Complete (CCP) .......................................... 170
Compare Complete (CCP) ........................................ 171
ECAN Module ........................................................... 342
INT0 .......................................................................... 124
Interrupt-on-Change
(RB7:RB4)......................................................... 128
PORTB, Interrupt-on-Change ................................... 124
RB0/INT Pin, External ............................................... 124
TMR0 ........................................................................ 124
TMR0 Overflow ......................................................... 157
TMR1 Overflow ................................................. 159, 161
TMR2 to PR2 Match ................................................. 163
TMR2 to PR2 Match (PWM) ..................... 162, 173, 177
TMR3 Overflow ................................................. 164, 166
Interrupts ........................................................................... 109
Context Saving During
Interrupts........................................................... 124
Control Registers ...................................................... 111
Enable Registers....................................................... 117
Flag Registers ........................................................... 114
Logic (diagram) ......................................................... 110
Priority Registers....................................................... 120
Reset Control Registers ............................................ 123
Interrupts, Flag Bits
CCP Flag (CCPxIF Bit) ............................. 169, 170, 171
IORLW .............................................................................. 388
IORWF .............................................................................. 388
IPR Registers .................................................................... 120
L
LFSR ................................................................................. 389
Listen Only Mode .............................................................. 328
Look-up Tables
Computed GOTO ........................................................ 58
Table Reads/Table Writes .......................................... 58
Loopback Mode................................................................. 328
Low-Voltage Detect........................................................... 269
Characteristics .......................................................... 424
Converter Characteristics ......................................... 424
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 273
Operation .................................................................. 272
Current Consumption........................................ 273
During Sleep ..................................................... 273
Reference Voltage Set Point............................. 273
Typical Application .................................................... 269
Low-Voltage ICSP Programming ...................................... 363
LVD. See Low-Voltage Detect.
M
Master SSP I
2
C Bus
Data Requirements................................................... 444
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits
Requirements ........................................................... 443
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP).
See MSSP.
Memory Organization
Data Memory .............................................................. 59
PIC18F8X8X Program Memory Modes ...................... 51
Extended Microcontroller.................................... 51
Microcontroller .................................................... 51
Microprocessor ................................................... 51
Microprocessor with
Boot Block .................................................. 51
Program Memory ........................................................ 51
Memory Programming Requirements............................... 425
Migration from High-End to
Enhanced Devices.................................................... 471
Migration from Mid-Range to
Enhanced Devices.................................................... 470
MOVF ............................................................................... 389
MOVFF ............................................................................. 390
MOVLB ............................................................................. 390
MOVLW ............................................................................ 391
MOVWF ............................................................................ 391
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler,
Linker, Librarian ........................................................ 408
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ................................... 409
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator .................................................... 409
MPLAB ICE 4000 High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator .................................................... 409
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software .............................................. 407
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 409
MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian............................................. 408
MSSP................................................................................ 189
ACK Pulse ........................................................ 202, 203
Clock Stretching........................................................ 208
10-bit Slave Receive Mode
(SEN = 1).................................................. 208
10-bit Slave Transmit Mode.............................. 208
7-bit Slave Receive Mode
(SEN = 1).................................................. 208
7-bit Slave Transmit Mode................................ 208
Clock Synchronization and the
CKP Bit ............................................................. 209
Control Registers (general)....................................... 189
I
2
C Mode .................................................................. 198
Acknowledge Sequence Timing ....................... 222
Baud Rate Generator ....................................... 215
Bus Collision
During a Repeated
Start Condition.................................. 226
Bus Collision During a
Start Condition.......................................... 224
Bus Collision During a
Stop Condition .......................................... 227
Clock Arbitration ............................................... 216
Effect of a Reset ............................................... 223
I
2
C Clock Rate w/BRG ..................................... 215
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 479
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Master Mode ..................................................... 213
Reception.................................................. 219
Repeated Start Condition
Timing ............................................... 218
Transmission ............................................ 219
Master Mode Start Condition ............................ 217
Module Operation ............................................. 202
Multi-Master Communication,
Bus Collision and
Arbitration ................................................. 223
Multi-Master Mode ............................................ 223
Registers........................................................... 198
Slave Mode ....................................................... 202
Slave Mode, Addressing ................................... 202
Slave Mode, Reception..................................... 203
Slave Mode, Transmission ............................... 203
Sleep Operation ................................................ 223
Stop Condition Timing ...................................... 222
I
2
C Mode. See I
2
C.
Overview ................................................................... 189
SPI Mode .................................................................. 189
Associated Registers ........................................ 197
Bus Mode Compatibility .................................... 197
Effects of a Reset ............................................. 197
Enabling SPI I/O ............................................... 193
Master Mode ..................................................... 194
Operation .......................................................... 192
Slave Mode ....................................................... 195
Slave Select
Synchronization ........................................ 195
Sleep Operation ................................................ 197
SPI Clock .......................................................... 194
Typical Connection ........................................... 193
SPI Mode. See SPI.
SSPBUF Register ..................................................... 194
SSPSR Register ....................................................... 194
MSSP Module
SPI Master/Slave Connection ................................... 193
MULLW ............................................................................. 392
MULWF ............................................................................. 392
N
NEGF ................................................................................ 393
NOP .................................................................................. 393
Normal Operation Mode.................................................... 328
O
Opcode Field Descriptions ................................................ 366
OPTION_REG Register
PSA Bit...................................................................... 157
T0CS Bit.................................................................... 157
T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits .................................................... 157
T0SE Bit.................................................................... 157
Oscillator Configuration....................................................... 23
EC ............................................................................... 23
ECIO ........................................................................... 23
ECIO+PLL................................................................... 23
ECIO+SPLL ................................................................ 23
HS ............................................................................... 23
HS+PLL ...................................................................... 23
HS+SPLL .................................................................... 23
LP................................................................................ 23
RC............................................................................... 23
RCIO ........................................................................... 23
XT ............................................................................... 23
Oscillator Selection ........................................................... 345
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) .................................. 34, 345
Oscillator Switching Feature
System Clock Switch Bit............................................. 27
Oscillator, Timer1.............................................. 159, 161, 166
Oscillator, Timer3.............................................................. 164
Oscillator, WDT................................................................. 355
P
Packaging ......................................................................... 465
Details....................................................................... 466
Marking..................................................................... 465
Parallel Slave Port (PSP).......................................... 133, 152
Associated Registers................................................ 154
RE0/RD/AD8 Pin ...................................................... 152
RE1/WR/AD9 Pin ..................................................... 152
RE2/CS/AD10 Pin .................................................... 152
Select (PSPMODE Bit) ..................................... 133, 152
Parallel Slave Port Requirements
(PIC18FXX8X).......................................................... 436
Phase Locked Loop (PLL) .................................................. 25
PICkit 1 Flash Starter Kit .................................................. 411
PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer.............................................................. 410
PIE Registers.................................................................... 117
Pin Functions
AV
DD
........................................................................... 21
AV
SS
........................................................................... 21
OSC1/CLKI ................................................................. 12
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 ....................................................... 12
RA0/AN0..................................................................... 13
RA1/AN1..................................................................... 13
RA2/AN2/V
REF
- .......................................................... 13
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+ ......................................................... 13
RA4/T0CKI ................................................................. 13
RA5/AN4/LVDIN ......................................................... 13
RA6............................................................................. 13
RB0/INT0 .................................................................... 14
RB1/INT1 .................................................................... 14
RB2/INT2 .................................................................... 14
RB3/INT3/CCP2 ......................................................... 14
RB4/KBI0 .................................................................... 14
RB5/KBI1/PGM........................................................... 14
RB6/KBI2/PGC ........................................................... 14
RB7/KBI3/PGD ........................................................... 14
RC0/T1OSO/T13CKI .................................................. 15
RC1/T1OSI/CCP2 ...................................................... 15
RC2/CCP1/P1A .......................................................... 15
RC3/SCK/SCL ............................................................ 15
RC4/SDI/SDA ............................................................. 15
RC5/SDO.................................................................... 15
RC6/TX/CK ................................................................. 15
RC7/RX/DT................................................................. 15
RD0/PSP0/AD0 .......................................................... 16
RD1/PSP1/AD1 .......................................................... 16
RD2/PSP2/AD2 .......................................................... 16
RD3/PSP3/AD3 .......................................................... 16
RD4/PSP4/AD4 .......................................................... 16
RD5/PSP5/AD5 .......................................................... 16
RD6/PSP6/AD6 .......................................................... 16
RD7/PSP7/AD7 .......................................................... 16
RE0/RD/AD8 .............................................................. 17
RE1/WR/AD9.............................................................. 17
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 480
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RE2/CS/AD10 ............................................................. 17
RE3/AD11 ................................................................... 17
RE4/AD12 ................................................................... 17
RE5/AD13/P1C ........................................................... 17
RE6/AD14/P1B ........................................................... 17
RE7/CCP2/AD15 ........................................................ 17
RF0/AN5 ..................................................................... 18
RF1/AN6/C2OUT ........................................................ 18
RF2/AN7/C1OUT ........................................................ 18
RF3/AN8/C2IN+ .......................................................... 18
RF4/AN9/C2IN- ........................................................... 18
RF5/AN10/C1IN+/CV
REF
............................................ 18
RF6/AN11/C1IN- ......................................................... 18
RF7/SS ....................................................................... 18
RG0/CANTX1 ............................................................. 19
RG1/CANTX2 ............................................................. 19
RG2/CANRX ............................................................... 19
RG3............................................................................. 19
RG4/P1D..................................................................... 19
RG5/MCLR/V
PP
.......................................................... 12
RH0/A16 ..................................................................... 20
RH1/A17 ..................................................................... 20
RH2/A18 ..................................................................... 20
RH3/A19 ..................................................................... 20
RH4/AN12 ................................................................... 20
RH5/AN13 ................................................................... 20
RH6/AN14/P1C ........................................................... 20
RH7/AN15/P1B ........................................................... 20
RJ0/ALE ...................................................................... 21
RJ1/OE ....................................................................... 21
RJ2/WRL..................................................................... 21
RJ3/WRH .................................................................... 21
RJ4/BA0 ...................................................................... 21
RJ5/CE........................................................................ 21
RJ6/LB ........................................................................ 21
RJ7/UB........................................................................ 21
V
DD
.............................................................................. 21
V
SS
.............................................................................. 21
PIR Registers .................................................................... 114
PLL Clock Timing Specifications....................................... 429
PLL Lock Time-out .............................................................. 34
Pointer, FSR........................................................................ 79
POP................................................................................... 394
POR. See Power-on Reset.
PORTA
Associated Registers ................................................ 127
Functions .................................................................. 127
LATA Register........................................................... 125
PORTA Register ....................................................... 125
TRISA Register ......................................................... 125
PORTB
Associated Registers ................................................ 130
Functions .................................................................. 130
LATB Register........................................................... 128
PORTB Register ....................................................... 128
RB0/INT Pin, External ............................................... 124
TRISB Register ......................................................... 128
PORTC
Associated Registers ................................................ 132
Functions .................................................................. 132
LATC Register .......................................................... 131
PORTC Register ....................................................... 131
RC3/SCK/SCL Pin .................................................... 203
TRISC Register ......................................................... 131
PORTD ............................................................................. 152
Associated Registers ................................................ 135
Functions .................................................................. 135
LATD Register .......................................................... 133
Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
Function ............................................................ 133
PORTD Register....................................................... 133
TRISD Register......................................................... 133
PORTE
Analog Port Pins ....................................................... 152
Associated Registers ................................................ 138
Functions .................................................................. 138
LATE Register .......................................................... 136
PORTE Register ....................................................... 136
PSP Mode Select
(PSPMODE Bit) ........................................ 133, 152
RE0/RD/AD8 Pin ...................................................... 152
RE1/WR/AD9 Pin...................................................... 152
RE2/CS/AD10 Pin..................................................... 152
TRISE Register......................................................... 136
PORTF
Associated Registers ................................................ 141
Functions .................................................................. 141
LATF Register........................................................... 139
PORTF Register ....................................................... 139
TRISF Register ......................................................... 139
PORTG
Associated Registers ................................................ 145
Functions .................................................................. 145
LATG Register .......................................................... 142
PORTG Register....................................................... 142
TRISG Register ........................................................ 142
PORTH
Associated Registers ................................................ 148
Functions .................................................................. 148
LATH Register .......................................................... 146
PORTH Register....................................................... 146
TRISH Register......................................................... 146
PORTJ
Associated Registers ................................................ 151
Functions .................................................................. 151
LATJ Register ........................................................... 149
PORTJ Register........................................................ 149
TRISJ Register ......................................................... 149
Postscaler, WDT
Assignment (PSA Bit) ............................................... 157
Rate Select
(T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits) ......................................... 157
Power-down Mode. See Sleep.
Power-on Reset (POR)............................................... 34, 345
Power-up Delays ................................................................ 31
Power-up Timer (PWRT) ............................................ 34, 345
Prescaler
Timer2 ...................................................................... 177
Prescaler, Capture ............................................................ 170
Prescaler, Timer0 ............................................................. 157
Assignment (PSA Bit) ............................................... 157
Rate Select
(T0PS2:T0PS0 Bits) ......................................... 157
Prescaler, Timer2 ............................................................. 173
PRO MATE II Universal Device
Programmer.............................................................. 409
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 481
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
Product Identification System ........................................... 487
Program Counter
PCL, PCLATH and PCLATU
Registers............................................................. 56
Program Memory
Instructions.................................................................. 57
Two-Word ........................................................... 58
Interrupt Vector ........................................................... 51
Map and Stack for
PIC18F6585/8585............................................... 52
Map and Stack for
PIC18F6680/8680............................................... 52
Memory Access for
PIC18F8X8X Modes ........................................... 52
Memory Maps for
PIC18F8X8X Modes ........................................... 53
Reset Vector ............................................................... 51
Program Memory Modes
Extended Microcontroller ............................................ 93
Microcontroller ............................................................ 93
Microprocessor ........................................................... 93
Microprocessor with
Boot Block........................................................... 93
Program Memory Write Timing
Requirements............................................................ 432
Program Verification and
Code Protection ........................................................ 359
Associated Registers ................................................ 359
Configuration Register
Protection.......................................................... 362
Data EEPROM Code
Protection.......................................................... 362
Memory Code Protection .......................................... 360
Programming, Device Instructions .................................... 365
PSP. See Parallel Slave Port.
PUSH ................................................................................ 394
PWM (CCP Module) ......................................................... 173
CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers.................................... 177
CCPR1L:CCPR1H Registers.................................... 173
Duty Cycle......................................................... 173, 177
Example Frequencies/
Resolutions ............................................... 174, 178
Period................................................................ 173, 177
Registers Associated with PWM
and Timer2........................................................ 187
Setup for PWM Operation......................................... 174
TMR2 to PR2 Match ................................. 162, 173, 177
PWM (CCP Module) and Timer2
Associated Registers ................................................ 174
PWM (ECCP Module) ....................................................... 177
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 187
Enhanced PWM Auto-Shutdown .............................. 184
Full-Bridge Application
Example ............................................................ 182
Full-Bridge Mode....................................................... 181
Direction Change .............................................. 182
Half-Bridge Mode ...................................................... 180
Half-Bridge Output Mode
Applications Example ....................................... 180
Output Configurations ............................................... 177
Output Relationships
(Active-High State)............................................ 178
Output Relationships
(Active-Low State) ............................................ 179
Programmable Dead-Band Delay............................. 184
PWM Direction Change (diagram)............................ 183
PWM Direction Change at Near 100%
Duty Cycle (diagram)........................................ 183
Setup for Operation .................................................. 187
Start-up Considerations ............................................ 186
Q
Q Clock ..................................................................... 173, 177
R
RAM. See Data Memory.
RC Oscillator....................................................................... 24
RCALL .............................................................................. 395
RCON Register................................................................. 123
RCSTA Register
SPEN Bit................................................................... 229
Register File........................................................................ 59
Register File Summary ................................................. 6777
Registers
ADCON0 (A/D Control 0).......................................... 249
ADCON1 (A/D Control 1).......................................... 250
ADCON2 (A/D Control 2).......................................... 251
BAUDCON (Baud Rate Control)............................... 232
BIE0 (Buffer Interrupt Enable 0) ............................... 322
BnCON (TX/RX Buffer n Control,
Receive Mode) ................................................. 297
BnCON (TX/RX Buffer n Control,
Transmit Mode) ................................................ 298
BnDLC (TX/RX Buffer n Data Length
Code in Receive Mode) .................................... 304
BnDLC (TX/RX Buffer n Data Length
Code in Transmit Mode) ................................... 305
BnDm (TX/RX Buffer n Data Field Byte m
in Receive Mode).............................................. 303
BnDm (TX/RX Buffer n Data Field Byte m
in Transmit Mode)............................................. 303
BnEIDH (TX/RX Buffer n Extended
Identifier, High Byte in
Receive Mode) ................................................. 301
BnEIDH (TX/RX Buffer n Extended
Identifier, High Byte in
Transmit Mode) ................................................ 301
BnEIDL (TX/RX Buffer n Extended
Identifier, Low Byte in
Receive Mode) ................................................. 302
BnEIDL (TX/RX Buffer n Extended
Identifier, Low Byte in
Transmit Mode) ................................................ 302
BnSIDH (TX/RX Buffer n Standard
Identifier, High Byte in
Receive Mode) ................................................. 299
BnSIDH (TX/RX Buffer n Standard
Identifier, High Byte in
Transmit Mode) ................................................ 299
BnSIDL (TX/RX Buffer n Standard
Identifier, Low Byte in
Receive Mode) ................................................. 300
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 482
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BnSIDL (TX/RX Buffer n Standard
Identifier, Low Byte in
Transmit Mode)................................................. 300
BRGCON1 (Baud Rate Control 1) ............................ 315
BRGCON2 (Baud Rate Control 2) ............................ 316
BRGCON3 (Baud Rate Control 3) ............................ 317
BSEL0 (Buffer Select 0) ............................................ 305
CANCON (CAN Control) ........................................... 278
CANSTAT (CAN Status) ........................................... 279
CCP1CON (CCP1 Control) ............................... 167, 175
CCP2CON (CCP2 Control) ....................................... 168
CIOCON (CAN I/O Control) ...................................... 318
CMCON (Comparator Control) ................................. 259
COMSTAT
(CAN Communication Status)........................... 284
CONFIG1H (Configuration 1 High) ........................... 347
CONFIG2H (Configuration 2 High) ........................... 349
CONFIG2L (Configuration 2 Low)............................. 348
CONFIG3H (Configuration 3 High) ........................... 350
CONFIG3L (Configuration 3 Low)............................. 349
CONFIG3L (Configuration Byte) ................................. 53
CONFIG4L (Configuration 4 Low)............................. 350
CONFIG5H (Configuration 5 High) ........................... 351
CONFIG5L (Configuration 5 Low)............................. 351
CONFIG6H (Configuration 6 High) ........................... 352
CONFIG6L (Configuration 6 Low)............................. 352
CONFIG7H (Configuration 7 High) ........................... 353
CONFIG7L (Configuration 7 Low)............................. 353
CVRCON (Comparator Voltage
Reference Control)............................................ 265
Device ID 1 ............................................................... 354
Device ID 2 ............................................................... 354
ECANCON (Enhanced CAN Control) ....................... 283
ECCP1AS (ECCP1 Auto-Shutdown
Control) ............................................................. 185
ECCP1DEL (ECCP1 Delay) ..................................... 184
EECON1 (Data EEPROM
Control 1) .................................................... 85, 102
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ....................................... 111
INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) .................................. 112
INTCON3 (Interrupt Control 3) .................................. 113
IPR1 (Peripheral Interrupt
Priority 1)........................................................... 120
IPR2 (Peripheral Interrupt
Priority 2)........................................................... 121
IPR3 (Peripheral Interrupt
Priority 3)................................................... 122, 321
LVDCON (LVD Control) ............................................ 271
MEMCON (Memory Control)....................................... 94
OSCCON (Oscillator Control) ..................................... 27
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt
Enable 1)........................................................... 117
PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt
Enable 2)........................................................... 118
PIE3 (Peripheral Interrupt
Enable 3)................................................... 119, 320
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt
Request 1) ........................................................ 114
PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt
Request 2) ........................................................ 115
PIR3 (Peripheral Interrupt
Flag 3)............................................................... 319
PIR3 (Peripheral Interrupt
Request 3) ........................................................ 116
PSPCON (Parallel Slave Port
Control)............................................................. 153
RCON (Reset Control).................................. 35, 82, 123
RCSTA (Receive Status and
Control)............................................................. 231
RXB0CON (Receive Buffer 0
Control)............................................................. 291
RXB1CON (Receive Buffer 1
Control)............................................................. 293
RXBnDLC (Receive Buffer n
Data Length Code) ........................................... 295
RXBnDm (Receive Buffer n
Data Field Byte m)............................................ 296
RXBnEIDH (Receive Buffer n
Extended Identifier, High Byte)......................... 294
RXBnEIDL (Receive Buffer n
Extended Identifier, Low Byte).......................... 295
RXBnSIDH (Receive Buffer n
Standard Indentifier, High Byte) ....................... 294
RXBnSIDL (Receive Buffer n
Standard Identifier, Low Byte) .......................... 294
RXERRCNT (Receive Error Count).......................... 296
RXFnEIDH (Receive Acceptance
Filter n Extended Identifier,
High Byte)......................................................... 307
RXFnEIDL (Receive Acceptance
Filter n Extended Identifier,
Low Byte).......................................................... 307
RXFnSIDH (Receive Acceptance
Filter n Standard Identifier Filter,
High Byte)......................................................... 306
RXFnSIDL (Receive Acceptance
Filter n Standard Identifier Filter,
Low Byte).......................................................... 306
RXMnEIDH (Receive Acceptance
Mask n Extended Identifier Mask,
High Byte)......................................................... 308
RXMnEIDL (Receive Acceptance
Mask n Extended Identifier Mask,
Low Byte).......................................................... 308
RXMnSIDH (Receive Acceptance
Mask n Standard Identifier Mask,
High Byte)......................................................... 307
RXMnSIDL (Receive Acceptance
Mask n Standard Identifier Mask,
Low Byte).......................................................... 308
SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1
in SPI Mode)..................................................... 191
SSPCON2 (MSSP Control 2
in I
2
C Mode) ..................................................... 201
SSPSTAT (MSSP Status
in SPI Mode).................................................... 190
Status ......................................................................... 81
STKPTR (Stack Pointer)............................................. 55
T0CON (Timer0 Control) .......................................... 155
T1CON (Timer 1 Control) ......................................... 159
T2CON (Timer2 Control) .......................................... 162
T3CON (Timer3 Control) .......................................... 164
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 483
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
TXBIE (Transmit Buffers
Interrupt Enable) ............................................... 322
TXBnCON (Transmit Buffer n
Control) ............................................................. 285
TXBnDLC (Transmit Buffer n
Data Length Code) ........................................... 288
TXBnDm (Transmit Buffer n
Data Field Byte m) ............................................ 287
TXBnEIDH (Transmit Buffer n
Extended Identifier, High Byte) ......................... 286
TXBnEIDL (Transmit Buffer n
Extended Identifier, Low Byte) .......................... 287
TXBnSIDH (Transmit Buffer n
Standard Identifier, High Byte).......................... 286
TXBnSIDL (Transmit Buffer n
Standard Identifier, Low Byte) .......................... 286
TXERRCNT (Transmit Error Count) ......................... 288
TXSTA (Transmit Status and
Control) ............................................................. 230
WDTCON (Watchdog Timer
Control) ............................................................. 355
RESET .............................................................................. 395
Reset........................................................................... 33, 345
Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator
Start-up Timer, Power-up Timer and
Brown-out Reset Requirements................................ 433
RETFIE ............................................................................. 396
RETLW ............................................................................. 396
RETURN ........................................................................... 397
Return Address Stack
and Associated Registers ........................................... 55
Stack Pointer (STKPTR) ............................................. 54
Top-of-Stack Access................................................... 54
Revision History ................................................................ 469
RLCF................................................................................. 397
RLNCF .............................................................................. 398
RRCF ................................................................................ 398
RRNCF ............................................................................. 399
S
SCK................................................................................... 189
SDI .................................................................................... 189
SDO .................................................................................. 189
Serial Clock, SCK ............................................................. 189
Serial Data In, SDI ............................................................ 189
Serial Data Out, SDO........................................................ 189
Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI.
SETF ................................................................................. 399
Slave Select, SS ............................................................... 189
SLEEP .............................................................................. 400
Sleep ......................................................................... 345, 357
Software Simulator
(MPLAB SIM) ............................................................ 408
Software Simulator
(MPLAB SIM30) ........................................................ 408
Special Event Trigger. See Compare.
Special Features of the CPU ............................................ 345
Configuration Registers .................................... 347353
Special Function Registers ................................................. 59
Map ............................................................................. 61
SPI
Serial Clock .............................................................. 189
Serial Data In ............................................................ 189
Serial Data Out ......................................................... 189
Slave Select.............................................................. 189
SPI Mode .................................................................. 189
SPI Master/Slave Connection........................................... 193
SPI Mode
Master/Slave Connection ......................................... 193
SS ..................................................................................... 189
SSP
TMR2 Output for Clock Shift............................. 162, 163
SSPOV Status Flag .......................................................... 219
SSPSTAT Register
R/W Bit ............................................................. 202, 203
Status Bits
Significance and Initialization
Condition for RCON Register ............................. 35
SUBFWP .......................................................................... 400
SUBLW ............................................................................. 401
SUBWF............................................................................. 401
SUBWFB .......................................................................... 402
SWAPF ............................................................................. 402
T
Table Pointer Operations
(table) ......................................................................... 86
TBLRD .............................................................................. 403
TBLWT ............................................................................. 404
Time-out in Various
Situations.................................................................... 35
Time-out Sequence ............................................................ 34
Timer0 .............................................................................. 155
16-bit Mode Timer Reads and
Writes ............................................................... 157
Associated Registers................................................ 157
Clock Source Edge Select
(T0SE Bit) ......................................................... 157
Clock Source Select
(T0CS Bit)......................................................... 157
Operation .................................................................. 157
Overflow Interrupt ..................................................... 157
Prescaler .................................................................. 157
Switching Assignment ...................................... 157
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer0.
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock
Requirements ........................................................... 434
Timer1 .............................................................................. 159
16-bit Read/Write Mode............................................ 161
Associated Registers................................................ 161
Operation .................................................................. 160
Oscillator........................................................... 159, 161
Overflow Interrupt ............................................. 159, 161
Special Event Trigger
(CCP)........................................................ 161, 171
TMR1H Register....................................................... 159
TMR1L Register ....................................................... 159
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 484
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Timer2 ............................................................................... 162
Associated Registers ................................................ 163
Operation .................................................................. 162
Postscaler. See Postscaler, Timer2.
PR2 Register............................................. 162, 173, 177
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer2.
SSP Clock Shift................................................. 162, 163
TMR2 Register .......................................................... 162
TMR2 to PR2 Match
Interrupt..................................... 162, 163, 173, 177
Timer3 ............................................................................... 164
Associated Registers ................................................ 166
Operation .................................................................. 165
Oscillator ........................................................... 164, 166
Overflow Interrupt ............................................. 164, 166
Special Event Trigger
(CCP) ................................................................ 166
TMR3H Register ....................................................... 164
TMR3L Register ........................................................ 164
Timing Diagrams
A/D Conversion ......................................................... 447
Acknowledge Sequence ........................................... 222
Asynchronous Reception .......................................... 241
Asynchronous Transmission ..................................... 238
Asynchronous Transmission
(Back to Back)................................................... 238
Automatic Baud Rate
Calculation ........................................................ 236
Auto-Wake-up Bit (WUE) During
Normal Operation.............................................. 242
Auto-Wake-up Bit (WUE)
During Sleep ..................................................... 242
Baud Rate Generator with
Clock Arbitration................................................ 216
BRG Reset Due to SDA Arbitration During
Start Condition .................................................. 225
Brown-out Reset (BOR) ............................................ 433
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition (Case 1) ................................... 226
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition (Case 2) ................................... 226
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition
(Case 1) ............................................................ 227
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition
(Case 2) ............................................................ 227
Bus Collision During Start Condition
(SCL = 0) .......................................................... 225
Bus Collision During Start Condition
(SDA only)......................................................... 224
Bus Collision for Transmit and
Acknowledge.................................................... 223
Capture/Compare/PWM
(All CCP Modules) ............................................ 435
CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 429
Clock Synchronization .............................................. 209
Clock/Instruction Cycle ............................................... 56
Example SPI Master Mode
(CKE = 0) .......................................................... 437
Example SPI Master Mode
(CKE = 1) .......................................................... 438
Example SPI Slave Mode
(CKE = 0).......................................................... 439
Example SPI Slave Mode
(CKE = 1).......................................................... 440
External Clock (All Modes
except PLL) ...................................................... 428
External Program Memory Bus
(16-bit Mode) ...................................................... 99
First Start Bit ............................................................. 217
Full-Bridge PWM Output........................................... 181
Half-Bridge PWM Output .......................................... 180
I
2
C Bus Data............................................................. 441
I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................. 441
I
2
C Master Mode (7 or
10-bit Transmission) ......................................... 220
I
2
C Master Mode
(7-bit Reception) ............................................... 221
I
2
C Slave Mode (10-bit Reception,
SEN = 0) ........................................................... 206
I
2
C Slave Mode (10-bit Reception,
SEN = 1) ........................................................... 211
I
2
C Slave Mode
(10-bit Transmission)........................................ 207
I
2
C Slave Mode (7-bit Reception,
SEN = 0) ........................................................... 204
I
2
C Slave Mode (7-bit Reception,
SEN = 1) ........................................................... 210
I
2
C Slave Mode
(7-bit Transmission).......................................... 205
Low-Voltage Detect .................................................. 272
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Data......................................... 443
Master SSP I
2
C Bus
Start/Stop Bits................................................... 443
Parallel Slave Port
(PIC18FXX8X).................................................. 436
Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
Read ................................................................. 154
Parallel Slave Port (PSP)
Write ................................................................. 153
Program Memory Read ............................................ 430
Program Memory Write............................................. 431
PWM Auto-Shutdown (PRSEN = 0,
Auto-Restart Disabled) ..................................... 186
PWM Auto-Shutdown (PRSEN = 1,
Auto-Restart Enabled) ...................................... 186
PWM Output ............................................................. 173
Repeat Start Condition ............................................. 218
Reset, Watchdog Timer (WDT),
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
and Power-up Timer (PWRT) ........................... 432
Send Break Character Sequence ............................. 243
Slave Mode General Call Address
Sequence (7 or 10-bit
Address Mode) ................................................. 212
Slave Synchronization .............................................. 195
Slow Rise Time (MCLR Tied to V
DD
via 1 k
Resistor) ............................................... 50
SPI Mode (Master Mode).......................................... 194
SPI Mode (Slave Mode with
CKE = 0) ........................................................... 196
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 485
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
SPI Mode (Slave Mode with
CKE = 1) ........................................................... 196
Stop Condition Receive or
Transmit Mode .................................................. 222
Synchronous Reception
(Master Mode, SREN) ...................................... 246
Synchronous Transmission....................................... 244
Synchronous Transmission
(Through TXEN) ............................................... 245
Time-out Sequence on POR w/PLL
Enabled (MCLR Tied to V
DD
via 1 k
Resistor) ............................................... 50
Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(MCLR Not Tied to V
DD
)
Case 1 ................................................................ 49
Case 2 ................................................................ 49
Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(MCLR Tied to V
DD
via 1 k
Resistor) ............................................... 49
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock ........................... 433
Transition Between Timer1 and OSC1
(EC with PLL Active, SCS1 = 1) ......................... 29
Transition Between Timer1 and OSC1
(HS with PLL Active, SCS1 = 1) ......................... 29
Transition Between Timer1 and OSC1
(HS, XT, LP) ....................................................... 28
Transition Between Timer1 and
OSC1 (RC, EC) .................................................. 30
Transition from OSC1 to
Timer1 Oscillator................................................. 28
USART Synchronous Receive
(Master/Slave) .................................................. 445
USART Synchronous Transmission
(Master/Slave) .................................................. 445
Wake-up from Sleep via Interrupt ............................. 358
TRISE Register
PSPMODE Bit................................................... 133, 152
TSTFSZ ............................................................................ 405
Two-Word Instructions
Example Cases........................................................... 58
TXSTA Register
BRGH Bit .................................................................. 233
U
USART
Asynchronous Mode ................................................. 237
12-bit Break Transmit and
Receive ..................................................... 243
Associated Registers, Receive ......................... 241
Associated Registers, Transmit ........................ 239
Auto-Wake-up on Sync Break .......................... 242
Receiver............................................................ 240
Setting up 9-bit Mode with
Address Detect ......................................... 240
Transmitter........................................................ 237
Baud Rate Generator (BRG) .................................... 233
Associated Registers........................................ 233
Auto-Baud Rate Detect..................................... 236
Baud Rate Error, Calculating............................ 233
Baud Rates, Asynchronous
Modes....................................................... 234
High Baud Rate Select
(BRGH Bit) ............................................... 233
Sampling .......................................................... 233
Serial Port Enable (SPEN Bit) .................................. 229
Synchronous Master Mode....................................... 244
Associated Registers,
Reception ................................................. 246
Associated Registers,
Transmit ................................................... 245
Reception ......................................................... 246
Transmission .................................................... 244
Synchronous Slave Mode......................................... 247
Associated Registers,
Receive .................................................... 248
Associated Registers,
Transmit ................................................... 247
Reception ......................................................... 248
Transmission .................................................... 247
USART Synchronous Receive
Requirements ........................................................... 445
USART Synchronous Transmission
Requirements ........................................................... 445
V
Voltage Reference Specifications..................................... 423
W
Wake-up from Sleep ................................................. 345, 357
Using Interrupts ........................................................ 357
Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 345, 355
Associated Registers................................................ 356
Control Register........................................................ 355
Postscaler......................................................... 355, 356
Programming Considerations ................................... 355
RC Oscillator ............................................................ 355
Time-out Period ........................................................ 355
WCOL ............................................................................... 217
WCOL Status Flag.................................... 217, 218, 219, 222
WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 7
X
XORLW ............................................................................ 405
XORWF ............................................................................ 406
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 486
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 487
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
ON-LINE SUPPORT
Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip
World Wide Web site.
The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make
files and information easily available to customers. To
view the site, the user must have access to the Internet
and a web browser, such as Netscape
or Microsoft
Internet Explorer. Files are also available for FTP
download from our FTP site.
Connecting to the Microchip Internet
Web Site
The Microchip web site is available at the following
URL:
www.microchip.com
The file transfer site is available by using an FTP
service to connect to:
ftp://ftp.microchip.com
The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of
services. Users may download files for the latest
Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes,
User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A vari-
ety of Microchip specific business information is also
available, including listings of Microchip sales offices,
distributors and factory representatives. Other data
available for consideration is:
Latest Microchip Press Releases
Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked
Questions
Design Tips
Device Errata
Job Postings
Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing
Links to other useful web sites related to
Microchip Products
Conferences for products, Development Systems,
technical information and more
Listing of seminars and events
SYSTEMS INFORMATION AND
UPGRADE HOT LINE
The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides
system users a listing of the latest versions of all of
Microchip's development systems software products.
Plus, this line provides information on how customers
can receive the most current upgrade kits. The Hot Line
Numbers are:
1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and
1-480-792-7302 for the rest of the world.
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 488
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod-
uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
To:
Technical Publications Manager
RE:
Reader Response
Total Pages Sent ________
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: Literature
Number:
Questions:
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
DS30491C
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
1.
What are the best features of this document?
2.
How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3.
Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4.
What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5.
What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6.
Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7.
How would you improve this document?
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 489
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO.
X
/XX
XXX
Pattern
Package
Temperature
Range
Device
Device
PIC18FXX8X
(1)
, PIC18FXX8XT
(2)
;
V
DD
range 4.2V to 5.5V
PIC18LFXX8X
(1)
, PIC18LFXX8XT
(2)
;
V
DD
range 2.0V to 5.5V
Temperature
Range
I
=
-40
C to +85
C
(Industrial)
E = -40
C to +125
C (Extended)
Package
PT =
TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack)
Pattern
QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
Examples:
a)
PIC18LF6680 - I/PT 301 = Industrial
temp., TQFP package, Extended V
DD
limits, QTP pattern #301.
b)
PIC18F8585 - I/PT = Industrial temp.,
TQFP package, normal V
DD
limits.
c)
PIC18F8680 - E/PT = Extended temp.,
TQFP package, standard V
DD
limits.
Note 1: F
= Standard Voltage Range
LF
= Extended Voltage Range
2: T
= in tape and reel
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 490
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 491
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
NOTES:
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
DS30491C-page 492
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS30491C-page 493
PIC18F6585/8585/6680/8680
NOTES:
DS30491C-page 494
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support: 480-792-7627
Web Address: http://www.microchip.com
Atlanta
3780 Mansell Road, Suite 130
Alpharetta, GA 30022
Tel: 770-640-0034
Fax: 770-640-0307
Boston
2 Lan Drive, Suite 120
Westford, MA 01886
Tel: 978-692-3848
Fax: 978-692-3821
Chicago
333 Pierce Road, Suite 180
Itasca, IL 60143
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Dallas
4570 Westgrove Drive, Suite 160
Addison, TX 75001
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Tri-Atria Office Building
32255 Northwestern Highway, Suite 190
Farmington Hills, MI 48334
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260
Kokomo
2767 S. Albright Road
Kokomo, IN 46902
Tel: 765-864-8360
Fax: 765-864-8387
Los Angeles
18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090
Irvine, CA 92612
Tel: 949-263-1888
Fax: 949-263-1338
San Jose
1300 Terra Bella Avenue
Mountain View, CA 94043
Tel: 650-215-1444
Fax: 650-961-0286
Toronto
6285 Northam Drive, Suite 108
Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1X5, Canada
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
ASIA/PACIFIC
Australia
Suite 22, 41 Rawson Street
Epping 2121, NSW
Australia
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Unit 706B
Wan Tai Bei Hai Bldg.
No. 6 Chaoyangmen Bei Str.
Beijing, 100027, China
Tel: 86-10-85282100
Fax: 86-10-85282104
China - Chengdu
Rm. 2401-2402, 24th Floor,
Ming Xing Financial Tower
No. 88 TIDU Street
Chengdu 610016, China
Tel: 86-28-86766200
Fax: 86-28-86766599
China - Fuzhou
Unit 28F, World Trade Plaza
No. 71 Wusi Road
Fuzhou 350001, China
Tel: 86-591-7503506
Fax: 86-591-7503521
China - Hong Kong SAR
Unit 901-6, Tower 2, Metroplaza
223 Hing Fong Road
Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
China - Shanghai
Room 701, Bldg. B
Far East International Plaza
No. 317 Xian Xia Road
Shanghai, 200051
Tel: 86-21-6275-5700
Fax: 86-21-6275-5060
China - Shenzhen
Rm. 1812, 18/F, Building A, United Plaza
No. 5022 Binhe Road, Futian District
Shenzhen 518033, China
Tel: 86-755-82901380
Fax: 86-755-8295-1393
China - Shunde
Room 401, Hongjian Building, No. 2
Fengxiangnan Road, Ronggui Town, Shunde
District, Foshan City, Guangdong 528303, China
Tel: 86-757-28395507 Fax: 86-757-28395571
China - Qingdao
Rm. B505A, Fullhope Plaza,
No. 12 Hong Kong Central Rd.
Qingdao 266071, China
Tel: 86-532-5027355 Fax: 86-532-5027205
India
Divyasree Chambers
1 Floor, Wing A (A3/A4)
No. 11, O'Shaugnessey Road
Bangalore, 560 025, India
Tel: 91-80-22290061 Fax: 91-80-22290062
Japan
Benex S-1 6F
3-18-20, Shinyokohama
Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa, 222-0033, Japan
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Korea
168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor
Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku
Seoul, Korea 135-882
Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Singapore
200 Middle Road
#07-02 Prime Centre
Singapore, 188980
Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850
Taiwan
Kaohsiung Branch
30F - 1 No. 8
Min Chuan 2nd Road
Kaohsiung 806, Taiwan
Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Fax: 886-7-536-4803
Taiwan
Taiwan Branch
11F-3, No. 207
Tung Hua North Road
Taipei, 105, Taiwan
Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139
EUROPE
Austria
Durisolstrasse 2
A-4600 Wels
Austria
Tel: 43-7242-2244-399
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark
Regus Business Centre
Lautrup hoj 1-3
Ballerup DK-2750 Denmark
Tel: 45-4420-9895 Fax: 45-4420-9910
France
Parc d'Activite du Moulin de Massy
43 Rue du Saule Trapu
Batiment A - ler Etage
91300 Massy, France
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany
Steinheilstrasse 10
D-85737 Ismaning, Germany
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Italy
Via Quasimodo, 12
20025 Legnano (MI)
Milan, Italy
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Netherlands
P. A. De Biesbosch 14
NL-5152 SC Drunen, Netherlands
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
United Kingdom
505 Eskdale Road
Winnersh Triangle
Wokingham
Berkshire, England RG41 5TU
Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
02/17/04
W
ORLDWIDE
S
ALES
AND
S
ERVICE